Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 10, 2014.

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

 

New Relic, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware    7372         26-2017431

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

       

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

New Relic, Inc.

188 Spear Street, Suite 1200

San Francisco, California 94105

(650) 777-7600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

 

Lewis Cirne

Chief Executive Officer

New Relic, Inc.

188 Spear Street, Suite 1200

San Francisco, California 94105

(650) 777-7600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

 

Copies to:

 

Craig D. Jacoby, Esq.

David G. Peinsipp, Esq.

Andrew S. Williamson, Esq.

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, California 94111

(415) 693-2000

 

Robin J. Schulman, Esq.

Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

New Relic, Inc.

188 Spear Street, Suite 1200

San Francisco, California 94105

(650) 777-7600

 

Jeffrey R. Vetter, Esq.

James D. Evans, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, California 94041

(650) 988-8500

 

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:     ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨

   

Accelerated filer   ¨

Non-accelerated filer   x

 

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $11,620

 

 

(1)  

Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)  

Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

 

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

 

Issued November 10, 2014

 

                Shares

 

LOGO

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

New Relic, Inc. is offering                     shares of common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share.

 

 

 

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the                 under the symbol “NEWR.”

 

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined under the federal securities laws. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 11.

 

 

 

PRICE $                 A SHARE

 

 

      

Price to

Public

    

Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)

    

Proceeds to
New Relic

Per share

     $                  $                  $            

Total

     $                          $                          $                    

 

(1)  

See “Underwriting” for a description of the compensation payable to the underwriters.

 

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                 shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved of these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                 , 2014.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY   J.P. MORGAN
ALLEN & COMPANY LLC   UBS INVESTMENT BANK
JMP SECURITIES   RAYMOND JAMES

 

                , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     11   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     31   

Industry and Market Data

     32   

Use of Proceeds

     33   

Dividend Policy

     33   

Capitalization

     34   

Dilution

     36   

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

     38   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     40   

Letter from the Founder

     63   

Business

     64   
     Page  

Management

     82   

Executive Compensation

     89   

Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions

     97   

Principal Stockholders

     100   

Description of Capital Stock

     102   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     107   

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Common Stock

     109   

Underwriting

     112   

Legal Matters

     118   

Experts

     118   

Additional Information

     118   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

Until                 , 2015 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “New Relic,” “the company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this prospectus refer to New Relic, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

NEW RELIC, INC.

 

Our Mission

 

Software is becoming the lifeblood of almost every organization, large and small, around the world. Our mission is to empower organizations to build the best modern software possible and to improve their business intelligence using the data flowing through and about that software. This software data contains massive amounts of information about customer behaviors, user experiences, and overall software performance. New Relic enables organizations to gain visibility into this data to make better, faster, data-driven decisions.

 

Overview

 

We are building a new category of enterprise software we call Software Analytics. Our cloud-based suite of products enables organizations to collect, store, and analyze massive amounts of software data in real time. We design all our products to be highly intuitive and frictionless; they are easy to deploy, and customers can rapidly, often within minutes, realize benefits and results. With our products, technology users can quickly find and fix performance problems as well as predict and prevent future issues. Business users such as product managers can get answers to how their new product launch is being received, or how a pricing change impacted customer retention, without waiting for help from IT. Software developers can build better applications faster, as they can see how their software will perform and is actually performing for end-users. As of September 30, 2014, we collected, stored, and analyzed over 690 billion data points daily across more than 4 million application instances and monitored user experiences on over a million website domains and from over one billion mobile application installs. As of September 30, 2014, we had over 250,000 users. We define a user as an email address associated with an account that has deployed our software code, called agents, and from which we receive data from at least one application. As of September 30, 2014, we had 10,590 paid business accounts.

 

Software has become critical to businesses and consumers worldwide, from online retailing to social networking to customer relationship management. This software is found in applications and throughout the architectures on which those applications run: servers, websites, operating systems, mobile devices, and other IT assets. The use of this software generates huge volumes of data, but historically, organizations collected and analyzed only a small fraction of this data due to technology and business constraints. Legacy software products were typically customized, expensive, required training, and were thus limited to business-critical applications within large organizations. As a result, the vast majority of software data has been underutilized.

 

We saw the opportunity for Software Analytics to empower technology and business users to make use of this underutilized software data. We provide developers with our agents to add to their applications and infrastructure quickly and easily. Our cloud-based, big data database collects and organizes our users’ data for analysis through a simple dashboard interface that users can easily configure to monitor their key metrics and quickly make queries using simple phrases. Our intuitive and frictionless product design results in users being able to quickly receive analysis of their data. With this visibility, developers can significantly improve the quality of their software, and business and technology users can get real-time insights into their data.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our Software Analytics solution is comprised of an integrated suite of products, a big data database, and an open platform. All of our products have a simple user interface, and require minimal training or integration. Our products for technology users focus on software performance management and monitoring and consist of New Relic APM, New Relic Mobile, New Relic Servers, New Relic Browser, and New Relic Synthetics. New Relic Insights provides big data analytics to both business and technology users that enable them to easily extract actionable information from the massive quantities of unstructured and structured data flowing through their software. New Relic Platform offers a plugin architecture including application programming interfaces, or APIs, and software development kits, or SDKs, for customers and partners to embed and extend our solution into their products. Today, there are over 475 New Relic Platform plugins to extend our functionality to other applications and infrastructures.

 

Our go-to-market strategy combines grassroots user adoption with both low-touch and high-touch sales approaches. Our products are easy to download and use, which has allowed us to build a large base of users and smaller organizations without an enterprise sales organization. We are building a direct enterprise sales and support operation in order to better market to and support these larger organizations, which represent a growing portion of our revenue.

 

We have achieved rapid customer adoption, high customer retention, and significant growth since our founding. For our fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, our revenue was $11.7 million, $29.7 million, and $63.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 154% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and 113% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. For the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $26.1 million and $48.0 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 83%. We had net losses of $7.5 million, $22.5 million, and $40.2 million for our fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $18.6 million and $19.4 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

Industry Background

 

Importance of Software for Businesses and Consumers

 

Software has become a central element of business and consumer life. Businesses rely upon their software applications to interact with their customers, employees, and partners to increase revenue and improve operational efficiency. Businesses and consumers use software on a variety of devices in more of their day-to-day activities. Users increasingly expect their software to be fast and reliable, and they can quickly replace the applications they use if they are unsatisfied with their experience.

 

Advent of Cloud Architectures and SaaS

 

Historically, legacy on-premise architectures required companies to purchase and maintain the complete IT stack including storage, servers, networking, and applications. In contrast, cloud architectures enable companies to subscribe for and access computing resources as needed. This has provided a wide range of economic and technology benefits including applications that are easier to deploy, maintain, use, and integrate.

 

Explosion of Mobility

 

The greatly increased functionality of smartphones and tablets, and the ubiquity of high-bandwidth Internet access, have led to an explosion in mobile devices and mobile applications. These devices and the applications they run need to be supported by completely new software architectures that are fundamentally different and separate from legacy, on-premise IT architectures. Mobility has increased pressures on software performance and greatly expanded the variety, velocity, and volume of data available for analysis.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Growing Importance of Developers

 

The increasing ubiquity of software has led to greater importance and roles for the developers who build and maintain that software. These developers are increasingly able to create and influence major technology trends such as adoption of cloud architectures, open source, and new programming languages and frameworks to improve the time-to-market and performance of their applications.

 

Emergence of Big Data Technologies for Unstructured and Structured Data

 

Historically, companies have relied on on-premise databases from vendors such as Oracle, IBM, and Microsoft. Over the past few years, a wide variety of technologies have been introduced to greatly increase the ability to collect and analyze the rapidly growing variety, velocity, and volume of data, commonly referred to as big data. Today, an increasing number of companies are investing in technology and personnel to gain a competitive advantage using big data to enable real-time, data-driven decisions.

 

New Complexities for Technology Users, Business Users, and Software Developers

 

Business and consumer applications are running on both cloud and legacy architectures and are built with a multitude of programming languages. This has created significant challenges and complexities for technology users, business users, and software developers. The success or failure of businesses is increasingly determined by the availability, accessibility, response time, and quality of their users’ experience.

 

Our Solution

 

We have developed our Software Analytics suite of products, big data database, and open platform to help technology and business users make real-time, data-driven decisions to improve business and IT performance. In addition, developers can build better software, build it faster, and keep it running optimally for end-user experiences. Our solution collects, stores, and analyzes vast quantities of unstructured and structured data flowing through and about our users’ software. We currently offer an integrated suite of seven products that we continue to enhance and expand:

 

   

New Relic APM : Application performance management

 

   

New Relic Mobile : Mobile application performance management

 

   

New Relic Servers : Server monitoring for cloud and data centers

 

   

New Relic Browser : End-user experience monitoring and performance monitoring

 

   

New Relic Synthetics : Software testing through simulated usage

 

   

New Relic Platform : Platform that extends our functionality into other applications

 

   

New Relic Insights : Real-time big data analytics for business managers

 

This suite of products uses a common infrastructure to enable customers to:

 

   

Collect. Our intelligent agents are software code that developers can easily deploy. These agents configure automatically to their particular IT environment and collect and send event and performance data securely to our proprietary cloud database.

 

   

Store. Data collected from our agents is stored in our highly secure and scalable cloud-based, big data database. Our database has been optimized to store unstructured and structured data as well as handle the analytics and queries that we believe are important to drive decision making.

 

   

Analyze. Our simple and intuitive user interface consists of a dashboard of graphical charts for key performance indicators, which are easily configurable and enable deep drill-down and root cause

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

analysis. Our New Relic Insights product also includes a field for real-time ad-hoc queries with corresponding answers in a range of visual and graphical formats. We also intend to release platform features that enable users to create and publish customized data apps and make them available to non-technical business users.

 

Key Elements of Our Solution

 

   

Built on Cloud Architecture. We designed our products based on a cloud architecture and a SaaS delivery model. We are able to provide frequent updates to our software enabling us to continuously improve it to reflect technology developments.

 

   

Flexibility to Manage Cloud, Hybrid, and On-Premise Architectures. In addition to modern cloud architectures, our SaaS solution can also manage hybrid cloud and heterogeneous architectures, including on-premise software. Users are able to rapidly deploy our agents globally across their IT environment.

 

   

Built for Modern Software. We support a broad range of software development languages and frameworks as well as mobile operating systems. Our agents are easily embedded into applications built using all of these languages, without the need for customized coding.

 

   

Mobile Enabled. We provide a native mobile version of our Software Analytics products with nearly all functionality accessible and usable through mobile devices. Our products are designed to anticipate and handle the complexity of mobile architectures, such as mobile carrier performance and user location.

 

   

Big Data Database and Analytics. Our proprietary, cloud-based database leverages modern big data technologies that enable collection and storage of billions of events and metrics each day. Our database structure allows customers to easily build dashboards or make queries to deliver real-time insights.

 

   

Easy and Intuitive. We design our products to be simple, intuitive, and user-friendly. Users are able to learn, deploy, and begin using our products with minimal or no training, often within a few minutes.

 

   

Low Total Cost of Ownership. We price our products on a monthly subscription basis, with flexible pricing plans so each customer is only paying for the products and usage they are consuming. Our customers do not need to invest in additional hardware, infrastructure, or services to utilize our products.

 

   

Integrated Suite. Our suite currently consists of seven products that are integrated, share a common design and user interface, and access the same cloud-based database structure. Users can move seamlessly among different analytic categories and use cases for their software data.

 

   

Extensible Platform. We provide APIs and SDKs for customers, partners, and developers to easily build applications which integrate with and embed our product functionality into other applications.

 

   

Enterprise Scalability and Security. Our products are designed to be scalable and secure. As of September 30, 2014, we collected, stored, and analyzed over 690 billion data points per day. By default, our software data transmissions are encrypted in transit and stored in our secure tier 3 SSAE-16 certified data center. We also perform an annual SOC-2 type 2 audit.

 

Benefits of Our Solution

 

   

Technology Users. Technology users can more rapidly identify problems, isolate root causes, and address problems. Our analytics tools also enable them to predict and prevent future issues.

 

   

Business Users. Business users can use our products to obtain real-time analytics about their business.

 

   

Software Developers. Software developers can use our products to better monitor software performance to continuously improve it as well as fix and prevent problems.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

 

For technology users, we believe Gartner’s category of IT Operations Management, or ITOM, captures a subset of our market opportunity. According to Gartner, Inc., a global market research firm, the worldwide ITOM market was $19.1 billion in 2013 and is projected to grow to $27.9 billion in 2018. We believe this generally captures the purchases by larger enterprises of existing legacy solutions, but does not include the opportunity with smaller enterprises that cannot afford such solutions or potential deployments by larger enterprises made feasible by emerging solutions like ours.

 

We believe our market opportunity with business users is largely untapped. According to Gartner, the worldwide market for business intelligence software was $14.4 billion in 2013 and is projected to grow to $21.9 billion in 2018. However, we believe the majority of our market opportunity with business users exists with use cases for which a viable solution has not been historically available.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

   

Maintain Our Technology Leadership. We will continue to invest in building the Software Analytics category. We plan to continue to improve our existing products as well as develop new products.

 

   

Deepen Existing Customer Relationships. We have observed that our accounts typically make an initial purchase for a specific and immediate need and then subsequently expand to additional users or applications. We make it simple for potential and existing accounts to try new applications.

 

   

Grow Our Base of Large and Small Customers. We plan to grow our base of paid business accounts from larger businesses through our direct sales organization. We also plan to grow our base of paid business accounts from smaller businesses by continuing our marketing and sales programs, partnerships, and grassroots adoption.

 

   

Increase Our Footprint. We currently offer and plan to continue offering free versions of our products so customers continue to spread our footprint rapidly and globally.

 

   

Expand Our Platform and Ecosystem. We intend to expand our offering of APIs and SDKs that allows partners to easily integrate with other applications and services as well as combine our application performance and event data with information from other sources.

 

   

Extend Our International Footprint. We are increasingly investing in our international operations and intend to invest in further expanding our footprint in international markets.

 

Risks Associated With Our Business

 

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

   

we have a history of losses and we expect our revenue growth rate to decline, and as our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability;

 

   

we have a limited operating history;

 

   

if we are not able to manage our growth and expansion, or if our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results may suffer;

 

   

our quarterly results may fluctuate, and our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially;

 

   

our business depends on our customers purchasing additional subscriptions and products from us and renewing their subscriptions;

 

 

5


Table of Contents
   

if we are not able to develop enhancements to our products, increase adoption and usage of our products, and introduce new products that achieve market acceptance, our business could be harmed;

 

   

if customers do not expand their use of our products beyond the current predominant use cases, our ability to grow our business and operating results may be adversely affected; and

 

   

upon the closing of this offering, our directors, officers, and principal stockholders will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately     % of our outstanding voting stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were formed in Delaware in September 2007 as New Relic Software, LLC. We converted from a Delaware limited liability company to a Delaware corporation and changed our name to New Relic, Inc. in February 2008. Our principal executive offices are located at 188 Spear Street, Suite 1200, San Francisco, California 94105, and our telephone number is (650) 777-7600. Our website address is www.newrelic.com . Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website does not constitute part of this prospectus and inclusions of our website address in this prospectus are inactive textual references only.

 

“New Relic,” the New Relic logo, and other trademarks or service marks of New Relic appearing in this prospectus are our property. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks, and service marks of other companies. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

   

an exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

an exemption from compliance with any requirement that the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board may adopt regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

   

reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

exemptions from the requirements to obtain a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or a stockholder approval of any golden parachute arrangements.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available benefits under the JOBS Act. We are choosing to irrevocably “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, but we intend to take advantage of the other exemptions discussed above. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

                     shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

                     shares

 

Over-allotment option offered by us

                     shares

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, thereby enabling access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use the net proceeds received from this offering for general corporate purposes, including headcount expansion, working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Concentration of ownership

Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers and directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our capital stock, and their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

Proposed                      trading symbol

“NEWR”

 

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 40,967,018 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

   

8,251,617 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.81 per share;

 

   

28,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a convertible preferred stock warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $0.50 per share;

 

   

108,234 shares of common stock issued after September 30, 2014, and up to 141,766 additional shares of common stock that may subsequently be issued, in connection with our acquisition of Few Ducks, S.L., or Ducksboard;

 

 

7


Table of Contents
   

                 shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2014 Plan (which includes 618,383 shares of common stock as of September 30, 2014 reserved for future grants under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2008 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan upon effectiveness of that plan if the shares are not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2008 Plan at that time), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans;” and

 

   

                 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2014 ESPP, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and which contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus reflects and assumes:

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 24,813,343 shares of common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the conversion of an outstanding warrant to purchase 28,000 shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into a warrant to purchase the same number of shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

no exercise of outstanding options or warrants after September 30, 2014, except for the net exercise of an outstanding warrant for an aggregate of                      shares of common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, upon the closing of this offering;

 

   

the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, each of which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering; and

 

   

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of common stock from us to cover over-allotments.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial data. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which in our opinion are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect for the full fiscal year or any other period. The following summary of consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
     (in thousands, except per share data)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Revenue

   $ 11,663      $ 29,664      $ 63,174      $ 26,146      $ 47,974   

Cost of revenue (1)

     1,904        5,078        10,780        4,467        9,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,759        24,586        52,394        21,679        38,913   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     4,300        8,565        16,496        7,734        10,248   

Sales and marketing (1)

     10,748        28,365        58,156        25,007        37,635   

General and administrative (1)

     2,180        10,053        17,178        7,161        10,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,228        46,983        91,830        39,902        58,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,469     (22,397     (39,436     (18,223     (19,579

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     2        9        16        10        12   

Interest expense

     (10     (48     (64     (34     (29

Other (expense) income, net

     (65     (105     (741     (322     201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,542   $ (22,541   $ (40,225   $ (18,569   $ (19,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (0.51   $ (1.49   $ (2.58   $ (1.20 )     $ (1.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

     14,683        15,096        15,596        15,515        15,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

       $ (1.07     $ (0.48
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

         36,974          40,751   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

    

Year Ended March 31,

     Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
    

      2012      

    

      2013      

    

      2014      

    

      2013      

    

      2014      

 
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 11       $ 212       $ 159       $ 58       $ 194   

Research and development

     126         1,620         1,425         988         457   

Sales and marketing

     143         2,060         1,373         390         1,904   

General and administrative

     323         4,794         3,263         2,003         1,611   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 603       $ 8,686       $ 6,220       $ 3,439       $ 4,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(2)  

See note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Actual      Pro
Forma (1)
     Pro Forma  As
Adjusted (2)(3)(4)
 
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,370       $ 92,370       $                

Working capital

     82,255         82,255      

Total assets

     143,462         143,462      

Deferred revenue

     15,732         15,732      

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     578             —      

Convertible preferred stock

     193,160              

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (79,015)         114,723      

 

(1)  

The pro forma column in the consolidated balance sheet data table above reflects (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 24,813,343 shares of common stock which conversion will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on September 30, 2014, and (ii) the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

(2)  

The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (ii) the sale and issuance by us of                      shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and (iii) the net exercise of an outstanding warrant into an aggregate of                      shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

(3)  

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. The pro forma as adjusted information presented in the consolidated balance sheet data is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(4)  

Does not reflect our acquisition of Ducksboard for $2.3 million in cash and 108,234 shares of our common stock in October 2014, and up to 141,766 additional shares of our common stock that may subsequently be issued in connection with the acquisition.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, in whole or in part, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

We have a history of losses and we expect our revenue growth rate to decline. As our costs increase, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability.

 

We have incurred net losses in each fiscal period since our inception, including net losses of $7.5 million, $22.5 million, and $40.2 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $18.6 million and $19.4 million in the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $100.8 million at September 30, 2014. We expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on, among other things:

 

   

investments in our research and development team, and the development of new products, features, and functionality;

 

   

sales and marketing, including expanding our direct sales organization and marketing programs, particularly for larger customers;

 

   

expansion of our operations and infrastructure, both domestically and internationally;

 

   

hiring of additional employees; and

 

   

general administration, including legal, accounting, and other expenses related to being a public company.

 

These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth of our business. We also expect that our revenue growth rate will decline over time. Accordingly, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to offset our expected cost increases and to achieve and sustain profitability. If we fail to achieve and sustain profitability, our operating results and business would be harmed.

 

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects and increases the risk of your investment.

 

We were founded in 2007 and launched our first commercial product in 2008. This limited operating history limits our ability to forecast our future operating results and subjects us to a number of uncertainties, including our ability to plan for and model future growth. Our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in rapidly changing industries, such as determining appropriate investments of our limited resources, market adoption of our existing and future products, competition from other companies, acquiring and retaining customers, hiring, integrating, training and retaining skilled personnel, developing new products, determining prices for our products, unforeseen expenses, and challenges in forecasting accuracy. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties, which we use to plan our business, are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results and our business could suffer.

 

11


Table of Contents

We have experienced rapid growth in recent periods and expect our growth to continue. If we are not able to manage this growth and expansion, or if our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results may suffer.

 

We have experienced rapid growth in our customer base and have expanded and intend to continue to significantly expand our operations. For example, our employee headcount has increased from 315 employees as of September 30, 2013 to 534 as of September 30, 2014, and we expect our headcount to continue to grow significantly. Our number of paid business accounts increased from 7,552 to 10,590 over the same period. In addition, we have established operations in Ireland and the United Kingdom, and, as a result of the acquisition of Ducksboard, we also have a subsidiary in Spain. This rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, significant demands on our management and our operational, financial infrastructure, and company culture.

 

To manage this growth effectively, we must continue to improve our operational, financial, and management systems and controls by, among other things:

 

   

effectively attracting, training, and integrating a large number of new employees, particularly members of our management and sales teams;

 

   

further improving our key business systems, processes, and information technology infrastructure, including our data center, to support our business needs;

 

   

enhancing our information and communication systems to ensure that our employees are well-coordinated and can effectively communicate with each other and our customers; and

 

   

improving our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures to ensure timely and accurate reporting of our operational and financial results.

 

If we fail to manage our expansion, implement and transition to our new systems, or if we fail to implement improvements or maintain effective internal controls and procedures, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may lose the ability to expand our customer base, enhance our existing solutions, develop new solutions, satisfy our customers, respond to competitive pressures, or otherwise execute our business plan. If we are unable to manage our growth, our operating results likely will be harmed.

 

Our quarterly results may fluctuate, and if we fail to meet the expectations of analysts or investors, our stock price and the value of your investment could decline substantially.

 

Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate widely as a result of the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus, many of which are outside of our control. If our quarterly financial results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts who follow our stock, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

 

We believe that quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our revenue, operating results, and cash flows may not be meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts in a particular quarter, or below any guidance we may provide, the price of our common stock could decline.

 

Our business depends on our customers purchasing additional subscriptions and products from us and renewing their subscriptions. Any decline in our customer expansions and renewals would harm our future operating results.

 

Our future success depends in part on our ability to sell more subscriptions and additional products to our current customers. If our customers do not purchase additional subscriptions and products from us, our revenue may decline and our operating results may be harmed.

 

In addition, in order for us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our customers enter into paid subscriptions and renew their subscriptions when the contract term expires. The large majority of our customers start their accounts on a free trial and have no obligation to begin a paid subscription. Our

 

12


Table of Contents

customers that enter into paid subscriptions have no obligation to renew their subscriptions after the expiration of their subscription period, which is typically one month to one year. In addition, our customers may renew for lower subscription amounts or for shorter contract lengths. Some of our customers have elected not to renew their agreements with us and we cannot accurately predict future net expansion rates. Moreover, many of our customers with annual subscriptions have the right to cancel their agreements with three-months’ notice prior to the expiration of the subscription term.

 

Our customer expansions and renewals may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including: customer usage, customer satisfaction with our products and customer support, our prices, the prices of competing products, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, the effects of global economic conditions, or reductions in our customers’ spending levels generally. These factors may also increase as our customer base grows to encompass larger enterprises.

 

If we are not able to develop enhancements to our products, increase adoption and usage of our products, and introduce new products that achieve market acceptance, our business could be harmed.

 

Our ability to attract new customers and increase revenue from existing customers depends in large part on our ability to enhance and improve our existing products, increase adoption and usage of our products, and introduce new products. The success of any enhancement or new products depends on several factors, including timely completion, adequate quality testing, introduction, and market acceptance. Any new products that we develop may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner, may contain errors or defects, or may not achieve the broad market acceptance necessary to generate sufficient revenue. If we are unable to successfully enhance our existing products to meet customer requirements, increase adoption and usage of our products, or develop new products, our business and operating results will be harmed.

 

If customers do not expand their use of our products beyond the current predominant use cases, our ability to grow our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

Most of our customers currently use our products to support application performance management functions, and the majority of our revenue to date has been from our application performance management products. Our ability to grow our business depends in part on our ability to persuade current and future customers to expand their use of our software to additional use cases, such as business analytics and customer usage analytics. If we fail to achieve market acceptance of our software, or if a competitor establishes a more widely adopted solution, our ability to grow our business and financial results will be adversely affected. In addition, as the amount of data stored for a given customer grows, that customer may have to agree to higher subscription fees for our software or limit the amount of data stored in order to stay within the limits of its existing subscription. If their fees grow significantly, customers may react adversely to this pricing model, particularly if they perceive that the value of our software has become eclipsed by such fees or otherwise.

 

We have limited experience with respect to determining the optimal prices for our products.

 

We expect that we may need to change our pricing model from time to time. As new competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours, we may be unable to attract new customers at the same price or based on the same pricing model as we have used historically. Moreover, as we target selling our products to larger organizations, these larger organizations may demand substantial price concessions. As a result, in the future we may be required to reduce our prices, which could adversely affect our business.

 

Failure to effectively expand our marketing and sales capabilities could harm our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products.

 

Our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products will depend to a significant extent on our ability to expand our marketing and sales operations. We plan to continue expanding our sales force, both domestically and internationally. We also plan to dedicate significant resources to sales and

 

13


Table of Contents

marketing programs, including Internet and other online advertising. For example, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, sales and marketing expenses represented 92% of our revenue. The effectiveness of our online advertising has varied over time and may vary in the future due to competition. Moreover, we have historically sold most of our products to small and mid-sized businesses and we have relatively little experience selling our products to larger organizations. We are expanding our marketing and sales capabilities to target larger organizations but there is no guarantee that we will be successful attracting and maintaining these larger organizations as customers, and even if we are successful, these efforts may divert our resources away from and negatively impact our ability to attract and maintain small and mid-sized businesses as customers. All of these efforts will require us to invest significant financial and other resources. If we are unable to hire, develop, and retain talented sales personnel, if our new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, or if our sales and marketing programs are not effective, our ability to increase our customer base and achieve broader market acceptance of our products could be harmed.

 

If we are unable to increase sales of our solutions to large enterprises while mitigating the risks associated with serving such customers, our business, financial position, and results of operations may suffer. 

 

Historically, we have not focused our sales efforts on large enterprises. Our growth strategy is dependent, in part, upon increasing sales of our products to such enterprises. Sales to large customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller entities. As we seek to increase our sales to large enterprise customers, we face longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements, substantial upfront sales costs, and less predictability in completing some of our sales than we do with smaller customers. Large enterprise customers often begin to deploy our products on a limited basis, but nevertheless demand extensive configuration, integration services, and pricing negotiations, which increase our upfront investment in the sales effort with no guarantee that these customers will deploy our products widely enough across their organization to justify our substantial upfront investment. In addition, our ability to successfully sell our products to large enterprises is dependent on us attracting and retaining sales personnel with experience in selling to large organizations. Also, because security breaches with respect to larger, high-profile enterprises are likely to be heavily publicized, there is increased reputational risk associated with serving such customers. If we are unable to increase sales of our products to large enterprise customers while mitigating the risks associated with serving such customers, our business, financial position, and results of operations may suffer.

 

Because users are able to configure our platform to collect and store personal information of their employees and end-users, privacy concerns could result in additional cost and liability to us or inhibit sales of our products.

 

Our operations involve protection of our intellectual property, along with the storage and transmission and processing of our customers’ proprietary data, including some personally identifiable information, and security breaches, computer malware, and computer hacking attacks could expose us to a risk of loss of this information, loss of business, severe reputational damage adversely affecting customer or investor confidence, regulatory investigations and orders, litigation, indemnity obligations, damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and significant costs for remediation and incentives offered to customers or other business partners in an effort to maintain business relationships after a breach and other liabilities.

 

Cyber attacks and other malicious Internet-based activity continue to increase generally. If our security measures are perceived as weak or actually compromised as a result of third-party action, employee or customer error, malfeasance, stolen or fraudulently obtained log-in credentials or otherwise, our customers may curtail or stop using our products, our reputation could be damaged, our business may be harmed, and we could incur significant liability. We may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems because they change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred. As we increase our customer base and our brand becomes more widely known and recognized, we may become more of a target for third parties seeking to compromise our security systems or gain unauthorized access to our customers’ data.

 

14


Table of Contents

If we are not able to detect and indicate activity on our platform that might be nefarious in nature, our customers could suffer harm. In such cases, we could face exposure, particularly if the customer suffered actual harm.

 

We cannot assure you that any limitations of liability provisions in our contracts for a security lapse or breach would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also cannot be sure that our existing insurance coverage will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims related to a security breach, or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including expansion rates, financial condition, operating results, and reputation.

 

Changes in privacy laws, regulations, and standards may cause our business to suffer.

 

Personal privacy and data security have become significant issues in the United States, Europe, and in many other jurisdictions where we offer our products. The regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving and is likely to remain uncertain for the foreseeable future. Federal, state, or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws and regulations affecting data privacy and the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Industry organizations also regularly adopt and advocate for new standards in this area. In the United States, these include rules and regulations promulgated under the authority of federal agencies and state attorneys general and legislatures and consumer protection agencies. Internationally, virtually every jurisdiction in which we operate has established its own data security and privacy legal framework with which we or our customers must comply, including but not limited to the Data Protection Directive, or the Directive, established in the European Union and data protection legislation of the individual member states subject to the Directive. The Directive may be replaced in time with the pending European General Data Protection Regulation which may impose additional obligations and risk upon our business. In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are also rising. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that either legally or contractually apply to us. One example of such self-regulatory standards to which we may be contractually bound is the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard, or PCI DSS. Further, to the extent we accept and handle credit card numbers, we may be subject to various aspects of the PCI DSS. In the event we fail to be compliant with the PCI DSS, fines and other penalties could result. Further, our customers may require us to comply with more stringent privacy and data security requirements. Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws along with mandatory industry standards, are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits, and other claims and penalties, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or modify our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or comply with applicable privacy and data security laws, regulations, and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, inhibit sales, and adversely affect our business. Furthermore, the costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, the laws, regulations, and policies that are applicable to the businesses of our customers may limit the use and adoption of, and reduce the overall demand for, our products. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our products, particularly in certain industries and foreign countries. If we are not able to adjust to changing laws, regulations, and standards related to the Internet, our business may be harmed.

 

15


Table of Contents

If we fail to adapt and respond effectively to rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards, and changing customer needs, requirements, or preferences, our products may become less competitive.

 

The software industry is subject to rapid technological change, evolving industry standards, and practices, and changing customer needs, requirements, and preferences. The success of our business will depend, in part, on our ability to adapt and respond effectively to these changes on a timely basis. If we are unable to develop and sell new products that satisfy our customers and provide enhancements and new features for our existing products that keep pace with rapid technological and industry change, our revenue and operating results could be adversely affected. If new technologies emerge that are able to deliver competitive products and applications at lower prices, more efficiently, more conveniently, or more securely, such technologies could adversely impact our ability to compete.

 

Our platform must also integrate with a variety of network, hardware, mobile, and software platforms, and technologies, and we need to continuously modify and enhance our products to adapt to changes and innovation in these technologies. If developers widely adopt new software platforms, we would have to develop new versions of our products to work with those new platforms. This development effort may require significant engineering, marketing, and sales resources, all of which would affect our business and operating results. Any failure of our products to operate effectively with future infrastructure platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our products. If we are unable to respond to these changes in a cost-effective manner, our products may become less marketable and less competitive or obsolete, and our operating results may be negatively affected.

 

We are dependent upon lead generation strategies to drive our sales and revenue, including free trials of our products. If these marketing strategies fail to continue to generate sales opportunities, our ability to grow our revenue will be adversely affected.

 

We are dependent upon lead generation strategies, including our marketing strategy of offering free trials of our products, to generate sales opportunities. These strategies may not be successful in continuing to generate sufficient sales opportunities necessary to increase our revenue. Many users never convert from the trial version to the paid version of our products. To the extent that users do not become, or we are unable to successfully attract paying customers, we will not realize the intended benefits of these marketing strategies and our ability to grow our revenue will be adversely affected.

 

The market in which we participate is intensely competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, our operating results could be harmed.

 

The market for application performance monitoring is rapidly evolving, significantly fragmented, and highly competitive, with relatively low barriers to entry in some segments. Our competitors fall into four primary categories:

 

   

diversified technology companies such as HP, IBM, Microsoft, and Oracle;

 

   

large enterprise software and services companies such as BMC Software, CA, Inc., Compuware, Riverbed Technology, and SAP;

 

   

software performance providers such as AppDynamics and Splunk; and

 

   

companies offering analytics products competing with our New Relic Insights product, including Google and Webtrends.

 

Some of our competitors and potential competitors are larger and have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, more established customer relationships, larger budgets, and significantly greater resources than we do, and have the operating flexibility to bundle competing products and services with other software offerings at little or no perceived incremental cost, including offering them at a lower price as part of a larger sale. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. In addition, some competitors may

 

16


Table of Contents

offer products or services that address one or a limited number of functions at lower prices or with greater depth than our products. Our current and potential competitors may develop and market new technologies with comparable functionality to our products, and this could lead to us having to decrease prices in order to remain competitive.

 

With the introduction of new technologies, the evolution of our products and new market entrants, we expect competition to intensify in the future. Moreover, as we expand the scope of our solutions, we may face additional competition. Additionally, some potential customers, particularly large enterprises, may elect to develop their own internal products. If one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could also adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing due to the competitive pressures, our margins will be reduced and our operating results will be negatively affected. In addition, pricing pressures and increased competition generally could result in reduced sales, reduced margins, losses, or the failure of our solutions to achieve or maintain more widespread market acceptance, any of which could harm our business.

 

Because we recognize revenue from our subscriptions over the subscription term, downturns or upturns in new sales and renewals may not be immediately reflected in our operating results and may be difficult to discern.

 

We generally recognize revenue from customers ratably over the terms of their subscriptions. A portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of revenue relating to subscriptions entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed subscriptions in any single quarter may have a small impact on our revenue for that quarter. However, such a decline will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solutions, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. In addition, a significant majority of our costs are expensed as incurred, while revenue is recognized over the life of the agreement with our customer. As a result, increased growth in the number of our customers could continue to result in our recognition of more costs than revenue in the earlier periods of the terms of our agreements.

 

Interruptions or performance problems associated with our technology and infrastructure may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Our continued growth depends in part on the ability of our existing and potential customers to access our products at any time and within an acceptable amount of time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, disruptions, outages, and other performance problems due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, introductions of new functionality, human or software errors, capacity constraints due to an overwhelming number of users accessing our products simultaneously, denial of service attacks, or other security related incidents. It may become increasingly difficult to maintain and improve our performance, especially during peak usage times and as our products becomes more complex and our user traffic increases. If our products are unavailable or if our users are unable to access our products within a reasonable amount of time or at all, our business would be negatively affected. To the extent that we do not effectively address capacity constraints, upgrade our systems as needed, and continually develop our technology and network architecture to accommodate actual and anticipated changes in technology, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

In addition, we currently serve our customers from a third-party data center hosting facility located in Chicago, Illinois. The continuous availability of our products depends on the operations of those facilities, on a variety of network service providers, on third-party vendors, and on our own site operations staff. We depend on our third-party facility provider’s ability to protect these facilities against damage or interruption from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, and similar events. If there are any lapses of service or damage to a facility, we could experience lengthy interruptions in our products as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, which, to date, have not been tested in an actual crisis, our business could be harmed. Also, in the

 

17


Table of Contents

event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to liability, and cause us to issue credits or cause customers not to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.

 

Defects or disruptions in our products could diminish demand for our products, harm our financial results, and subject us to liability.

 

Our customers use our products for important aspects of their businesses, and any errors, defects, or disruptions to our products or other performance problems with our products could hurt our brand and reputation and may damage our customers’ businesses. We provide regular product updates, which frequently contain undetected errors when first introduced or released. In the past, we have discovered software errors, failures, vulnerabilities, and bugs in our products after they have been released and new errors in our existing products may be detected in the future. Real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our products could result in negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products, loss of competitive position, delay of payment to us, lower renewal rates, or claims by customers for losses sustained by them. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, for customer relations or other reasons, to expend additional resources in order to help correct the problem. In addition, we may not carry insurance sufficient to compensate us for the any losses that may result from claims arising from defects or disruptions in our products. As a result, we could lose future sales and our reputation and our brand could be harmed.

 

Our ongoing and planned investments in data center hosting facilities are expensive and complex, may result in a negative impact on our cash flows, and may negatively impact our financial results.

 

We have made and will continue to make substantial investments in new equipment to support growth at our data center hosting facility, provide enhanced levels of products to our customers, and reduce future costs of subscription revenue. In addition, we may need to add additional data centers or similar resources to support our growth. Ongoing or future improvements to our cloud infrastructure may be more expensive than we anticipate, and may not yield the expected savings in operating costs or the expected performance benefits. We may not be able to maintain or achieve cost savings from our investments, which could harm our financial results.

 

We may need to change our current operations infrastructure in order for us to achieve profitability and scale our operations efficiently, which makes our future prospects even more difficult to evaluate. For example, in order to grow sales to commercial and enterprise customers in a financially sustainable manner, we may need to further customize our offering and modify our go-to-market strategy to reduce our operating and customer acquisition costs. If we fail to implement these changes on a timely basis or are unable to implement them effectively, our business may suffer.

 

Because our long-term growth strategy involves further expansion of our sales to customers outside the United States, our business will be susceptible to risks associated with international operations.

 

A component of our growth strategy involves the further expansion of our operations and customer base internationally. Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the United States. We have limited operating experience in international markets, and we cannot assure you that our expansion efforts into international markets will be successful. Our international expansion efforts may not be successful in creating further demand for our products outside of the United States or in effectively selling our products in the international markets we enter. Our current international operations, including as a result of our recent acquisition of Barcelona-based Ducksboard, and future initiatives will involve a variety of risks, including:

 

   

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions;

 

   

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, or trade laws;

 

   

regional data security and privacy laws and regulations and the unauthorized use of, or access to, commercial and personal information, particularly in the European Union;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

differing labor regulations, especially in the European Union, where labor laws are generally more advantageous to employees as compared to the United States, including deemed hourly wage and overtime regulations in these locations;

 

   

challenges inherent in efficiently managing an increased number of employees over large geographic distances, including the need to implement appropriate systems, policies, benefits, and compliance programs;

 

   

difficulties in managing a business in new markets with diverse cultures, languages, customs, legal systems, alternative dispute systems, and regulatory systems;

 

   

increased travel, real estate, infrastructure, and legal compliance costs associated with international operations;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations and the resulting effect on our revenue and expenses, and the cost and risk of entering into hedging transactions if we chose to do so in the future;

 

   

limitations on our ability to repatriate earnings;

 

   

laws and business practices favoring local competitors, or general preferences for local vendors;

 

   

limited or insufficient intellectual property protection;

 

   

exposure to liabilities under anti-corruption, export controls and anti-money laundering laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar laws and regulations in other jurisdictions; and

 

   

adverse tax burdens and foreign exchange controls that could make it difficult to repatriate earnings and cash or create other collection difficulties.

 

Our limited experience operating our business internationally increases the risk that any potential future expansion efforts that we may undertake will not be successful. If we invest substantial time and resources to expand our international operations and are unable to do so successfully, our business and operating results will suffer.

 

If we lose key members of our management team or are unable to attract and retain executives and employees we need to support our operations and growth, our business may be harmed.

 

Our success and future growth depend largely upon the continued services of our executive officers and other key employees in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services, and general administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team or other key employees resulting from the hiring or departure of these personnel. Our executive officers and other key employees are employed on an at-will basis, which means that these personnel could terminate their employment with us at any time. The loss of one or more of our executive officers, especially our Chief Executive Officer, Lewis Cirne; our President and Chief Operating Officer, Chris Cook; and our Chief Revenue Officer, Hilarie Koplow-McAdam; or the failure by our executive team to effectively work with our employees and lead our company could harm our business. We also are dependent on the continued service of our existing software engineers because of the complexity of our products.

 

In addition, to execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for these personnel in the San Francisco Bay Area and the Portland area, where our headquarters and the majority of our research and development personnel are located, respectively, and in other locations where we maintain offices, is intense, especially for engineers experienced in designing and developing software and SaaS applications and experienced sales professionals. We have, from time to time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees or we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, prospective and existing employees often consider the value of the equity awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of

 

19


Table of Contents

our equity awards declines, or experiences significant volatility, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and retain key employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be adversely affected.

 

If we fail to enhance our brand, or to do so in a cost-effective manner, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our financial condition may suffer.

 

We believe that our development of the New Relic brand is critical to achieving widespread awareness of our existing and future Software Analytics solutions, and, as a result, is important to attracting new customers and maintaining existing customers. We also believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, including our ability to do so in a cost-effective manner, and on our ability to provide reliable and useful products at competitive prices. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses. Brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand.

 

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion, and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success, and our business may be harmed.

 

We believe that our corporate culture has been a critical component to our success. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. As we grow and mature as a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to recruit and retain personnel and effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

 

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

 

There is considerable patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret, and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends in part on not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. From time to time, our competitors or other third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. For example, we are currently party to a suit brought against us by CA, Inc. that alleges, among other things, that we have infringed on certain patents held by CA, Inc. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.” In the future, we may receive claims that our products and underlying technology infringe or violate the claimant’s intellectual property rights. Any claims or litigation, regardless of merit, could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our products, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms.

 

Even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and harm our business and operating results. We expect that the occurrence of infringement claims is likely to grow as the market for Software Analytics products grows. Accordingly, our exposure to damages resulting from infringement claims could increase and this could further exhaust our financial and management resources.

 

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

 

Our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand. We rely on a combination of trademarks, trade secret laws, patent, copyrights, service marks, contractual restrictions, and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. We will not be able to protect our intellectual property if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property. If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights adequately, our competitors may gain access to our technology and our business may be harmed. In addition, defending our

 

20


Table of Contents

intellectual property rights might entail significant expense. Any patents, trademarks, or other intellectual property rights that we obtain may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. As of September 30, 2014, we only had one pending patent application and no issued patents. Despite the pending patent application, we may be unable to obtain any patent protection for our technology. In addition, any patents issued in the future may not provide us with competitive advantages, or may be successfully challenged by third parties. Furthermore, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property rights are uncertain. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours. Effective patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products is available. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. To the extent we expand our international activities, our exposure to unauthorized copying and use of our products and proprietary information may increase. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.

 

We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and consultants and enter into confidentiality agreements with other parties. No assurance can be given that these agreements will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our proprietary information. Further, these agreements may not prevent our competitors from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our products.

 

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Further, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against unauthorized copying or use, as well as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further sales or the implementation of our products, impair the functionality of our products, delay introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior or more costly technologies into our products, or injure our reputation.

 

Our use of open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our products and subject us to possible litigation.

 

We use open source software in our products and expect to continue to use open source software in the future. We may face claims from others claiming ownership of, or seeking to enforce the terms of, an open source license, including by demanding release of the open source software, derivative works, or our proprietary source code that was developed using such software. These claims could also result in litigation, require us to purchase a costly license, or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our platform, any of which would have a negative effect on our business and operating results. In addition, if the license terms for the open source software we utilize change, we may be forced to reengineer or discontinue our products or incur additional costs. We cannot be certain that we have not incorporated open source software in our products in a manner that is inconsistent with our policies.

 

We provide service level commitments under some of our customer contracts. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be obligated to provide credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscriptions or face contract terminations, which could adversely affect our revenue.

 

Some of our customer agreements provide service level commitments. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability for our products, we may be contractually

 

21


Table of Contents

obligated to provide these customers with service credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscriptions, or we could face contract terminations. Our revenue could be significantly affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our customers. Any extended service outages could adversely affect our reputation, revenue, and operating results.

 

If the market for our technology delivery model and SaaS develops more slowly than we expect, our growth may slow or stall, and our operating results would be harmed.

 

The market for SaaS business software is less mature than traditional on-premise software applications, and the adoption rate of SaaS business software may be slower among subscribers in industries with heightened data security interests or business practices requiring highly-customizable application software. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of SaaS business software in general, but we do not know whether the trend of adoption of SaaS solutions will continue in the future. In particular, many organizations have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate legacy software into their businesses over time, and some have been reluctant or unwilling to migrate to SaaS. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our products, the future growth rate and size of the SaaS business software market or the entry of competitive applications. The expansion of the SaaS business software market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with SaaS, as well as the ability of SaaS providers to address data security and privacy concerns. If SaaS business software does not continue to achieve market acceptance, or there is a reduction in demand for SaaS business software caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation, competing technologies and products, or decreases in information technology spending, it would result in decreased revenue and our business would be adversely affected.

 

Our future performance depends in part on support from third-party software developers.

 

We provide software that enables third-party software developers to build plugins that integrate with our products. We operate a community website for sharing these third-party plugins. This presents certain risks to our business, including:

 

   

third-party developers may not continue developing or supporting the plugins that they share on our community website;

 

   

we cannot provide any assurance that these plugins meet the same quality standards that we apply to our own development efforts, and, to the extent they contain bugs, defects, or security risks, they may create disruptions in our customers’ use of our software or negatively affect our brand;

 

   

we do not currently provide support for plugins developed by third-party software developers, and users may be left without support and potentially cease using our products if the third-party software developers do not provide support for these plugins; and

 

   

these third-party software developers may not possess the appropriate intellectual property rights to develop and share their plugins.

 

Many of these risks are not within our control to prevent, and our brand may be damaged if these plugins do not perform to our customers’ satisfaction and that dissatisfaction is attributed to us.

 

We may not be able to secure additional financing on favorable terms, or at all, to meet our future capital needs. If additional capital is not available, we may have to delay, reduce, or cease operations.

 

We do not know when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fund our ongoing operations. In the future, we may require additional capital to respond to business opportunities, including the need to develop new products or enhance our existing products, enhance our operating infrastructure, possible acquisitions of complementary businesses and technologies, a decline in the level of subscriptions for our products, or

 

22


Table of Contents

unforeseen circumstances. We may not be able to timely secure additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms, or at all. Any debt financing obtained by us could involve restrictive covenants relating to financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities, or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences, and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when we require it, our ability to continue to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, and our business, operating results, financial condition, and prospects could be harmed.

 

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

 

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The estimates and forecasts in this prospectus relating to the size and expected growth of our market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. For more information regarding the estimates of market opportunity and the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus, see the section titled “Industry and Market Data.”

 

Unanticipated changes in our effective tax rate could harm our future results.

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and foreign jurisdictions, and our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by changes in the mix of earnings and losses in countries with differing statutory tax rates, certain non-deductible expenses as a result of acquisitions, the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and changes in federal, state, or international tax laws and accounting principles. Further, each jurisdiction has different rules and regulations governing sales and use, value added, and similar taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. Certain jurisdictions in which we did not collect such taxes may assert that such taxes are applicable, which could result in tax assessments, penalties, and interest, and we may be required to collect such taxes in the future. In addition, we may be subject to income tax audits by many tax jurisdictions throughout the world, many of which have not established clear guidance on the tax treatment of SaaS-based companies. Any tax assessments, penalties, and interest, or future requirements may adversely affect our results of operations. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us going forward will effectively increase the cost of our products to our customers and might adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

 

Acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships, or alliances could be difficult to identify and integrate, divert the attention of management, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

We have in the past and may in the future seek to acquire or invest in businesses, products, or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our products, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. Any acquisition may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not the acquisitions are completed, and may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures. In particular, we may encounter difficulties assimilating or integrating the businesses, technologies, products, personnel, or operations of the acquired companies, particularly if the key personnel of the acquired company choose not to work for us, their software is not easily adapted to work with our platform, or we have difficulty retaining the customers of any

 

23


Table of Contents

acquired business due to changes in ownership, management, or otherwise. For example, we only recently completed our acquisition of Ducksboard, and substantially all of the acquisition and integration risks remain. Acquisitions, including our acquisition of Ducksboard, may also disrupt our business, divert our resources, and require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for development of our existing business. Any acquisitions we are able to complete may not result in any synergies or other benefits we had expected to achieve, which could result in impairment charges that could be substantial. In addition, we may not be able to find and identify desirable acquisition targets or be successful in entering into an agreement with any particular target. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business, including Ducksboard, fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business, and financial condition may suffer or we may be exposed to unknown risks or liabilities.

 

We face exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

 

We may in the future conduct transactions in currencies other than the U.S. dollar or the functional operating currency of the transactional entities. While we have historically transacted with customers and vendors in U.S. dollars, we have transacted in foreign currencies for subscriptions and may transact with customers in foreign currencies in the future. In addition, any international subsidiaries will maintain net assets that are denominated in currencies other than the functional operating currencies of these entities. Accordingly, changes in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar can affect our revenue and operating results due to transactional and translational remeasurement that is reflected in our earnings. As a result of such foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations. In addition, to the extent that fluctuations in currency exchange rates cause our results of operations to differ from our expectations or the expectations of our investors, the trading price of our common stock could be adversely affected. We do not currently maintain a program to hedge transactional exposures in foreign currencies. However, in the future, we may use derivative instruments, such as foreign currency forward and option contracts, to hedge certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The use of such hedging activities may not offset any or more than a portion of the adverse financial effects of unfavorable movements in foreign exchange rates over the limited time the hedges are in place. Moreover, the use of hedging instruments may introduce additional risks if we are unable to structure effective hedges with such instruments.

 

Weakened global economic conditions may harm our industry, business, and results of operations.

 

Our overall performance depends in part on worldwide economic conditions. Global financial developments and downturns seemingly unrelated to us or the information technology industry may harm us. The United States and other key international economies have been impacted by falling demand for a variety of goods and services, restricted credit, poor liquidity, reduced corporate profitability, volatility in credit, equity and foreign exchange markets, bankruptcies, and overall uncertainty with respect to the economy. The revenue growth and potential profitability of our business depends on demand for software applications and products generally, and application performance monitoring specifically. In addition, our revenue is dependent on the number of users of our products. Historically, during economic downturns there have been reductions in spending on information technology systems as well as pressure for extended billing terms and other financial concessions, which would limit our ability to grow our business and negatively affect our operating results. These conditions affect the rate of information technology spending and could adversely affect our customers’ ability or willingness to purchase our products, delay prospective customers’ purchasing decisions, reduce the value or duration of their subscriptions, or affect renewal rates, all of which could harm our operating results.

 

Natural disasters and other events beyond our control could harm our business.

 

Natural disasters or other catastrophic events may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce, and the global economy, and thus could have a strong negative effect on us. Our business operations are subject to interruption by natural disasters, fire, power shortages, pandemics, and other events beyond our control. We rely on our network and third-party infrastructure and enterprise applications,

 

24


Table of Contents

internal technology systems, and our website for our development, marketing, operational support, hosted products, and sales activities. The west coast of the United States contains active earthquake zones. Although we maintain crisis management and disaster response plans, in the event of a major earthquake, hurricane, or catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our product development, lengthy interruptions in service, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data, all of which could have an adverse effect on our future operating results.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the federal securities laws, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

 

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the listing requirements of                             , and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming, or costly, and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.

 

In addition, changing laws, regulations, and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs, and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest substantial resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations, and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations, and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

 

We also expect that being a public company and these new rules and regulations will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

 

25


Table of Contents

As a result of disclosure of information in this prospectus and in filings required of a public company, our business and financial condition will become more visible, which we believe may result in threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties. If such claims are successful, our business and operating results could be adversely affected, and even if the claims do not result in litigation or are resolved in our favor, these claims, and the time and resources necessary to resolve them, could divert the resources of our management and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to implement and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

 

We will be required, pursuant to the Exchange Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

 

We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating deficiencies in those internal controls, and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing, and remediation. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing, and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting that we are unable to remediate before the end of the same fiscal year in which the material weakness is identified, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm, when required, is unable to attest to management’s report on the effectiveness of our internal controls, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

As a public company, we will be required to disclose material changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and this Offering

 

There has been no prior market for our common stock and an active market may not develop or be sustained and investors may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

 

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price, if at all. An active or liquid market in our common stock may not develop upon the closing of this offering or, if it does develop, it may not be sustainable.

 

26


Table of Contents

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance resulting in substantial losses for investors purchasing shares in this offering.

 

The trading price of our common stock is likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely regardless of our operating performance. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

   

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

 

   

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections, or our failure to meet these projections;

 

   

failure of securities analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our company, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

   

ratings changes by any securities analysts who follow our company;

 

   

announcements by us or our competitors of significant technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

   

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular;

 

   

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

   

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidelines, interpretations, or principles;

 

   

actual or anticipated developments in our business or our competitors’ businesses or the competitive landscape generally;

 

   

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or our products, or third-party proprietary rights;

 

   

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses or technologies by us or our competitors;

 

   

new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws, or regulations applicable to our business;

 

   

any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

   

sales of shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders;

 

   

lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from war, incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

 

In addition, the market for technology stocks and the stock markets in general have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. Stock prices of many technology companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

 

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of substantial sales of our common stock, particularly sales by our directors, executive officers, and significant stockholders, a large number of shares of our common stock becoming available for sale, or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of

 

27


Table of Contents

shares intend to sell their shares. After this offering, we will have outstanding                  shares of our common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014. This includes the shares to be sold in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately. The remaining                  shares are currently restricted as a result of market stand-off agreements restricting their sale for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. In addition, substantially all of these shares are also subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our officers, directors, employees, and current security holders who are subject to lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

 

Additionally, the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our equity incentive plans and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, as well as shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock awards, will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

 

After this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 24,813,343 shares of our common stock as of September 30, 2014 will have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. We also intend to register shares of common stock that we may issue under our employee equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they will be able to be sold freely in the public market upon issuance, subject to existing market stand-off or lock-up agreements.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our directors, officers, and principal stockholders will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately         % of our outstanding voting stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

 

Upon the closing of this offering, our directors, officers, greater than 5% stockholders, and their respective affiliates will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately             % of our outstanding voting stock, including             % held by our founder, Chief Executive Officer, and director, Lewis Cirne. Therefore, after this offering these stockholders will continue to have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders will be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interest as one of our stockholders.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If few securities analysts commence coverage of us, or if industry analysts cease coverage of us, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively affected. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our common stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which might cause our common stock price and trading volume to decline.

 

28


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective in connection with this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

   

authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, shares of undesignated preferred stock with terms, rights, and preferences determined by our board of directors that may be senior to our common stock;

 

   

require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

   

specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the Chairman of our board of directors, or our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

   

establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving three-year staggered terms;

 

   

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

   

provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

   

provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum; and

 

   

require the approval of our board of directors or the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

 

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any “interested” stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our management could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

 

We may invest or spend the proceeds of this offering in ways with which you may not agree or in ways which may not yield a return.

 

Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase the value of our business, which could cause our stock price to decline.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock so any returns will be limited to changes in the value of our common stock.

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business and do not anticipate

 

29


Table of Contents

declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock may be prohibited or limited by the terms of any future debt financing arrangements. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the increase, if any, of our stock price, which may never occur.

 

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of the shares that you purchase in this offering.

 

The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and our pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of          shares of our common stock in this offering. See “Dilution.” Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will only own approximately         % of our outstanding shares of common stock after this offering even though the new investors’ aggregate investment will represent         % of the total consideration received by us in connection with all initial sales of shares of our capital stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the issuance of          shares of our common stock in this offering. To the extent outstanding options or warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, investors purchasing our common stock in this offering will experience further dilution.

 

30


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws, which statements involve substantial risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

our future financial performance, including our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, or gross margin, operating expenses, ability to generate positive cash flow, and ability to achieve and maintain profitability;

 

   

the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs;

 

   

our ability to attract and retain customers to use our products, and to optimize the pricing for our products;

 

   

the evolution of technology affecting our products and markets;

 

   

our ability to innovate and provide a superior user experience and our intentions with respect thereto;

 

   

our ability to successfully expand in our existing markets and into new markets, including international markets;

 

   

the attraction and retention of qualified employees and key personnel;

 

   

worldwide economic conditions and their impact on spending;

 

   

our ability to effectively manage our growth and future expenses;

 

   

our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our intellectual property;

 

   

our ability to comply with modified or new laws and regulations applying to our business, including privacy and data security regulations;

 

   

the increased expenses associated with being a public company; and

 

   

our use of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

 

31


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

This prospectus contains statistical data, estimates, and forecasts that are based on independent industry publications, such as those published by Gartner, Inc., International Data Corporation, and Evans Data Corp., or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. Although we believe that the third-party sources referred to in this prospectus are reliable, estimates as they relate to projections involve numerous assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent industry publications are provided below:

 

   

Evans Data, Global Developer Population and Demographic Study , 2013.

 

   

Gartner, Gartner Market Statistics, Forecast: Enterprise Software Markets, Worldwide, 2011-2018, 3Q14 Update , September 2014.

 

   

Gartner, Outsourcing Trends 2013: Growing IT Impact on the Business Drives New Sourcing Decisions , April 23, 2014.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide Smartphone 2014–2018 Forecast and Analysis , Doc #247140, March 2014.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide and U.S. Tablet Plus 2-in-1 2014–2018 Forecast , Doc #247350, March 2014.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide PC 2013–2017 Forecast Update: 2013 Year-End Review , Doc #246547, February 2014.

 

   

IDC, Worldwide Blackbook Version 4 2006-2017 , Doc #246614, February 2014.

 

The Gartner Reports described herein, or the Gartner Reports, represent data, research opinion, or viewpoints published as part of a syndicated subscription service by Gartner and are not representations of fact. Each Gartner Report speaks as of its original publication date (and not as of the date of this prospectus) and the opinions expressed in the Gartner Reports are subject to change without notice.

 

32


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $             million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds would be approximately $             million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our common stock, thereby enabling access to the public equity markets by our employees and stockholders, obtain additional capital, and increase our visibility in the marketplace. We intend to use the net proceeds received from this offering primarily for general corporate purposes, including headcount expansion, working capital, sales and marketing activities, product development, general and administrative matters, and capital expenditures. We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering. Accordingly, we will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment-grade interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, if at all. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to applicable laws, and will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

33


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2014 on:

 

   

an actual basis;

 

   

a pro forma basis, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 24,813,343 shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering, as if such conversion had occurred on September 30, 2014, and the resulting reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital; and

 

   

a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments and the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and (ii) the net exercise of an outstanding warrant into an aggregate of             shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering.

 

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

You should read this table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
         Actual             Pro Forma         Pro Forma
As  Adjusted (1)(2)
 
     (in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 92,370      $ 92,370      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 578      $      $   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 24,961,092 shares authorized, 24,813,343 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     193,160                 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 55,000,000 shares authorized, 16,413,675 shares issued and 16,153,675 shares outstanding, actual; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 41,227,018 shares issued and 40,967,018 shares outstanding, pro forma; 100,000,000 shares authorized,             shares issued and             shares outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     16        41     

Treasury stock – at cost (260,000 shares)

     (263     (263  

Additional paid-in capital

     22,078        215,791     

Accumulated deficit

     (100,846     (100,846  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (79,015     114,723     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 114,723      $ 114,723      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional

 

34


Table of Contents
 

paid-in capital, total stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

(2)  

Does not reflect our acquisition of Ducksboard for $2.3 million in cash and 108,234 shares of our common stock in October 2014, and up to 141,766 additional shares of our common stock that may subsequently be issued in connection with the acquisition.

 

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 40,967,018 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

   

8,251,617 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.81 per share;

 

   

28,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a convertible preferred stock warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $0.50 per share;

 

   

108,234 shares of common stock issued after September 30, 2014, and up to 141,766 additional shares of common stock that may subsequently be issued, in connection with our acquisition of Ducksboard;

 

   

                shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan (which includes 618,383 shares of common stock as of September 30, 2014 reserved for future grants under our 2008 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan upon effectiveness of that plan if the shares are not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2008 Plan at that time), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans;” and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 ESPP, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and which contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year.

 

35


Table of Contents

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

 

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less our total liabilities by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was $102.8 million, or $6.36 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 was $103.4 million, or $2.52 per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 into an aggregate of 24,813,343 shares of common stock, which conversion will occur immediately upon the closing of the offering.

 

After giving effect to (i) the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses and (ii) the net exercise of an outstanding warrant into an aggregate of              shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2014 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $            

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2014

   $ 2.52      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
  

 

 

    

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering

      $     
     

 

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or warrants are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share would be $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $             per share.

 

36


Table of Contents

The following table presents, as of September 30, 2014, the differences between the existing stockholders and the new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes net proceeds received from the issuance of common stock and convertible preferred stock, cash received from the exercise of stock options, and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $           100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders would increase by approximately $             per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $             per share. Following such exercise, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

 

The number of shares of common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 40,967,018 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, and excludes:

 

   

8,251,617 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with a weighted-average exercise price of $7.81 per share;

 

   

28,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of a convertible preferred stock warrant outstanding as of September 30, 2014, with an exercise price of $0.50 per share;

 

   

108,234 shares of common stock issued after September 30, 2014, and up to 141,766 additional shares of common stock that may subsequently be issued, in connection with our acquisition of Ducksboard;

 

   

                shares of our common stock to be reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan (which includes 618,383 shares of common stock as of September 30, 2014 reserved for future grants under our 2008 Plan, which shares will be added to the shares reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Plan upon effectiveness of that plan if the shares are not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the 2008 Plan at that time), which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans;” and

 

   

                shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 ESPP, which will become effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and which contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year.

 

37


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements. The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect for the full fiscal year or any other period.

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended,
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
    

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 11,663      $ 29,664      $ 63,174      $ 26,146      $ 47,974   

Cost of revenue (1)

     1,904        5,078        10,780        4,467        9,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,759        24,586        52,394        21,679        38,913   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development (1)

     4,300        8,565        16,496        7,734        10,248   

Sales and marketing (1)

     10,748        28,365        58,156        25,007        37,635   

General and administrative (1)

     2,180        10,053        17,178        7,161        10,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,228        46,983        91,830        39,902        58,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,469     (22,397     (39,436     (18,223     (19,579

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     2        9        16        10        12   

Interest expense

     (10     (48     (64     (34     (29

Other (expense) income, net

     (65     (105     (741     (322     201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,542   $ (22,541   $ (40,225   $ (18,569   $ (19,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

   $ (0.51   $ (1.49   $ (2.58   $ (1.20   $ (1.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

     14,683        15,096        15,596     

 

15,515

  

    15,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

       $ (1.07     $ (0.48
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (2)

         36,974          40,751   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

38


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,        Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012        2013        2014        2013        2014  
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 11         $ 212         $ 159         $ 58         $ 194   

Research and development

     126           1,620           1,425           988           457   

Sales and marketing

     143           2,060           1,373           390           1,904   

General and administrative

     323           4,794           3,263           2,003           1,611   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 603         $ 8,686         $ 6,220         $ 3,439         $ 4,166   
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

(2)  

See note 12 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a description of how we compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted.

 

     As of March 31,     As of September 30,  
     2013     2014     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 57,099      $ 19,453      $ 92,370   

Working capital

     51,116        8,026        82,255   

Total assets

     76,907        55,208        143,462   

Deferred revenue

     4,970        10,359        15,732   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     112        830        578   

Total liabilities

     12,229        23,956        29,317   

Convertible preferred stock

     95,917        95,917        193,160   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (31,239     (64,665     (79,015

 

39


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL

CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current plans, expectations and beliefs that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and in other parts of this prospectus. Our fiscal year ends on March 31.

 

Overview

 

We are building a new category of enterprise software we call Software Analytics. Our cloud-based suite of products enables organizations to collect, store, and analyze massive amounts of software data in real time. We design all our products to be highly intuitive and frictionless; they are easy to deploy, and customers can rapidly, often within minutes, realize benefits and results. With our products, technology users can quickly find and fix performance problems as well as predict and prevent future issues. Business users such as product managers can get answers to how their new product launch is being received, or how a pricing change impacted customer retention, without waiting for help from IT. Software developers can build better applications faster, as they can see how their software will perform and is actually performing for end-users. As of September 30, 2014, we collected, stored, and analyzed over 690 billion data points daily across more than 4 million application instances and monitored user experiences on over a million website domains and from over one billion mobile application installs. As of September 30, 2014, we had over 250,000 users. We define a user as an email address associated with an account that has deployed our software code, called agents, and from which we receive data from at least one application. As of September 30, 2014, we had 10,590 paid business accounts.

 

Since our formation in 2007, we have invested in building an integrated platform that enables organizations to collect, store and analyze massive amounts of data from their software in real time. We launched our first product offering, New Relic APM (Application Performance Management) for Ruby, in 2008. Since then, we broadened our product offerings to support a wide variety of programming languages and frameworks, with Java in 2009, PHP and .NET in 2010, and Python in 2011. In 2011, we released New Relic Servers to provide server monitoring for the cloud and data centers and New Relic Browser to provide user monitoring and browser experience reporting through all infrastructure layers from the browser to the server. In 2013, we released New Relic Mobile to support mobile by providing native mobile application performance management for the iOS and Android mobile operating systems. We also launched support for Node.js, a programming language, and New Relic Platform to enable third parties to integrate with our platform. In March 2014, we launched New Relic Insights to leverage big data analytics. In October 2014, we released New Relic Synthetics to enable our users to test their software through simulated usage.

 

We sell our products primarily through direct sales and marketing channels utilizing a wide range of online and offline sales and marketing activities. The majority of our users visit our website, create an account and deploy our software. Upon deployment, all users experience our full-featured products with a 14-day or 30-day free trial, enabling them to realize the benefits of our products, after which they have the option to purchase one or more of our subscription plans. During and after the trial period, our direct sales team engages with the user to convert the user into a paid business account. Many users initially subscribe to one of our products to address a particular use case and broaden the usage of our products as they become more familiar with our products. Most of our customers to date have been small to medium-sized organizations, and many of our customers to date have made purchasing decisions without interacting with our sales or other personnel. For larger organizations, our sales team focuses on leveraging users in existing accounts to broaden our footprint across the organization.

 

We offer access to our suite of products under subscription plans that also include service and support. We offer a variety of pricing plans based on the particular product purchased by an account, based on the number of servers used, number of applications monitored or number of mobile devices monitored. Our plans typically have

 

40


Table of Contents

terms of one year, although some of our customers commit for shorter periods. We recognize revenue from subscription fees ratably over the service period. Most of our customers pay us on a monthly basis. As a result, our deferred revenue at any given period of time has historically been relatively low. As we begin to sell more to larger organizations, we expect to invoice more of our customers on a less frequent basis, and therefore, we expect our deferred revenue to increase over time. However, due to our mix of subscription plans and billing frequencies, we do not believe that changes in our deferred revenue in a given period are directly correlated with our revenue growth.

 

We have grown rapidly in recent periods, with revenues for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 of $11.7 million, $29.7 million, and $63.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 154% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and 113% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. For the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $26.1 million and $48.0 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 83%. We have continued to make significant expenditures and investments, including in personnel-related costs, sales and marketing, infrastructure and operations, and have incurred net losses in each period since our inception, including net losses of $7.5 million, $22.5 million, and $40.2 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $18.6 million and $19.4 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Our accumulated deficit as of September 30, 2014 was $100.8 million.

 

Our employee headcount has increased from 315 employees as of September 30, 2013 to 534 as of September 30, 2014, and our number of paid business accounts from 7,552 to 10,590 over the same period, and we plan to continue to aggressively invest in the growth of our business to take advantage of our market opportunity. We intend to continue to increase our investment in sales and marketing, as we further expand our sales teams, increase our marketing activities, and grow our international operations, particularly as we increase our focus on selling our products to larger organizations. Internationally, we currently offer our products in EMEA, or Europe, Middle East, and Africa, and APAC, or Asia-Pacific, as determined based on the billing address of our customers, and our revenue from those regions constituted 17% and 7%, respectively, of our revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, and 15% and 8%, respectively, of our revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. Our revenue from the EMEA and APAC regions constituted 19% and 8%, respectively, of our revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2014, and 17% and 7%, respectively, of our revenue for the six months ended September 30, 2013. We believe there is further opportunity to increase our international revenue overall and as a proportion of our revenue, and we are increasingly investing in our international operations and intend to invest in further expanding our footprint in international markets, including through our October 2014 acquisition of Barcelona-based Ducksboard, pursuant to which we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Ducksboard for up to 250,000 shares of our common stock and $2.3 million in cash. To support the growth of our customer base, we also intend to increase our investment in our support organization and infrastructure. In addition, we plan to continue to invest in our research and development organization to enhance and further develop our products. While these areas represent significant opportunities for us, we also face significant risks and challenges that we must successfully address in order to sustain the growth of our business and improve our operating results. Due to our continuing investments to grow our business, in advance of and in preparation for, our expected increase in sales and expansion of our paid business accounts, we are continuing to incur expenses in the near term from which we may not realize any long-term benefit. In addition, any investments that we make in sales and marketing or other areas will occur in advance of our experiencing any benefits from such investments, so it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources in these areas. As a result, we have never achieved profitability and we do not expect to be profitable for the foreseeable future.

 

Further, our reported revenue, operating results, and cash flows for a given period may not be indicative of future results due to our limited operating history and fluctuations in the number of new employees, the rate of our expansion, the timing of expenses we incur to grow our business and operations, levels of competition, and market demand for our products.

 

41


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Performance

 

Market Adoption of Our Products. We are defining a new category of software, which we refer to as Software Analytics. Our success is dependent on the market adoption of this emerging and unproven category of software, which may not yet be well understood by the market. For the foreseeable future, we expect that our revenue growth will be primarily driven by the pace of adoption and penetration of our products and we will incur significant expenses associated with educating the market about the benefits of our products.

 

Increasing the Number of Paid Business Accounts . Our future growth is dependent on our ability to increase the number of accounts that pay us to use our products. All users experience our products with a free trial after which they have the option to purchase one or more of our subscription plans. We believe that we have a significant competitive advantage as our users experience the ease of installation and the full set of features that our products delivers during the free trial period.

 

Retention and Expansion within Paid Business Accounts . A key factor in our success is the retention and expansion of our subscription agreements with our existing customers. In order for us to continue to grow our business, it is important to generate additional revenue from our existing customers, and we do this in several ways. As we improve our existing products and introduce new products, we believe that the demand for our products will generally grow. We also believe that there is a significant opportunity for us to increase the number of subscriptions we sell to our current customers as they become more familiar with our products and adopt our products to address additional business use cases.

 

Investment in Sales and Marketing . We expect to continue to invest aggressively in sales and marketing to drive additional revenue. In particular, we intend to focus our investment more heavily toward larger organizations, whereas to date, we have focused our sales and marketing efforts primarily on small to medium-sized organizations. Any investments that we make in sales and marketing will occur in advance of our experiencing any benefits from such investments, so it may be difficult for us to determine if we are efficiently allocating our resources in these areas. As we also focus sales and marketing investments more heavily towards large organizations, this may require more of our resources. In addition, we expect our sales cycle to be longer and less predictable with respect to larger customers, which may delay realization of future sales. We also intend to increase our sales and marketing investment in international markets, such as Europe, and those markets may take longer and be more costly to develop than the U.S. market.

 

Key Operating Metrics

 

We review the following key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions:

 

Number of Paid Business Accounts . We believe that our ability to increase our number of paid business accounts is one indicator of our market penetration, the growth of our business and our potential future prospects. We define the number of paid business accounts at the end of any particular period as the number of accounts at the end of the period as identified by a unique account identifier for which we have recognized revenue on the last day of the period indicated. A single organization or customer may have multiple paid business accounts for separate divisions, segments, or subsidiaries. Each of these is treated as a separate paid business account. The following table summarizes the number of paid business accounts at each quarter end:

 

    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sep. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 

Paid Business Accounts

    3,180        3,847        4,777        5,768        6,634        7,552        8,437        9,117        9,764        10,590   

 

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate. Our ability to generate revenue is dependent on our ability to maintain and grow our relationships with our existing customers. We track our performance in this area by measuring our

 

42


Table of Contents

dollar-based net expansion rate. Our net expansion rate increases when customers increase their use of our products, use additional products, or upgrade to a higher subscription tier. Our net expansion rate is reduced when customers decrease their use of our products, use fewer products, or downgrade to a lower subscription tier.

 

Our dollar-based net expansion rate compares our recurring subscription revenue from customers from one period to the next. We measure our net expansion rate on a monthly basis because many of our customers change their subscriptions more frequently than quarterly or annually. To calculate our annually dollar-based net expansion rate, we first establish the base period monthly recurring revenue from all our customers at the end of a month. This represents the revenue we would contractually expect to receive from those customers over the following month, without any increase or reduction in any of their subscriptions. We then (i) calculate the actual monthly recurring revenue from those same customers at the end of that following month; then (ii) divide that following month’s recurring revenue by the base month’s recurring revenue to arrive at our monthly net expansion rate; then (iii) calculate a quarterly net expansion rate by compounding the net expansion rates of the three months in the quarter; and then (iv) calculate our annualized net expansion rate by compounding our quarterly net expansion rate over an annual period.

 

The following table summarizes our annualized dollar-based net expansion rate for each quarter:

 

    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sep. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sep. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 

Dollar-Based Net Expansion Rate

    139.2     133.6     137.3     120.0     133.5     119.5     129.3     115.5     109.9     115.0

 

The quarterly fluctuations in our dollar-based net expansion rate noted in the table above are primarily driven by transactions within a particular quarter in which certain paid business accounts from larger subscription customers either significantly upgrade or significantly downgrade their subscriptions and by increased sales in particular quarters due to sales and marketing campaigns in a particular quarter. In addition, we believe that the composition of our customer base also has an impact on the net expansion rate, such that a relative increase in the number of paid business accounts from larger enterprises versus small to medium-sized organizations will tend to increase our quarterly net expansion rate and a relative increase in the number or paid business accounts from small to medium-sized organizations versus larger enterprises will tend to decrease the quarterly net expansion rate, as smaller businesses tend to cancel subscriptions more frequently than larger enterprises.

 

Key Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenue

 

We offer access to our products under subscription plans that include service and support for one or more of our products. For our paying customers, we offer a variety of pricing plans based on the particular product purchased by an account, based on the number of servers used, number of applications monitored or number of mobile devices monitored. Our plans typically have terms of one year, although some of our customers commit for shorter periods. We invoice most of our customers on a monthly basis. As a result, our deferred revenue has historically been relatively low. As we begin to sell more to larger organizations, we expect to invoice more of our customers on a less frequent basis, and therefore, we expect our deferred revenue to increase over time.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

Cost of revenue consists of expenses relating to data center operations, hosting-related costs, payment processing fees, depreciation and amortization, consulting costs and salaries and benefits of operations and global customer support personnel. Salaries and benefits costs associated with our operations and global customer support personnel consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. We plan to continue increasing the capacity, capability, and reliability of our infrastructure to support the growth of our customer base and the number of products we offer.

 

43


Table of Contents

Gross Profit and Margin

 

Gross profit is revenue less cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenue. Our gross margin has been, and will continue to be affected by, a number of factors, including the timing and extent of our investments in our operations and global customer support personnel, hosting-related costs, and the amortization of capitalized software. We expect that our gross margin will decline modestly over the long term, although we expect our gross margin to fluctuate from period to period as a result of these factors.

 

Operating Expenses

 

Personnel costs, which consist of salaries, benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and, with regard to sales and marketing expenses, sales commissions, are the most significant component of our operating expenses. We also incur other non-personnel costs such as an allocation of our general overhead expenses.

 

Research and Development.  Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel costs and an allocation of our general overhead expenses. We continue to focus our research and development efforts on adding new features and products, and increasing the functionality and enhancing the ease of use of our existing products. We capitalize the portion of our software development costs that meet the criteria for capitalization.

 

We plan to continue to hire employees for our engineering, product management and design teams to support our research and development efforts. As a result, we expect our research and development expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. However, we expect our research and development expenses to decrease modestly as a percentage of our revenue over the long term, although our research and development expenses may fluctuate from period to period depending on fluctuations in our revenue and the timing and extent of our research and development expenses.

 

Sales and Marketing.  Sales and marketing expenses consist of personnel costs for our sales, marketing and business development employees and executives. Commissions are expensed in the period when a customer contract is executed. Sales and marketing expenses also include the costs of our marketing and brand awareness programs.

 

We plan to continue investing in sales and marketing globally by increasing the number of our sales personnel, expanding our domestic and international marketing activities, building brand awareness and sponsoring additional marketing events. We expect our sales and marketing expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars and continue to be our largest operating expense category for the foreseeable future. However, we expect our sales and marketing expenses to decrease as a percentage of our revenue over the long term, although our sales and marketing expenses may fluctuate from period to period depending on fluctuations in our revenue and the timing and extent of our sales and marketing expenses.

 

General and Administrative . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our administrative, legal, human resources, information technology, finance and accounting employees and executives. Also included are non-personnel costs, such as legal and other professional fees.

 

We plan to continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally, and we expect to increase the size of our general and administrative function to support the growth of our business. We also expect that we will incur additional general and administrative expenses as a result of being a publicly traded company. As a result, we expect our general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars for the foreseeable future. However, we expect our general and administrative expenses to decrease modestly as a percentage of our revenue over the long term, although our general and administrative expense may fluctuate from period to period depending on fluctuations in our revenue and the timing and extent of our general and administrative expenses, such as litigation costs.

 

44


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the re-valuation of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability, interest income, interest expense, foreign exchange gains and losses.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables summarize our consolidated statements of operations data for the periods presented and as a percentage of our revenue for those periods. The period-to-period comparison of results is not necessarily indicative of results for future periods.

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended,
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014         2013             2014      
     (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

   $ 11,663      $ 29,664      $ 63,174      $ 26,146      $ 47,974   

Cost of revenue (1)

     1,904        5,078        10,780        4,467        9,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,759        24,586        52,394        21,679        38,913   

Operating expenses :

          

Research and development (1)

     4,300        8,565        16,496        7,734        10,248   

Sales and marketing (1)

     10,748        28,365        58,156        25,007        37,635   

General and administrative (1)

     2,180        10,053        17,178        7,161        10,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,228        46,983        91,830        39,902        58,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,469     (22,397     (39,436     (18,223     (19,579

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     2        9        16        10        12   

Interest expense

     (10     (48     (64     (34     (29

Other (expense) income, net

     (65     (105     (741     (322     201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,542   $ (22,541   $ (40,225   $ (18,569   $ (19,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2012              2013              2014              2013              2014      
    

(in thousands)

 

Cost of revenue

   $ 11       $ 212       $ 159       $ 58       $ 194   

Research and development

     126         1,620         1,425         988         457   

Sales and marketing

     143         2,060         1,373         390         1,904   

General and administrative

     323         4,794         3,263         2,003         1,611   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 603       $ 8,686       $ 6,220       $ 3,439       $ 4,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents
     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended,
September 30,
 
         2012             2013             2014             2013             2014      
     (as a percentage of revenue)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

          

Revenue

     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

     16        17        17        17        19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     84        83        83        83        81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     37        29        26        30        21   

Sales and marketing

     92        96        92        96        79   

General and administrative

     19        34        27        27        22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     148        158        145        153        122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (64     (76     (62     (70     (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

                                   

Interest expense

                                   

Other (expense) income, net

     (1            (1     (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (65 %)      (76 %)      (63 %)      (71 %)      (41 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Comparison of Six Months Ended September 30, 2013 and 2014

 

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
     2013      2014      Amount          %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

United States

   $ 18,509       $ 32,134       $ 13,625         74

EMEA

     4,316         8,968         4,652         108   

APAC

     1,783         3,783         2,000         112   

Other

     1,538         3,089         1,551         101   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 26,146       $ 47,974       $ 21,828         83
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Revenue increased $21.8 million, or 83%, in the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. The increase was a result of an increase in the number of paid business accounts, which increased from 7,552 at September 30, 2013 to 10,590 at September 30, 2014, and an increase in product adoption for existing paid business accounts. Our revenue from EMEA increased $4.7 million, or 108%, in the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013 and our revenue from APAC increased $2.0 million, or 112%, in the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013 as a result of an increase in the number of paid business accounts and an increase in product adoption for existing paid business accounts located in these geographic regions.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended         
     September 30,      Change  
     2013      2014      Amount          %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 4,467       $ 9,061       $ 4,594         103

 

46


Table of Contents

Cost of revenue increased $4.6 million, or 103%, for the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in personnel-related costs and to a lesser extent hosting-related costs necessary to support our growth, as well as an increase in payment processing costs due to the increase in revenue. Hosting-related costs, payment processing fees, depreciation, and amortization expense increased by $2.1 million, and personnel-related costs increased by $2.5 million, driven by higher headcount.

 

Research and Development

 

     Six Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
             2013                      2014              Amount          %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 7,734       $ 10,248       $ 2,514         33

 

Research and development expenses increased $2.5 million, or 33%, for the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase of $1.9 million in personnel-related costs, driven by higher headcount, a $0.3 million increase in spending on outside services, and a $0.3 million increase in facilities and related expenses.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
             2013                      2014              Amount          %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 25,007       $ 37,635       $ 12,628         50

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased $12.6 million, or 50%, for the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in personnel-related costs of $9.6 million, driven by higher headcount and an increase of sales commissions due to revenue growth, and an increase of $1.4 million in marketing programs. The remaining increase was due to an increase in consultant fees of $1.3 million and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
             2013                      2014              Amount          %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 7,161       $ 10,609       $ 3,448         48

 

General and administrative expenses increased $3.4 million, or 48%, for the six months ended September 30, 2014 compared to the same period of 2013. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily a result of an increase in personnel-related costs of $2.0 million, driven primarily by an increase in headcount. The remaining increase was due to an increase of $1.0 million in facilities and related expenses and other miscellaneous expenses, and $0.4 million in technology and software expenses.

 

47


Table of Contents

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Six Months Ended
September 30,
     Change  
             2013                     2014              Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (346   $ 184       $ 530         (153 %) 

 

Other income was $0.2 million for the six months ended September 30, 2014, and other expense was $(0.3) million, for the six months ended September 30, 2013. The other income for the six months ended September 30, 2014 was primarily a result of a decrease in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2013 and 2014

 

Revenue

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2013              2014          Amount          %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

United States

   $ 21,269       $ 43,903       $ 22,634         106

EMEA

     4,572         10,824         6,252         137   

APAC

     2,261         4,574         2,313         102   

Other

     1,562         3,873         2,311         148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 29,664       $ 63,174       $ 33,510         113
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Revenue increased $33.5 million, or 113%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was a result of an increase in the number of paid business accounts, which increased from 5,768 at March 31, 2013 to 9,117 at March 31, 2014, and an increase in product adoption for existing paid business accounts. Our revenue from EMEA increased $6.3 million, or 137%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and our revenue from APAC increased $2.3 million, or 102%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 as a result of an increase in the number of paid business accounts and an increase in product adoption for existing paid business accounts located in these geographic regions.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
             2013                      2014              Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 5,078       $ 10,780       $ 5,702         112

 

Cost of revenue increased $5.7 million, or 112%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in personnel-related costs and hosting-related costs necessary to support our growth, as well as an increase in payment processing costs due to the increase in revenue. Hosting-related costs, payment processing fees, and amortization expense increased by $2.7 million, and personnel-related costs increased by $2.8 million, driven by higher headcount.

 

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
             2013                      2014              Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 8,565       $ 16,496       $ 7,931         93

 

 

48


Table of Contents

Research and development expenses increased $7.9 million, or 93%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase of $5.8 million in personnel-related costs, driven by higher headcount, a $1.1 million increase in spending on outside services, and $0.7 million increase in rent expense. The remaining increase was due to travel expenses and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2013              2014          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 28,365       $ 58,156       $ 29,791         105

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased $29.8 million, or 105%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase of personnel-related costs of $12.8 million, driven by higher headcount, an increase of sales commissions due to revenue growth, an increase of $12.4 million in advertising and marketing programs, and an increase of $2.6 million in office rent expense. The remaining increase was due to an increase in consultant fees of $0.5 million, an increase in travel expenses of $0.5 million, and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2013              2014          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 10,053       $ 17,178       $ 7,125         71

 

General and administrative expenses increased $ 7.1 million, or 71%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily a result of an increase of $5.5 million in legal fees, due to ongoing litigation, and accounting fees. In addition, personnel-related costs, excluding stock-based compensation expense resulting from transactions with existing investors, increased by $2.3 million, driven primarily by an increase in headcount. Increase in personnel-related costs was offset by a $1.5 million decrease in stock-based compensation expense due to a third-party tender offer and certain stock transactions in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The remaining increase was due to an increase in rent expense of $0.6 million due to new facilities and an increase in insurance fees and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Change  
         2013             2014         Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (144   $ (789   $ (645     448

 

Other expense increased $0.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants.

 

49


Table of Contents

Comparison of Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2012 and 2013

 

Revenue

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue

   $ 11,663       $ 29,664       $ 18,001         154

 

Revenue increased $18.0 million, or 154%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in the number of paid business accounts, which increased from 2,604 at March 31, 2012 to 5,768 at March 31, 2013, as well as our release of new products in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

 

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 1,904       $ 5,078       $ 3,174         167

 

Cost of revenue increased $3.2 million, or 167%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in personnel- and hosting-related costs necessary to support our growth. Personnel-related costs increased by $1.5 million, driven by higher headcount, and hosting-related costs increased by $1.0 million, primarily due to our increase in computing and network capacity to support the growth of our customer base. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to an increase in travel, recruiting, consultant fees, and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and development

   $ 4,300       $ 8,565       $ 4,265         99

 

Research and development expenses increased $4.3 million, or 99%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily a result of an increase of $3.3 million in personnel-related costs, driven by higher headcount. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to an increase in rent expense, travel, recruiting, consulting and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and marketing

   $ 10,748       $ 28,365       $ 17,617         164

 

Sales and marketing expenses increased $17.6 million, or 164%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in personnel-related costs of $9.2 million, driven by an increase in headcount, and an increase in commission expenses, along with a $7.5 million increase in marketing programs and a $0.5 million increase in recruiting and travel expenses. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to an increase in facilities expenses and other miscellaneous expenses.

 

50


Table of Contents

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Change  
         2012              2013          Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and administrative

   $ 2,180       $ 10,053       $ 7,873         361

 

General and administrative expenses increased $7.9 million, or 361%, in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily a result of an increase of $6.5 million in personnel-related costs, driven primarily by an increase in stock-based compensation expense and, to a lesser extent, by higher headcount. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to an increase in consulting and professional fees of $0.7 million, as well as an increase in travel, facilities, insurance, and other miscellaneous expenses to support our growth.

 

Other Income (Expense), Net

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Change  
         2012             2013         Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Other income (expense), net

   $ (73   $ (144   $ (71     97

 

Other expense, net increased $0.1 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The increase was primarily a result of a $0.1 million lease abandonment charge.

 

51


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth selected unaudited quarterly consolidated statements of operations data for each of the ten quarters in the period ended September 30, 2014, as well as the percentage that each line item represents of our revenue for each quarter. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as the audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full fiscal year or any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 
    (in thousands)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

 

Revenue

  $ 5,133      $ 6,649      $ 8,052      $ 9,830      $ 11,858      $ 14,288      $ 17,185      $ 19,843      $ 22,613      $ 25,361   

Cost of revenue (1)

    866        1,103        1,263        1,846        2,058        2,409        2,935        3,378        4,032        5,029   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    4,267        5,546        6,789        7,984        9,800        11,879        14,250        16,465        18,581        20,332   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development (1)

    1,456        1,281        1,793        4,035        3,133        4,601        4,478        4,284       
4,912
  
    5,336   

Sales and marketing (1)

    4,685        5,448        7,178        11,054        12,038        12,969        17,084        16,065       
18,616
  
    19,019   

General and administrative (1)

    967        1,256        1,561        6,269        2,606        4,555        4,396        5,621       
5,360
  
    5,249   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    7,108        7,985        10,532        21,358        17,777        22,125        25,958        25,970       
28,888
  
    29,604   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (2,841     (2,439     (3,743     (13,374     (7,977     (10,246     (11,708     (9,505    
(10,307

    (9,272

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest income

    1        1        1        6        5        5        3        3       
5
  
    7   

Interest expense

    (2     (15     (16     (15     (18     (16     (15     (15    
(15

    (14

Other (expense) income, net

    (3     (11     (12     (79     (190     (132     (181     (238     134        67   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (2,845   $ (2,464   $ (3,770   $ (13,462   $ (8,180   $ (10,389   $ (11,901   $ (9,755   $ (10,183   $ (9,212
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes stock-based compensation expense as follows:

     Three Months Ended  
     Jun. 30,
2012
     Sept. 30,
2012
     Dec. 31,
2012
     Mar. 31,
2013
     Jun. 30,
2013
     Sept. 30,
2013
     Dec. 31,
2013
     Mar. 31,
2014
     Jun. 30,
2014
     Sep. 30,
2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 4       $ 5       $ 11       $ 192       $ 27       $ 31       $ 43       $ 58       $ 93       $ 101   

Research and development

     44         64         92         1,420         98         890         206         231         202         255   

Sales and marketing

     54         65         100         1,841         178         212         609         374         849         1,055   

General and administrative

     172         233         242         4,147         229         1,775         426         833         787         824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 274       $ 367       $ 445       $ 7,600       $ 532       $ 2,908       $ 1,284       $ 1,496       $ 1,931       $ 2,235   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

52


Table of Contents
    Three Months Ended  
    Jun. 30,
2012
    Sept. 30,
2012
    Dec. 31,
2012
    Mar. 31,
2013
    Jun. 30,
2013
    Sept. 30,
2013
    Dec. 31,
2013
    Mar. 31,
2014
    Jun. 30,
2014
    Sep. 30,
2014
 
    (as a percentage of revenue)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

    100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100     100

Cost of revenue

    17        17        16        19        17        17        17        17        18        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    83        83        84        81        83        83        83        83        82        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development

    28        19        22        41        26        32        26        22        22        21   

Sales and marketing

    91        82        89        112        102        91        99        81        82        75   

General and administrative

    19        19        19        64        22        32        26        28        24        21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    138        120        131        217        150        155        151        131        128        117   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (55     (37     (47     (136     (67     (72     (68     (48     (46     (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest income

                                                                     

Interest expense

                                                                     

Other (expense) income, net

                         (1     (2     (1     (1     (1     1          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (55 %)      (37 %)      (47 %)      (137 %)      (69 %)      (73 %)      (69 %)      (49 %)      (45 %)      (37 %) 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Quarterly Revenue Trends

 

Our quarterly revenue increased in each period presented due to increased sales to new customers, as well as increasing sales to existing customers. We cannot assure you that this trend will continue, and we believe that we may experience seasonality in our business in the future.

 

Quarterly Gross Margin Trends

 

Our gross margin has remained relatively consistent over all periods presented, with the fluctuations primarily due to the timing and extent of our investments in our operations and global customer support personnel, hosting-related costs.

 

Quarterly Expense Trends

 

Research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses generally increased sequentially over the periods as we increased our headcount to support continued investment in our products. The increase in personnel costs was related to increases in headcount, along with higher stock-based compensation expense. Expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2013 were unusually higher due to a tender offer that we conducted and secondary sales of common stock, which increased stock-based compensation expense. The decrease in sales and marketing expenses from the three months ended December 31, 2013 to the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to a non-recurring expense on a conference organized by us and secondary sales of common stock. We incurred nonrecurring expenses of $7.3 million and $2.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the three months ended September 30, 2013, respectively, in connection with this tender offer and these secondary sales.

 

53


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
     (in thousands)  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (5,133   $ (7,200   $ (20,713   $ (9,471   $ (13,174

Cash used in investing activities

     (2,132     (13,171     (17,227     (9,486     (10,389

Cash provided by financing activities

     15,028        60,022        294        118        96,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,763      $ 39,651      $ (37,646   $ (18,839   $ 72,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private sales of equity securities. From our inception through September 30, 2014, we have completed several rounds of equity financing through the sale of shares of our Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock for total cash proceeds to us of $193.2 million. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balance, together with the proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months.

 

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to support research and development efforts, the continued expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced products, and the continued market acceptance of our products. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

 

Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

During the six months ended September 30, 2014, operating activities used $13.2 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $19.4 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $7.6 million and a net decrease of $1.4 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The net decrease in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $5.4 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, and a $0.7 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits and other liabilities due to increased headcount. This net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $3.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales of subscriptions, a $3.5 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets, and a $0.6 million decrease in accounts payable.

 

During the six months ended September 30, 2013, operating activities used $9.5 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $18.6 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $5.7 million and a net increase of $3.4 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $2.5 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, a $1.5 million increase in accounts payable due to an increase in expenditures, a $1.1 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits and other liabilities due to increased headcount, and a $1.0 million increase in deferred rent due to new office leases. This net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $2.4 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales of subscriptions and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, operating activities used $20.7 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $40.2 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $11.7 million and a net increase of $7.8 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $5.4 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, a $2.3 million increase in accounts payable due to increased expenditures, a $2.1 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits and other liabilities due to increased headcount, and a $1.9 million increase in deferred rent due to new

 

54


Table of Contents

office leases. This net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $3.0 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales of subscriptions and a $0.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, operating activities used $7.2 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $22.5 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $10.7 million and a net increase of $4.6 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $2.8 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, a $2.0 million increase in deferred rent due to new office leases, a $1.2 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits and other liabilities due to increased headcount, and a $0.7 million increase in accounts payable due to increased expenditures. This net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales of subscriptions and a $0.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, operating activities used $5.1 million in cash as a result of a net loss of $7.5 million, adjusted by non-cash charges of $1.8 million and a net increase of $0.6 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of a $1.6 million increase in deferred revenue as a result of increased sales of subscriptions, a $0.3 million increase in accrued compensation and benefits and other liabilities due to increased headcount, and a $0.2 million increase in accounts payable due to increased expenditures. This net increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in accounts receivable due to increased sales of subscriptions and a $0.7 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.

 

Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

Cash used in investing activities during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, was $2.1 million, $13.2 million, $17.2 million, $9.5 million, and $10.4 million, respectively, primarily as a result of increases in capital expenditures to purchase property and equipment to support additional office space and site operations, increases in capitalization of software development costs, and increases to restricted cash in relation to new office space.

 

Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2013, and for the six months ended September 30, 2014, was $15.0 million, $60.0 million, and $96.5 million, respectively, and was primarily the result of proceeds from our sale of preferred stock, net of issuance costs, and the exercise of stock options. Cash provided by financing activities for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 and for the six months ended September 30, 2013 was $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, and was primarily the result of the exercise of stock options.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

Our principal contractual commitments primarily consist of obligations under leases for office space. As of March 31, 2014, the future non-cancelable minimum lease payments under these obligations, and our future non-cancelable minimum payments under our other contractual obligations, were as follows:

 

     Payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1 to 3
years
     3 to 5
years
     After 5
years
 
     (in thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 35,606       $ 5,573       $ 10,999       $ 11,367       $ 7,667   

Other obligations

     616         523         93                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 36,222       $ 6,096       $ 11,092       $ 11,367       $ 7,667   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

During the six months ended September 30, 2014, we entered into additional contractual obligations. Our total future non-cancelable minimum payments under these contractual obligations were, as of September 30, 2014, $13.4 million over nine years, which consisted of $10.1 million of operating leases and $3.3 million of other obligations.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

As of March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other purposes.

 

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk

 

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

 

Our subscription agreements are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. A portion of our operating expenses are incurred outside the United States and are denominated in foreign currencies and are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Euro. Additionally, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our statements of operations. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses have not been material to our financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transactions. As our international operations grow, we will continue to reassess our approach to managing the risks relating to fluctuations in currency rates.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

We had cash and cash equivalents of $57.1 million, $19.5 million, and $92.4 million as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively, consisting of bank deposits and money market funds. These interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. To date, fluctuations in our interest income have not been significant. We also had no outstanding debt for any of the periods presented. We have an agreement to maintain cash balances at a financial institution of no less than $5.6 million as collateral for two letters of credit in favor of our landlords. The letters of credit carry a fixed interest rate of 1%.

 

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed to, nor do we anticipate being exposed to, material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our financial statements.

 

Inflation Risk

 

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses, and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from these estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and our actual results, our future financial statements will be affected.

 

56


Table of Contents

The critical accounting policies requiring estimates, assumptions, and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements are described below.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We generate revenue from subscription-based arrangements that allow our customers to access our products. Our sales agreements have contract terms typically for one year in length or less.

 

We recognize revenue when the following criteria are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement; (ii) subscriptions have been or are being provided to the customer; (iii) the amount of fee to be paid by the customer is fixed and determinable; and (iv) collection is reasonably assured.

 

We recognize subscription revenue on a straight-line basis over the contractual period. Amounts that have been invoiced and that are due are recorded in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

We measure and recognize compensation expense related to stock-based transactions, including employee and non-employee director stock options, in our financial statements based on the fair value of the awards granted. We estimate the fair value of each option award on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and a single option award approach. We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of forfeitures, over the requisite service periods of the awards, which is generally four years.

 

Our use of the Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, risk-free interest rates, and the expected dividend yield of our common stock. The assumptions we use in our option-pricing model represent management’s best estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

 

These assumptions and estimates are as follows:

 

   

Fair Value of Common Stock.  Because our common stock is not yet publicly traded, we must estimate the fair value of common stock, as discussed in “—Common Stock Valuations” below.

 

   

Risk-Free Interest Rate.  We base the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term equivalent to that of the options for each option group.

 

   

Expected Term.  The expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. We base the expected term assumption on our historical exercise behavior combined with estimates of the post-vesting holding period.

 

   

Expected Volatility.  We determine the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our publicly traded peer group as we do not have a trading history for our common stock. Industry peers consist of several public companies in the technology industry that are similar to us in size, stage of life cycle, and financial leverage. We used the same set of peer group companies in all the relevant valuation estimates. We did not rely on implied volatilities of traded options in our industry peers’ common stock because the volume of activity was relatively low. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar public companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own common stock share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us, in which case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.

 

   

Dividend Yield.  The expected dividend assumption is based on our current expectations about our anticipated dividend policy. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of our stock options as follows:

 

    Year Ended March 31,   Six Months
Ended September 30,
    2012   2013   2014   2013   2014
         

Fair value of common stock

  $1.01 – $2.98   $3.51 –$4.68   $6.54 –$18.83   $6.54 – $6.93   $16.93 – $17.51

Expected term (years)

  5 – 10   5 – 6   5 – 6   5 – 6   5 – 6

Expected volatility

  50 – 54%   50 – 53%   47 – 52%   50 – 52%   45 – 51%

Risk-free interest rate

  0.77 – 2.56%   0.67 – 0.97%   0.74 –1.87%   0.74 – 1.69%   1.55 – 2%

Dividend yield

  —     —     —     —     —  

 

In addition to the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, we must also estimate a forfeiture rate to calculate the stock-based compensation expense for our awards. Our forfeiture rate is based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures. We will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover, and other factors. Quarterly changes in the estimated forfeiture rate can have a significant impact on our stock-based compensation expense as the cumulative effect of adjusting the rate is recognized in the period the forfeiture estimate is changed.

 

We will continue to use judgment in evaluating the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a prospective basis. As we continue to accumulate additional data related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our estimates, which could materially impact our future stock-based compensation expense.

 

Common Stock Valuations

 

Prior to this offering, the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock options was determined by our board of directors. The valuations of our common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . The assumptions used in the valuation models were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. Members of our board of directors and management team have extensive business, financial, and investing experience. Because there had been no public market for our common stock, the board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

 

   

contemporaneous valuations performed by unrelated third-party specialists;

 

   

the prices, rights, preferences, and privileges of our convertible preferred stock relative to those of our common stock;

 

   

our actual operating and financial performance;

 

   

our current business conditions and projections;

 

   

our hiring of key personnel and the experience of our management;

 

   

our history and the timing of the introduction of new products and services;

 

   

our stage of development;

 

   

our likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or a merger or acquisition of our company, given prevailing market conditions;

 

   

the lack of marketability involving securities in a private company;

 

   

the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies; and

 

   

the U.S. and global capital markets conditions.

 

58


Table of Contents

In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the enterprise value, added net cash, and then allocated the equity value to each class of equity securities outstanding (preferred stock, common stock and options) initially using an option pricing method, or OPM. The board of directors determined the enterprise value of our business using the income approach and the market approach valuation methods.

 

The OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on a business, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. The OPM uses the Black-Scholes option model to price the call option. Estimates of the volatility applied in the Black-Scholes option model were based on available information on the volatility of common stock of comparable, publicly traded companies. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability.

 

The income approach estimates the fair value of the enterprise based on the present value of our future estimated net cash flows and our residual value beyond the forecast period. The future net cash flows and residual value are discounted to their present value to reflect the risks inherent in us achieving these estimated net cash flows. The discount rate was based on a market-derived weighted average cost of capital.

 

In the market approach, we utilized the comparable company method which estimates the fair value based on a comparison of our size, growth, profitability and operating risks to comparable publicly-traded companies in a similar line of business. We selected other software public companies based on their similarity of business model, being primarily SaaS businesses. During the year, we expanded our peer group companies to include new publicly-traded companies and companies with similar growth profiles. From the comparable companies, we calculated business enterprise value, or BEV, to revenue multiples. In our valuations, we utilized the BEV multiples and applied it to the trailing 12 month’s revenues and to the forecasted next 12 month’s revenues. As some of the comparable companies were significantly larger and had different rates of revenue growth and profitability than us, we generally selected multiples that were near the median of these selected companies to account for our lower profitability and expected higher rates of revenue growth.

 

Beginning in September 2013, we utilized a combination of the OPM and the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM. Under the PWERM, the value of the common stock is estimated based on analysis of future values for the enterprise assuming various possible outcomes, such as timing as well as the rights of each share class. The future value was discounted to their present value using the discount rate applied in the income approach. Additionally, we applied a discount for lack of marketability.

 

In connection with the preparation of our financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, we estimated the fair value of our common stock for financial reporting purposes in light of our rapidly improving financial performance and prospects, our evolving belief that an initial public offering was increasingly viable and the generally improving conditions in the capital markets. As a result, we determined that, solely for financial reporting purposes, the fair value of our common stock was higher than the fair market values determined in good faith by our board of directors for each of the option grant dates from August 8, 2013 through February 5, 2014.

 

In some cases, we also considered the amount of time between the valuation date and the grant date to determine whether to use the latest common stock valuation determined pursuant to one of the methods described above or a straight-line calculation between the two valuation dates. This determination included an evaluation of whether the subsequent valuation indicated that any significant change in valuation had occurred between the previous valuation and the grant date.

 

Following this offering, valuation models, including the estimates and assumptions used in such models, will not be necessary to determine the fair value of our common stock, as shares of our common stock will be traded in the public market.

 

59


Table of Contents

Between April 1, 2013 and the date of this prospectus, we granted stock options as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Common Shares
Underlying
Options Granted
     Exercise
Price Per Share
     Fair Value
Per Share for
Financial
Reporting
Purposes
 

April 11, 2013

     455,400       $ 6.54       $ 6.54   

August 8, 2013

     352,470         6.93         9.37   

October 3, 2013

     606,750         7.99         10.52   

December 11, 2013

     1,281,300         11.29         13.77   

February 5, 2014

     150,500         15.97         18.83   

May 15, 2014

     1,485,000         16.93         16.93   

July 31, 2014

     545,100         17.51         15.53   

 

In addition to the stock options granted, we also granted restricted stock awards to two directors for an aggregate of 100,000 shares of our common stock in August 2013 and 40,000 shares of common stock in May 2014, with a grant date fair value per share of $9.37 and $16.93, respectively, each of which vests over four years.

 

Based on the assumed initial public offering price per share of $         , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our outstanding stock options as of September 30, 2014 was $         million, with $         million related to vested stock options.

 

Warrants

 

Warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock are classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The fair value of the warrants is estimated using an option-valuation model at each reporting date. The change in fair value of the warrants is then recorded on our consolidated statements of operations as other expense. We use management judgment to estimate the fair value of these warrants, and these estimates could differ significantly in the future. We determined the fair value of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants utilizing an option-valuation model with the following assumptions as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014:

 

    

 

As of March 31,

   As of
September 30,

    2014    
         2013            2014       

Remaining contractual term (in years)

   5.4 – 9.3      4.4 – 8.4      3.9 – 7.9  

Risk-free interest rate

   0.9 – 1.7%    1.5 – 2.5%    1.4 – 2.4%

Volatility

   57%    50%    45%

Dividend yield

   —      —      —  

 

The above assumptions are subjective and the fair value of these warrants may have differed significantly had we used different assumptions.

 

The fair value of the warrants was recorded as a warrant liability upon issuance. Changes in the fair value of the warrant liability are reflected in other expense, net. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering in which the shares underlying the warrants would convert from the related shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, the preferred stock warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value one final time, and any remaining liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. We expect the fair value of the warrants to increase leading up to this offering, but we do not expect any future charges following the completion of this offering.

 

60


Table of Contents

During the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and for the six months ended September 30, 2013, we recognized charges in the amount of $36,000, $23,000, $0.7 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants, which we recorded as other expense in our consolidated statements of operations. For the six months ended September 30, 2014, we recognized other income of $0.3 million from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants.

 

Income Taxes

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the tax rates that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Future tax benefits are recognized to the extent that realization of such benefits is considered to be more likely than not. A valuation allowance is provided on deferred tax assets if it is determined that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We have considered our future anticipated market growth, historical and forecasted earnings, future taxable income and the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate along with prudent, feasible and permissible tax planning strategies in determining the extent to which our deferred tax assets may be realizable. Projections inherently include a level of uncertainty that could result in lower or higher than expected future taxable income. When we determine that the deferred tax assets for which there is currently a valuation allowance would be realized in the future, the related valuation allowance will be reduced and a benefit to operations will be recorded. Conversely, if we were to make a determination that we will not be able to realize a portion of our net deferred tax assets in the future (using the “more likely than not” criteria), we would record an adjustment to our valuation allowance and a charge to operations in the period in which such determination is made.

 

We use a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount which is more than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately forecast actual outcomes. We do not have any unrecognized tax benefits. If interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits were incurred, such amounts would be included in our provision for income taxes.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance which addresses the presentation of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change current financial reporting requirements, instead an entity is required to cross-reference to other required disclosures that provide additional detail about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to present significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by line item of net income if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. Adoption of this standard is required for periods beginning after December 15, 2012 for public companies. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our consolidated financial statements, as we did not have other comprehensive income for the periods presented.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued a new accounting standard update on the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits. The new guidance provides that a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit would be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The new guidance became effective for us on April 1, 2014 and it should be applied prospectively to unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date with retrospective application permitted. We are currently assessing the impact of this new guidance.

 

61


Table of Contents

In April 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and expands related disclosure requirements. This accounting standard will be effective for us beginning in our first quarter of fiscal 2016. The effects of this guidance will depend on the nature and significance of discontinued operations occurring after the effective date.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to the recognition and reporting of revenue that establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance allows for the use of either the full or modified retrospective transition method, and the standard will be effective for us in the first quarter of our fiscal year 2018; early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on our consolidated financial statements, as well as which transition method we intend to use.

 

62


Table of Contents

LETTER FROM THE FOUNDER

 

I first discovered my passion for building software when my parents bought me my first computer for Christmas in 1982. I was twelve years old, but even then I knew what I wanted to do professionally for the rest of my life. I am and always will be a builder of software.

 

There are over 18 million developers out there like me, doing what they love, creating something out of nothing. Creating software. And that software is transforming every business of every size, in every industry. Software has eaten the world.

 

But those developers and their companies have a serious challenge: They need visibility into what their software is doing in real time. At a bare minimum, they need to see if the software is working. When software is slow or failing, people can’t book reservations, deposit checks, purchase items, communicate with peers, sign up for healthcare, or perform scientific research.

 

But beyond that, businesses want to know how their customers are using their software and who their customers are. eCommerce sites need to know who their big spenders are, and what differentiates their behavior from the tire kickers. SaaS companies need to know how many free trials are currently underway, and which of those prospects is using their product the most – a strong buying signal. And consumer Internet companies need to know how recent changes to the layout of the home page increase or decrease conversion rates.

 

Enter New Relic. We provide deep visibility into live software applications, measuring every transaction that runs on the mobile device, on the server or in the web browser. We do this at a massive scale, with a very simple, easy to use cloud service that is trusted by thousands of customers. We collect billions of metrics from millions of software processes, and more importantly we make sense of this mass of data. We help developers and business people make better decisions, fueled by real-time data extracted live from the heart of their business: their software.

 

It brings me immense joy to know that we build software that our customers not only use, but love. That is rare in the enterprise software business. People don’t usually rave about their analytics or monitoring software the way they do about their smartphones or their game consoles. But New Relic customers do. That gets me excited to come into work every day.

 

But what matters even more is that I’m blessed to work with wonderful people. Those who know me hear me say repeatedly that I love my Mondays, because I love what we do for our customers, and I love the people with whom I get to do my best and most challenging work.

 

Life is short. No great endeavor is worth undertaking unless you do so in partnership with people you love and respect, and who bring out the best of you. New Relic is not only a growing company; we are a company full of kind and decent people of high integrity and positive energy. This matters deeply to me, and is the primary reason why we continue to recruit and retain the best people, in the most important sense of the word.

 

A good friend told me that he thinks that I am a builder of products, and that my most important product is the company, New Relic. I like that. Great companies aren’t simply assembled or manufactured any more than great products are designed by committee. Companies that truly make an impact focus on building and delivering products of immense value over the course of decades. We aspire to be one of the great software companies and I’m thrilled and honored to participate in the journey.

 

Sincerely,

 

LOGO

Lew Cirne

Founder & CEO

 

63


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

 

Our Mission

 

Software is becoming the lifeblood of almost every organization, large and small, around the world. Our mission is to empower organizations to build the best modern software possible and to improve their business intelligence using the data flowing through and about that software. This data contains massive amounts of information about customer behaviors, user experiences, and overall software performance. New Relic enables organizations to gain visibility into this software data to make better, faster, data-driven decisions.

 

Overview

 

We are building a new category of enterprise software we call Software Analytics. Our cloud-based suite of products enables organizations to collect, store, and analyze massive amounts of software data in real time. We design all our products to be highly intuitive and frictionless; they are easy to deploy, and customers can rapidly, often within minutes, realize benefits and results. With our products, technology users can quickly find and fix performance problems as well as predict and prevent future issues. Business users such as product managers can get answers to how their new product launch is being received, or how a pricing change impacted customer retention, without waiting for help from IT. Software developers can build better applications faster, as they can see how their software will perform and is actually performing for end-users. As of September 30, 2014, we collected, stored, and analyzed over 690 billion data points daily across more than 4 million application instances and monitored user experiences on over a million website domains and from over one billion mobile application installs. As of September 30, 2014, we had over 250,000 users. We define a user as an email address associated with an account that has deployed our software code, called agents, and from which we receive data from at least one application. As of September 30, 2014, we had 10,590 paid business accounts.

 

Software has become critical to businesses and consumers worldwide, from online retailing to social networking to customer relationship management. This software is found in applications and throughout the architectures on which those applications run: servers, websites, operating systems, mobile devices, and other IT assets. The use of this software generates huge volumes of data about how it is performing, the end-user experience, and the transactions flowing through it. Historically, organizations collected and analyzed only a small fraction of this data due to technology and business constraints, including high costs and limited benefits, except for specific use cases such as application performance management, clickstream analysis, and web traffic measurement. Legacy software products were typically customized, expensive, required training, and were thus limited to business-critical applications within large organizations. As a result, the vast majority of software data has been underutilized.

 

Several fundamental technology and business trends are enabling Software Analytics today. As software has become increasingly critical, it contains more of the data that organizations need to make key decisions. As cloud computing and software-as-a-service replace on-premise architectures, more data is being generated and analyzed. Software developers are rapidly increasing in stature and influence within organizations, and able to shape IT trends such as cloud adoption. New technologies have been developed to enable greater storage and faster analysis of massive quantities of unstructured and structured data with speed and flexibility.

 

In light of these trends, we saw the opportunity for Software Analytics to empower technology and business users to make use of this underutilized software data. We provide developers with our software code, called agents, to add to their applications and infrastructure quickly and easily. These intelligent agents can collect vast amounts of data, as defined by the user, and send it to our cloud-based, big data database. Our database collects and organizes our users’ data for analysis through a simple dashboard interface that users can easily configure to monitor their key metrics and quickly make queries using simple phrases. Our intuitive and frictionless product design results in users being able to quickly receive analysis of their data. With this visibility, developers can significantly improve the quality of their software, and business and technology users can get real-time insights into their data.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our Software Analytics solution is comprised of an integrated suite of products, a big data database, and an open platform. All of our products have a simple user interface, and require minimal training or integration. Our products for technology users focus on software performance management and monitoring and consist of New Relic APM, New Relic Mobile, New Relic Servers, New Relic Browser, and New Relic Synthetics. New Relic Insights provides big data analytics to both business and technology users that enable them to easily extract actionable information from the massive quantities of unstructured and structured data flowing through their software. New Relic Platform offers a plugin architecture including application programming interfaces, or APIs, and software development kits, or SDKs, for customers and partners to embed and extend our solution into their products. Today, there are over 475 New Relic Platform plugins to extend our functionality to other applications and infrastructures including Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, MongoDB, and Oracle mySQL.

 

Our go-to-market strategy combines grassroots user adoption with both low-touch and high-touch sales approaches. Our products are easy to download and use, which has allowed us to build a large base of users and smaller organizations without an enterprise sales organization. Over time, users within larger organizations began to grow our footprint within their companies, as they often purchase our products for a specific use case and subsequently expand their use of our products. We are building a direct enterprise sales and support operation in order to better market to and support larger organizations, which represent a growing portion of our revenue.

 

We have achieved rapid customer adoption, high customer retention, and significant growth since our founding. For our fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, our revenue was $11.7 million, $29.7 million, and $63.2 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 154% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, and 113% from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. For the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, our revenue was $26.1 million and $48.0 million, respectively, representing year-over-year growth of 83%. We had net losses of $7.5 million, $22.5 million, and $40.2 million for our fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $18.6 million and $19.4 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

Industry Background

 

Importance of Software for Businesses and Consumers

 

Software has become a central element of business and consumer life, representing a growing proportion of economic activity worldwide. Businesses of all types rely upon their software applications to interact with their customers, employees, and partners to increase revenue and improve operational efficiency. Businesses and consumers use software on a variety of devices in more of their day-to-day activities. According to IDC, in 2013 businesses spent approximately $392 billion globally on packaged software, which was the fastest-growing portion of overall IT spending. In addition, new channels are emerging for business and consumer software including cloud-based app stores from many vendors including Apple, Google, and others which enable instant application purchases and downloads. Historical barriers to entry for software development and adoption have been removed resulting in a dramatic increase in the number of software applications available. Users increasingly expect their software to be fast and reliable, and they can quickly replace the applications they use if they are unsatisfied with their experience.

 

Advent of Cloud Architectures and SaaS

 

This increasing penetration of software into the lives of businesses and consumers has been enabled by the advent of cloud architectures and SaaS. Historically, legacy on-premise architectures required companies to purchase and maintain the complete IT stack including storage, servers, networking, and applications. In contrast, cloud architectures enable companies to subscribe for and access computing resources as needed. This has provided a wide range of economic and technology benefits including applications that are easier to deploy, maintain, use, and integrate. As a result, businesses and consumers now use software more broadly and deeply than they could with legacy on-premise architectures.

 

65


Table of Contents

Explosion of Mobility

 

The greatly increased functionality of smartphones and tablets, and the ubiquity of high-bandwidth Internet access, have led to an explosion in mobile devices and mobile applications. According to IDC, more than 1.3 billion smartphones, tablets, and laptops were shipped worldwide in 2013. These devices and the applications they run need to be supported by completely new software architectures that are fundamentally different and separate from legacy, on-premise IT architectures. As business and consumer mobile users increasingly expect their applications to run well, not only do existing applications need to run better on mobile devices, but a new category of native mobile-first applications has arisen specifically to work best on mobile devices. This mobility has both increased pressures on software performance and greatly expanded the variety, velocity, and volume of data available for analysis.

 

Growing Importance of Developers

 

The increasing ubiquity of software has led to greater importance and roles for the developers who build and maintain that software. According to Evans Data, a global research firm, there were over 18 million software developers worldwide in 2013 and there were expected to be over 26 million by 2019. These developers are increasingly able to create and influence major technology trends such as adoption of cloud architectures, open source, and new programming languages and frameworks to improve the time-to-market and performance of their applications. While in the past corporate IT departments have dictated the technologies which developers could use, developers are increasingly able to work with the technologies they prefer. In addition, a growing proportion of software is being built by outside developers who are not constrained by legacy corporate IT practices. Their use of emerging technologies, such as new programming languages including Ruby, Python, Node.js, and PHP, has accelerated the increasing complexity of the IT landscape.

 

Emergence of Big Data Technologies for Unstructured and Structured Data

 

Historically, companies have relied on on-premise databases from vendors such as Oracle, IBM, and Microsoft to analyze their business data. These technologies require collecting and indexing data, storing it in a highly structured format in rows or columns, and programming customized queries to generate reports from the data. These are useful to generate periodic reports from applications such as enterprise resource planning, or ERP, or customer relationship management, or CRM, applications which produce transactional data. According to Gartner, the volume of enterprise information is growing at an incredible rate, but approximately 80% of this information is unstructured. Over the past few years, a wide variety of technologies have been introduced to greatly increase the ability to collect and analyze the rapidly growing variety, velocity, and volume of data. These technologies and their impact on expanding the ability to collect and analyze data are commonly referred to as big data. Today, an increasing number of companies are investing in technology and personnel to gain a competitive advantage using big data to enable real-time, data-driven decisions.

 

New Complexities for Technology Users, Business Users, and Software Developers

 

The landscape of software and data worldwide is rapidly changing. Business and consumer applications are running on both cloud and legacy architectures and are built with a multitude of programming languages. This in turn has created significant challenges and complexities for technology users, business users, and software developers who oversee the performance, availability, and overall health of software applications and the related infrastructure deployed to enable those applications. As software applications such as consumer-facing websites and mobile applications have become the foundation of many businesses, the success or failure of those businesses is increasingly determined by the availability, accessibility, response time, and quality of the user experience of their software applications. Increasing global competition require organizations to have better business intelligence and visibility from the software data about their business operations.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our Solution

 

We have developed our Software Analytics suite of products, big data database, and open platform to help technology and business users make real-time, data-driven decisions to improve business and IT performance. In addition, developers can build better software, build it faster, and keep it running optimally for end-user experiences. Our solution collects, stores, and analyzes vast quantities of unstructured and structured data flowing through and about our users’ software.

 

LOGO

 

We currently offer an integrated suite of seven products that we continue to enhance and expand:

 

   

New Relic APM : Application performance management

 

   

New Relic Mobile : Mobile application performance management

 

   

New Relic Servers : Server monitoring for cloud and data centers

 

   

New Relic Browser : End-user experience monitoring and performance monitoring

 

   

New Relic Synthetics : Software testing through simulated usage

 

   

New Relic Platform : Platform that extends our functionality into other applications

 

   

New Relic Insights : Real-time big data analytics for business managers

 

This suite of products uses a common infrastructure to enable customers to:

 

   

Collect. Our intelligent agents are software code that developers easily deploy into their applications and related IT infrastructure, including physical and virtual servers, browsers, and mobile devices. These agents configure automatically to their particular IT environment and collect and send event and performance data securely to our proprietary cloud database. Our agents typically send this information once a minute, and are designed to cause minimal latency on the application.

 

   

Store. Data collected from our agents is stored in our highly secure and scalable cloud-based, big data database. Our database has been crafted so that our customers do not need to build or maintain their own big data solution for Software Analytics. We optimized this database to store unstructured and structured data as well as handle the analytics and queries that we believe are important to drive decision making. Customers can easily define which data they want to collect and store for analysis.

 

67


Table of Contents
   

Analyze. Our simple and intuitive user interface consists of a dashboard of graphical charts for key performance indicators, which are easily configurable and enable deep drill-down and root cause analysis. Our New Relic Insights product also includes a field for queries utilizing the New Relic Query Language, or NRQL, similar to the commonly used Structured Query Language, or SQL. Users can type a simple query into the NRQL field and receive the answer in a range of visual and graphical formats. We also intend to release features for our solutions that enable users to create and publish customized data apps and make them available to non-technical business users.

 

Key Elements of Our Solution

 

   

Built on Cloud Architecture. We designed our products based on a cloud architecture and a SaaS delivery model. We are able to provide frequent updates to our software enabling us to continuously improve it to reflect technology developments. This delivers a wide range of technology and financial benefits over on-premise architectures.

 

   

Flexibility to Manage Cloud, Hybrid, and On-Premise Architectures. In addition to modern cloud architectures, our SaaS solution can also manage hybrid cloud and heterogeneous architectures, including on-premise software. Users are able to rapidly deploy our agents globally across their IT environment.

 

   

Built for Modern Software. We support a broad range of software development languages and frameworks from the widely used Java and .NET, to more recent and emerging languages such as Ruby, PHP, Python, and Node.js, as well as mobile operating systems including iOS and Android. Our agents are easily embedded into applications built using all of these languages, without the need for customized coding.

 

   

Mobile Enabled. We provide a native mobile version of our Software Analytics products with nearly all functionality accessible and usable through mobile devices. Our products are designed to anticipate and handle the complexity of mobile architectures, such as mobile carrier performance and user location.

 

   

Big Data Database and Analytics. Our proprietary, cloud-based database leverages modern big data technologies, including in-memory storage and distributed clustering techniques, which enable collection and storage of billions of events and metrics each day. Our database structure allows customers to easily build dashboards or make queries to deliver real-time insights.

 

   

Easy and Intuitive. We design our products to be simple, intuitive, and user-friendly. Users are able to learn, deploy, and begin using our products with minimal or no training, often within a few minutes. This is important for developers who do not need to do extra coding or configuration to use our products. It is also important for business and IT users who can leverage our products to augment their existing knowledge of applications and infrastructure.

 

   

Low Total Cost of Ownership. We price our products on a monthly subscription basis, with flexible pricing plans so each customer is only paying for the products and usage they are consuming. Our customers do not need to invest in additional hardware, infrastructure, or services to utilize our products.

 

   

Integrated Suite. Our suite currently consists of seven products that are integrated, share a common design and user interface, and access the same cloud-based database structure. Users can move seamlessly among different analytic categories and use cases for their software data. Users are able to easily add additional products to extend their ability to obtain insights from their same or new portions of their software data.

 

   

Extensible Platform. We provide APIs and SDKs for customers, partners, and developers to easily build applications which integrate with and embed our product functionality into other applications. There are over 475 plugins developed internally or by third parties making it even easier to embed our products into specific use cases including Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, MongoDB, and

 

68


Table of Contents
 

Oracle mySQL. This enables our users to tailor our products to specific use cases and industries beyond the programming languages, frameworks, and operating systems that we support.

 

   

Enterprise Scalability and Security. Our products are designed to be scalable and secure. As of September 30, 2014, we collected, stored, and analyzed over 690 billion data points per day. By default, our software data transmissions are encrypted in transit and stored in our secure tier 3 SSAE-16 certified data center. We also perform an annual SOC-2 type 2 audit. In addition, our management tools provide administrators with highly granular security controls including user provisioning, access, and privileges.

 

Benefits of Our Solution

 

   

Technology Users. Technology users can easily deploy our products across their IT architectures to monitor overall health and performance. They can more rapidly identify problems, isolate root causes, and address problems. Our analytics tools also enable them to predict and prevent future issues.

 

   

Business Users. Business users can use our products to obtain deep real-time analytics about their business. They are able to access and analyze far more unstructured software data than traditional on-premise analytics solutions that rely upon structured data from transactional applications. Business users are also able to easily configure their graphical dashboards of key performance indicators, or quickly make queries using NRQL, without needing to wait for a data scientist to design a new report or program a new query.

 

   

Software Developers. Software developers can use our products for a broad range of traditional and emerging development languages and frameworks. With our products, they can better monitor software performance to continuously improve it as well as fix and prevent problems. Developers can build better software, build it faster, and keep it running optimally for end-user experiences.

 

Limitations of Existing Solutions

 

A number of legacy and emerging companies provide products to collect and analyze software data for business and technology managers. However, these suffer from a range of limitations including:

 

   

Difficult and Time-Consuming. Existing solutions typically require developers and technology and business users to undergo upfront and ongoing user training to learn. The solutions are often customized and provisioned over the course of several months through the central IT function. Any changes to the collection, storage, or analysis of data needs to go through the IT group or specialized data scientists.

 

   

High Total Cost of Ownership.  The majority of existing products has been deployed on-premise, requiring substantial upfront investments in IT infrastructure and extensive implementation, customization, maintenance, and training costs. Organizations often choose not to deploy these products, or postpone implementations of upgraded versions, due to concerns relating to the substantial costs involved.

 

   

On-Premise Architectures. Solutions built for legacy, on-premise architectures are highly customized, expensive to purchase and operate, and require frequent upgrades and maintenance. In addition, they are fundamentally unable to adapt to cloud architectures and SaaS models. They typically rely on systems to collect, store, and analyze data which are highly specific to the particular customer’s software applications and environment at a point in time. For example, the agents for collecting data need to be highly customized and typically involve significant latency to send data.

 

   

Support Limited to Legacy Software. Developers using new languages and frameworks to build modern software need solutions which understand them. Most legacy solutions were built to understand COBOL, C++, Java, and .NET. However, modern languages and frameworks such as Ruby, PHP, Python, and Node.js represent a large and growing proportion of applications and websites.

 

69


Table of Contents
   

Lack of Support for Mobile Devices and Applications. Legacy solutions were typically designed for business or technology user sitting at their desktop. Today’s users increasingly expect and need to be able to do their jobs outside their office, wherever and whenever they want, on a variety of mobile devices. In addition, both legacy applications running on mobile devices and native mobile applications involved different architectures and are very difficult to be managed by systems designed to work on-premise.

 

   

Lack of Big Data and Analytics. Existing solutions typically use structured transactional data, representing a small and shrinking portion of software data. This significantly limited the types, timeliness, and flexibility of analyses they could support. Big data analytics are typically cost prohibitive for all but the largest organizations.

 

   

Fragmented Point Solutions. Existing solutions were built for a wide range of specific use cases which had to be business or technology critical, such as traditional application performance management, CRM or ERP analytics, or clickstream analysis. These products addressed limited use cases and were not integrated with other applications, forcing businesses to select and integrate solutions from a variety of vendors, resulting in siloed analytics.

 

Our Market Opportunity

 

For technology users, we believe Gartner’s category of IT Operations Management, or ITOM, captures a subset of our market opportunity. According to Gartner, Inc., a global market research firm, the worldwide ITOM market was $19.1 billion in 2013 and is projected to grow to $27.9 billion in 2018. We believe this generally captures the purchases by larger enterprises of existing legacy solutions, but does not include the opportunity with smaller enterprises that cannot afford such solutions or potential deployments by larger enterprises made feasible by emerging solutions like ours.

 

We believe our market opportunity with business users is largely untapped. According to Gartner, the worldwide market for business intelligence software was $14.4 billion in 2013 and is projected to grow to $21.9 billion in 2018. However, we believe the majority of our market opportunity with business users exists with use cases for which a viable solution has not been historically available.

 

Our Growth Strategy

 

   

Maintain Our Technology Leadership. We will continue to invest in building the Software Analytics category. We believe we have a competitive advantage at each of the three Software Analytics layers – collecting, storing, and analyzing software data – and will continue to invest in that architecture. We also believe our current seven products are unique in their individual capabilities as well as their level of integration. We plan to continue to improve our existing products as well as develop new products.

 

   

Deepen Existing Customer Relationships. As of September 30, 2014, we had 10,590 paid business accounts that subscribed to at least one of our applications for at least one user. We have observed that our accounts typically make an initial purchase for a specific and immediate need, such as website or application performance problems, and then subsequently expand to additional users or applications. We make it simple for potential and existing accounts to try new applications.

 

   

Grow Our Base of Large and Small Customers. We believe that the number of paid business accounts represents a small fraction of our potential customer base. We plan to grow our base of paid business accounts from larger businesses through our direct sales organization, which will focus on leveraging existing users within the potential customer. We also plan to grow our base of paid business accounts from smaller businesses by continuing our marketing and sales programs, partnerships, and grassroots adoption.

 

   

Increase Our Footprint. As of September 30, 2014, we collected, stored, and analyzed over 690 billion data points daily across more than 4 million application instances and monitored user experiences on over a million website domains and from over one billion mobile application installs. As of September 30, 2014, we had over 250,000 users. We believe this represents the largest footprint of

 

70


Table of Contents
 

deployed agents of any technology vendor. We currently offer and plan to continue offering free versions of our products so customers continue to spread our footprint rapidly and globally. We believe this large global footprint and visibility into much of the world’s application and IT infrastructure provides us an advantage in understanding technology trends and issues which we seek to continue to build upon.

 

   

Expand Our Platform and Ecosystem. We intend to expand our offering of APIs and SDKs that allows partners to easily integrate with other applications and services. Platform products and marketplaces such as our Plugin Central program enable our functionality to be rapidly extended to use cases, customers, geographies, and architectures without the need for incremental investment by us. Our New Relic Connect program allows users to leverage our application performance and event data and combine it with information from other sources. We also intend to release features for our solutions that enable users to create and publish customized data apps and make them available to non-technical business users.

 

   

Extend Our International Footprint. Approximately 31% of our revenue was generated outside the United States in fiscal 2014. We currently offer our products in EMEA and APAC and our revenue from those regions constituted 17% and 7%, respectively, of our revenue for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, and we had 12 employees located outside of the United States as of March 31, 2014. We believe there is further opportunity to increase our international business overall as well as a proportion of our revenue. We are increasingly investing in our international operations and intend to invest in further expanding our footprint in international markets.

 

Our Technology

 

Intelligent Software Agents

 

We have developed a library of purpose-built intelligent software agents that supports a wide variety of programming languages, mobile platforms, and operating systems. Our agent software code is deployed easily and quickly onto application servers, browsers, mobile devices, and operating systems. We currently provide intelligent software agents that support the following:

 

Programming Languages

 

Mobile Platforms

  

Operating Systems

.NET

Java

JavaScript

Node.js

PHP

Python

Ruby

 

Android

iOS

  

Joyent SmartOS

Linux

Windows

 

Once integrated, our agents quickly recognize their IT environment and configure themselves automatically. They then collect performance and event data that is defined by the customer and report it each minute, on average, to our cloud-based database for storage and analysis.

 

Big Data Database and Analytics

 

Our cloud-based, big data database can store and prepare massive amounts of both unstructured and structured data for rapid analysis and flexible querying. Our suite of products was initially supported by a database optimized for structured machine data and was built with a structure to support common analytics such as our application performance management and Server Monitoring products. In March 2014, we introduced our New Relic Insights application, which utilizes a flexible and schema-less database architecture optimized for unstructured data. This new database allows seamless storage of new data types including data collected by agents and through our APIs, does not require indexing, and runs in a super-cluster with massive amounts of computing resources to query billions of events in real-time.

 

71


Table of Contents

We provide a “single pane of glass” view into all of our applications with diagnostic capabilities including transaction details, database details, error details, topology maps, code deployment reports, and service level reports. Our user interfaces were built internally using modern web and mobile technologies, including HTML5 and JavaScript to deliver beautiful, interactive, and actionable data visualization such as charts and graphs that continuously refresh to provide real-time visibility. Users interact with New Relic Insights using NRQL, which is a modified version of SQL, a language with which developers and many business analysts are already familiar. Users also have the choice of electing to integrate data collected and stored by us into other analytics applications and user interfaces of their choice.

 

Our Products

 

We offer four tiers of our products to our customers. Our Lite version is offered at no charge to users and has basic functionality, 24-hour retention of data, and community support. Our Standard and Pro versions are paid versions that include more functionality, storage, and support. Our Enterprise version is also a paid version and includes the highest level of product functionality, our highest levels of support, a dedicated technical account manager, and defined service levels. Our suite of products is comprised of the following:

 

New Relic APM

 

New Relic APM provides visibility into the performance and usage of server-based applications, collecting data such as response time, transaction throughput, error rates, top transactions, and user satisfaction. Other elements of New Relic APM include:

 

   

Comprehensive Diagnostics . New Relic APM provides a comprehensive set of features, including Transaction Tracing, X-ray Sessions, Cross Application Tracing, Thread Profiling, Database Diagnostics, and Slow SQL Traces. These give users visibility into the underlying source code which can significantly reduce the time needed to identify and fix the root cause of problems by helping users pinpoint the exact lines of code causing the problem.

 

   

Reporting and Alerting . New Relic APM provides reporting and alerting functionality through standard configurations as well as customer-defined policy configurations. These alerts include application performance degradation, falling traffic, and declining user satisfaction metrics. Alerts can be delivered through a variety of channels including email, text messages, push notifications, and social channels and can be integrated with bug tracking systems and group chat applications.

 

   

Application Speed Index. Our Application Speed Index, or ASI, is our proprietary benchmarking report comparing application performance with those of competitors. The ASI leverages the data stored in our cloud database to anonymously compare application performance.

 

   

Business Transaction Monitoring . Within New Relic APM, our Key Transactions feature enables business users to collect and analyze data generated by business transactions separately from data about application performance.

 

New Relic Mobile

 

New Relic Mobile provides code-level visibility into the performance and health of mobile applications running on the iOS and Android mobile operating systems. Other elements of New Relic Mobile include:

 

   

End-to-End Visibility . When combined with New Relic APM, New Relic Mobile provides end-to-end visibility into the IT infrastructure affecting mobile application performance. Native mobile applications depend on code running on the device and on communications with backend services, such as mobile application servers, both internal and third party. New Relic Mobile provides code-level diagnostics for native app code running on the mobile device and enables performance, throughput, crash reporting, and error analysis for the interactions between the mobile application and the supporting backend services.

 

72


Table of Contents
   

Mobile Device Metrics . New Relic Mobile provides detail on usage of mobile device resources, including CPU, memory, and network bandwidth from actual user devices. This visibility helps developers understand how their applications affects their customers’ devices, and how to optimize them.

 

   

User Interactions . The User Interactions feature provides detailed breakdowns of time spent in the code running on the device, including view loading, method calls, and data store activity. Mobile application developers leverage this feature to pinpoint problematic code and resolve problems.

 

New Relic Servers

 

New Relic Servers, which is currently included with New Relic APM, provides visibility into server and operating system performance for physical and virtual servers, including servers that are deployed on-premise or in the cloud, by analyzing key metrics which include CPU usage, physical memory, network activity, and disk I/O utilization and capacity. Other elements of New Relic Servers include:

 

   

360° Performance Monitoring . In combination with New Relic APM, New Relic Servers provides end-to-end visibility into how server resources and utilization levels impact the applications being run.

 

   

Cross-Functional Collaboration. New Relic Servers enables greater cross-functional cooperation among software developers, IT operations, quality assurance, and other typical IT departments within companies. By presenting server performance with application performance in a shared user interface, New Relic Servers enables these departments to collaborate better in identifying and addressing underlying performance issues.

 

New Relic Browser

 

New Relic Browser, which is currently included with New Relic APM and is available as a standalone product, monitors the page view experiences of actual end-users for desktop and mobile browser-based applications and provides code-level diagnostics for JavaScript code running directly in the browser. Other elements of New Relic Browser include:

 

   

End-User Experience Monitoring . New Relic Browser monitors the page load time for user interactions, providing data on how time is spent during each page load, including network time, request queuing, document object model processing, and page rendering. Customers utilize this data to improve the user experience by implementing caching techniques, reducing asset sizes, and leveraging content delivery network services.

 

   

JavaScript Code Diagnostics . Web applications increasingly embed application logic into JavaScript code running within the user’s browser to build richer, browser-based applications. New Relic Browser provides developers with code-level visibility into the performance of JavaScript code within users’ browsers.

 

   

Browser Comparison . Developers can compare how their software performs on various desktop and mobile browsers and versions, in order to identify browser-specific problems.

 

   

Geographic Performance . New Relic Browser can automatically identify, track, and analyze the geographic location of each page view to provide performance analytics by geography, including response time, user satisfaction, application adoption, and usage trends.

 

New Relic Synthetics

 

New Relic Synthetics simulates usage and reproduces business-critical functionality that enables our users to test their software throughout the entire development life cycle. Users benefit from enhanced visibility, availability, and reliability of their software without depending on interactions from real users. Other elements of New Relic Synthetics include:

 

   

Standards-Based . New Relic Synthetics uses open standards, including the open source scripting language Selenium, to make it easy to quickly get started and automate tests.

 

73


Table of Contents
   

Deep Integration . New Relic Synthetics is integrated into our product suite, including New Relic APM, New Relic Browser, and New Relic Insights.

 

   

Global Test Locations . Users can select what region they want their test scripts to run from, giving them visibility into the global performance of their web application.

 

   

Preemptive Visibility . Users can resolve issues with business-critical transactions before end-users experience them.

 

New Relic Platform

 

The New Relic Platform, which is currently included with New Relic APM, provides customers, partners, and third-party developers with APIs and SDKs to build plugins that extend our functionality and data into almost any application or IT environment. For example, while our focus is on supporting modern programming languages and frameworks with our agents, some customers and developers have built plugins to address custom or legacy on-premise applications and architectures. In addition, plugins can also extend the functionality and data from other applications and sources into our databases. The New Relic Plugin Central marketplace offers easily downloadable plugins to users. Other elements include:

 

   

Extensibility . We provide APIs and SDKs to allow developers to easily and quickly integrate and embed the functionality of our products and data with other applications and data sources. We also offer a click and drag dashboard creation tool that allows users to customize their user experience.

 

   

Plugins . Plugins have been built to monitor IT architecture elements including databases, networks, queuing systems, and communication tools, enabling customers to monitor their entire application stack. In general, data from other sources than our agents is presented in the same dashboard alongside the monitoring data from our agents. Many plugins are built and used within the workday. Plugins can be kept proprietary or shared with the broader public community. As of September 30, 2014, developers had built over 375 private plugins and over 100 publicly-available plugins in our marketplace.

 

New Relic Insights

 

New Relic Insights enables technology and business users to perform real-time analysis in order to make faster, data-driven decisions about their organizations. The New Relic Insights database collects and stores trillions of data points. Other elements of New Relic Insights include:

 

   

Iterative Business Intelligence and Analytics . New Relic Insights is built on a proprietary event database that runs in a cloud-hosted, highly distributed super-cluster. The database was built to query billions of data points in less than a second, enabling ad-hoc analytics of business data in real time.

 

   

New Relic Query Language . We developed NRQL as a SQL-like query language optimized for real-time analytics. Users with experience with SQL are able to use NRQL immediately. The language is also easy to learn for non-technical users and users with no SQL experience. NRQL has autocomplete capabilities that assist users by providing proper syntax as they type, suggesting built-in analytics functions, and can list the attributes and event types available for querying.

 

   

Data Visualizations and Dashboards . New Relic Insights produces intuitive data visualizations with every query, with pre-built charts and graphs to make the analysis easier to understand and share. Dashboards automatically update and refresh in real-time by continuously executing NRQL queries.

 

74


Table of Contents

Our Customers

 

As of September 30, 2014, we had over 250,000 users and we had 10,590 paid business accounts worldwide. We define a customer as a single organization that purchases our products and services. A single customer may have multiple paid business accounts for separate divisions, segments, or subsidiaries. Each of these is treated as a separate paid business account. The following is a list of representative customers as of September 30, 2014 by industry segment.

 

Business Software and Services    eCommerce    Gaming and Entertainment

OnDeck

Optimizely

Zendesk

  

BigCommerce

SmugMug

Urban Outfitters

  

GREE International, Inc.

IGN Entertainment, Inc.

Rd.io

Health and Fitness    Internet    Media

Phreesia

Practice Fusion

Wellcentive

  

Airbnb

Answers.com

Twitter

  

Condé Nast

Dow Jones

NPR

Mobile    Technology    Travel and Real Estate

MyFitnessPal

Tango

Tapjoy

  

DNN Software

GitHub

Rackspace

  

Carnival Cruise Line

Hotel Tonight

realestate.com.au

 

Customer Studies

 

Airbnb

 

The Situation

 

Founded in 2008, Airbnb is a rapidly-growing community-driven hospitality company where people can list, discover, and book unique spaces around the world through mobile devices or web applications. As of September 2014, Airbnb had 800,000 listings in 34,000 cities located in over 190 countries. Airbnb required an application performance monitoring solution to ensure its web and mobile users around the globe could easily access and book space at any time.

 

The Solution

 

Airbnb was an early customer and deployed our Ruby agent in 2009. Since then, Airbnb has expanded its usage of our products to include the Java and Node.js agents, New Relic Server, New Relic Browser, New Relic Mobile, and platform plugins. In 2013, they moved to a site license encompassing the usage of all of our products. We monitor Airbnb’s technology infrastructure including servers, multiple high traffic applications, and millions of mobile application users each month to quickly identify and resolve performance problems.

 

Bleacher Report

 

The Situation

 

Launched in 2007, Bleacher Report, now a division of Turner Broadcasting, delivers digital media content through web and mobile applications to sports fans around the world. Major sports events, including the World Cup, the Super Bowl, the World Series, March Madness, and the NFL Draft, in addition to unexpected sports-related events, result in significant traffic surges as fans bombard Bleacher Report looking for up-to-the-minute information and dialogue. With a highly engaged audience of 80 million visitors across all platforms, these surges can grow quickly. Bleacher Report’s minimum uptime goal for their applications is 99.9%. In its earliest days, Bleacher Report used logs and even considered writing their own application performance management tool internally to minimize downtime and maintain the performance of their applications.

 

75


Table of Contents

The Solution

 

One of our early customers, Bleacher Report installed our Ruby agent in 2008 and has since used New Relic to solve software problems that affect customer experiences. Most recently, they have started using New Relic Browser and begun evaluating New Relic Insights. Results from using New Relic include:

 

   

Continuous performance monitoring and management

 

   

Prioritization of development efforts based on APM analytics

 

   

Consistent ability to meet or exceed SLA goals during predicted and spontaneous traffic spikes

 

   

Ability to track throughput peaking over 500,000 requests per minute and monitor response times and performance to proactively address issues

 

MercadoLibre

 

The Situation

 

MercadoLibre, with over 2,000 employees, is the largest eCommerce platform and marketplace in Latin America. In 2013, they generated $7.3 billion in gross merchandise volume, up 28% over the previous year, and averaged over 18 million listings daily across more than 3,000 different product categories with 100 million users. They also processed approximately $2.5 billion in payments with Mercado Pago, boasted over 100,000 stores in MercadoShops, and had their mobile application downloaded 10 million times.

 

In 2011, MercadoLibre outgrew its monolithic systems and decentralized them to a re-engineered, service-oriented architecture with an open API-based platform, comprised of small independent applications supporting their four business units, including the core business, payments, advertising, and stores. MercadoLibre applications are built by their developers and are written in Ruby, Java, PHP, Python, and Node.js.

 

The Solution

 

To support the re-engineering effort, MercadoLibre selected our New Relic APM, New Relic Server, New Relic Browser, New Relic Mobile, and New Relic Platform. MercadoLibre has approximately 300 people looking at application problems and uses our products to detect issues with the HTTP protocol, their primary monitoring metric. MercadoLibre has also standardized on the usage of our products, requiring the installation of New Relic APM on all development and production systems. Using our products, MercadoLibre:

 

   

Gained technical agility across its ecosystem and operations, and accelerated development and deployment cycles times

 

   

Added hundreds of new application instances each month, while still meeting performance goals

 

   

Has the ability to monitor complex applications that handle 3.2 million requests per second

 

Ducksboard Acquisition

 

In October 2014, we acquired Ducksboard, a Barcelona-based software-as-a-service provider of real-time dashboards for tracking business metrics from a broad set of application sources. Ducksboard brings together and visualizes from a wide range of applications and customer data sources, such as Salesforce.com, Zendesk, and Twitter. Ducksboard enables users to visualize data from multiple external applications alongside their internal metrics, and to create dashboards through API calls. Ducksboard is used by hundreds of businesses and its customers have created tens of thousands of dashboards. We intend to integrate Ducksboard into our product suite.

 

76


Table of Contents

Culture and Employees

 

We endeavor to hire, develop, and inspire our employees so they can do the best work of their careers and develop software that enables organizations to gain visibility into their data. We believe people do their greatest work when they are inspired. We devote management and organizational focus and resources to ensure that our culture and brand remain highly attractive to potential and existing employees. We operate in a highly competitive hiring environment for software engineering talent. We believe that our product-first culture and vision to empower developers around the world to make better software and for software data to enable better decisions are attractive to developers.

 

We have three core values that we reinforce with our employees:

 

   

Customer Trust and Success

 

   

Growth—“Excelsior!”

 

   

Team—“Be Bold, You’re Not Alone”

 

As of September 30, 2014, we had 534 employees, including temporary employees. We also engage consultants. None of our employees is covered by collective bargaining agreements and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

 

Operations

 

We host our applications and serve all our customers from a data center located in Chicago, Illinois. We utilize third parties to provide our data center infrastructure and manage the hardware on which our products operate. We utilize industry standard hardware in redundant configurations to minimize service interruptions. We maintain a formal and comprehensive security program designed to ensure the security and integrity of our data, protect against security threats or data breaches, and prevent unauthorized access to the data of our customers. Our technology uses multi-tenant architecture, enabling all our customers to share the same version of our products while securely partitioning their data.

 

Research and Development

 

Our research and development organization is responsible for the design, development, and testing of all aspects of our Software Analytics platform and suite of products. We invest heavily in these efforts to continuously improve, innovate, and add new features to our solutions.

 

We deploy new features, functionality, and technologies through daily and weekly software releases or updates in order to minimize disruption and provide for constant improvement. Our product managers regularly engage with customers, partners, and industry analysts, as well as other stakeholders, in functions such as sales, customer success, marketing, and business development to understand customer needs as well as general trends in our industry. Once product improvements are identified, the development organization works closely together to design, develop, test, and launch a solution.

 

The majority of our research and development team is based in our Portland, Oregon office, as well as our San Francisco, California office. To foster rapid innovation, our team is further apportioned into smaller, agile development teams.

 

As of September 30, 2014, we had 155 employees in our research and development organization. Our research and development expenses were $4.3 million, $8.6 million, and $16.5 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $7.7 million and $10.2 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

77


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

 

Our sales and marketing organizations work together closely to drive market awareness, create and manage user and customer leads, provide qualified leads to our sales pipeline, and build customer relationships to drive revenue growth.

 

Sales

 

We sell our products to businesses of all sizes largely through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales organization is comprised of inside sales and field sales personnel organized by size of customer and geography and focused on growing accounts and usage for provide a broader set of solutions.

 

Our sales organization has separate teams focused on smaller companies, mid-market organizations, and large enterprises. Our specific sales strategy is based on the size of account and the target user at an organization—software developers, business or product managers, or IT managers.

 

Marketing

 

Our marketing strategy targets software developers, IT leaders, and technology executives across many industries and regions. Additionally, our events, demand generation, customer programs, corporate communications, and product marketing teams focus on building brand, engagement, and demand with our target markets. We utilize both online and offline marketing initiatives, including search engine and email marketing, online banner and video advertising, blogs, corporate communications, whitepapers, case studies, user events, and webinars. We believe an effective method to market our suite of products is for users to actively use and explore its capabilities. A central focus of the marketing team is to drive and encourage free trials of one or more of our products and the successful conversion of trials to paid subscriptions. We offer 14-day and 30-day free trials of our paid products.

 

As of September 30, 2014, we had 242 employees in our sales and marketing organization.

 

Customer Support

 

Our products are designed to minimize the need for customer support, as users can easily download, install, and deploy our software agents without needing support. However, as we increase our customer account base with larger enterprises, these customers typically expect and require more support and accountability. We currently offer, and are expanding, a range of customer support options with multiple levels of support. These include free community support, email support, and phone support, up to our enterprise customer support organization that provides dedicated customer success representatives, onsite support, with global capabilities and is available 24x7x365.

 

Partnerships and Strategic Relationships

 

We have built marketing relationships with a number of technology companies to help promote and grow our user base and footprint. We also have developed partnerships with several cloud providers including Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, Rackspace, and others where we collaborate to ensure our products work well on applications running on their clouds. These providers offer access to our products through links on their websites, refer developers and other potential users to us, and expand our marketing reach. We also have a partnership with Salesforce.com where developers using the Salesforce1 development platform can easily deploy our products into their applications. We have been able to expose over 50,000 users to our products, expanding our footprint and adoption by the broader development community, in particular with the Heroku development community of Salesforce.

 

78


Table of Contents

Competition

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry that is characterized by constant change and innovation. Changes in the applications and the programing languages used to develop applications, devices, operating systems, and technology landscape result in evolving customer requirements.

 

Our competitors fall into four primary categories:

 

   

diversified technology companies such as HP, IBM, Microsoft, and Oracle;

 

   

large enterprise software and service companies such as BMC Software, CA, Inc., Compuware, Riverbed Technology, and SAP;

 

   

software performance providers such as AppDynamics and Splunk; and

 

   

companies offering analytics products competing with our New Relic Insights product, including Google and Webtrends.

 

The principal competitive factors in our market include:

 

   

product features, architecture reliability, performance, and effectiveness;

 

   

product extensibility and ability to integrate with other technology infrastructures;

 

   

software analytics expertise:

 

   

ease of use of products;

 

   

total cost of ownership;

 

   

adherence to industry standards and certifications;

 

   

strength of sales and marketing efforts;

 

   

brand awareness and reputation; and

 

   

focus on customer success.

 

We believe we generally compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors. Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, and other resources, greater name recognition, larger sales and marketing budgets, broader distribution, and larger and more mature intellectual property portfolios.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We rely on federal, state, common law, and international rights, as well as contractual restrictions, to protect our intellectual property. We control access to our proprietary technology and algorithms by entering into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and contractors, and confidentiality agreements with third parties.

 

In addition to these contractual arrangements, we also rely on a combination of trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, and domain names to protect our intellectual property. As of September 30, 2014, we had one patent application pending in the United States and two trademark registrations for “New Relic.”

 

Circumstances outside our control could pose a threat to our intellectual property rights. For example, effective intellectual property protection may not be available in the United States or other countries in which we operate. Also, the efforts we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be sufficient or effective. Any significant impairment of our intellectual property rights could harm our business or our ability to compete. Also, protecting our intellectual property rights is costly and time-consuming. Any unauthorized disclosure or use of our intellectual property could make it more expensive to do business and harm our operating results.

 

79


Table of Contents

Companies in Internet-related industries may own large numbers of patents, copyrights, and trademarks and may frequently request license agreements, threaten litigation, or file suit against us based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We are currently subject to, and expect to face in the future, allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents, and other intellectual property rights of third parties, including our competitors and non-practicing entities. As we face increasing competition and as our business grows, we will likely face more claims of infringement.

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters, which includes sales, marketing, business operations, and executive offices, is located in San Francisco, California and consists of approximately 73,591 square feet of space under a lease that expires in July 2020. In addition to our headquarters, we lease space in Portland, Oregon as our primary development office under a lease that is expected to expire in 2023. We also lease space for additional research and development in Seattle, Washington. We lease space in Dublin, Ireland for our European headquarters, which includes sales and business operations.

 

We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. We intend to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically. We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs and that, should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

 

Geographic Information

 

For a description of our revenue and long-lived assets by geographic location, see note 14 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

On November 5, 2012, CA, Inc. filed an action against us in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York alleging that we willfully infringe certain of its U.S. patents. CA, Inc. asserts that a portion of our application performance management software – the .NET and Java agents – infringes certain claims of those patents. Among other things, CA, Inc. has sought permanent injunctive relief against us and damages in an amount to be determined at trial. Discovery is complete in the case, and partial dispositive motions have been served and argued by both parties although the court has not yet ruled on those motions. The case was reassigned to a new judge in March 2014 and a trial date is not currently set.

 

We intend to continue to contest this lawsuit vigorously. If this matter has an adverse outcome, it may have an impact on our financial position, results from operations, or cash flows. Should CA, Inc. prevail on its claims, we could be required to pay substantial damages for past sales of such products, enjoined from using and selling such products if a license or other right to continue selling our products is not made available to us, and required to pay substantial ongoing royalties and comply with unfavorable terms if such a license is made available to us. Any of these outcomes could result in a material adverse effect on our business. However, we cannot at this time predict the likely outcome of this proceeding or estimate the amount or range of loss or possible loss that may arise from it. Even if we were to prevail, litigation is costly and time-consuming, and could divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations and dissuade potential customers from purchasing our products, either of which could materially harm our business.

 

During the course of litigation, we anticipate announcements of the results of hearings and motions, and other interim developments related to the litigation, which our competitors could try to use to their competitive advantage by creating uncertainty amongst our customers. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

80


Table of Contents

In addition, from time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings and are subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

 

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2014:

 

Name

   Age     

Position(s)

Executive Officers            

Lewis Cirne

     44       Chief Executive Officer and Director

Chris Cook

     52       President and Chief Operating Officer

Jim Gochee

     44       Senior Vice President of Product Strategy and Chief Technology Officer

Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

     51       Chief Revenue Officer

Patrick Moran

     40       Chief Marketing Officer

Robin J. Schulman

     41       Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary

Mark Sachleben

     49       Chief Financial Officer

Nonemployee Directors

     

Peter L.S. Currie (1)(2)

     58       Director

Peter Fenton (2)

     42       Director and Chairman

Sarah Friar (1)

     41       Director

Adam Messinger (3)

     42       Director

Dan Scholnick (1) (3)

     36       Director

 

(1)  

Member of the audit committee.

(2)  

Member of the compensation committee.

(3)  

Member of nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

Executive Officers

 

Lewis Cirne founded our company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since February 2008 and as a member of our board of directors since February 2008. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Cirne was founder and Chief Executive Officer, and from 2001 to 2006, he was Chief Technology Officer, of Wily Technology, Inc. Prior to Wily Technology, Inc., Mr. Cirne held engineering positions at Apple Inc. and Hummingbird Ltd. Mr. Cirne holds an A.B. in Computer Science from Dartmouth College.

 

We believe that Mr. Cirne is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his operational and historical expertise gained from serving as our Chief Executive Officer. As one of our founders and the longest serving member of our board of directors, we also value his deep understanding of our business as it has evolved over time.

 

Chris Cook has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since September 2011. From March 2006 to July 2011, Mr. Cook served as Corporate Senior Vice President and General Manager, Service Assurance at CA, Inc., a software and services company. From March 2005 to March 2006, Mr. Cook was Senior Vice President, Worldwide Field Operations at Wily Technology, Inc., an application performance company. Mr. Cook holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Colorado at Boulder.

 

Jim Gochee has served as our Senior Vice President of Product Strategy and Chief Technology Officer since July 2014. From January 2011 to July 2014, Mr. Gochee served as our Senior Vice President of Product, and he joined us as Vice President of Engineering in May 2008. From October 2007 to April 2008, he was the Lead

 

82


Table of Contents

Architect for Introscope at Wily Technology, Inc., an application performance company. Mr. Gochee also served as Chief Technology Officer of FoodUSA.com, an internet-based trading system for the wholesale food industry, from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Gochee holds an A.B. in Computer Science from Dartmouth College.

 

Hilarie Koplow-McAdams has been our Chief Revenue Officer since December 2013. From April 2013 to November 2013, Ms. Koplow-McAdams served as President of Global Sales at salesforce.com, inc., a software company. Ms. Koplow-McAdams also held a variety of other positions at salesforce.com, including President of the Commercial and SMB unit from February 2012 to April 2013, Executive Vice President of Worldwide Sales from May 2010 to February 2012, and Executive Vice President of Global Corporate Sales from May 2008 to May 2010. From 2006 to 2008, Ms. Koplow-McAdams served as Vice President of Direct Sales at Intuit Inc., a software company. In addition, Ms. Koplow-McAdams previously served in various senior sales roles at Oracle Corporation, a computer technology company. Her last position held was Senior Vice President of Oracle Direct. Ms. Koplow-McAdams holds a B.A. in Sociology from Mills College and a Masters in Public Policy from the University of Chicago.

 

Patrick Moran has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since October 2013, and joined us as Vice President, Marketing in November 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Moran served as Chief Marketing Officer at Fuze, Inc., a unified communications solutions company, from February 2009 to October 2010, and was Chief Marketing Officer at Mzinga, Inc., a social enterprise application company, from August 2008 to March 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Moran held marketing leadership positions at WebEx Communications, Inc. and Cisco Systems, Inc., a networking company. Mr. Moran holds a B.S. in Communications, Marketing and Audio Engineering from Emerson College.

 

Robin J. Schulman has served as our Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary since December 2013. Prior to that, Ms. Schulman was Legal Counsel for Adobe Systems Incorporated, a computer software company, from May 2010 to December 2013. Ms. Schulman was an associate at Fenwick & West LLP, a law firm, from October 2006 to April 2010. Ms. Schulman holds a B.F.A. in dramatic writing from New York University and a J.D. from Rutgers School of Law.

 

Mark Sachleben has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2008. From December 1999 to March 2006, Mr. Sachleben served as Vice President of Finance at Wily Technology, Inc., an application performance company. Mr. Sachleben holds an M.B.A. from Stanford University and an A.B. in Engineering Science and B.S. in Fluid and Mechanical Engineering from Dartmouth College.

 

Nonemployee Directors

 

Peter L.S. Curri e has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2013. Since April 2004, Mr. Currie has served as President of Currie Capital LLC, a private investment firm. Mr. Currie previously served as Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of Netscape Communications Corporation, a software company, and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of McCaw Cellular Communications, Inc., a wireless communications company. Mr. Currie currently serves on the boards of directors of Schlumberger Limited, Twitter, Inc., and a number of privately-held companies. Mr. Currie previously served on the boards of directors of Clearwire Corporation, CNET Networks, Inc., Safeco Corporation, and Sun Microsystems, Inc. Mr. Currie currently serves as President of the board of trustees of Phillips Academy. Mr. Currie holds a B.A. in Economics and French Literature from Williams College and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

 

We believe Mr. Currie is qualified to serve as member of our board of directors because of his strong financial and operational expertise as a result of his service on the boards of directors of numerous other companies and experience serving in senior operating roles in high-growth, technology-driven companies.

 

83


Table of Contents

Peter Fenton has served as a member of our board of directors since February 2008 and has served as our Chairman since November 2008. Since September 2006, Mr. Fenton has served as a General Partner of Benchmark, a venture capital firm. From October 1999 to May 2006, Mr. Fenton served as a Managing Partner at Accel Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Fenton currently serves on the boards of directors of Yelp Inc., Twitter, Inc., Zendesk, Inc., and a number of privately-held companies. Mr. Fenton holds a B.A. in Philosophy and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

 

We believe Mr. Fenton is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

 

Sarah Friar has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2013. Since July 2012, Ms. Friar has served as the Chief Financial Officer of Square, Inc., a provider of payment processing and point-of-sale systems for businesses and mobile payment offerings for consumers. From April 2011 to July 2012, she served as the Senior Vice President, Finance & Strategy at salesforce.com, inc., a software company. From July 2000 to April 2011, she was employed by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., an investment banking company, most recently as a Managing Director in the Equity Research Division covering software and as the Business Leader for the Technology Research Business Unit. Ms. Friar also currently serves as a member of the board of directors of Model N, Inc. Ms. Friar holds a M.Eng. in Metallurgy, Economics and Management from the University of Oxford and an M.B.A. from Stanford University.

 

We believe Ms. Friar is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of her strong financial and operational expertise and her knowledge of technology companies.

 

Adam Messinger has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2014. Since March 2013, Mr. Messinger has served as the Chief Technology Officer of Twitter, Inc., an online social media company, where he previously served as Vice President of Application Development from April 2012 to March 2013, and Vice President of Platform Development from November 2011 to April 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Messinger was Vice President of Development at Oracle Corporation, a computer technology company, from January 2008 to November 2011. Mr. Messinger holds a B.S. in Physics and Computer Science from Willamette University and an M.S. in Management from Stanford University.

 

We believe Mr. Messinger is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the software development industry, both as a developer of tools for other developers and of large online services and as an executive at a variety of software development organizations.

 

Dan Scholnick has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2008. Mr. Scholnick served as an Associate at Trinity Ventures, a venture capital firm, since September 2007, and has served as General Partner since 2010. Prior to that, he worked at SVB Capital, the venture capital investment arm of SVB Financial Group, from 2004 to 2005, and founded Flurry, Inc., a mobile analytics software company, in 2005. Mr. Scholnick holds an A.B. in Computer Science from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.

 

We believe Mr. Scholnick is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the venture capital industry and his knowledge of technology companies.

 

Election of Officers

 

Each executive officer serves at the discretion of our board of directors and holds office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

84


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers, and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Upon completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.newrelic.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Our board of directors currently consists of six authorized members. In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be filed upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual general meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

the Class I directors will be Adam Messinger and Sarah Friar, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

 

   

the Class II directors will be Peter L.S. Currie and Dan Scholnick, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

 

   

the Class III directors will be Lewis Cirne and Peter Fenton, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

 

We expect that any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

 

Currently, Peter Fenton serves on our board of directors as nominee of Benchmark, Dan Scholnick serves on our board of directors as nominee of Trinity Ventures, and Lewis Cirne serves on our board of directors by virtue of his position as Chief Executive Officer, in each case pursuant to the terms of a voting agreement among us and our stockholders. The voting agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering.

 

Director Independence

 

Generally, under the listing requirements and rules of the                     , independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within one year of the completion of this offering.

 

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Our board of directors has determined that, other than Mr. Cirne, by virtue of his position as Chief Executive Officer, none of our directors has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each is “independent” as that term is defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the listing requirements and rules of the                     . Accordingly, a majority of our directors are independent, as required under applicable                     rules. In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each nonemployee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each nonemployee director.

 

85


Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. The composition and functions of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

 

Audit Committee

 

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Peter L.S. Currie, Dan Scholnick, and Sarah Friar, with Mr. Currie serving as Chairperson. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under current                 listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee meets the financial literacy requirements of                 listing standards. Mr. Currie, Mr. Scholnick, and Ms. Friar are each an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. Our audit committee will, among other things:

 

   

select a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

discuss the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and review, with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

   

develop procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

   

review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

review related-party transactions;

 

   

obtain and review a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues; and

 

   

approve (or, as permitted, pre-approve) all audit and all permissible nonaudit services, other than de minimis nonaudit services, to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of             .

 

Compensation Committee

 

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Peter L.S. Currie and Peter Fenton, with Mr. Fenton serving as Chairperson. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under             listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of the compensation committee is also a nonemployee director, as defined pursuant to Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee will, among other things:

 

   

review, approve, and determine, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, the compensation of our executive officers;

 

86


Table of Contents
   

administer our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

   

review and approve, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding incentive compensation and equity plans; and

 

   

establish and review general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees.

 

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of             .

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Adam Messinger and Dan Scholnick, with Mr. Scholnick serving as Chairperson. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under             listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our nominating and corporate governance committee will, among other things:

 

   

identify, evaluate, and select, or make recommendations to our board of directors regarding, nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors;

 

   

consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

review developments in corporate governance practices;

 

   

evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

develop and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the closing of this offering, that satisfies the applicable listing requirements and rules of         .

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Peter Fenton, a member of our compensation committee, is affiliated with Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. We have sold shares of our Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E convertible preferred stock to Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. All purchasers of these series of preferred stock, including Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P., are parties to our investor rights agreement and are entitled to specified registration rights thereunder. In March 2013, certain holders of our capital stock, including Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. purchased shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders pursuant to a tender offer. We have described each of these transactions in more detail under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions.”

 

Nonemployee Director Compensation

 

From time to time, we have granted stock awards and options to certain of our nonemployee directors as compensation for their services. The following table sets forth information regarding awards granted to our

 

87


Table of Contents

nonemployee directors during our fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. Mr. Fenton and Mr. Scholnick did not receive awards due to their affiliations with Benchmark and Trinity, respectively.

 

Name    Stock Awards  ($) (1)      Option Awards  ($) (1)      Total ($)  

Peter L.S. Currie (2)

     937,000                 937,000   

Peter Fenton

                       

Sarah Friar (3)

             872,349         872,349   

Dan Scholnick

                       

 

(1)  

The amounts in these columns represent the aggregate grant date fair values of option and stock awards granted to nonemployee directors, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 718. See note 10 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the assumptions made by us in determining the grant date fair value of our equity awards.

(2)  

Mr. Currie was granted a restricted stock award of 100,000 shares of our common stock on August 8, 2013, all of which remained outstanding at March 31, 2014. Restrictions on this award lapsed as to 1/8th of the total shares subject to the award after six months, and in equal monthly amounts for the following 42 months. Upon a change of control, as defined under the 2008 Plan, all of the shares subject to the award will become fully vested.

(3)  

Ms. Friar was granted an option to purchase 115,000 shares of our common stock on December 11, 2013, at an exercise price of $11.29 per share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, which option was unvested and unexercisable in its entirety at March 31, 2014. This award will vest as to 1/4th of the shares after one year, and in equal monthly amounts for the following 36 months.

 

In May 2014, we granted Mr. Messinger a restricted stock award of 40,000 shares of our common stock as compensation for Mr. Messinger’s service as a member of our board of directors. Restrictions on this award lapse as to 1/8th of the total shares subject to the award after six months, and in equal monthly amounts for the following 42 months. Upon a change of control, as defined under the 2008 Plan, all of the shares subject to the award will become fully vested.

 

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

88


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to or earned by the executive officers listed below during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014. As an emerging growth company, we may comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act. Throughout this prospectus, these officers are referred to as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Option
Awards
($) (1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($) (2)
     Total
($)
 

Lewis Cirne

     2014         240,000                 127,435         367,435   

Chief Executive Officer

              

Chris Cook

     2014         268,755                 113,782         382,537   

President and Chief Operating Officer

              

Patrick Moran

     2014         239,838         1,578,000         37,476         1,855,314   

Chief Marketing Officer

              

Mark Sachleben

     2014         243,756                 45,513         289,269   

Chief Financial Officer

              

 

(1)  

Amount shown in this column does not reflect dollar amounts actually received by our named executive officer. Instead, this amount reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the stock option granted in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included in note 10 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. As required by SEC rules, the amounts shown exclude the impact of estimated forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. Our named executive officer will only realize compensation if the option is exercised when the price of our common stock is greater than the exercise price.

(2)  

Amounts in this column represent accumulated quarterly payouts for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 based on achievement of metrics related to annual recurring revenue, deployments, and operating cash flow.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards as of March 31, 2014

 

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of March 31, 2014:

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price ($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Lewis Cirne

                              

Chris Cook

     1,110,834 (1)               1.10         10/4/2021   
     250,000 (2)               3.19         6/5/2022   

Patrick Moran

     301,751 (3)               1.01         11/17/2020   
     6,250 (4)       143,750         7.99         10/2/2023   

Mark Sachleben

     250,000 (5)               3.19         6/5/2022   

 

(1)  

Options vested as to 1/4th of the shares on September 6, 2012, with the remainder vesting in equal monthly increments thereafter over three additional years; options are early exercisable.

(2)  

Options vest as to 150,000 shares in equal monthly increments over the first three years starting September 1, 2012 and as to the remaining 100,000 shares in equal monthly increments in the fourth year; options are early exercisable.

(3)  

Options vested as to 1/4th of the shares on November 1, 2011, with the remainder vesting in equal monthly increments thereafter over three additional years; options are early exercisable.

(4)  

Options vest as to 1/4th of the shares on October 1, 2014, with the remainder vesting in equal monthly increments thereafter over three additional years.

(5)  

Options vest in equal monthly installments over four years starting April 1, 2012; options are early exercisable.

 

89


Table of Contents

In May 2014, we granted Mr. Cirne an option to purchase 715,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $16.93 per share, which was the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The options vest in equal monthly increments over 60 months starting April 1, 2014.

 

Executive Employment Arrangements

 

We currently do not have employment agreements with any of our executive officers. All of our executive officers are employed on an at-will basis, with no fixed term of employment. Three of our executive officers joined us pursuant to the terms of their respective offer letters, each of which is described below. Each offer letter also contains standard terms related to vacation and participation in our employee benefit plans, and in addition, requires execution of our form of confidential information and proprietary information agreement.

 

Lewis Cirne . As a founder, Mr. Cirne did not join us pursuant to an offer letter or any other formal arrangement or understanding regarding his employment. We currently have no employment agreement with Mr. Cirne, and we currently do not anticipate entering into one in the future. Mr. Cirne is an at-will employee and receives no benefits or perquisites other than those provided or made available to our other employees. His current base salary is $300,000 and his target annual bonus is 67% of his base salary, payable quarterly on the basis of achievement of individual, group, and corporate goals.

 

Chris Cook. Mr. Cook is a party to an offer letter with us dated June 14, 2011 pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our President and Chief Operating Officer. His current base salary is $300,000 and his target annual bonus is 50% of his base salary, payable quarterly on the basis of achievement of individual, group, and corporate goals. Under this offer letter, Mr. Cook was granted an option to purchase 1,200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.10 per share, with vesting to occur over a four-year period.

 

Patrick Moran. Mr. Moran is a party to an offer letter with us dated October 7, 2010 pursuant to which he agreed to serve as our Vice President, Marketing. His current base salary is $260,000 and his target annual bonus is 30% of his base salary, payable quarterly on the basis of achievement of individual, group, and corporate goals. Under this offer letter, Mr. Moran was granted an option to purchase 340,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.01 per share, with vesting to occur over a four-year period.

 

Mark Sachleben. Mr. Sachleben is a party to an offer letter with us dated February 4, 2008 pursuant to which he serves as our Chief Financial Officer. His current base salary is $300,000 and his target annual bonus is 33% of his base salary, payable quarterly on the basis of achievement of individual, group, and corporate goals. Under this offer letter, Mr. Sachleben was granted an option to purchase 1,225,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.06 per share, with vesting to occur over a four-year period.

 

Employee Benefit Plans

 

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case, on the same basis as all of our other employees. We maintain a 401(k) plan for the benefit of our eligible employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) Plan.”

 

401(k) Plan

 

We maintain a retirement savings plan, or 401(k) plan, that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Under our 401(k) plan, eligible employees may defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual contribution limits imposed by the Code. Employees’ pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account. Participants are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. We expect to initiate an employer matching contribution program on employee contributions in the first quarter of fiscal 2015. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a)

 

90


Table of Contents

of the Code with the 401(k) plan’s related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

The principal features of our equity incentive plans are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the plans, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

2008 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Our board of directors adopted and our stockholders subsequently approved our 2008 Plan in February 2008. The 2008 Plan was most recently amended by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in April 2014. Our 2008 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards, or RSUs, to our employees, directors, and consultants. No further grants will be made under our 2008 Plan after the closing of this offering. However, any outstanding awards granted under our 2008 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2008 Plan and award agreements, until such awards are exercised or otherwise terminate or expire by their terms.

 

Authorized Shares.  As of September 30, 2014, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that could be issued under our 2008 Plan was 12,583,675, which includes (i) 8,251,617 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of September 30, 2014, and (ii) 618,383 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2008 Plan as of September 30, 2014. Shares issuable under our 2008 Plan include any authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2008 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full or settled in cash will again be available for issuance under our 2008 Plan.

 

Plan Administration.  Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, administers our 2008 Plan. Any reference to the board of directors in our 2008 Plan will also mean any committee or subcommittee of our board of directors to whom our board of directors has assigned a particular administrative function. Subject to the terms of our 2008 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of the awards, including recipients, the exercise or purchase price of the awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, the forms of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award, and the placement of any transfer restrictions or rights of repurchase, if any. The board of directors has full authority and discretion to take any actions it deems necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2008 Plan. All determinations, interpretations, and constructions made by the board of directors in good faith will be final, binding, and conclusive.

 

Corporate Transactions. Our 2008 Plan provides that in the event of a corporate transaction, as defined under our 2008 Plan, any surviving or acquiring corporation (or, in either case, its parent company) may assume or continue any part or all of the stock awards outstanding under the 2008 Plan, or may substitute similar stock awards; and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us may be assigned to our successor (or the successor’s parent company). In connection with a corporate transaction, in general, the vesting of stock awards not assumed in connection with a corporate transaction shall not be accelerated and shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction.

 

91


Table of Contents

Change in Control.  Our 2008 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined under our 2008 Plan, options may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability as may be provided in the stock award agreement covering the options or any other written agreement with us, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

Plan Amendment or Termination.  Our board of directors has the authority to suspend or terminate our 2008 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. Our board of directors may amend the 2008 Plan in any respect it deems necessary or advisable, but it must seek stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law.

 

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

We expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2014 Plan in connection with this offering. The 2014 Plan will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The 2014 Plan will be the successor to our 2008 Plan, which is described above. Once the 2014 Plan becomes effective, no further grants will be made under the 2008 Plan.

 

Stock Awards.  Our 2014 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs to our employees and for the grant of NSOs, SARs, restricted stock awards, RSUs, performance-based stock awards, performance-based cash awards and other forms of equity compensation to our employees, directors, and consultants.

 

Authorized Shares.  Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2014 Plan is                 , which is the sum of: (i)              shares; (ii) the number of shares remaining available for issuance under our 2008 Plan at the time the 2014 Plan becomes effective; and (iii) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that would have otherwise returned to our 2008 Plan (such as upon the expiration or termination of a stock option under such plan prior to its exercise). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Plan will automatically increase on April 1 of each year, beginning on April 1, 2015 (assuming the 2014 Plan becomes effective in 2014) and ending on and including April 1, 2024, by 5% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on March 31 of the preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors. The maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under our 2014 Plan is                 .

 

Shares issued under our 2014 Plan include authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2014 Plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, do not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 Plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2014 Plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, become available for future grant under our 2014 Plan.

 

Plan Administration.  Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee of our board of directors, will administer our 2014 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees (other than officers) to receive specified stock awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2014 Plan, the board of directors has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise, purchase, or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, and the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the award, and the terms of the award agreements.

 

The board of directors has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2014 Plan. The board of directors has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or SAR, cancel any outstanding stock award in

 

92


Table of Contents

exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

 

Section 162(m) Limits.  At such time as necessary for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, no participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 4,000,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock) under our 2014 Plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, SARs, and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 2,000,000 shares of our common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock) or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $4,000,000 under our 2014 Plan. These limitations are intended to give us the flexibility to grant compensation to covered employees that may qualify for the “qualified performance-based compensation” exception to the $1,000,000 annual limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Non-employee Director Limits.  Stock awards granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director, shall not exceed the greater of (a) 100,000 shares, and (b) $350,000 in value (calculating the value of any such stock awards based on the grant date fair value of such stock awards for financial reporting purposes and excluding, for this purpose, the value of any dividend equivalent payments paid pursuant to any stock award granted in a previous fiscal year).

 

Performance Awards.  Our 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation so as not to be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period. However, once we become subject to Section 162(m) of the Code after the phase-in period for newly-public companies, not all awards intended to qualify as performance-based awards for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code may so qualify, and in addition, we retain the discretion to grant awards under the 2014 Plan that may not qualify for full or partial deductibility.

 

Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more performance criteria set forth in the 2014 Plan, including, but not limited to: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; total stockholder return; return on equity or average stockholders’ equity; return on assets, investment, or capital employed; stock price margin (including gross margin); income (before or after taxes); operating income (before or after taxes); pre-tax profit; operating cash flow; sales or revenue targets; increases in revenue; expenses and cost reduction goals; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; economic value added; market share; cash flow (including cash flow per share); share price performance; debt reduction; strategic partnerships and transactions; stockholders’ equity; capital expenditures; operating profit or net operating profit; growth of net income or operating income; budget management; and to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

 

Corporate Transactions; Change in Control.  Our 2014 Plan provides that in the event of certain corporate transactions, as defined in the 2014 Plan, the following provisions will apply to outstanding stock awards, unless otherwise provided in a stock award agreement or any other written agreement between us and a participant, or unless otherwise expressly provided by our board of directors at the time of grant of a stock award:

 

   

the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may assume, continue, or substitute similar stock awards for outstanding stock awards under the 2014 Plan and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us may be assigned to the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent);

 

   

to the extent that outstanding stock awards are not so assumed, continued, or substituted, the vesting and, if applicable, exercisability of any such stock awards will not be accelerated and such stock

 

93


Table of Contents
 

awards will terminate if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of such corporation transaction, except that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us will not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the corporate transaction; or

 

   

to the extent a stock award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a corporate transaction, our board of directors may provide that the holder of the stock award may not exercise the stock award, but instead will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by our board of directors, equal in value to the excess, if any, of the value of the property the participant would have received upon exercise of the stock award over any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

A stock award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a change in control, as defined in the 2014 Plan, as may be provided in the stock award agreement for such stock award or in any other written agreement between us and a participant, but in the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

Plan Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2014 Plan.

 

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

We expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2014 ESPP in connection with this offering. The 2014 ESPP will become effective on the date the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective by the SEC.

 

The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2014 ESPP is                  shares (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock). Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 ESPP will increase automatically each year, beginning on April 1, 2015 and continuing through and including April 1, 2024, by the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on March 31 of the preceding fiscal year; and (ii)                  shares of common stock (subject to adjustment to reflect any split of our common stock). Our board of directors may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no April 1 increase or that the increase will be for a lesser number of shares than would otherwise occur. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our 2014 ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 ESPP.

 

Our board of directors will administer our 2014 ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate authority to administer our 2014 ESPP to our compensation committee.

 

Our employees, including executive officers, may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our 2014 ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (i) customary employment for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per fiscal year, or (ii) continuous employment for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2014 ESPP if such employee (i) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock, or (ii) holds rights to purchase stock under our 2014 ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock or 2,000 shares for each fiscal year that the rights remain outstanding.

 

The administrator may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The

 

94


Table of Contents

administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our 2014 ESPP. No offerings have been approved at this time.

 

Our 2014 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

 

A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our 2014 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2014 ESPP.

 

In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, a successor corporation may assume, continue, or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue, or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress will be shortened and the participants’ accumulated contributions will be used to purchase shares within 10 business days prior to the effective date of the corporate transaction.

 

Our 2014 ESPP will remain in effect until terminated by the administrator in accordance with the terms of the 2014 ESPP. Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 ESPP, at any time and for any reason.

 

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective upon the completion of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. However, Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

   

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of nonmonetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees, and other agents and to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

 

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors, officers, and some employees. These agreements provide for the indemnification of such persons for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were serving in such capacity. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors, officers, and employees. Furthermore, we have obtained director and officer liability insurance to cover liabilities our directors

 

95


Table of Contents

and officers may incur in connection with their services to us and expect to increase the level upon completion of this offering.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

96


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Other than compensation arrangements for our directors and named executive officers, which are described elsewhere in this prospectus, below we describe transactions since April 1, 2011 to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

 

   

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

 

   

any of our directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Series D Preferred Stock Financing

 

In November 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,566,696 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.5743 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $15.0 million to a total of ten investors.

 

All purchasers of our Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

 

The following table summarizes the Series D convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors or their affiliates and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock:

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series  D
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. (1)

     208,893       $ 2,000,004   

Entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital (2)

     208,893         2,000,004   

Entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures (3)

     208,893         2,000,004   

 

(1)  

Peter Fenton, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C., the general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.

(2)  

Affiliates of Tenaya Capital whose shares are aggregated for reporting share ownership information are Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P.

(3)  

Affiliates of Trinity Ventures whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Trinity Ventures IX, L.P., Trinity IX Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., and Trinity IX Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. Mr. Scholnick, a member of our board of directors, is a Member of Trinity TVL IX, L.L.C., the general partner of each of these entities.

 

Series E Preferred Stock Financing

 

In January 2013, we sold an aggregate of 3,446,511 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.4089 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $60.0 million to a total of 23 investors.

 

All purchasers of our Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

 

97


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the Series E convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors or their affiliates and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

 

Name of Stockholder

   Shares of Series  E
Preferred Stock
     Total Purchase Price  

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. (1)

     129,244       $ 2,249,996   

Entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital (2)

     65,050         1,132,449   

Entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures (3)

     159,411         2,775,170   

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners (4)

     1,723,256         29,999,991   

 

(1)  

Peter Fenton, a member of our board of directors, is a managing member of Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C., the general partner of Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.

(2)  

Affiliates of Tenaya Capital whose shares are aggregated for reporting share ownership information are Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P.

(3)  

Affiliates of Trinity Ventures whose shares are aggregated for purposes of reporting share ownership information are Trinity Ventures IX, L.P., Trinity IX Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., and Trinity IX Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. Mr. Scholnick, a member of our board of directors, is a Member of Trinity TVL IX, L.L.C., the general partner of each of these entities.

(4)  

Affiliates of Insight Venture Partners whose shares are aggregated for reporting share ownership information are Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P., and Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P.

 

Third-Party Tender Offer and Stock Transaction

 

In February 2013, in connection with our Series E Preferred Stock Financing, we entered into a stock purchase agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. and entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital, Trinity Ventures, and Insight Venture Partners, pursuant to which we agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, a tender offer. In February 2013, these holders commenced a tender offer to purchase shares of our capital stock from certain of our stockholders. Messrs. Cirne, Cook, and Moran, each of whom is one of our directors or executive officers or a holder of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, sold shares of our capital stock in the tender offer. Approximately 862,000 shares of our capital stock were tendered and sold pursuant to the tender offer at a price of $17.4089 per share.

 

In August 2013 and December 2013, certain of our existing investors acquired approximately 347,000 shares of our outstanding common stock from employees, including Messrs. Sachleben and Gochee, each of whom is an executive officer, and an existing common stockholder for aggregate consideration of $6.0 million. The shares were purchased from the stockholders at a purchase price of $17.4089 per share. We agreed to waive certain transfer restrictions in connection with, and assist in the administration of, this stock transaction.

 

Investor Rights Agreement

 

In April 2014, we entered into an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, which we refer to as our investor rights agreement, with certain holders of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, including Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. and entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures, entities with which our directors Peter Fenton and Dan Scholnick, respectively, are affiliated, as well as entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners and entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital. As of September 30, 2014, the holders of 24,813,343 shares of our common stock, including our common stock issuable in connection with the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants, were entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for more information regarding these registration rights.

 

98


Table of Contents

Policies and Procedures for Transactions with Related Persons

 

We intend to adopt a policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, and any members of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons are not permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the prior consent of our audit committee. Any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our common stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and such person would have a direct or indirect interest, must first be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration, and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, our audit committee is to consider the material facts of the transaction, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described above were entered into after presentation, consideration, and approval by our board of directors. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not adopted any formal standards, policies, or procedures governing the review and approval of related-party transactions, but we expect that our audit committee will do so in the future.

 

99


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, for:

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and

 

   

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and therefore it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014 to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but have not treated them as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

We have based percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering on 40,967,018 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, which includes, (i) 24,813,343 shares of common stock resulting from the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of September 30, 2014, and (ii) the net exercise of an outstanding warrant into an aggregate of             shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Percentage ownership of our common stock after this offering assumes our sale of             shares of common stock in this offering and no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o New Relic, Inc., 188 Spear Street, Suite 1200, San Francisco, California 94105.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
     Number      Percentage     Number    Percentage

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Lewis Cirne (1)

     11,187,390         27.3     

Chris Cook (2)

     1,360,834         3.2        

Patrick Moran (3)

     320,501         *        

Mark Sachleben (4)

     1,287,791         3.1        

Peter L.S. Currie (5)

     100,000         *        

Peter Fenton (6)

     9,018,402         22.0        

Sarah Friar

                    

Adam Messinger (7)

     40,000         *        

Dan Scholnick (8)

     5,583,723         13.6        

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) (9)

     29,483,641         68.3        

5% Stockholders:

          

Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P . (6)

     9,018,402         22.0        

Entities affiliated with Insight Venture Partners (10)

     2,297,675         5.6        

Entities affiliated with Tenaya Capital (11)

     1,988,062         4.9        

Entities affiliated with Trinity Ventures (8)

     5,583,723         13.6        

 

*  

Less than one percent (1%).

 

100


Table of Contents
(1)  

Consists of 250,000 shares held by J.P. Morgan Trust Company of Delaware, as Trustee of the Cirne Family 2012 Irrevocable Trust, 10,853,974 shares held by Lewis Cirne and his spouse, as Trustees of the Cirne Family Revocable Trust UAD March 20, 2012, and 83,416 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to a stock option exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2014.

(2)  

Consists of 1,360,834 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2014, of which 391,667 shares were unvested, but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after September 30, 2014.

(3)  

Consists of 320,501 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2014.

(4)  

Consists of 1,037,791 shares held by trusts for which Mr. Sachleben and his spouse are the trustees and 250,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2014, of which 88,543 shares were unvested, but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after September 30, 2014.

(5)  

Consists of 100,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Currie, of which 60,417 shares would be subject to repurchase by us as of 60 days after September 30, 2014.

(6)  

Consists of 9,018,402 shares held directly by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. for itself and as nominee for Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI-B, L.P., and related individuals. Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C. is the general partner of each of Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P., Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI, L.P., and Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI-B, L.P. Mr. Fenton, a member of our board of directors, Alexandre Balkanski, Matthew R, Cohler, Bruce W. Dunlevie, J. William Gurley, Kevin R. Harvey, Robert C. Kagle, Steven M. Spurlock, and Mitchell H. Lasky are the managing members of Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C. and, therefore, may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P. The address for each of these entities is 2965 Woodside Road, Woodside, California 94062.

(7)  

Consists of 40,000 shares of common stock held by Mr. Messinger, of which 35,000 shares would be subject to repurchase by us as of 60 days after September 30, 2014.

(8)  

Consists of 5,434,232 shares held by Trinity Ventures IX, L.P., 84,978 shares held by Trinity IX Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., and 64,513 shares held by Trinity IX Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. Mr. Scholnick, a member of our board of directors, is a Member of Trinity TVL IX, L.L.C., the general partner of each of these entities and, therefore, may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by Trinity Ventures IX, L.P., Trinity IX Entrepreneurs’ Fund, L.P., and Trinity IX Side-By-Side Fund, L.P. The address for each of the Trinity Ventures entities is 2480 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(9)  

Consists of 27,343,890 shares of common stock and 2,139,751 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days after September 30, 2014, of which 480,210 shares were unvested, but were early exercisable, as of 60 days after September 30, 2014, and of which 95,417 shares would be subject to repurchase by us as of 60 days after September 30, 2014.

(10)  

Consists of 940,672 shares held by Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., 414,103 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., 59,500 shares held by Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., 21,772 shares held by Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P., and 861,628 shares held by Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P. The general partner of Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., and Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P., collectively Fund VII, is Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. The general partner of Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P. is Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd., the sole shareholder of which is Insight Holdings Group, LLC. The general partner of Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P. is Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P. Insight Holdings Group, LLC is the general partner of Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P. Jeffrey Horing, Deven Parekh, and Peter Sobiloff are the members of the board of managers of Insight Holdings Group, LLC and may be deemed to hold voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Fund VII and Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P. The foregoing is not an admission by Insight Venture Associates VII, L.P., Insight Venture Associates VII, Ltd., Insight Venture Associates Coinvestment II, L.P., or Insight Holdings Group, LLC that it is the beneficial owner of the shares held by Fund VII or Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P. The address for Fund VII and Insight Venture Coinvestment Fund II, LP. is c/o Insight Venture Partners, 680 Fifth Avenue, 8th Floor, New York, New York 10019.

(11)  

Consists of 1,558,056 shares held by Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and 430,006 shares held by Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P. The general partner of each of Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P. is Tenaya Capital V GP, LP. The general partner of Tenaya Capital V GP, LP is Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC. Messrs. Tom Banahan, Ben Boyer, Stewart Gollmer, Brian Melton, and Brian Paul are the managing members of Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC and such managing members equally share voting and dispositive power over the holdings of each of Tenaya Capital V, L.P. and Tenaya Capital V-P, L.P. The address for each of the Tenaya entities is 3280 Alpine Road, Portola Valley, California 94208.

 

101


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

General

 

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. We expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering, and this description summarizes the provisions that are expected to be included in such documents. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and investor rights agreement, which are or will be included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.

 

Assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding as of September 30, 2014, which conversion will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering, and (ii) the net exercise of an outstanding warrant into an aggregate of                 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, there were                 shares of our common stock outstanding and no shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding. As of September 30, 2014, we had 142 stockholders of record. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval except as required by the listing standards of the                 to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights

 

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

 

Economic Rights

 

Dividends and Distributions.  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes and series of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of common stock will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the board of directors, out of any assets legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors.

 

Liquidation Rights.  In the event of our liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up, upon the completion of the distributions required with respect to any series of preferred stock that may then be outstanding, the remaining assets legally available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of common stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

As of September 30, 2014, there were 24,813,343 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding. Immediately upon the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2014 will convert into 24,813,343 shares of our common stock.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and authorize their issuance. These rights, preferences, and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund

 

102


Table of Contents

terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change of control or other corporate action. Upon the completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

Options and Warrants

 

As of September 30, 2014, options to purchase a total of 8,251,617 shares of our common stock were outstanding, and 618,383 additional shares of our common stock were reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Plan. After this offering, we intend to cease granting awards under our 2008 Plan, and instead we will grant awards, including options, under our 2014 Plan which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We have reserved an aggregate of                      shares of common stock for future issuance under our 2014 Plan. For a more complete discussion of our equity incentive plans, please see “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans.”

 

As of September 30, 2014, a warrant to purchase up to an aggregate of 28,000 shares of our common stock, which expires in September 2018, was outstanding at an exercise price of $0.50 per share after giving effect to the conversion of that warrant to purchase Series A convertible preferred stock into a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the consummation of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, a Series D convertible preferred stock warrant will automatically be net exercised for an aggregate of                      shares of common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

Registration Rights

 

We are party to an investor rights agreement that provides that holders of our convertible preferred stock and warrants to purchase our convertible preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registrations described below.

 

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback, and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earlier of five years following the completion of this offering, or when all investors, considered with their affiliates, can sell all of their shares in a three-month period under Rule 144.

 

Demand Registration Rights

 

The holders of 24,813,343 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and              shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants as of September 30, 2014, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning on the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the date of the investor rights agreement or 180 days following the completion of this offering, the holders of a majority of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions. Such request for registration must cover at least fifty percent of the registrable securities then outstanding for an aggregate offering price, net of the underwriting discounts and commissions, equal or greater than $15.0 million.

 

103


Table of Contents

Piggyback Registration Rights

 

In connection with this offering, the holders of 24,813,343 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and                  shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants as of September 30, 2014, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a registration statement related to any employee benefit plan, issuance or resale of securities issued in a corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration.

 

S-3 Registration Rights

 

The holders of 24,813,343 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of outstanding convertible preferred stock and                  shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants as of September 30, 2014, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. Holders of at least 30% of these shares can make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which equals or exceeds $2.0 million. We will not be required to effect more than two registrations on Form S-3 within any 12-month period.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

Delaware Law

 

We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

   

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

   

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

In general, Section 203 defines business combination to include the following:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge, or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

   

subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

104


Table of Contents
   

any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loss, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaw Provisions

 

Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, our stockholders holding a majority of the voting power of our shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering will provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and not by written consent. A special meeting of stockholders may be called by the majority of our whole board of directors, chair of the board of directors, or our chief executive officer.

 

As described in “Management—Board Composition,” in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms.

 

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our board of directors will be permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors, and that our directors may be removed only for cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide that vacancies occurring on our board of directors and newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled only by vote of a majority of the remaining members of our board of directors, even though less than a quorum. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend, or repeal our bylaws, and require a supermajority stockholder vote to amend our bylaws and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation.

 

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

The foregoing provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

 

These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened acquisition of us. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited

 

105


Table of Contents

acquisition proposal and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

 

Choice of Forum

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

 

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification

 

See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be                 .

 

Listing

 

We intend to apply for the listing of our common stock on the                      under the symbol “NEWR.”

 

106


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly following the completion of this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2014, upon the completion of this offering,                      shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments. Of the outstanding shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

 

The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering are restricted securities as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and are subject to lock-up and market stand-off agreements with us as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding following the completion of this offering, which will equal                  shares assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the                      during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by nonaffiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information, and notice provisions of Rule 144.

 

Rule 701

 

Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits re-sales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers, directors, or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off agreements as described below and under the section titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.

 

107


Table of Contents

Lock-Up and Market Stand-Off Agreements

 

We, our executive officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, have agreed or will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may, in its discretion, release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time. There are no contractually specified conditions for the waiver of lock-up restrictions and any waiver is at the discretion of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. When determining whether or not to release shares from these lock-up agreements, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC may consider, among other factors, the reasons given by us or the securityholder, as applicable, for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested, and market conditions at such time.

 

In addition to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements described above, we have entered into agreements with stockholders, including our investor rights agreement and our standard form of stock option agreement, that contain certain market stand-off provisions imposing restrictions on the ability of such stockholders to offer, sell, or transfer our equity securities for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

 

Registration Rights

 

On the date beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the holders of approximately 24,862,232 shares, including 28,000 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants, of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.

 

Equity Incentive Plans

 

As soon as practicable after the date of this prospectus, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans and agreements. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans.”

 

108


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

 

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of common stock pursuant to this offering. This summary deals only with common stock held as a capital asset (within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code) by a holder and does not discuss the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder that is subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, including, but not limited to: a dealer in securities or currencies; a financial institution; a regulated investment company; a real estate investment trust; a tax-exempt organization; an insurance company; a person holding common stock as part of a hedging, integrated, conversion, or straddle transaction or a person deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; a trader in securities that has elected the mark-to-market method of accounting; a person liable for alternative minimum tax; an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes; a person that received such common stock in connection with services provided; a U.S. person whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar; a “controlled foreign corporation;” a “passive foreign investment company;” or a U.S. expatriate.

 

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings, and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date hereof. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, with respect to the tax consequences discussed herein, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the tax consequences discussed below or that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, or may be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income tax, does not deal with all tax considerations that may be relevant to stockholders in light of their personal circumstances, and does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income or any state, local, foreign, gift, estate, or alternative minimum tax considerations.

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is: an individual citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or a trust if it (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

For purposes of this discussion a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial holder of common stock that is neither a U.S. holder nor a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of a partnership holding common stock is urged to consult its own tax advisors.

 

PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THEIR PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IN LIGHT OFTHEIR SPECIFIC SITUATIONS, AS WELL AS THE TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS (INCLUDING THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE AND GIFT TAX LAWS).

 

Distributions on our Common Stock

 

Distributions with respect to common stock, if any, generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any portion of a distribution in excess of current or accumulated earnings and

 

109


Table of Contents

profits will be treated as a return of capital and will first be applied to reduce the holder’s tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining amount will then be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the common stock and will be treated as described under the section entitled “—Disposition of our Common Stock” below.

 

Distributions treated as dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder, if any, with respect to shares of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of the gross amount of the dividends unless the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the United States and dividends with respect to the common stock are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment, then although the non-U.S. holder will generally be exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, provided certain certification requirements are satisfied, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on those dividends on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. Any such effectively connected income received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted under the Code. To claim the exemption from withholding with respect to any such effectively connected income, the non-U.S. holder must generally furnish to us or our paying agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

 

A non-U.S. holder of shares of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable treaty must furnish to us or our paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the exemption or reduced rate. If a non-U.S. holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, it may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

 

Disposition of our Common Stock

 

Non-U.S. holders may recognize gain upon the sale, exchange, redemption, or other taxable disposition of common stock. Such gain generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless: (i) that gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder); (ii) the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period for our common stock, and certain other requirements are met. We believe that we are not and we do not anticipate becoming a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

If a non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal individual income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If the non-U.S. holder is an individual described in clause (ii) of the preceding paragraph, the non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the non-U.S. holder is not considered a resident of the United States, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. If a non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation that falls under clause (i) of the preceding paragraph, it will be subject to tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal corporate income tax rates in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and, in addition, the non-U.S. holder may be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate equal to 30% (or lower applicable income tax treaty rate) of its effectively connected earnings and profits.

 

110


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

 

The estate of a nonresident alien individual is generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property having a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent’s country of residence provides otherwise.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Tax

 

We report to our non-U.S. holders and the IRS the amount of dividends paid during each fiscal year and the amount of any tax withheld. All distributions to holders of common stock are subject to any applicable withholding. Information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the distributions were effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business or withholding was reduced by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Under U.S. federal income tax law, interest, dividends, and other reportable payments may, under certain circumstances, be subject to “backup withholding” at the then applicable rate (currently, 28%). Backup withholding, however, generally will not apply to distributions on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes to us or our paying agent the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient. Backup withholding is not an additional tax but merely an advance payment, which may be refunded to the extent it results in an overpayment of tax and the appropriate information is timely supplied to the IRS.

 

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

 

New rules in the Code may impose withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to “foreign financial institutions” (as specially defined under these rules) and certain other non-U.S. entities if certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are not met. The legislation potentially imposes a 30% withholding tax on “withholdable payments” if they are paid to a foreign financial institution or to a foreign nonfinancial entity, unless (i) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations and other specified requirements are satisfied or (ii) the foreign non-financial entity either certifies it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial U.S. owner and other specified requirements are satisfied. “Withholdable payment” generally means (i) any payment of interest, dividends, rents, and certain other types of generally passive income if such payment is from sources within the United States, and (ii) any gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any property of a type that can produce interest or dividends from sources within the United States (including, for example, stock and debt of U.S. corporations). If the payee is a foreign financial institution, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain U.S. persons or U.S.-owned foreign entities, annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on payments to account holders whose actions prevent it from complying with these reporting and other requirements. If an investor does not provide us with the information necessary to comply with the legislation, it is possible that distributions to such investor that are attributable to withholdable payments, such as dividends, will be subject to the 30% withholding tax. Withholding on certain passive income, such as dividends and interest, will is currently scheduled to begin July 1, 2014. The IRS has issued guidance indicating that withholding with respect to all other withholdable payments will be required after December 31, 2016. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding this legislation.

 

111


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

   Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Allen & Company LLC

  

UBS Securities LLC

  

JMP Securities LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                  additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses

   $         $         $     

 

112


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $         million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $            .

 

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

 

We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on the                 under the trading symbol “NEWR.”

 

We and all of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding securities have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or restricted period:

 

   

offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

   

enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described in these first two bullet points is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise;

 

   

in our case, file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, except for the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the employee benefit plans described in this prospectus; or

 

   

in our case, make any public announcement of any intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

   

the sale of shares of common stock pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in open market transactions after the completion of this offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of common stock or other securities acquired in this offering or in such open market transactions;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as (i) a bona fide gift or for bona fide estate planning purposes, (ii) upon death or by will, testamentary document or intestate succession, (iii) to an immediate family member of the locked-up party or to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the locked-up party or the immediate family of the locked-up party (for purposes of this agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, current or former marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin), (iv) not involving a change in beneficial ownership, or (v) if the locked-up party is a trust, to any beneficiary of the locked-up party or the estate of any such beneficiary;

 

113


Table of Contents
   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to stockholders, direct or indirect affiliates (within the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), current partners (general or limited), members or managers of the locked-up party, as applicable, or to the estates of any such partners, members or managers;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, (i) the receipt by the locked-up party from us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of options or warrants, insofar as such options or warrants are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, or (ii) the transfer of shares of common stock or any securities convertible into common stock by the locked-up party to us upon a vesting event of our securities or upon the exercise of options or warrants to purchase our securities on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis to the extent permitted by the instruments representing such options or warrants so long as such “cashless” exercise or “net exercise” is effected solely by the surrender of outstanding options or warrants to us and our cancellation of all or a portion thereof to pay the exercise price and/or withholding tax obligations, but for the avoidance of doubt, excluding all methods of exercise that would involve a sale of any shares of common stock relating to options or warrants, whether to cover the applicable exercise price, withholding tax obligations or otherwise, provided that in the case of (i) the shares of common stock delivered upon such exercise are subject to the restrictions set forth above, and provided further that in the case of either (i) or (ii), no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such receipt or transfer by or on behalf of the locked-up party shall be required or shall be voluntarily made within 60 days after the date of this prospectus, and after such 60th day, any filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that (A) the filing relates to the circumstances described in (i) or (ii), as the case may be, (B) no shares were sold by the reporting person and (C) in the case of (i), the shares received upon exercise of the option are subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters of this offering;

 

   

the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) to the extent a public announcement or filing under the Exchange Act, if any, is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the locked-up party or us regarding the establishment of such plan, such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no transfer of common stock may be made under such plan during the restricted period;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, the transfer of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law pursuant to a qualified domestic order in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, any transfer of common stock to us pursuant to arrangements under which we have the option to repurchase such shares or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock in connection with the consummation of this offering, provided that any such shares of common stock received upon such conversion shall be subject to the terms of the lock-up agreement;

 

   

in the case of our directors, officers, and security holders, the transfer of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation, or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors, made to all holders of common stock involving a change of control, provided, that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation, or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock owned by the locked-up party shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreement;

 

114


Table of Contents
   

the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise (including any net exercise) of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding as of the date of this prospectus;

 

   

the issuance by us of options to purchase shares of common stock or restricted stock units or restricted stock awards to our employees, officers, directors, advisors, or consultants pursuant to employee benefit plans described in this prospectus, provided that, prior to such issuance, to the extent that any such shares or any such options or restricted stock units will become vested during the restricted period, we shall cause each recipient of such grant or issuance to execute and deliver a lock-up agreement;

 

   

the filing by us of a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the employee benefit plans described in this prospectus; and

 

   

our sale or issuance of or entry into an agreement to sell or issue shares of common stock in connection with our acquisition of one or more businesses, products, or technologies (whether by means of merger, stock purchase, asset purchase, or otherwise) or in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships, or other strategic transactions, provided, that, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that we may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue in such a transaction shall not exceed     % of the total number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately following our initial public offering and provided further that we shall cause each recipient of such shares to sign and deliver a copy of the lock-up agreement prior to such issuance;

 

provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the third, fourth, or seventh clause above, each transferee, donee or distributee shall sign and deliver a lock-up letter;

 

provided further that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the third or fourth clause above, such transfer shall not involve a disposition of value and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, or any other public filing or disclosure of such transfer by or on behalf of the locked-up party, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of shares of common stock, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during the restricted period; and

 

provided further that in the case of any transfer pursuant to the seventh or eighth clause above, any filings under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall state that the transfer is by operation of law, court order, in connection with a divorce settlement, or a repurchase by us, as the case may be.

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice, provided that, when and as required by FINRA Rule 5131, at least two business days before the release or waiver of any applicable lock-up, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will notify us of the impending release or waiver and announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service, except where the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer of securities that is not for consideration and where the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same lock-up agreement terms in place for the transferor.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could

 

115


Table of Contents

adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

In the ordinary course of business, we sold, and may in the future sell, solutions to one or more of the underwriters or their respective affiliates in arms-length transactions on market competitive terms.

 

We paid Allen & Company LLC, which acted as placement agent in connection with our sale of shares of Series F preferred stock in April 2014, a cash fee of $2.5 million.

 

Pricing of the Offering

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in

 

116


Table of Contents

compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a Relevant Member State, an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)  

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)  

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)  

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)  

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)  

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

Switzerland

 

As notice to prospective investors in Switzerland, this prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations, or CO, and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, this prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

 

117


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California, which has acted as our counsel in connection with this offering, will pass upon the validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. As of the date of this prospectus, GC&H Investments, LLC, an entity comprised of partners and associates of Cooley LLP, beneficially owns 140,879 shares of our convertible preferred stock, which will be converted into 140,879 shares of our common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering.

 

The underwriters have been represented by Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of New Relic, Inc. as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2014 included in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some of which is contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement is this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.newrelic.com. Upon the closing of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

118


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

New Relic, Inc.

San Francisco, California

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of New Relic, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2013 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

San Jose, California

June 3, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except par value)

 

     March 31,     September 30,
2014
    Pro forma
as  of

September 30,
2014
 
     2013     2014      
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 57,099      $ 19,453      $ 92,370     

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $38, $84, and $179, respectively

     2,628        5,532        8,786     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,682        2,491        5,932     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     61,409        27,476        107,088     

Property and equipment, net

     10,352        20,183        28,537     

Restricted cash

     4,600        5,601        5,626     

Other assets

     546        1,948        2,211     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 76,907      $ 55,208      $ 143,462     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

   $ 1,278      $ 4,109      $ 3,509     

Accrued compensation and benefits

     1,473        2,822        3,634     

Other current liabilities

     2,572        2,160        2,030     

Deferred revenue

     4,970        10,359        15,660     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     10,293        19,450        24,833     

Deferred rent, non-current

     1,773        3,606        3,784     

Other liabilities, non-current

     163        900        700      $ 122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     12,229        23,956        29,317        28,739   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

        

Convertible preferred stock:

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 22,323 shares authorized at March 31, 2013 and 2014, and 24,962 shares authorized at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); 21,357 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2014, and 24,813 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); Aggregate liquidation preference of $96,383 at March 31, 2013 and 2014, and $196,383 at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     95,917        95,917        193,160          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

        

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 49,000 shares authorized at March 31, 2013 and 2014, and 55,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); 15,756 and 16,063 shares issued at March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 16,414 shares issued at September 30, 2014 (unaudited); and 15,496 and 15,803 shares outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and 16,154 shares outstanding at September 30, 2014, (unaudited); 41,227 shares issued and 40,967 shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

     16        16        16        41   

Treasury stock - at cost (260 shares)

     (263     (263     (263     (263

Additional paid-in capital

     10,234        17,033        22,078        215,791   

Accumulated deficit

     (41,226     (81,451     (100,846     (100,846
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (31,239     (64,665     (79,015   $ 114,723   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 76,907      $ 55,208      $ 143,462     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended,
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
                       (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 11,663      $ 29,664      $ 63,174      $ 26,146      $ 47,974   

Cost of revenue

     1,904        5,078        10,780        4,467        9,061   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,759        24,586        52,394        21,679        38,913   

Operating expenses:

          

Research and development

     4,300        8,565        16,496        7,734        10,248   

Sales and marketing

     10,748        28,365        58,156        25,007        37,635   

General and administrative

     2,180        10,053        17,178        7,161        10,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,228        46,983        91,830        39,902        58,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,469     (22,397     (39,436     (18,223     (19,579

Other income (expense):

          

Interest income

     2        9        16        10        12   

Interest expense

     (10     (48     (64     (34     (29

Other (expense) income, net

     (65     (105     (741     (322     201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (7,542   $ (22,541   $ (40,225   $ (18,569   $ (19,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.51   $ (1.49   $ (2.58   $ (1.20 )     $ (1.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     14,683        15,096        15,596        15,515        15,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       $ (1.07     $ (0.48
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

         36,974          40,751   
      

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(In thousands)

 

    Convertible Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Treasury Stock     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
        Shares             Amount         Shares     Amount       Shares     Amount      

Balances at March 31, 2011

    16,344      $ 21,191        14,418      $ 14      $ 400        260      $ (263   $ (11,143   $ (10,992

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock—net of issuance cost of $41

    1,566        14,959                                                    

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                  834        1        129                             130   

Vesting of early exercised options

                                70                             70   

Stock-based compensation

                                603                             603   

Net loss

                                                     (7,542     (7,542
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2012

    17,910        36,150        15,252        15        1,202        260        (263     (18,685     (17,731

Issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock—net of issuance cost of $233

    3,447        59,767                                                    

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                  504        1        254                             255   

Vesting of early exercised options

                                12                             12   

Stock-based compensation

                                8,766                             8,766   

Net loss

                                                     (22,541     (22,541
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2013

    21,357        95,917        15,756        16        10,234        260        (263     (41,226     (31,239

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

                  207               294                             294   

Issuance of restricted stock awards subject to
vesting

                  100                                             

Stock-based compensation

                                6,505                             6,505   

Net loss

                                                     (40,225     (40,225
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at March 31, 2014

    21,357        95,917        16,063        16        17,033        260        (263     (81,451     (64,665

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock—net of issuance cost of $2,757 (unaudited)

    3,456        97,243                                                    

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options (unaudited)

                  311               567                             567   

Issuance of restricted stock awards subject to vesting (unaudited)

                  40                                             

Stock-based compensation (unaudited)

                                4,478                             4,478   

Net loss (unaudited)

                                                     (19,395     (19,395
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balances at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    24,813      $ 193,160        16,414      $ 16      $ 22,078        260      $ (263   $ (100,846   $ (79,015
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
March 31,
    Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2012     2013     2014     2013     2014  
                                

Cash flows from operating activities:

          

Net loss

   $ (7,542   $ (22,541   $ (40,225   $ (18,569   $ (19,395

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

     1,166        1,916        4,536        1,899        3,490   

Stock-based compensation expense

     603        8,686        6,220        3,439        4,166   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     36        13        718        288        (252

Other

     38        125        225        119        163   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Accounts receivable

     (857     (1,285     (3,036     (2,399     (3,397

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (736     (791     (754     (289     (3,495

Accounts payable

     220        701        2,284        1,473        (572

Accrued compensation and benefits and other liabilities

     348        1,194        2,069        1,082        717   

Deferred revenue

     1,583        2,776        5,388        2,546        5,371   

Deferred rent

     8        2,006        1,862        940        30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (5,133     (7,200     (20,713     (9,471     (13,174

Cash flows from investing activities:

          

Purchases of property and equipment

     (774     (5,698     (9,758     (6,027     (5,739

Down payment for property and equipment

                   (1,269            (180

Increase in restricted cash

            (4,600     (1,001     (1,268     (27

Capitalized software development costs

     (1,358     (2,873     (5,199     (2,191     (4,443
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,132     (13,171     (17,227     (9,486     (10,389

Cash flows from financing activities:

          

Proceeds from issuances of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     14,959        59,767                      97,243   

Payment of costs related to initial public offering

                                 (1,330

Repayment of debt

     (61                            

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     130        255        294        118        567   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     15,028        60,022        294        118        96,480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     7,763        39,651        (37,646     (18,839     72,917   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     9,685        17,448        57,099        57,099        19,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 17,448      $ 57,099      $ 19,453      $ 38,260      $ 92,370   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

          

Cash paid for interest

   $ 9      $ 66      $ 52      $ 52      $ 52   

Noncash investing and financing activities:

          

Issuance of Series D warrants in connection with facility lease

   $      $ 10      $      $      $   

Vesting of early exercised options

   $ 70      $ 12      $      $      $   

Property and equipment purchased but not paid yet

   $ 50      $ 1,479      $ 619      $ 964      $ 725   

Accrued initial offering costs

   $      $      $ 237      $      $ 213   

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Description of Business —New Relic, Inc. (the “Company” or “New Relic”) was incorporated in Delaware on February 20, 2008. The Company is a software-as-a-service provider of software analytics products which allow users to monitor software performance with .NET, Java, JavaScript, Node.js, PHP, Python, and Ruby applications deployed in a cloud or in a data center. New Relic’s software analytics products enable developers and operation teams to monitor, troubleshoot, and optimize their applications.

 

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of New Relic and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Subsequent events were evaluated from the balance sheet date of March 31, 2014 through the audited consolidated financial statements original issuance date of June 3, 2014. For the six months ended September 30, 2014, subsequent events were evaluated through October 31, 2014, the date on which the interim consolidated financial statements were issued.

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information —The accompanying interim consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2014, the related interim consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, the statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six month period ended September 30, 2014, and the related footnote disclosures are unaudited. These unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In management’s opinion, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2014 and the Company’s consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. The results for the six months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet —Upon the consummation of the initial public offering (“IPO”) contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, assuming the Company raises at least $100 million. The September 30, 2014 unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data has been prepared assuming the conversion of the convertible preferred stock outstanding into 24,813,343 shares of common stock and the related conversion of the preferred stock underlying outstanding warrants, which results in the reclassification of the warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

 

Use of Estimates —The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of income and expense during the reporting period. Such management estimates include, but are not limited to, fair value of the Company’s common and preferred stock, stock options, and preferred stock warrant liability. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and also assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Segments —The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis, accompanied by information about revenue by geographic region. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single reportable segment.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Restricted Cash —The Company has an agreement to maintain cash balances at a financial institution as collateral for two letters of credit relating to the Company’s property lease.

 

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. The Company uses an estimated useful life of two years for employee-related computers and software, three years for other office equipment and site-related computer hardware, and five years for furniture. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease-term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. Down payments for property and equipment are recorded at cost and included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Once the corresponding property and equipment item has been received, it will be reclassified to property and equipment and amortized.

 

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability —Freestanding warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock are accounted for as liability awards and recorded at fair value on their initial issuance date and adjusted to fair value at each balance sheet date, with the change in fair value being recorded in other expense, net. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an IPO in which shares underlying the warrants convert from preferred stock into shares of common stock, the Series A preferred stock warrant liability will be re-measured to fair value and any remaining liability will be reclassified into stockholders’ deficit and the Series D preferred stock warrant will automatically net exercise for common shares.

 

Revenue Recognition —The Company generates revenue from subscription-based arrangements that allow customers to access its products. The Company recognizes revenue when all four of the following criteria are met:

 

   

There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement.

 

   

The subscriptions have been or is being provided to the customer.

 

   

The amount of fee to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable.

 

   

The collection is reasonably assured.

 

Revenue from subscription-based arrangements is recognized ratably over the contractual period, generally from one to twelve months. All of the Company’s subscription-based arrangements are priced on a fixed-fee basis.

 

Deferred Revenue —Deferred revenue consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue being recognized. The Company generally invoices its customers monthly, quarterly, or annually. Deferred revenue represents the amount that is expected to be recognized as revenue within one year of the balance sheet date.

 

Cost of Revenue —Cost of revenue consists of expenses relating to data center operations, hosting-related costs, payment processing fees, depreciation and amortization, consulting costs, and salaries and benefits of operations and global customer support personnel.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount, net of allowances for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of accounts. The Company regularly reviews the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts by considering the age of each outstanding invoice and the collection history of each customer to determine whether a specific allowance is appropriate. Accounts receivable deemed

 

F-8


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

uncollectable are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts when identified. For all periods presented, the allowance for doubtful accounts activity was not significant.

 

Software Development Costs —The Company capitalizes certain development costs incurred in connection with its internal use software and website. These capitalized costs are primarily related to its software analytics tools that are hosted by the Company and accessed by its customers on a subscription basis. Costs incurred in the preliminary stages of development are expensed as incurred. Once an application has reached the development stage, internal and external costs, if direct and incremental, are capitalized until the software is substantially complete and ready for its intended use. Capitalization ceases upon completion of all substantial testing. The Company also capitalizes costs related to specific upgrades and enhancements when it is probable the expenditures will result in additional features and functionality. Maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. Internal use software is amortized on a straight-line basis over its estimated useful life, generally three years. The Company capitalized $1.4 million, $3.0 million, and $5.5 million in internal use software during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $2.2 million and $4.7 million during the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Included in the capitalized development costs are $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and $0.6 million of stock-based compensation costs as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, respectively. Capitalized stock-based compensation costs for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 were negligible. Amortization expense totaled $0.9 million, $1.1 million, and $2.1 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $0.9 million and $1.5 million during the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. The net book value of capitalized internal use software as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, which is recorded in property and equipment on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was $3.2 million, $6.5 million, and $9.8 million, respectively.

 

Deferred Offering Costs —Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, outside services, and filing fees related to the initial public offering are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the initial public offering upon the effectiveness of the offering. In the event the offering is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be expensed. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had capitalized no costs, and as of March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, $0.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively, of deferred offering costs which are included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

Commissions —Sales and marketing commissions are recognized as an expense at the time of the customer order. Substantially all of the effort by the sales and marketing organization is expended through the time of closing the sale.

 

Advertising Expenses —Advertising is expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $3.3 million, $10.0 million, and $22.4 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $9.3 million and $10.7 million during the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

Operating Leases —The Company leases office space and data center facilities under operating leases. Certain lease agreements contain rent holidays, allowances, and rent escalation provisions. The Company recognizes rent expense under such leases on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease renewal periods are considered on a lease-by-lease basis in determining the lease term.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and capitalized software development costs subject to amortization, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset be tested for possible impairment, the Company first compares undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the long-lived asset is not recoverable on an undiscounted cash flow basis, an impairment is recognized to the extent that the carrying value

 

F-9


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

exceeds its fair value. Fair value is determined through various valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models, quoted market values, and third-party independent appraisals, as considered necessary. Through March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, the Company had not impaired any of its long-lived assets.

 

Income Taxes —The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or tax returns. In addition, deferred tax assets are recorded for the future benefit of utilizing net operating losses and research and development credit carryforwards. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

 

The Company applies the authoritative accounting guidance prescribing a threshold and measurement attribute for the financial recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax liability as the largest amount that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement.

 

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company estimates the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense over the requisite service periods in the statements of operations. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the vesting period of the entire award using the straight-line attribution method. These amounts are reduced by an estimated forfeiture rate. The forfeiture rate is estimated based on actual cancellation experience and is applied to all share-based awards. The rate is estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

 

The Company selected the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as the method for determining the estimated fair value for stock options. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective and complex assumptions, which determine the fair value of share-based awards, including the option’s expected term and the price volatility of the underlying stock.

 

The authoritative guidance prohibits the recognition of a deferred tax asset for an excess tax benefit that has not yet been realized. As a result, the Company will only recognize a benefit from stock-based compensation in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized or realizable after all other tax attributes currently available have been utilized.

 

Compensation expense related to equity instruments issued to nonemployees is recognized as the equity instruments vest. At each reporting date, the Company revalues the fair value and expense related to the unvested portion of such nonemployee awards. As a result, compensation expense related to unvested equity instruments issued to nonemployees fluctuates as the fair value of the Company’s common stock fluctuates.

 

Fair Value Measurements —The Company defines fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities which are required to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which to transact and the market-based risk. The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents,

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, due to their short-term nature. The carrying amount of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability represents its fair value (see Note 2).

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk —Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade accounts receivable. The Company invests its excess cash in low-risk, highly liquid money market funds and certificates of deposit with a major financial institution. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company’s investments are financially sound and, accordingly, are subject to minimal credit risk. There were no customers that individually exceeded 10% of the Company’s revenue for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, or for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014. There were no customers that individually exceeded 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014.

 

Net Loss and Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders —The Company calculates its basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. Under the two-class method, in periods when the Company has net income, net income attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less current period convertible preferred stock non-cumulative dividends, between common stock and the convertible preferred stock. In computing diluted net income attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. The Company’s basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. The diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by giving effect to all potential dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, and convertible preferred stock warrants are considered common stock equivalents but have been excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders as their effect is antidilutive. In contemplation of an IPO, the Company has presented the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 and the six months ended September 30, 2014, which has been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the beginning of the respective period.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements —In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance which addresses the presentation of amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance does not change current financial reporting requirements, instead an entity is required to cross-reference to other required disclosures that provide additional detail about amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. In addition, the guidance requires an entity to present significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by line item of net income if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. Adoption of this standard is required for periods beginning after December 15, 2012 for public companies. The adoption of this guidance did not impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as the Company did not have other comprehensive income for the periods presented.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued a new accounting standard update on the financial statement presentation of unrecognized tax benefits. The new guidance provides that a liability related to an unrecognized tax benefit would be presented as a reduction of a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. The new guidance became effective for the Company on April 1, 2014 and it should be applied prospectively to unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date with retrospective application permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact of this new guidance.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

In April 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update that changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and expands related disclosure requirements. This accounting standard will be effective for the Company beginning in the Company’s first quarter of fiscal 2016. The effects of this guidance will depend on the nature and significance of discontinued operations occurring after the effective date.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued new guidance related to the recognition and reporting of revenue that establishes a comprehensive new revenue recognition model designed to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer in an amount that reflects the consideration the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance allows for the use of either the full or modified retrospective transition method, and the standard will be effective for the Company in the first quarter of our fiscal year 2018; early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this new standard on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as well as which transition method the Company intends to use.

 

2.     Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company reports assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets based upon the level of judgment associated with inputs used to measure their fair value. The categories are as follows:

 

Level 1—Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2—Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the assets or liabilities, either directly or indirectly through market corroboration, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

 

Level 3—Inputs are unobservable inputs based on the Company’s own assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities at fair value. The inputs require significant management judgment or estimation.

 

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities using the above input categories (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of
March 31, 2013
 

Description:

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market funds

   $ 52,506       $       $       $ 52,506   

Certificate of deposit

             30                 30   

Restricted cash—money market funds

     4,600                         4,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 57,106       $ 30       $       $ 57,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 112       $ 112   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     Fair Value Measurements as of
March 31, 2014
 

Description:

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Money market funds

   $ 3,512       $       $       $ 3,512   

Restricted cash—money market funds

     5,601                         5,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,113       $       $       $ 9,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 830       $ 830   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

     Fair Value Measurements as of
September 30, 2014
 

Description:

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (unaudited)  

Money market funds

   $ 69,015       $       $       $ 69,015   

Restricted cash—money market funds

     5,626                         5,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 74,641       $       $       $ 74,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 578       $ 578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Level 1 investments consist solely of money market funds, included in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, valued at amortized cost which approximates fair value. Level 3 instruments consist solely of the Company’s preferred stock warrant liability, as discussed in Note 8. The preferred stock warrant liability was estimated using assumptions related to the remaining contractual term of the warrants, the risk-free interest rate, the volatility of comparable public companies over the remaining term and the fair value of underlying shares. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the preferred stock warrant liability are the fair value of the underlying stock at the valuation date and the estimated term of the warrants. Generally, increases (decreases) in the fair value of the underlying stock and estimated term would result in a directionally similar impact to the fair value measurement.

 

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows (in thousands):

 

     Preferred Stock
Warrant
Liability
 

Balance at March 31, 2011

   $ 53   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     36   
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

     89   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     13   

Issuance of preferred stock warrant

     10   
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

     112   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

     718   
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

     830   

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability (unaudited)

     (252
  

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

   $ 578   
  

 

 

 

 

The gains and losses from remeasurement of Level 3 financial liabilities are recorded in other expense, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

3.    Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of March 31,     As of
September 30,
2014
 
     2013     2014    
                 (unaudited)  

Computers, software, and equipment

   $ 1,118      $ 1,983      $ 2,319   

Site operation equipment

     1,417        2,535        5,090   

Furniture and fixtures

     252        494        598   

Leasehold improvement

     5,856        12,355        16,258   

Capitalized software development costs

     5,960        11,444        16,158   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     14,603        28,811        40,423   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,251     (8,628     (11,886
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 10,352      $ 20,183      $ 28,537   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 was $1.2 million, $1.9 million, and $4.5 million, respectively, and $1.9 million and $3.5 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

4.    Other Current Liabilities

 

Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of March 31,      As of
September 30,
2014
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued construction costs

   $ 1,357       $       $ 128   

Deferred tax liability

     443         392         392   

Accrued liabilities

     317         1,167         958   

Deferred rent

     257         287         139   

Other

     198         314         413   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 2,572       $ 2,160       $ 2,030   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5.    Commitments and Contingencies

 

Leases —The Company leases office space under non-cancelable operating lease agreements, which expire from 2015 through 2020.

 

Deferred Rent —Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain rent holidays, allowances, and rent escalation provisions. For these leases, the Company recognizes the related rental expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease from the date the Company takes possession of the office and records the difference between amounts charged to operations and amounts paid as deferred rent. These rent holidays, allowances, and rent escalations are considered in determining the straight-line expense to be recorded over the lease term. As of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, $2.0 million, $3.9 million, and $3.9 million, respectively, was recorded as deferred rent.

 

Rent expense, net of sublease income, for operating leases for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 was $0.5 million, $1.1 million, and $4.7 million, respectively, and for the six months ended September 30,

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

2013 and 2014 was $2.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, rent expense was offset by $23,000 and $0.7 million of sublease income, respectively, and $0.3 million and $0.4 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. There was no sublease income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

 

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2014, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending March 31

   Operating Leases  

2015

   $ 5,573   

2016

     5,439   

2017

     5,560   

2018

     5,636   

2019

     5,731   

Thereafter

     7,667   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 35,606   
  

 

 

 

 

Future minimum sublease income under non-cancelable leases is $0.4 million and $34,000 for the fiscal years ending March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

During the six months ended September 30, 2014, the Company entered into additional non-cancelable operating leases. The total future non-cancelable minimum payments are $10.1 million and expire in 2023. Future minimum lease payments under these additional non-cancelable operating leases, were as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending March 31

   Operating Leases  
     (unaudited)  

2015

   $ 4   

2016

     308   

2017

     725   

2018

     859   

2019

     901   

Thereafter

     7,279   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum future lease payments

   $ 10,076   
  

 

 

 

 

Purchase Commitments —As of March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014, the Company had purchase commitments of $0.6 million and $3.3 million, respectively, for specific contractual services.

 

Legal Proceedings —From time to time, the Company may become involved in various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business, and may be subject to third-party infringement claims.

 

On November 5, 2012, CA, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court, Eastern District of New York for alleged patent infringement. CA, Inc.’s complaint against the Company claims that certain aspects of the Company’s products infringe certain patents held by CA, Inc. The Company cannot at this time predict the likely outcome of this proceeding or estimate the amount or range of loss or possible loss that may arise from it. The Company has not accrued any loss related to the outcome of this case as of September 30, 2014.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

In the normal course of business, the Company may agree to indemnify third parties with whom it enters into contractual relationships, including customers, lessors, and parties to other transactions with the Company, with respect to certain matters. The Company has agreed, under certain conditions, to hold these third parties harmless against specified losses, such as those arising from a breach of representations or covenants, other third-party claims that the Company’s products when used for their intended purposes infringe the intellectual property rights of such other third parties, or other claims made against certain parties. To date, the Company has not incurred any costs as a result of such obligations and has not accrued any liabilities related to such obligations in the consolidated financial statements. In addition, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors, and certain key employees while they are serving in good faith in their respective capacities. The Company does not currently believe there is a reasonable possibility that a loss may have been incurred under these indemnification obligations. To date, there have been no claims under any such indemnification provisions.

 

6.    Convertible Preferred Stock

 

As of the dates below, the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
 
     (In thousands)  

Series A

     7,028         7,000       $ 3,500   

Series B

     6,492         6,492         7,940   

Series C

     2,852         2,852         9,943   

Series D

     1,643         1,566         15,000   

Series E

     4,308         3,447         60,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     22,323         21,357       $ 96,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The significant rights, preferences and privileges of convertible preferred stock are as follows:

 

Voting —Each share of convertible preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and votes together as one class with the common stock, except as below:

 

Holders of a majority of the Series A and B convertible preferred stock are each entitled to elect, each voting as a separate class, one member to the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”).

 

Holders of a majority of the common stock are entitled to elect, voting separately as a class, one member to the Board of Directors.

 

Holders of common stock and convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect, voting together as a separate class on an as-converted basis, all remaining directors.

 

Dividends —The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, out of any funds legally available, noncumulative dividends prior and in preference to any dividends paid on the common stock, at the rate of 8% of the applicable original issue price per share per annum, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends shall be paid on the common stock, unless the dividends described in the preceding sentence are paid on the preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, no dividends had been declared or paid on the Company’s capital stock.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Liquidation Preference —In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding-up of the Company, the holders of Series D and Series E convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, a senior preference and the holders of Series A, Series B, and Series C convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to receive, ratably, a junior preference to any distribution of the assets or funds of the Company to the holders of the common stock, an amount equal to the issuance price per share of $0.50, $1.2231, $3.4861, $9.5743, and $17.4089 for Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E, respectively, as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations, and similar transactions, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends and any other declared but unpaid dividends (the “Liquidation Preference”). If the Company has insufficient assets to permit payment of the Liquidation Preference in full to the senior preferred and junior preferred holders of convertible preferred stock, then the assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably to the holders of convertible preferred stock in proportion to the Liquidation Preference such holders would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

After payment of the Liquidation Preference to the holders of convertible preferred stock, the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably to the holders of common stock.

 

Redemption —The holders of the convertible preferred stock have no voluntary rights to redeem the shares. A sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event. Although the convertible preferred stock is not mandatorily or currently redeemable, a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets would constitute a redemption event outside of the Company’s control. Therefore, all shares of the convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity.

 

Conversion —Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, into shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original purchase price of convertible preferred stock by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion for such series of convertible preferred stock subject to adjustment as provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended. The initial conversion price per share of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E convertible preferred stock was $0.50, $1.2231, $3.4861, $9.5743, and $17.4089 per share, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and 2014, the conversion ratio for convertible preferred stock was one-to-one.

 

Each share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the then-effective conversion rate of such shares upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of common stock of the Company to the public with offering proceeds to the Company in excess of $100 million (net of underwriters’ discounts, concessions, commissions, and expenses) or (ii) the consent of holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding shares of each series of preferred stock.

 

Antidilution Protection —Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, and Series E convertible preferred stock have antidilution protection. If the antidilution protection for the convertible preferred stock is triggered, the conversion price will be subject to a broad-based weighted-average adjustment to reduce dilution.

 

In April 2014, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated to authorize the Company to issue 55,000,000 shares of common stock and 24,961,092 shares of preferred stock.

 

In April 2014, the Company sold 3,456,140 shares of Series F convertible preferred stock (“Series F”) at a price of $28.9340 per share, receiving net proceeds of $97.2 million. Holders of the Company’s Series F vote together with the holders of our common stock and convertible preferred stock, with each share of Series F having a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of each share of Series F. In a liquidation event, holders of Series F will be entitled to receive, ratably with the Series E convertible preferred stock and in preference to the holders of all other classes of convertible preferred stock, an

 

F-17


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

amount equal to the original issuance price of the Series F plus any declared but unpaid dividends. The holders of Series F have the right to convert, at any time, into shares of common stock at an initial conversion ratio of 1:1, subject to adjustment based on antidilution protection, and all outstanding Series F will automatically convert into shares of common stock in the event that (i) the holders of a majority of outstanding Series F consent to conversion or (ii) immediately prior to the closing of a qualified IPO.

 

In connection with the closing of the Series F financing, the Company’s charter was amended and restated to reflect that upon the consummation of the IPO contemplated by the Company, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock, assuming the Company raises at least $100 million.

 

As of the September 30, 2014, the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     As of September 30, 2014  
     Shares
Authorized
     Shares Issued
and Outstanding
     Liquidation
Preference
 
     (unaudited)  

Series A

     7,028         7,000       $ 3,500   

Series B

     6,492         6,492         7,940   

Series C

     2,852         2,852         9,943   

Series D

     1,643         1,566         15,000   

Series E

     3,447         3,447         60,000   

Series F

     3,500         3,456         100,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     24,962         24,813       $ 196,383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

7.    Stock Transactions

 

In February 2013, certain of the Company’s existing investors conducted a tender offer to acquire approximately 862,000 shares of outstanding common stock from employees and other existing common stockholders at a purchase price of $17.4089 per share. As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a total of $7.3 million in share-based compensation expense for the difference between the price paid and the estimated fair market value on the date of the transaction. Of the total share-based compensation expense, the Company recorded $0.2 million, $1.4 million, $1.8 million, and $3.9 million in cost of revenue, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, respectively, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

 

In August 2013 and December 2013, certain of the Company’s existing investors acquired approximately 347,000 shares of outstanding common stock from employees and a former employee at a purchase price of $17.4089 per share. As a result, the Company recorded a total of $2.4 million in share-based compensation expense for the difference between the price paid and the estimated fair market value on the date of the transaction. Of the total share-based compensation expense, the Company recorded $0.8 million, $0.2 million, and $1.4 million in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses, respectively, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014.

 

In connection with these tender offers, the Company waived any rights of first refusal or other transfer restrictions applicable to such shares.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

8.    Warrants

 

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants —In September 2008, the Company granted warrants to purchase 28,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock. These warrants have a contracted term of 10 years and an exercise price of $0.50 per share. The warrants were fully vested on the grant date. These preferred stock warrants were issued in connection with a loan agreement, and a portion of the note proceeds was allocated to the warrants using a relative fair value approach. As a result, a total of $10,000 was allocated to the warrants and recorded as an original issue discount to the loan. Upon the earlier of the exercise of the Series A warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an IPO in which the shares underlying the warrants would convert from the related shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock, the preferred stock warrant liability will be remeasured to fair value and any remaining liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

 

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock Warrants —In August 2012, the Company granted warrants to purchase 20,889 shares of Series D convertible preferred stock. These warrants have a contracted term of 10 years and an exercise price of $9.5743 per share. The warrants were fully vested on the grant date. These preferred stock warrants were issued in connection with an office lease agreement. The fair value of the warrants at the grant date was allocated to deferred rent and is being amortized over the lease term. The Series D convertible preferred stock warrant would automatically be exercised in the event of an IPO.

 

The warrants are recorded at their estimated fair value with changes in the fair value of the warrant liability reflected in other expense, net. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014 and for the six months ended September 30, 2013, the Company recognized charges in the amount of $36,000, $23,000, $0.7 million, and $0.3 million, respectively, from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants, which was recorded through other (expense) income, net in the statements of operations. For the six months ended September 30, 2014, the Company recognized income of $0.3 million from the remeasurement of the fair value of the warrants, which was recorded through other (expense) income, net in the statements of operations.

 

As of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, the Company determined the fair value of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants utilizing the following assumptions:

 

     As of March 31,    As of
September  30,
    2014    
         2013            2014       
               (unaudited)

Remaining contractual term (in years)

   5.4 – 9.3    4.4 – 8.4    3.9 – 7.9

Risk-free interest rate

   0.9% – 1.7%    1.5% – 2.5%    1.4% – 2.4%

Volatility

   57%    50%    45%

Dividend yield

        

 

The above assumptions were determined as follows:

 

Remaining Contractual Term —The remaining contractual term represents the time from the date of the valuation to the expiration of the warrant.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect as of March 31, 2013 and 2014 and September 30, 2014, and for zero coupon U.S. Treasury notes with maturities approximately equal to the term of the warrant.

 

Volatility —The volatility is derived from historical volatilities of several unrelated publicly listed peer companies over a period approximately equal to the term of the warrant because the Company has limited

 

F-19


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

information on the volatility of the preferred stock since there is currently no trading history. When making the selections of industry peer companies to be used in the volatility calculation, the Company considered the size, operational, and economic similarities to the Company’s principle business operations.

 

Dividend Yield —The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about the Company’s anticipated dividend policy.

 

9.    Common Stock Reserved for Issuance

 

The Company had reserved shares of common stock for future issuance as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of March 31,      As of
September 30,

2014
 
     2013      2014     
                   (unaudited)  

Conversion of preferred stock

     21,357         21,357         24,813   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     49         49         49   

Common stock options outstanding

     4,490         6,923         8,252   

Common stock options available for future grants

     1,538         298         618   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     27,434         28,627         33,732   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

10.    Stock Option Plan

 

In February 2008, the Company adopted the New Relic 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) pursuant to which the Board of Directors may grant nonstatutory stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to outside directors and consultants and either nonstatutory or incentive stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock to employees. The 2008 Plan authorizes grants of awards up to 4,800,000 shares of common stock. As of March 31, 2013 and 2014, the 2008 Plan was restated to authorize an aggregate of 9,083,675 shares and 10,583,675 shares, respectively. Stock options must be granted with an exercise price equal to the stock’s fair market value at the date of grant. Stock options generally have 10-year terms and vest over a four-year period starting from the date specified in each agreement. As of March 31, 2013 and 2014, there were 1,537,800 shares and 297,949 shares, respectively, available for the Company to grant under the 2008 Plan.

 

In April 2014, the Board of Directors approved an increase to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan from 10,583,675 shares to 11,083,675 shares. In May 2014, the Board of Directors approved an increase to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2008 Plan from 11,083,675 shares to 12,583,675 shares. As of September 30, 2014, there were 618,383 shares available for the Company to grant under the 2008 Plan.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

A summary of stock option activity is presented below (in thousands, except per share amounts and years):

 

    Number of Options
Issued and Outstanding
    Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual
Term (in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Balance—March 31, 2011

    2,822      $ 0.42        8.3      $ 1,679   

Options granted

    1,812        1.54       

Options exercised

    (834     0.22       

Options canceled/forfeited

    (109     0.60       
 

 

 

       

Balance—March 31, 2012

    3,691        1.00        8.5        7,374   

Options granted

    1,368        3.32       

Options exercised

    (504     0.51       

Options canceled/forfeited

    (65     2.55       
 

 

 

       

Balance—March 31, 2013

    4,490        1.74        8.2        21,536   

Options granted

    2,846        9.53       

Options exercised

    (207     1.42       

Options canceled/forfeited

    (206     4.95       
 

 

 

       

Balance—March 31, 2014

    6,923        4.86        8.1        106,539   

Options granted (unaudited)

    2,030        17.09       

Options exercised (unaudited)

    (311     1.82       

Options canceled/forfeited (unaudited)

    (390     8.59       
 

 

 

       

Balances at September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    8,252        7.81        8.1        63,730   
 

 

 

       

Options exercisable—March 31, 2014

    3,760      $ 1.76        7.1      $ 69,523   

Options vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2014

    6,582      $ 4.75        8.1      $ 102,022   

Options exercisable—September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    3,887      $ 2.36        6.8      $ 49,390   

Options vested and expected to vest—September 30, 2014 (unaudited)

    7,284      $ 7.40        8.0      $ 58,955   

 

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and for the six months ended September 30, 2014 was $1.69, $2.04, $6.42, and $8.13, respectively. Intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and for the six months ended September 30, 2014 was $1.0 million, $2.6 million, $2.1 million, and $4.5 million, respectively.

 

Employee Stock Options Valuation —The Company estimates the fair value of stock options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Each of the Black-Scholes inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgments to determine. The assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, were as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,   Six Months
Ended September 30,
     2012   2013   2014   2013   2014
                 (unaudited)

Fair value of common stock

   $1.01 – $2.98   $3.51 – $4.68    $6.54 – $18.83   $6.54 – $6.93   $16.93 – $17.51   

Expected term (years)

     5 – 10   5 – 6   5 – 6   5 – 6   5 – 6   

Expected volatility

   50 – 54%   50 – 53%   47 – 52%     50 – 52%    45 – 51%

Risk-free interest rate

   0.77 – 2.56%   0.67 – 0.97%   0.74 – 1.87%   0.74 – 1.69%   1.55 – 2%   

Dividend yield

         0%   0%

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Fair Value of Common Stock

 

Given the absence of a public trading market, the Company’s Board of Directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the Company’s common stock at each meeting at which awards were approved. These factors included, but were not limited to (i) contemporaneous third-party valuations of common stock; (ii) the rights and preferences of convertible preferred stock relative to common stock; (iii) the lack of marketability of common stock; (iv) developments in the business; and (v) the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an IPO or sale of the Company, given prevailing market conditions.

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate

 

The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent expected term of the options for each option group.

 

Expected Term

 

The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The Company bases the expected term assumption on its historical behavior combined with estimates of post-vesting holding period.

 

Expected Volatility

 

The Company determines the price volatility factor based on the historical volatilities of our peer group as the Company did not have trading history for its common stock.

 

Dividend Yield

 

The expected dividend assumption is based on the Company’s current expectations about its anticipated dividend policy.

 

Restricted Stock Awards —During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 and for the six months ended September 30, 2014, the Company granted restricted stock awards covering an aggregate of 100,000 and 40,000 shares of common stock, respectively, to two board members which vest over four years, subject to the continued service relationship with the Company or become fully vested upon a change of control. The grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards was $0.9 million or $9.37 per share for awards granted during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, and $0.7 million or $16.93 per share for awards granted during the six months ended September 30, 2014. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 and for the six months ended September 30, 2014, $0.2 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of stock-based compensation expense was recognized related to these restricted stock awards. The Company recognizes the expense using a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods of the award.

 

Stock Options Granted to Nonemployees —During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and for the six months ended September 30, 2014, the Company granted 17,500 shares, 300 shares, 7,000 shares, and 58,000 shares, respectively, to nonemployee consultants and recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.1 million, $0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense —Stock-based compensation expense for both employees and nonemployees was $0.6 million, $8.7 million, and $6.2 million for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, respectively, and $3.4 million and $4.2 million for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Cost of revenue, research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses were as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2012              2013          2014      2013      2014  
                          (unaudited)  

Cost of revenue

   $ 11       $ 212       $ 159       $ 58       $ 194   

Research and development

     126         1,620         1,425         988         457   

Sales and marketing

     143         2,060         1,373         390         1,904   

General and administrative

     323         4,794         3,263         2,003         1,611   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 603       $ 8,686       $ 6,220       $ 3,439       $ 4,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013 and 2014, and September 30, 2014, unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to outstanding unvested stock options that are expected to vest was $4.2 million, $17.6 million, and $23.9 million, respectively. This unrecognized stock-based compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3.4 years.

 

11.    Income Taxes

 

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the income tax determined by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% was due primarily to losses generated in the United States where no benefit was recorded due to the valuation allowance.

 

The components of the Company’s net deferred tax assets and liabilities as of March 31, 2013 and 2014, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of March 31,  
     2013     2014  

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Accrued expenses

   $ 972      $ 2,190   

Depreciation and amortization

     236        694   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     12,693        24,434   

Research and development credits

     799        1,770   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     14,700        29,088   

Valuation allowance

     (13,441     (26,848
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,259        2,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities—capitalized research and development

     (1,259     (2,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,259     (2,240
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended March 31,  
         2013             2014      

Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

Effect of:

    

State taxes, net of federal benefits

     5.2        1.7   

Stock-based compensation

     (11.4     (4.9

Research and development credit

     1.2        1.9   

Valuation allowance

     (29     (32.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of such assets is more likely than not. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and the U.S. cumulative net losses in all prior periods, the Company has provided a valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company’s valuation allowance increased by $5.8 million and $13.4 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

 

As of March 31, 2014, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating losses of $71.2 million and $44.8 million respectively, which expire beginning in the year 2028 and 2024, respectively. Of these amounts, $5.9 million and $5.7 million, respectively, represented federal and state tax deductions from stock-based compensation which will be recorded as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital when they reduce taxes payable. The Company also has federal, California, and Oregon research and development credits of $1.5 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million, respectively. The federal tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2024 if not utilized. The California tax credit carryforwards do not expire. The Oregon tax credit carryforwards will expire beginning in 2014 if not utilized.

 

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before utilization.

 

Code Section 382 (“Section 382”) ownership change generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company did experience an ownership change in connection with its Series C convertible preferred stock financing in October 2010; and a study has been performed as of March 31, 2014, in this regard, the Company has determined that such an ownership change occurred and that based on the timing of the ownership change and the corresponding Section 382 limitation, none of its net operating losses or other tax attributes appear to expire subject to such limitation.

 

The Company has adopted authoritative guidance which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the Company’s income tax return, and also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of March 31, 2013 was $0.6 million. The unrecognized tax benefits increased by $0.1 million from March 31, 2013 to March 31, 2014, due to net additions of $0.4 million and net reductions of $0.2 million for tax positions related to the current year and prior year, respectively. As of March 31, 2014, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $0.7 million, all of which would affect income tax expense, if recognized, before consideration of any valuation allowance. The Company does not expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

 

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits was as follows (in thousands):

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

   $ 338   

Additions based on tax positions taken during the current period

     229   

Additions based on tax positions taken during the prior period

     30   

Reductions based on tax positions taken during the prior period

       
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

     597   

Additions based on tax positions taken during the current period

     367   

Additions based on tax positions taken during the prior period

     46   

Reductions based on tax positions taken during the prior period

     (275
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2014

   $ 735   
  

 

 

 

 

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the income tax expense line in the consolidated statement of operations. No accrued interest and penalties have been recorded through March 31, 2013 and 2014.

 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, California and other various state jurisdictions. Carryover attributes beginning March 31, 2008 remain open to adjustment by the U.S. and state authorities.

 

12.    Net Loss Per Share

 

Basic loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, less shares subject to repurchase, and excludes any dilutive effects of employee share-based awards and warrants. Diluted net income per common share is computed giving effect to all potential dilutive common shares, including common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options, and unvested restricted common stock. As the Company had net losses for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012, 2013, and 2014, and for the six months ended September 30, 2013 and 2014, all potential common shares were determined to be anti-dilutive.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table sets forth the computation of net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended March 31,     Six Months Ended
September 30,
 
         2012             2013             2014             2013             2014      
                       (unaudited)  

Numerator:

          

Net loss

   $ (7,542   $ (22,541   $ (40,225   $ (18,569   $ (19,395
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     14,683        15,096        15,596        15,515        15,917   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (0.51   $ (1.49   $ (2.58   $ (1.20   $ (1.22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following outstanding options, unvested shares, warrants, and convertible preferred stock were excluded (as common stock equivalents) from the computation of diluted net loss per common share for the periods presented as their effect would have been antidilutive (in thousands):

 

     As of March 31,      As of
September 30,
 
   2012      2013      2014      2013      2014  
                          (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock

     17,910         21,357         21,357         21,357         24,813   

Options to purchase common stock

     3,691         4,490         6,923         5,119         8,252   

Unvested early exercised common shares

     49                                   

Warrants to purchase preferred stock

     28         49         49         49         49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     21,678         25,896         28,329         26,525         33,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share Attributed to Common Stockholders

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted, have been computed to give effect, even if antidilutive, to the conversion of our preferred stock and preferred stock warrant into common stock as of the beginning of the period presented or the original issuance date, if later.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

The following table shows our calculation of the unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (in thousands, except per share data):

 

    Year Ended
March  31,

2014
    Six Months
Ended
September  30,
2014
 

Net loss used to compute pro forma net loss per share:

   

Net loss

  $ (40,225   $ (19,395

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability

    718        (252
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss

    (39,507     (19,647

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

   

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    15,596        15,917   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock warrants

    21        21   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock

    21,357        24,813   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    36,974        40,751   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (1.07   $ (0.48
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13.    Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has established a 401(k) tax-deferred savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which permits participants to make contributions by salary deduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code. The Company is responsible for administrative costs of the 401(k) Plan and the Company has made no contributions to the 401(k) Plan since inception.

 

14.     Revenue by Geographic Location

 

The following table shows the Company’s revenue by geographic areas, as determined based on the billing address of its customers (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended March 31,      Six Months  Ended
September 30,
 
         2013              2014          2013      2014  
                   (unaudited)  

United States

   $ 21,269       $ 43,903       $ 18,509       $ 32,134   

EMEA

     4,572         10,824         4,316         8,968   

APAC

     2,261         4,574         1,783         3,783   

Other

     1,562         3,873         1,538         3,089   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 29,664       $ 63,174       $ 26,146       $ 47,974   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Substantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets were attributable to operations in the United States as of March 31, 2014 and September 30, 2014. The Company did not have any operations outside of the United States as of March 31, 2013.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

NEW RELIC, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

 

15.     Subsequent Events (unaudited)

 

On October 6, 2014, the Company completed the acquisition of Few Ducks, S.L., (“Ducksboard”), a provider of real-time dashboards for tracking business metrics from a broad set of application sources, pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the capital stock of Ducksboard for 121,493 shares of the Company’s common stock, of which 108,234 shares have been issued and up to 13,259 shares will be released on the twelve month anniversary of the closing date, and $2.3 million in cash resulting in an aggregate preliminary purchase price of $4.2 million. The acquisition also included an obligation to issue 128,507 shares of our common stock to certain employees of Ducksboard, contingent upon their continuous employment with us. As such, compensation expense will be recorded ratably over the respective service period.

 

The initial purchase price accounting is not yet complete. The Company is in the process of completing a purchase price allocation for this acquisition. The Company currently expects between $1.0 million and $2.0 million of the purchase price to be allocated to identifiable intangible assets other than goodwill in the final purchase price allocation. A preliminary purchase price allocation is currently expected to be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the quarterly period ending December 31, 2014. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented because the acquisition was not material to the Company’s results of operations.

 

*  *  *  *  *  *

 

F-28


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by us, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, and the                     listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,620   

FINRA filing fee

     15,500   

Listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *   
  

 

 

 

 

*  

To be updated.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors, and other corporate agents.

 

Prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and which will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

   

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

   

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to adopt amended and restated bylaws which will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws are expected to provide

 

II-1


Table of Contents

that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

 

Further, prior to the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are expected to be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and in indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and executive officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

We have obtained insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these directors and executive officers pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

The underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Since October 1, 2011, we made sales of the following unregistered securities:

 

   

We granted to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers options to purchase an aggregate of 7,940,520 shares of common stock under our 2008 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $1.10 to $17.51 per share.

 

   

We issued and sold to our directors, officers, employees, consultants, and other service providers an aggregate of 1,389,530 shares of our common stock under our 2008 Plan upon the exercise of options at exercise prices ranging from $0.06 to $11.29 per share.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
   

In November 2011, we sold an aggregate of 1,566,696 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $9.5743 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $15.0 million to a total of ten accredited investors.

 

   

In August 2012, we issued a warrant to purchase 20,889 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $9.5743 per share to one accredited investor in connection with an office lease agreement.

 

   

In January 2013, we sold an aggregate of 3,446,511 shares of our Series E convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $17.4089 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $60.0 million to a total of 23 accredited investors.

 

   

In August 2013, we granted a restricted stock award for an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock under our 2008 Plan to a member of our board of directors as compensation for services rendered as a director.

 

   

In April 2014, we sold an aggregate of 3,456,140 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $28.9340 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $100 million to a total of 33 accredited investors.

 

   

In May 2014, we granted a restricted stock award for an aggregate of 40,000 shares of common stock under our 2008 Plan to a member of our board of directors as compensation for services rendered as a director.

 

   

In October 2014, we issued 108,234 shares of our common stock to 21 accredited investors as part of the consideration for our acquisition of Ducksboard.

 

We believe these transactions were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about our company.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits.

 

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

 

All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or is presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus that is part of this registration statement.

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Francisco, State of California, on November 10, 2014.

 

NEW RELIC, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Lewis Cirne

  Lewis Cirne
  Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Lewis Cirne and Mark Sachleben, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of New Relic, Inc., and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Lewis Cirne

Lewis Cirne

  

Chief Executive Officer and

Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  November 10, 2014

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Mark Sachleben

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  November 10, 2014

/s/ Peter L.S. Currie

Peter L.S. Currie

   Director   November 10, 2014

/s/ Peter Fenton

Peter Fenton

   Director   November 10, 2014

/s/ Sarah Friar

Sarah Friar

   Director   November 10, 2014

/s/ Adam Messinger

Adam Messinger

   Director   November 10, 2014

/s/ Dan Scholnick

Dan Scholnick

   Director   November 10, 2014

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1*   

Form of Underwriting Agreement.

  3.1   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

  3.2   

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

  3.3   

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.

  3.4   

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant effective immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

  4.1*   

Form of common stock certificate of the Registrant.

  4.2   

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated as of April 17, 2014.

  4.3   

Warrant to Purchase Stock between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, dated as of September 2008.

  5.1*   

Opinion of Cooley LLP.

10.1*   

Form of Indemnity Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.

10.2   

2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and related form agreements.

10.3*   

2014 Equity Incentive Plan and related form agreements.

10.4*   

2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related form agreements.

10.5   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Chris Cook, dated as of June 14, 2011.

10.6   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Hilarie Koplow-McAdams, dated as of November 29, 2013.

10.7   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Patrick Moran, dated as of October 7, 2010.

10.8   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Mark Sachleben, dated as of February 4, 2008.

10.9*   

Offer Letter between the Registrant and Robin J. Schulman, dated as of November 20, 2013, as amended.

10.10   

Office Lease by and between the Registrant and 555 SW Oak, LLC, dated as of June 15, 2012, as amended.

10.11   

Office Lease by and between the Registrant and 188 Spear Street LLC, dated as of July 13, 2012, as amended.

21.1   

List of subsidiaries of Registrant.

23.1   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

23.2*   

Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1   

Power of Attorney (see page II-5 of this Registration Statement on Form S-1).

 

*  

To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEW RELIC, INC.

Mark Sachleben hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this company was New Relic Software, LLC and it was formed as a Delaware limited liability company on September 5, 2007; pursuant to a Certificate of Conversion filed on February 20, 2008, it converted to a Delaware corporation and changed its name to New Relic, Inc.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Financial Officer of New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is New Relic, Inc. (the “ Compan y ” or the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 79,961,092 shares, 55,000,000 shares of which shall be Common Stock (the “ Common Stock ”) and 24,961,092 shares of which shall be Preferred Stock (the “ Preferred Stock ”). The Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share and the Common Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.

B. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Company entitled to vote (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.


C. 7,028,000 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” (the “ Series A Preferred ”), 6,491,700 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series B Preferred Stock” (the “ Series B Preferred ”), 2,852,296 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” (the “ Series C Preferred ”), 1,642,585 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series D Preferred Stock” (the “ Series D Preferred ”), 3,446,511 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series E Preferred Stock” (the “ Series E Preferred ”) and 3,500,000 of the authorized shares of Preferred Stock are hereby designated “Series F Preferred Stock” (the “ Series F Preferred ”) (collectively the “ Series Preferred ”). For purposes hereof, “ Junior Series Preferred ” shall mean, collectively, the Series A Preferred, the Series B Preferred, the Series C Preferred and the Series D Preferred. For purposes hereof, “ Senior Series Preferred ” shall mean, together, the Series E Preferred and the Series F Preferred

D. The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Series Preferred are as follows:

 

  1. D IVIDEND R IGHTS .

a. Holders of Series Preferred, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), but only out of funds that are legally available therefor, cash dividends at the rate of 8% of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) per annum on each outstanding share of Series Preferred. Such dividends shall be payable pro rata and only when, as and if declared by the Board and shall be non-cumulative.

b. The “Original Issue Price” of the Series A Preferred shall be $0.50 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of the Series B Preferred shall be $1.2231 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of the Series C Preferred shall be $3.4861 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of the Series D Preferred shall be $9.5743 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof), the “Original Issue Price” of the Series E Preferred shall be $17.4089 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof) and the “Original Issue Price” of the Series F Preferred shall be $28.9340 (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the filing date hereof).

c. So long as any shares of Series Preferred are outstanding, the Company shall not pay or declare any dividend, whether in cash or property, or make any other

 

- 2 -


distribution on the Common Stock, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of Common Stock until all dividends as set forth in Section 1(a) above on the Series Preferred shall have been paid or declared and set apart, except for:

(i) acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company pursuant to agreements that permit the Company to repurchase such shares at cost (or the lesser of cost or fair market value) upon termination of services to the Company;

(ii) acquisitions of Common Stock in exercise of the Company’s right of first refusal to repurchase such shares as approved by the Board; or

(iii) distributions to holders of Common Stock in accordance with Sections 3 and 4.

d. In the event dividends are paid on any share of Common Stock, the Company shall pay an additional dividend on all outstanding shares of Series Preferred in a per share amount equal (on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis) to the amount paid or set aside for each share of Common Stock.

e. The provisions of Sections 1(c) and 1(d) shall not apply to a dividend payable solely in Common Stock to which the provisions of Section 5(f) hereof are applicable, or any repurchase of any outstanding securities of the Company that is approved by (i) the Board and (ii) the Series Preferred as may be required by this Certificate of Incorporation.

f. California Code Sections 502 and 503 shall not apply with respect to distributions on shares junior to the Series Preferred as they relate to repurchases of shares of Common Stock upon termination of employment or service as a consultant or director.

 

  2. V OTING R IGHTS .

a. General Rights. Each holder of shares of the Series Preferred shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could be converted (pursuant to Section 5 hereof) immediately after the close of business on the record date fixed for such meeting or the effective date of such written consent and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law, the Series Preferred shall vote together with the Common Stock at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders on an as-if-converted basis and not as a separate class, and may act by written consent in the same manner as the Common Stock.

b. Separate Vote of Series A Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) Alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series A Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

 

- 3 -


(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series A Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

c. Separate Vote of Series B Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) Alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series B Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series B Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock; or

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock.

d. Separate Vote of Series C Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series C Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) Alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

 

- 4 -


(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series C Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock; or

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

e. Separate Vote of Series D Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series D Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) Alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series D Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series D Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock; or

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

f. Separate Vote of Series E Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series E Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions (whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise):

(i) Alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

 

- 5 -


(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series E Preferred so as to affect them adversely in a manner different than other series or classes of stock;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock;

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock; or

(v) Any issuance or sale of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock other than the shares of Series E Preferred Stock that the Company is obligated to issue under that certain Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 9, 2013, by and among the Company and those persons and entities whose names are set forth on the Schedule of Purchasers thereto.

g. Separate Vote of Series F Preferred. For so long as any shares of Series F Preferred remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions, directly or indirectly (including through any subsidiary of the Company) whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) Alter or change the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series F Preferred so as to affect them adversely ; provided, however , that any designation or issuance, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series F Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, conversion, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new or existing class or series (that doesn’t otherwise adversely affect the Series F Preferred) shall not alone be deemed to affect the Series F Preferred adversely;

(ii) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series F Preferred so as to affect them adversely; provided, however , that any designation or issuance, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series F Preferred in right of

 

- 6 -


redemption, liquidation preference, conversion, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new or existing class or series (that doesn’t otherwise adversely affect the Series F Preferred) shall not alone be deemed to affect the Series F Preferred adversely;

(iii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock;

(iv) Any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series F Preferred Stock;

(v) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i) and (ii) hereof);

(vi) Any Liquidation Event, Acquisition or Asset Transfer, unless the consideration received by the holders of Series F Preferred Stock in connection therewith is at least equal to the amount payable with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock under Section 3 hereof;

(vii) Any amendment, alteration or change to the adjustment provisions set forth in Section 5(h) for Qualifying Dilutive Issuances (as defined therein) as such provisions relate to the Series F Preferred Stock; or

(viii) Any issuance or sale of any shares of Series F Preferred Stock other than (i) the shares of Series F Preferred Stock that the Company is obligated to issue under that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about April 14, 2014, by and among the Company and those persons and entities whose names are set forth on the Schedule of Purchasers thereto and (ii) up to 50,000 shares of Series F Preferred Stock or securities convertible or exercisable for Series F Preferred Stock (x) issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board or (y) issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities including technology or license transactions approved by the Board not primarily for capital raising purposes.

h. Separate Vote of Series Preferred. For so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Series Preferred (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or other similar event affecting the Series Preferred after the filing date hereof) remain outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred shall be necessary for effecting or validating the following actions, directly or indirectly (including through any subsidiary of the Company) whether by merger, recapitalization, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) Any amendment, alteration, or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company (including any filing of a Certificate of Designation), that alters or changes the voting or other powers, preferences, or other special rights, privileges or restrictions of the Series Preferred so as to affect them adversely;

 

- 7 -


(ii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock;

(iii) Any authorization or any designation, whether by reclassification or otherwise, of any new class or series of stock or any other securities convertible into equity securities of the Company ranking on a parity with or senior to the Series Preferred in right of redemption, liquidation preference, conversion, voting or dividend rights or any increase in the authorized or designated number of any such new or existing class or series;

(iv) Any redemption, repurchase, payment or declaration of dividends or other distributions with respect to Common Stock or Preferred Stock (except for acquisitions of Common Stock by the Company permitted by Section 1(c)(i) and (ii) hereof);

(v) Any agreement by the Company or its stockholders regarding an Asset Transfer or Acquisition (each as defined in Section 4 hereof);

(vi) Any voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company;

(vii) Any creation of, or ownership of capital stock in, any direct or indirect subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Company; or

(viii) Any increase or decrease in the authorized number of members of the Company’s Board.

i. Election of Board of Directors.

(i) For so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series A Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series A Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(ii) For so long as at least 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred remain outstanding (subject to adjustment for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar event affecting the Series B Preferred after the filing date hereof) the holders of Series B Preferred, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

 

- 8 -


(iii) The holders of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one member of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such director.

(iv) The holders of Common Stock and Series Preferred, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Company’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

(v) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the Company is subject to Section 2115 of the California General Corporation Law (“ CGCL ”). During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder desires. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

(vi) During such time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, one or more directors may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote for that director as provided above; provided, however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

 

  3. L IQUIDATION R IGHTS .

a. Upon any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”):

(i) Before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Junior Series Preferred or Common Stock, the holders of Senior Series Preferred

 

- 9 -


shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Senior Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Senior Series Preferred equal to the Original Issue Price for such share of Senior Series Preferred plus all of the declared and unpaid dividends on the Senior Series Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Senior Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a)(i), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Senior Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled with respect to such shares.

(ii) After payment of the full liquidation preference of the Senior Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a)(i) above, before any distribution or payment shall be made to the holders of any Common Stock, the holders of Junior Series Preferred shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company legally available for distribution for each share of Junior Series Preferred held by them, an amount per share of Junior Series Preferred equal to the applicable Original Issue Price plus all of the declared and unpaid dividends on the Junior Series Preferred. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make payment in full to all holders of Junior Series Preferred of the liquidation preference set forth in this Section 3(a)(ii), then such assets (or consideration) shall be distributed among the holders of Junior Series Preferred at the time outstanding, ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which they would otherwise be respectively entitled.

b. After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the Senior Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a)(i) above and the Junior Series Preferred as set forth in Section 3(a)(ii) above, the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution in such Liquidation Event (or the consideration received in such transaction), if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

c. The holders of a majority of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of the Liquidation Event, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may waive the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock under this Section 3 with respect to any Liquidation Event. The holders of a majority of the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock outstanding at the time of the Liquidation Event, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may waive the rights of the Series F Preferred Stock under this Section 3 with respect to any Liquidation Event. The holders of a majority of the shares of the Junior Series Preferred outstanding at the time of the Liquidation Event, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may waive the rights of the Junior Series Preferred under this Section 3 with respect to any Liquidation Event.

 

  4. A SSET T RANSFER OR A CQUISITION R IGHTS .

a. In the event that the Company is a party to an Acquisition or Asset Transfer (as hereinafter defined), then each holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled to receive, for each share of Series Preferred then held, out of the proceeds of such Acquisition or Asset Transfer, the greater of the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder

 

- 10 -


would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event pursuant to (i) Section 3(a) above or (ii) the amount of cash, securities or other property to which such holder would be entitled to receive in a Liquidation Event with respect to such shares if such shares had been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Acquisition or Asset Transfer; provided, however, that (x) the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series E Preferred outstanding at the time of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may waive the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock under this Section 4 with respect to any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, (y) the holders of a majority of the shares of the Series F Preferred outstanding at the time of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may waive the rights of the Series F Preferred Stock under this Section 4 with respect to any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, and (z) the holders of a majority of the shares of the Junior Series Preferred outstanding at the time of an Acquisition or Asset Transfer, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, may waive the rights of the Junior Series Preferred under this Section 4 with respect to any Acquisition or Asset Transfer.

b. For the purposes of this Section 4: (i) “ Acquisition ” shall mean (A) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other corporation or other entity or person, or any other corporate reorganization, other than any such consolidation, merger or reorganization in which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or reorganization, continue to hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving entity in substantially the same proportions (or, if the surviving entity is a wholly owned subsidiary, its parent) immediately after such consolidation, merger or reorganization; or (B) any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party in which in excess of 50% of the Company’s voting power is transferred; and (ii) “ Asset Transfer ” shall mean a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Company if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries.

c. In any Acquisition or Asset Transfer, if the consideration to be received is securities of a corporation or other property other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value as determined in good faith by the Board on the date such determination is made.

d. In the event of a Liquidation Event that is an Asset Transfer, if the Company does not effect a dissolution of the Company under the DGCL within 60 days after such Liquidation Event, then the Company shall send a written notice to each holder of Series Preferred no later than the 60th day after such Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of this Section 4 to require the redemption of such shares of Series Preferred, and unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred, voting together as a separate class on an as-if-converted basis, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preferred Stock, and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series F Preferred Stock request otherwise in a written instrument delivered to the Company, the Company shall use the consideration received by the Company for

 

- 11 -


such Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board), together with any other assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders (the Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 90th day after such Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Series Preferred at a price per share equal to the liquidation amounts contemplated by Section 3. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series Preferred, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Senior Series Preferred to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Senior Series Preferred to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Company has funds legally available therefor, and following the redemption of all shares of Senior Series Preferred, the Company shall redeem a pro rata portion of each holder’s shares of Junior Series Preferred to the fullest extent of such remaining Available Proceeds, based on the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares to be redeemed if the remaining Available Proceeds were sufficient to redeem all such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares of Junior Series Preferred to have been redeemed as soon as practicable after the Company has funds legally available therefor, in each case in compliance under the DGCL governing distributions to stockholders. Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Section 4, the Company shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business (“ Redemption Date ”).

(i) The Company shall send written notice of any redemption pursuant to this Subsection 4 (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Series Preferred as required by Section 4. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(ii) the number of shares held by the holder that the Company shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice (which number shall not be less than the number of shares the Company is then required to redeem);

(iii) the Redemption Date and the redemption price; and

(iv) that the holder is to surrender to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be redeemed.

(v) On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the redemption price for such shares shall

 

- 12 -


be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event less than all of the shares represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(vi) If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the redemption price payable upon redemption of the shares to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the redemption price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor. Any shares of Series Preferred that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.

 

  5. C ONVERSION R IGHTS .

The holders of the Series Preferred shall have the following rights with respect to the conversion of the Series Preferred into shares of Common Stock (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

a. Optional Conversion. Subject to and in compliance with the provisions of this Section 5, any shares of Series Preferred may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully-paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock. The number of shares of Common Stock to which a holder of Series Preferred shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable “ Series Preferred Conversion Rate ” then in effect for such series (determined as provided in Section 5(b)) by the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted.

b. Series Preferred Conversion Rate. The applicable conversion rate in effect at any time for conversion of the Series Preferred (each such rate shall be referred to as the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Rate” with respect to such series) shall be the quotient obtained by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price of such series of Series Preferred by the applicable “Series Preferred Conversion Price,” calculated as provided in Section 5(c).

c. Series Preferred Conversion Price. The conversion price for the Series A Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred, the conversion price for the Series B Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred, the conversion price for the Series C Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series C Preferred, the conversion price for the Series D Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series D Preferred, the conversion price for the Series E Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of the Series E Preferred and the conversion price for the Series F Preferred shall initially be the Original Issue Price of

 

- 13 -


the Series F Preferred (in each case with respect to a given series of Series Preferred, the “ Series Preferred Conversion Price ”). Such initial Series Preferred Conversion Price for each series of Series Preferred shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Section 5. All references to a Series Preferred Conversion Price herein shall mean the applicable Series Preferred Conversion Price as so adjusted.

d. Mechanics of Conversion. Each holder of Series Preferred who desires to convert the same into shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 5 shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred, and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that such holder elects to convert the same. Such notice shall state the number of shares of Series Preferred being converted. Thereupon, the Company shall promptly issue and deliver at such office to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled and shall promptly pay (i) in cash or, to the extent sufficient funds are not then legally available therefor, in Common Stock (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of such conversion), any declared and unpaid dividends on the shares of Series Preferred being converted and (ii) in cash (at the Common Stock’s fair market value determined by the Board as of the date of conversion) the value of any fractional share of Common Stock otherwise issuable to any holder of Series Preferred. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made at the close of business on the date of such surrender of the certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred to be converted, and the person entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Common Stock on such date.

e. Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If at any time or from time to time on or after the date that this Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “ Filing Date ”) the Company effects a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock without a corresponding subdivision of the Preferred Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased for each series of Series Preferred. Conversely, if at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date the Company combines the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares without a corresponding combination of the Preferred Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased for each series of Series Preferred. Any adjustment under this Section 5(e) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

- 14 -


f. Adjustment for Common Stock Dividends and Distributions. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Company pays to holders of Common Stock a dividend or other distribution in additional shares of Common Stock, the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance, as provided below:

(i) The Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction equal to:

(a) the numerator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance, and

(b) the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance plus the total number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

(ii) If the Company fixes a record date to determine which holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividend or other distribution, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be fixed as of the close of business on such record date and the number of shares of Common Stock shall be calculated immediately prior to the close of business on such record date; and

(iii) If such record date is fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5(f) to reflect the actual payment of such dividend or distribution.

g. Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange, Substitution, Reorganization, Merger or Consolidation. If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series Preferred is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock, whether by recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than an Acquisition or Asset Transfer as defined in Section 4 or a subdivision or combination of shares or stock dividend provided for elsewhere in this Section 5), in any such event each holder of Series Preferred shall then have the right to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other change by holders of the maximum number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Series Preferred could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein or with respect to such other securities or property by the terms thereof. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of Series Preferred after the recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise to the end that the provisions of this Section 5 (including adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

- 15 -


h. Sale of Shares Below Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(i) If at any time or from time to time on or after the Filing Date the Company issues or sells, or is deemed by the express provisions of this Section 5(h) to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined below), other than as provided in Section 5(e), 5(f) or 5(g) above, for an Effective Price (as defined below) less than the then effective Series Preferred Conversion Price for a series of Series Preferred (a “ Qualifying Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case, the then existing Series Preferred Conversion Price for such series shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issue or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the Series Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale by a fraction equal to:

(a) the numerator of which shall be (A) the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (B) the number of shares of Common Stock that the Aggregate Consideration (as defined below) received or deemed received by the Company for the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued would purchase at such then-existing Series Preferred Conversion Price, and

(b) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed outstanding (as determined below) immediately prior to such issue or sale plus the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued.

For the purposes of the preceding sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding, (B) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the then outstanding shares of Series Preferred could be converted if fully converted on the day immediately preceding the issuance of the Additional Shares, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all other rights, options, warrants and convertible securities outstanding on the day immediately preceding the given date.

(ii) No adjustment shall be made to the Series Preferred Conversion Price of any series of Series Preferred in an amount less than one cent per share. Any adjustment required by this Section 5(h) shall be rounded to the nearest $0.01 per share. Any adjustment otherwise required by this Section 5(h) that is not required to be made due to the preceding two sentences shall be included in any subsequent adjustment to the Series Preferred Conversion Price.

(iii) For the purpose of making any adjustment required under this Section 5(h), the aggregate consideration received by the Company for any issue or sale of securities (the “ Aggregate Consideration ”) shall be defined as: (A) to the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the gross amount of cash received by the Company before deduction of any underwriting or similar commissions, compensation or concessions paid or allowed by the Company in connection with such issue or sale and without deduction of any expenses payable by the Company, (B) to the extent it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value of that property as determined in good faith by the Board, and (C) if Additional Shares of

 

- 16 -


Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or rights or options to purchase either Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Company for a consideration that covers both, be computed as the portion of the consideration so received that may be reasonably determined in good faith by the Board to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or rights or options.

(iv) For the purpose of the adjustment required under this Section 5(h), if the Company issues or sells (x) Preferred Stock or other stock, options, warrants, purchase rights or other securities convertible or exchangeable into, Additional Shares of Common Stock (such convertible stock or securities being herein referred to as “ Convertible Securities ”) or (y) rights or options for the purchase of Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities and if the Effective Price of such Additional Shares of Common Stock is less than the Series Preferred Conversion Price of a series of Series Preferred, in each case the Company shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof and to have received as consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the total amount of the consideration, if any, received by the Company for the issuance of such rights or options or Convertible Securities plus:

(a) in the case of such rights or options, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the exercise of such rights or options; and

(b) in the case of Convertible Securities, the minimum amounts of consideration, if any, payable to the Company upon the conversion thereof (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities); provided that if the minimum amounts of such consideration cannot be ascertained, but are a function of antidilution or similar protective clauses, the Company shall be deemed to have received the minimum amounts of consideration without reference to such clauses.

(c) If the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of rights, options or Convertible Securities is reduced over time or on the occurrence or non-occurrence of specified events other than by reason of antidilution adjustments, the Effective Price shall be recalculated at the time of such change using the figure to which such minimum amount of consideration is reduced; provided further, that if the minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such rights, options or Convertible Securities is subsequently increased, the Effective Price shall be again recalculated using the increased minimum amount of consideration payable to the Company upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of such rights, options or Convertible Securities.

(d) No further adjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price, as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities, shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the

 

- 17 -


exercise of any such rights or options or the conversion or exchange of any such Convertible Securities. If any such rights or options or the conversion or exchange privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, the Series Preferred Conversion Price as adjusted upon the issuance of such rights, options or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had an adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such rights or options or rights of conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company for the granting of all such rights or options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted or exchanged, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Company (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, provided that such readjustment shall not apply to prior conversions of Series Preferred.

(v) For the purpose of making any adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series Preferred required under this Section 5(h), “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h) (including shares of Common Stock subsequently reacquired or retired by the Company), other than:

(a) shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series Preferred;

(b) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued after the Filing Date to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board;

(c) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the Filing Date;

(d) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition, strategic alliance or similar business combination approved by the Board;

(e) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including technology or license transactions approved by the Board not primarily for capital raising purposes; and

(f) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement or debt financing from a bank or similar financial institution approved by the Board.

 

- 18 -


References to Common Stock in the subsections of this clause (v) above shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued by the Company or deemed to be issued pursuant to this Section 5(h). The “ Effective Price ” of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall mean the quotient determined by dividing the total number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold, or deemed to have been issued or sold by the Company under this Section 5(h), into the Aggregate Consideration received, or deemed to have been received by the Company for such issue under this Section 5(h), for such Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event that the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock or the Effective Price cannot be ascertained at the time of issuance, such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed issued immediately upon the occurrence of the first event that makes such number of shares or the Effective Price, as applicable, ascertainable.

(vi) In the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance (the “ First Dilutive Issuance ”), then in the event that the Company issues or sells, or is deemed to have issued or sold, Additional Shares of Common Stock in a Qualifying Dilutive Issuance other than the First Dilutive Issuance as a part of the same transaction or series of related transactions as the First Dilutive Issuance (a “ Subsequent Dilutive Issuance ”), then and in each such case upon a Subsequent Dilutive Issuance the Series Preferred Conversion Price shall be reduced to the Series Preferred Conversion Price that would have been in effect had the First Dilutive Issuance and each Subsequent Dilutive Issuance all occurred on the closing date of the First Dilutive Issuance.

i. Certificate of Adjustment. In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Series Preferred Conversion Price for the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series Preferred, if the Series Preferred is then convertible pursuant to this Section 5, the Company, at its expense, shall compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the provisions hereof and shall, upon request, prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of Series Preferred so requesting at the holder’s address as shown in the Company’s books. The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or deemed to be received by the Company for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) the Series Preferred Conversion Price at the time in effect, (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and (iv) the type and amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series Preferred. Failure to request or provide such notice shall have no effect on any such adjustment.

j. Notices of Record Date. Upon (i) any taking by the Company of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, or (ii) any Acquisition (as defined in Section 4) or other capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification or recapitalization of the capital stock of the Company, any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into any other corporation, or any Asset Transfer (as defined in Section 4), or

 

- 19 -


any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, the Company shall mail to each holder of Series Preferred at least ten days prior to (x) the record date, if any, specified therein; or (y) if no record date is specified, the date upon which such action is to take effect (or, in either case, such shorter period approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series Preferred) a notice specifying (A) the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution and a description of such dividend or distribution, (B) the date on which any such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and (C) the date, if any, that is to be fixed as to when the holders of record of Common Stock (or other securities) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or other securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such Acquisition, reorganization, reclassification, transfer, consolidation, merger, Asset Transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding up.

k. Automatic Conversion.

(i) Each share of Series A Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time determined by the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $100,000,000. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(ii) Each share of Series B Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series B Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time determined by the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series B Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $100,000,000. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(iii) Each share of Series C Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series C Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time determined by the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series C Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $100,000,000. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

 

- 20 -


(iv) Each share of Series D Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series D Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time determined by the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series D Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $100,000,000. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(v) Each share of Series E Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series E Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time determined by the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series E Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $100,000,000. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(vi) Each share of Series F Preferred shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, based on the then-effective Series F Preferred Conversion Price, (A) at any time determined by the affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Series F Preferred, or (B) immediately upon the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering (and listing on a United States national securities exchange) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock for the account of the Company in which the gross cash proceeds to the Company (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $100,000,000. Upon such automatic conversion, any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

(vii) Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 5(k)(i), Section 5(k)(ii), Section 5(k)(iii), Section 5(k)(iv), Section 5(k)(v) and/or Section 5(k)(vi) above, the outstanding applicable shares of Series Preferred shall be converted automatically without any further action by the holders of such shares and whether or not the certificates representing such shares are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates evidencing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion unless the certificates evidencing such shares of Series Preferred are either delivered to the Company or its transfer agent as provided below, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificates have been

 

- 21 -


lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates. Upon the occurrence of such automatic conversion of the applicable Series Preferred, the holders of Series Preferred shall surrender the certificates representing such shares at the office of the Company or any transfer agent for the Series Preferred. Thereupon, there shall be issued and delivered to such holder promptly at such office and in its name as shown on such surrendered certificate or certificates, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred surrendered were convertible on the date on which such automatic conversion occurred, and any declared and unpaid dividends shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(d).

l. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series Preferred. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series Preferred by a holder thereof shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after the aforementioned aggregation, the conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuing any fractional share, pay cash equal to the product of such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock (as determined by the Board) on the date of conversion.

m. Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Series Preferred, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Series Preferred. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred, the Company will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

n. Notices. Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 5 shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (i) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (iii) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (iv) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with verification of receipt. All notices shall be addressed to each holder of record at the address of such holder appearing on the books of the Company.

o. Payment of Taxes. The Company will pay all taxes (other than taxes based upon income) and other governmental charges that may be imposed with respect to the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred, excluding any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred so converted were registered.

 

- 22 -


  6. R EDEMPTION

The Company shall not be obligated to redeem the Series Preferred.

 

  7. N O R EISSUANCE O F S ERIES P REFERRED .

No share or shares of Series Preferred acquired by the Company by reason of redemption, purchase, conversion or otherwise shall be reissued.

V.

A. The liability of the directors of the Company for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. The Company is authorized to provide indemnification of agents (as defined in Section 317 of the CGCL) for breach of duty to the Company and its stockholders through Bylaw provisions or through agreements with the agents, or through stockholder resolutions, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification otherwise permitted by Section 317 of the CGCL, subject, at any time or times that the Company is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, to the limits on such excess indemnification set forth in Section 204 of the CGCL.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article V shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Article V in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act giving rise to liability.

D. In the event that a member of the Board of Directors of the Company who is also a partner or employee of an entity that is a holder of Preferred Stock and that is in the business of investing and reinvesting in other entities, or an employee of an entity that manages such an entity (each, a “ Fund ”) acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other matter in such individual’s capacity as a partner or employee of the Fund or the manager or general partner of the Fund (and other than directly in connection with such individual’s service as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company) and that may be an opportunity of interest for both the Company and such Fund (a “ Corporate Opportunity ”), then the Company (i) renounces any expectancy that such director or Fund offer an opportunity to participate in such Corporate Opportunity to the Company and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by law, waives any claim that such opportunity constituted a Corporate Opportunity that should have been presented by such director or Fund to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that such director acts in good faith.

VI.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, subject to the limitations set forth herein, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed by the Board in the manner provided in the Bylaws, subject to any restrictions that may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation.

 

- 23 -


B. The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation. The stockholders shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company, subject to any restrictions which may be set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation; provided however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock (voting together as a single class and on an as-if-converted basis) of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the Company.

C. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

- 24 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , N EW R ELIC , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its Chief Financial Officer this 14 th day of April, 2014.

 

N EW R ELIC , I NC .

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Mark Sachleben
Chief Financial Officer

[Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation]

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

NEW RELIC, INC.

L EWIS C IRNE hereby certifies that:

ONE: The original name of this corporation is New Relic, Inc. and the date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 20, 2008.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting Chief Executive Officer of New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this corporation is New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19801, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

III.

The purpose of the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares that the Company is authorized to issue is 110,000,000 shares. 100,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of $0.001. 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of $0.001.

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

 

1


C. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

D. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. Board of Directors.

1. Generally. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

2. Board of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

3. Removal of Directors. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, any

 

2


individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

4. Vacancies. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

B. Stockholder Actions. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

C. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

 

3


D. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company or any director or officer or other employee of the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

VII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, and VII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of this corporation.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of this corporation.

N EW R ELIC , I NC . has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer on             , 2014.

 

New Relic, Inc.

    

Lewis Cirne
Chief Executive Officer

 

4

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

NEW RELIC, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

NEW RELIC, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of

 

1.


stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such

 

2.


beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

(d) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

(f) For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption), and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix.

 

3.


At any time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the California General Corporation Law (“CGCL”), stockholders holding five percent or more of the outstanding shares shall have the right to call a special meeting of stockholders as set forth in Section 18(b) herein.

(b) If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than 35 nor more than 120 days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of

 

4.


enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but

 

5.


the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

(b) Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

(c) Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action that is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate

 

6.


filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

(d) A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to

 

7.


the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters that are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient.

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Term of Directors.

(a) Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

(b) No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled, unless, at the time of such election, the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL. During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, every stockholder entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate such stockholder’s votes and give one candidate a number of votes equal to the number of directors to be elected multiplied by the number of votes to which such stockholder’s shares are otherwise entitled, or distribute the stockholder’s votes on the same principle among as many candidates as such stockholder thinks fit. No stockholder, however, shall be entitled to so cumulate such stockholder’s votes unless (i) the names of such candidate or candidates have been placed in nomination prior to the voting and (ii) the stockholder has given notice at the meeting, prior to the voting, of such stockholder’s intention to cumulate such stockholder’s votes. If any stockholder has given proper notice to cumulate votes, all stockholders may cumulate their votes for any candidates who have been properly placed in nomination. Under cumulative voting, the candidates receiving the highest number of votes, up to the number of directors to be elected, are elected.

 

8.


Section 18. Vacancies.

(a) Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, provided , however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

(b) At any time or times that the corporation is subject to §2115(b) of the CGCL, if, after the filling of any vacancy, the directors then in office who have been elected by stockholders shall constitute less than a majority of the directors then in office, then

(i) any holder or holders of an aggregate of five percent or more of the total number of shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for those directors may call a special meeting of stockholders; or

(ii) the Superior Court of the proper county shall, upon application of such stockholder or stockholders, summarily order a special meeting of the stockholders, to be held to elect the entire board, all in accordance with Section 305(c) of the CGCL, the term of office of any director shall terminate upon that election of a successor.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

9.


Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law, the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

(b) During such time or times that the corporation is subject to Section 2115(b) of the CGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such removal; provided , however , that unless the entire Board is removed, no individual director may be removed when the votes cast against such director’s removal, or not consenting in writing to such removal, would be sufficient to elect that director if voted cumulatively at an election at which the same total number of votes were cast (or, if such action is taken by written consent, all shares entitled to vote were voted) and the entire number of directors authorized at the time of such director’s most recent election were then being elected.

Section 21. Meetings

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware that has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US

 

10.


mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided , however , at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

11.


Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place that has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any

 

12.


business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller, all of whom shall be elected at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

 

13.


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to

 

14.


whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING

OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a

 

15.


certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 36. Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) No holder of any of the shares of stock of the corporation may sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any of the shares of stock of the corporation or any right or interest therein, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or by gift or otherwise (each, a “Transfer”) without the prior written consent of the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors. The corporation may withhold consent for any legitimate corporate purpose, as determined by the Board of Directors. Examples of the basis for the corporation to withhold its consent include, without limitation, (i) if such Transfer to individuals, companies or any other form of entity identified by the corporation as a potential competitor or considered by the corporation to be unfriendly; or (ii) if such Transfer increases the risk of the corporation having a class of security held of record by two thousand (2,000) or more persons, or five hundred (500) or more persons who are not accredited investors (as such term is defined by the SEC), as described in Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act and any related regulations, or otherwise requiring the corporation to register any class of securities under the 1934 Act; or (iii) if such Transfer would result in the loss of any federal or state securities law exemption relied upon by the corporation in connection with the initial issuance of such shares or the issuance of any other securities; or (iv) if such Transfer is facilitated in any manner by any public posting, message board, trading portal, internet site, or similar method of communication, including without limitation any trading portal or internet site intended to facilitate secondary transfers of securities; or (v) if such Transfer is to be effected in a brokered transaction; or (vi) if such Transfer represents a Transfer of less than all of the shares then held by the stockholder and its affiliates or is to be made to more than a single transferee. In addition, the corporation may condition consent on the payment of a transfer fee reasonably designed to approximate the costs incurred by the corporation in processing the transfer.

(b) If a stockholder desires to Transfer any shares, then the stockholder shall first give written notice thereof to the corporation. The notice shall name the proposed transferee and state the number of shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed transfer. Any shares proposed to be transferred to which Transfer the corporation has consented pursuant to Section 36(a) will first be subject to the corporation’s right of first refusal located in Section 46 hereof.

(c) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of shares not made in strict compliance with this Section 36 shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the corporation and shall not be recognized by the corporation.

(d) The foregoing restriction on Transfer shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(e) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing Transfer restrictions are in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A TRANSFER RESTRICTION, AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

16.


Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal

 

17.


impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided , however , that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

18.


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided , however , that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and officers; and, provided , further , that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no. further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct,

 

19.


by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

20.


(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(2) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(3) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger that, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(4) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

21.


(5) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation that imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 44. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any

 

22.


action or meeting that shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Section 46. Right of First Refusal. No stockholder shall Transfer any of the shares of stock of the corporation, except by a Transfer which meets the requirements set forth in Section 36 and below:

(a) If the stockholder desires to Transfer any of his shares of stock, then the stockholder shall first give the notice specified in Section 36(b) hereof and comply with the provisions therein.

(b) For 30 days following receipt of such notice, the corporation shall have the option to purchase all of the shares specified in the notice at the price and upon the terms set forth in such notice; provided, however, that, with the consent of the stockholder, the corporation shall have the option to purchase a lesser portion of the shares specified in said notice at the price and upon the terms set forth therein. In the event of a gift, property settlement or other Transfer in which the proposed transferee is not paying the full price for the shares, and that is not otherwise exempted from the provisions of this Section 46, the price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the stock at such time as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the event the corporation elects to purchase all of the shares or, with consent of the stockholder, a lesser portion of the shares, it shall give written notice to the transferring stockholder of its election and settlement for said shares shall be made as provided below in paragraph (d).

(c) The corporation may assign its rights hereunder.

(d) In the event the corporation and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the shares of the transferring stockholder as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice, the Secretary of the corporation shall so notify the transferring stockholder and settlement thereof shall be made in cash within 30 days after the Secretary of the corporation receives said transferring stockholder’s notice; provided that if the terms of payment set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice were other than cash against delivery, the corporation and/or its assignee(s) shall pay for said shares on the same terms and conditions set forth in said transferring stockholder’s notice.

(e) In the event the corporation and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the shares specified in the transferring stockholder’s notice, said transferring stockholder may, subject to the corporation’s approval and all other restrictions on Transfer located in Section 36 hereof, within the sixty-day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the corporation and/or its assignees(s) herein, Transfer the shares specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice which were not acquired by the corporation and/or its assignees(s) as specified in said transferring stockholder’s notice. All shares so sold by said transferring stockholder shall continue to be subject to the provisions of this bylaw in the same manner as before said Transfer.

 

23.


(f) Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, the following transactions shall be exempt from the right of first refusal in Section 46(a):

(1) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all shares held either during such stockholder’s lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to such stockholder’s immediate family or to any custodian or trustee for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family or to any limited partnership of which the stockholder, members of such stockholder’s immediate family or any trust for the account of such stockholder or such stockholder’s immediate family will be the general or limited partner(s) of such partnership. “Immediate family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant, father, mother, brother, or sister of the stockholder making such Transfer;

(2) A stockholder’s bona fide pledge or mortgage of any shares with a commercial lending institution, provided that any subsequent Transfer of said shares by said institution shall be conducted in the manner set forth in this bylaw;

(3) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to the corporation or to any other stockholder of the corporation;

(4) A stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of such stockholder’s shares to a person who, at the time of such Transfer, is an officer or director of the corporation;

(5) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of any merger, consolidation, reclassification of shares or capital reorganization of the corporate stockholder, or pursuant to a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of a corporate stockholder;

(6) A corporate stockholder’s Transfer of any or all of its shares to any or all of its stockholders; or

(7) A Transfer by a stockholder which is a limited or general partnership to any or all of its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests.

In any such case, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient shall receive and hold such stock subject to the provisions of this Section 46 and the transfer restrictions in Section 36, and there shall be no further Transfer of such stock except in accord with this bylaw and the transfer restrictions in Section 36.

(g) The provisions of this bylaw may be waived with respect to any Transfer either by the corporation, upon duly authorized action of its Board of Directors, or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation (excluding the votes represented by those shares to be transferred by the transferring stockholder). This bylaw may be amended or repealed either by a duly authorized action of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders, upon the express written consent of the owners of a majority of the voting power of the corporation.

(h) Any Transfer, or purported Transfer, of securities of the corporation shall be null and void unless the terms, conditions, and provisions of this bylaw are strictly observed and followed.

(i) The foregoing right of first refusal shall terminate upon the date securities of the corporation are first offered to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(j) The certificates representing shares of stock of the corporation shall bear on their face the following legend so long as the foregoing right of first refusal remains in effect:

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS PROVIDED IN THE BYLAWS OF THE CORPORATION.”

 

24.


ARTICLE XV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

             Section 47. Loans to Officers. Except as otherwise prohibited under applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XVI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 48. Annual Report.

(a) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (b) of this Bylaw, the Board of Directors shall cause an annual report to be sent to each stockholder of the corporation not later than 120 days after the close of the corporation’s fiscal year. Such report shall include a balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal year and an income statement and statement of changes in financial position for such fiscal year, accompanied by any report thereon of independent accountants or, if there is no such report, the certificate of an authorized officer of the corporation that such statements were prepared without audit from the books and records of the corporation. When there are more than 100 stockholders of record of the corporation’s shares, as determined by Section 605 of the CGCL, additional information as required by Section 1501(b) of the CGCL shall also be contained in such report, provided that if the corporation has a class of securities registered under Section 12 of the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act shall take precedence. Such report shall be sent to stockholders at least 15 days prior to the next annual meeting of stockholders after the end of the fiscal year to which it relates.

(b) If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the corporation’s shares, the requirement of, sending of an annual report to the stockholders of the corporation is hereby expressly waived.

 

25.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

         P AGE  

Article I

  OFFICES      1   

Section 1.

 

Registered Office

     1   

Section 2.

 

Other Offices

     1   

Article II

  CORPORATE SEAL      1   

Section 3.

 

Corporate Seal

     1   

Article III

  STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1   

Section 4.

 

Place of Meetings

     1   

Section 5.

 

Annual Meeting

     1   

Section 6.

 

Special Meetings

     3   

Section 7.

 

Notice of Meetings

     4   

Section 8.

 

Quorum

     4   

Section 9.

 

Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings

     5   

Section 10.

 

Voting Rights

     5   

Section 11.

 

Joint Owners of Stock

     5   

Section 12.

 

List of Stockholders

     6   

Section 13.

 

Action Without Meeting

     6   

Section 14.

 

Organization

     7   

Article IV

  DIRECTORS      8   

Section 15.

 

Number and Term of Office

     8   

Section 16.

 

Powers

     8   

Section 17.

 

Term of Directors

     8   

Section 18.

 

Vacancies

     9   

Section 19.

 

Resignation

     9   

Section 20.

 

Removal

     10   

Section 21.

 

Meetings

     10   

Section 22.

 

Quorum and Voting

     11   

Section 23.

 

Action Without Meeting

     11   

Section 24.

 

Fees and Compensation

     11   

Section 25.

 

Committees

     12   

Section 26.

 

Organization

     13   

Article V

  OFFICERS      13   

Section 27.

 

Officers Designated

     13   

Section 28.

 

Tenure and Duties of Officers

     13   

Section 29.

 

Delegation of Authority

     14   

 

i.


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

(CONTINUED)

          P AGE  

Section 30.

  

Resignations

     14   

Section 31.

  

Removal

     15   

Article VI

   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      15   

Section 32.

  

Execution of Corporate Instruments

     15   

Section 33.

  

Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation

     15   

Article VII

   SHARES OF STOCK      15   

Section 34.

  

Form and Execution of Certificates

     15   

Section 35.

  

Lost Certificates

     16   

Section 36.

  

Restrictions on Transfer

     16   

Section 37.

  

Fixing Record Dates

     17   

Section 38.

  

Registered Stockholders

     17   

Article VIII

   OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      17   

Section 39.

  

Execution of Other Securities

     17   

Article IX

   DIVIDENDS      18   

Section 40.

  

Declaration of Dividends

     18   

Section 41.

  

Dividend Reserve

     18   

Article X

   FISCAL YEAR      18   

Section 42.

  

Fiscal Year

     18   

Article XI

   INDEMNIFICATION      19   

Section 43.

  

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     19   

Article XII

   NOTICES      22   

Section 44.

  

Notices

     22   

Article XIII

   AMENDMENTS      23   

Section 45.

  

Amendments

     23   

Article XIV

   RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      23   

Section 46.

  

Right of First Refusal

     23   

Article XV

   LOANS TO OFFICERS      25   

Section 47.

  

Loans to Officers

     25   

Article XVI

   MISCELLANEOUS      25   

Section 48.

  

Annual Report

     25   

 

ii.

Exhibit 3.4

T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

 

         P AGE  
ARTICLE I   OFFICES      1   

Section 1.

  Registered Office      1   

Section 2.

  Other Offices      1   
ARTICLE II   CORPORATE SEAL      1   

Section 3.

  Corporate Seal      1   
ARTICLE III   STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS      1   

Section 4.

  Place of Meetings      1   

Section 5.

  Annual Meetings      1   

Section 6.

  Special Meetings      4   

Section 7.

  Notice of Meetings      5   

Section 8.

  Quorum      6   

Section 9.

  Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings      6   

Section 10.

  Voting Rights      6   

Section 11.

  Joint Owners of Stock      6   

Section 12.

  List of Stockholders      7   

Section 13.

  Action Without Meeting      7   

Section 14.

  Organization      7   
ARTICLE IV   DIRECTORS      8   

Section 15.

  Number and Term of Office      8   

Section 16.

  Powers      8   

Section 17.

  Classes of Directors      8   

Section 18.

  Vacancies      8   

Section 19.

  Resignation      8   

Section 20.

  Removal      9   

Section 21.

  Meetings      9   

Section 22.

  Quorum and Voting      10   

Section 23.

  Action Without Meeting      10   

Section 24.

  Fees and Compensation      10   

Section 25.

  Committees      10   

Section 26.

  Lead Independent Director      11   

Section 27.

  Organization      11   
ARTICLE V   OFFICERS      12   

Section 28.

  Officers Designated      12   

Section 29.

  Tenure and Duties Of Officers      12   

Section 30.

  Delegation of Authority      13   

 

i


T ABLE O F C ONTENTS

C ONTINUED

 

         P AGE  

Section 31.

  Resignations      13   

Section 32.

  Removal      14   
ARTICLE VI   EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION      14   

Section 33.

  Execution of Corporate Instruments      14   

Section 34.

  Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation      14   
ARTICLE VII   SHARES OF STOCK      14   

Section 35.

  Form and Execution of Certificates      14   

Section 36.

  Lost Certificates      14   

Section 37.

  Transfers      15   

Section 38.

  Fixing Record Dates      15   

Section 39.

  Registered Stockholders      15   
ARTICLE VIII   OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION      16   

Section 40.

  Execution of Other Securities      16   
ARTICLE IX   DIVIDENDS      16   

Section 41.

  Declaration of Dividends      16   

Section 42.

  Dividend Reserve      16   
ARTICLE X   FISCAL YEAR      16   

Section 43.

  Fiscal Year      16   
ARTICLE XI   INDEMNIFICATION      17   

Section 44.

  Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents      17   
ARTICLE XII   NOTICES      19   

Section 45.

  Notices      19   
ARTICLE XIII   AMENDMENTS      20   

Section 46.

  Amendments      20   

 

ii


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

NEW RELIC, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures

 

1


set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 90 th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day

 

2


prior to such annual meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous 12-month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial: (w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation, (x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation, (y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or (z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation, which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and

 

3


supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least 10 days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however , that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

(i) “affiliates” and “associates” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”); and

(ii) “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

Section 6. Special Meetings .

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairman of the Board

 

4


of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90 th day prior to such meeting or the 10 th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however , that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

5


Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same

 

6


fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting. No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

7


ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the initial classification of the Board of Directors, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following such initial classification, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be

 

8


effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the time of delivery to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least 24 hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

9


(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 44, for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of

 

10


Directors shall consist of one or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Lead Independent Director. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Chairman is not an independent director, one of the independent directors, may be designated by the Board of Directors as lead independent director to serve until replaced by the Board of Directors (“ Lead Independent Director ”). The Lead Independent Director will: with the Chairman of the Board of Directors, establish the agenda for regular Board meetings and serve as chairman of Board of Directors meetings in the absence of the Chairman of the Board of Directors; establish the agenda for meetings of the independent directors; coordinate with the committee chairs regarding meeting agendas and informational requirements; preside over meetings of the independent directors; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the evaluation or compensation of the Chief Executive Officer is presented or discussed; preside over any portions of meetings of the Board of Directors at which the performance of the Board of Directors is presented or discussed; and perform such other duties as may be established or delegated by the Chairman of the Board of Directors .

Section 27. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the Lead Independent Director, or if the

 

11


Lead Independent Director is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if the Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer or director directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Lead Independent Director has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Lead Independent Director, or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is

 

12


vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

13


Section 32. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

Section 34. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form and Execution of Certificates. The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by certificate in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be

 

14


lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

15


ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 35), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however , that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

16


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and Executive Officers. The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however , that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further , that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person (except executive officers) as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however , that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this sentence shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

17


(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Section 44 shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 44 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within 90 days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Section 44 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Section 44 or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each

 

18


director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

(iv) References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

19


(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice to Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

20

Exhibit 4.2

NEW RELIC, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT


Table of Contents

 

          Page  

SECTION 1.

  

GENERAL

     1   

1.1

  

Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement

     1   

1.2

  

Definitions

     2   

SECTION 2.

  

REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

     4   

2.1

  

Restrictions on Transfer

     4   

2.2

  

Demand Registration

     5   

2.3

  

Piggyback Registrations

     7   

2.4

  

Form S-3 Registration

     8   

2.5

  

Expenses of Registration

     9   

2.6

  

Obligations of the Company

     10   

2.7

  

Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information

     12   

2.8

  

Indemnification

     12   

2.9

  

Assignment of Registration Rights

     14   

2.10

  

Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights

     15   

2.11

  

“Market Stand-Off” Agreement

     15   

2.12

  

Agreement to Furnish Information

     15   

2.13

  

Reporting

     16   

2.14

  

Termination of Registration Rights

     16   

SECTION 3.

  

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

     17   

3.1

  

Basic Financial Information and Reporting

     17   

3.2

  

Inspection Rights

     18   

3.3

  

Confidentiality of Records

     18   

3.4

  

Reservation of Common Stock

     18   

3.5

  

Stock Vesting

     18   

3.6

  

Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement

     19   

3.7

  

Directors’ Liability and Indemnification

     19   

3.8

  

Qualified Small Business

     19   

3.9

  

Visitation Rights

     19   

3.10

  

Termination of Covenants

     19   

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page  

SECTION 4.

  

RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

     19   

4.1

  

Subsequent Offerings

     19   

4.2

  

Exercise of Rights

     20   

4.3

  

Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons

     20   

4.4

  

Sale Without Notice

     21   

4.5

  

Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal

     21   

4.6

  

Assignment of Rights of First Refusal

     21   

4.7

  

Excluded Securities

     21   

SECTION 5.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

     22   

5.1

  

Governing Law

     22   

5.2

  

Successors and Assigns

     22   

5.3

  

Entire Agreement

     23   

5.4

  

Severability

     23   

5.5

  

Amendment and Waiver

     23   

5.6

  

Delays or Omissions

     23   

5.7

  

Notices

     24   

5.8

  

Attorneys’ Fees

     24   

5.9

  

Titles and Subtitles

     24   

5.10

  

Additional Investors

     24   

5.11

  

Counterparts

     24   

5.12

  

Aggregation of Stock

     24   

5.13

  

Pronouns

     25   

5.14

  

Termination

     25   

5.15

  

Arbitration

     25   

 

-ii-


NEW RELIC, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 17 th day of April, 2014, by and among N EW R ELIC , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the investors listed on E XHIBIT A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .”

RECITALS

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Stock ”) pursuant to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) of even date herewith (the “ Financing ”);

W HEREAS , the obligations in the Purchase Agreement are conditioned upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

W HEREAS , certain of the Investors (the “ Prior Investors ”) are holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”), Series C Preferred Stock (the “ Series C Stock ”), Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D Stock ”) and/or Series E Preferred Stock (the “ Series E Stock ”);

W HEREAS , the Prior Investors and the Company are parties to an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of January 9, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”);

W HEREAS , the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement and accept the rights and covenants hereof in lieu of their rights and covenants under the Prior Agreement; and

W HEREAS , in connection with the consummation of the Financing, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement in order to grant registration, information rights and other rights as set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Amendment and Restatement of Prior Agreement . The Prior Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety and restated herein. Such amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by (i) the Company, (ii) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and (iii) the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement that are held by Major Investors (as defined in the Prior Agreement). Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect, including, without limitation, all rights of first refusal and any notice period associated therewith otherwise applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

 

1.


1.2 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Affiliate” means with respect to a Holder that is a limited liability company, a limited partnership or a registered investment company, an entity that is a nominee for a limited liability company, limited partnership, or registered investment company, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company, investment adviser or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member, general partner or management company or investment adviser.

(b) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(c) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(d) “Holder” means any person owning of record Registrable Securities that have not been sold to the public or any assignee of record of such Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

(e) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(f) “Insight” means Insight Venture Partners VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Cayman) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners VII (Co-Investors), L.P., Insight Venture Partners (Delaware) VII, L.P., Insight Venture Partners Coinvestment Fund II, L.P., Insight Venture Management, LLC or any Affiliate of any of the aforementioned parties.

(g) “ Major Investor means (i) an Investor (with its Affiliates), for so long as such Investor owns not less than 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like) (ii) DAG Ventures V, L.P., for so long as DAG Ventures V, L.P. (with its Affiliates) owns not less than 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like), (iii) Four Rivers Partners II, L.P. for so long as Four Rivers Partners II, L.P. owns not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like), (iv) Insight for so long as Insight owns not less than 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like); (v) certain funds and accounts advised by T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. (“ TRP ” and such funds and accounts, the “ TRP Entities ”) for so long as such funds and advisory accounts own in the aggregate not less than 300,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like); (vi) any Investor that is a fund or account managed by Passport Capital, LLC or its Affiliates (collectively, “ Passport ”) for so long as Passport (collectively with its Affiliates) owns not less than 160,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like); (vii) Dragoneer Global Fund, L.P. for so long as Dragoneer

 

2.


Global Fund, L.P. owns not less than 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like); (viii) Alpha Opportunities Fund, Alpha Opportunities Trust, Anchor Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio, Global Multi-Strategy Fund, Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund, Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund, Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund, J. Caird Investors (Bermuda) L.P., J. Caird Partners, L.P., Mid Cap Growth Portfolio, Mid Cap Stock Fund, Mid Cap Stock Trust, Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P., Quissett Partners, L.P., The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund and The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund (collectively, the “ Wellington Investors ”, for so long as the Wellington Investors own in the aggregate not less than 150,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like); (ix) any Investor that is a fund or account managed by BlackRock Advisors, LLC or its Affiliates (collectively, “ BlackRock ”) for so long as Blackrock (collectively with its Affiliates) owns not less than 150,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like); and (x) any Investor that is a fund or account managed by Fidelity Management & Research Company or its Affiliates (collectively, “ Fidelity ”) for so long as Fidelity (collectively with its Affiliates) owns not less than 150,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like).

(h) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(i) “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares and (b) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, such above-described securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144 or (ii) sold in a private transaction in which the transferor’s rights under Section 2 of this Agreement are not assigned.

(j) “Registrable Securities then outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities.

(k) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements not to exceed $25,000 of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company, which shall be paid in any event by the Company).

(l) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(m) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3.


(n) Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale.

(o) “Shares” shall mean shares of the Series A Stock, Series B Stock, Series C Stock, Series D Stock and Series E outstanding as of the date of this Agreement and shares of the Series F Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement held from time to time by the Investors listed on E XHIBIT A hereto and their permitted assigns and the Series A Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and the Series D Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.

(p) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered.

(q) “Warrants” shall mean those certain warrants to purchase Series A Stock held by Silicon Valley Bank dated September 30, 2008.

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee pursuant to Rule 144 to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction or opinion of counsel shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) a partnership transferring to its partners or former partners in accordance with partnership interests, (B) a corporation transferring to a wholly-owned subsidiary or a parent corporation that owns all of the capital stock of the Holder, (C) a limited liability company transferring to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; (E)

 

4.


transferring to any other Affiliate or (F) transferring to another original Holder provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if he were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal or an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company.

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least 50% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding for an aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, equal to or greater than $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within 30 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible, the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

 

5.


(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities) then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company (held by the Company or otherwise) are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) the earlier of (A) the fifth anniversary of the date of this Agreement or (B) prior to the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.11 following the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to the Initial Offering (or such longer period as may be determined pursuant to Section 2.11 hereof);

(iv) if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from Initiating Holders pursuant to Section 2.2(a), the Company gives notice to the Holders of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement for its Initial Offering within 90 days;

(v) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating

 

6.


that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12 month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such period (other than a Special Registration Statement);

(vi) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4 below; or

(vii) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least 15 days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within 15 days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Holders on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders; and third, to any stockholder of the Company (other than a Holder) on a pro rata basis so long as the number of Registrable Securities held by the holders is not reduced; provided, however, that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the registration below 30% of the total amount of

 

7.


securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Holders may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares that may be included by Holders without the written consent of Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, corporation or venture capital fund, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members, stockholders and affiliated venture capital funds of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5 hereof.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from Holders of at least 30% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable, effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders, or

 

8.


(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $2,000,000, or

(iii) if within 30 days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within 90 days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any 12 month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for the account of itself or any other stockholder during such period (other than a Special Registration Statement), or

(v) if the Company has, within the 12 month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses, except Selling Expenses, incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered and sold. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be

 

9.


forfeited by all Holders). If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested and not previously withdrawn or excluded. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(ii) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 30 days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed 60 days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for an additional consecutive 60 days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall (i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their best efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

 

10.


(c) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(d) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(g) Use its reasonable efforts to furnish, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated as of such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and (ii) a letter, dated as of such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering addressed to the underwriters.

(h) Make generally available to its security holders, and to deliver to the Holders an earnings statement of the Company (that will satisfy the provisions of Section 1 1 (a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of twelve months beginning after the effective date of the registration statement (as defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act) as soon as is reasonably practicable after the termination of such twelve month period and upon the request of a Holder.

 

11.


2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, officers and directors of each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any other federal or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other federal or state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them as incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

 

12.


(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, member, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, Exchange Act or other federal or state securities law (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, member, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder, as incurred, in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity and/or contribution under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party

 

13.


within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact or other violation relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any indemnity and/or contribution by a Holder hereunder, when combined with any amounts paid by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

2.9 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2 may be assigned by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of Registrable Securities (for so long as such shares remain Registrable Securities) that (a) is a subsidiary, parent, general partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member of other Affiliate of a Holder that is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, (b) is a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder, (c) acquires at least 100,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for stock splits and combinations), (d) is an entity affiliated by common control (or other related entity, including affiliated venture capital funds) with such Holder, (e) acquires all of such Holder’s Registrable

 

14.


Securities or (f) is a fund or account advised by a Holder that is an investment adviser provided, however, (i) the transferor shall, within ten days after such transfer, furnish to the Company written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned and (ii) such transferee shall agree to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement.

2.10 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders without obtaining the consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities.

2.11 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided, that, with respect to the above, (i) all officers and directors of the Company and holders of at least 1% of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements and (ii) if securities are released early from such agreement, then an equal proportion of the shares held by each of the Holders will also be released pro rata based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, unless this provision is waived by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities; provided, that no such waiver shall be permitted with respect to any particular release if such release includes any shares held by an Investor. The obligations described in this Section 2.11 shall only apply to the Initial Offering, shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future.

2.12 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten days of such request, such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as may be reasonably required and reasonably requested by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.11 and this Section 2.12 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the restriction set forth in Section 2.11 until the end of said 180-day (or

 

15.


other) period as set forth in Section 2.11. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.11 and 2.12. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.11 and 2.12 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.13 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(b) take such commercially reasonable action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Exchange Act; and

(d) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

2.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 2.2, Section 2.3, or Section 2.4 hereof shall terminate upon the earlier of: (i) the date five years following its Initial Offering that resulted in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; or (ii) such time as such Holder, as reflected on the Company’s list of stockholders, holds less than 1% of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (treating all shares of Preferred Stock on an as converted basis), the Company has completed its Initial Offering that resulted in the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and all Registrable Securities of the Company issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares held by and issuable to such Holder (and its Affiliates) may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 during any 90 day period. Upon such termination, such shares shall cease to be “Registrable Securities” hereunder for all purposes.

 

16.


SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(b) As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 150 days thereafter, the Company will furnish the Major Investors and, so long as the TRP Entities continue to hold Registrable Securities, TRP an audited balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and an audited statement of income and an audited statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be accompanied by a report and opinion thereon by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors. Additionally, at such time, the Company shall furnish the Major Investors and, so long as the TRP Entities continue to hold Registrable Securities, TRP, with a current capitalization table of the Company.

(c) The Company will furnish the Major Investors and, so long as the TRP Entities continue to hold Registrable Securities, TRP, as soon as practicable after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 45 days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such quarterly period, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted therein or as disclosed to the recipients thereof), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made. Additionally, at such time, the Company shall furnish the Major Investors and, so long as the TRP Entities continue to hold Registrable Securities, TRP with a current capitalization table of the Company.

(d) The Company will furnish each Major Investor to the extent requested by such Major Investor: (i) at least 30 days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year an annual budget and operating plans for such fiscal year (and as soon as available, any subsequent written revisions thereto); and (ii) as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within 20 days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, including a comparison to plan figures for such period, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (except as noted thereon), with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

 

17.


3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information that the Board of Directors determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2 hereof that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any partner, subsidiary, parent, member, limited partner, stockholder, affiliated venture capital fund or prospective limited partner of such Investor as long as such partner, subsidiary, parent, member, limited partner, stockholder, affiliated venture capital fund or prospective limited partner is advised of and is bound by comparable restrictions; (ii) to its attorneys, consultants and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with its investment in the Company; provided, each such individual is advised of and is bound by comparable restrictions; (iii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor (other than a person or entity that the Company believes in good faith is a competitor or potential competitor of the Company), if Investor has provided prior notice to the Company of the identity of the prospective purchaser and if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (iv) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (v) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (vi) that is developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; (vii) as required by applicable law; or (viii) to any of the Investor’s attorneys, accountants, consultants and other professionals, to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring and/or pricing the Investor’s investment in the Company; provided each such individual is advised and bound by comparable restrictions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, after the Company has publicly disclosed the investment by the Investors in the Company, the Investors may display the Company’s name and/or corporate logo on their respective websites and in their respective marketing materials and may publicly disclose the existence of their investment in the Company (including in response to press or trade inquiries).

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5 Stock Vesting. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all stock options and other stock equivalents issued after the date of this Agreement to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers shall be subject to vesting as follows: (a) 25% of such stock shall vest at the end of the first 12 months following the earlier of the date of issuance or such person’s services commencement date with the company, and (b) 75% of such stock shall vest in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months.

 

18.


3.6 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. The Company shall require all employees and consultants to execute and deliver a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Consulting Agreement, as applicable, substantially in the forms approved by the Company’s counsel or Board of Directors.

3.7 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. In addition, the Company shall enter into and use its best efforts to, at all times, maintain indemnification agreements with each of its directors to indemnify such directors to the maximum extent permissible under applicable law. Subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, the Company will use its best efforts to obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance in amount and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

3.8 Qualified Small Business. For so long as any of the Shares are held by an Investor (or a transferee in whose hands such Shares are eligible to qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock” as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”)), the Company will use its reasonable efforts to comply with the reporting and recordkeeping requirements of Section 1202 of the Code, any regulations promulgated thereunder and any similar state laws and regulations.

3.9 Visitation Rights. The Company shall allow one representative designated by Tenaya Capital V, L.P., one representative designated by Insight, one representative designated by TRP, one representative designated by BlackRock and one representative designated by Passport Capital, LLC to attend all meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give each such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise, that the Company provides to its Board of Directors at the same time and in the same manner as such materials are provided to the Board of Directors; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to exclude each such representative from access to any material or meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes upon advice of counsel that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege, to protect highly confidential information or for other similar reasons. The decision of the Board with respect to the privileged or confidential nature of such information shall be final and binding.

3.10 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 3.3 and 3.7) shall expire and terminate as to each Investor upon the earlier of the consummation of (i) the Company’s Initial Offering that results in the Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock or (ii) an “ Acquisition ” as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect as of the date hereof, pursuant to which the Investors receive cash and/or marketable securities.

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Major Investor shall have a right of first refusal to purchase up to its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as

 

19.


defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.7 hereof. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options (excluding convertible debt)) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding warrants or options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. Investment advisers to funds or accounts that are Major Investors shall have the right to allocate such Equity Securities among such funds or accounts. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company convertible into Common Stock, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security convertible into Common Stock (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security convertible into Common Stock or (iv) any such warrant or right.

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Major Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Major Investor shall have 15 days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase up to its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities with respect to any Major Investor and any subsequent securities issuance, if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Major Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (a “ Fully -Exercising Investor ”) of the failure of any other Major Investor to do likewise. During the ten day period commencing after such information is given, each Fully-Exercising Investor may elect to purchase up to its pro rata portion of the Equity Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe, but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors. A Major Investor that is a venture capital fund may assign or transfer such rights to an affiliated venture capital fund. For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Fully-Exercising Investor’s pro rata portion of the Equity Securities shall be equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by all Fully-Exercising Investors who wish to purchase some of the unsubscribed shares.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons . The Company shall have 90 days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Major Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price not lower than and upon general terms and conditions not materially

 

20.


more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Major Investors pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within 90 days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Major Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Sale Without Notice. In lieu of giving notice to the Major Investors prior to the issuance of Equity Securities as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within 30 days after the issuance of Equity Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price and terms of the Equity Securities. Each Major Investor shall have 20 days from the date of receipt of such notice to elect to purchase up to the number of shares that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s pro rata share prior to such issuance (as set forth in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2) of the Company’s equity securities after giving effect to all such purchases. The closing of such sale shall occur within 60 days of the date of notice to the Major Investors.

4.5 Termination and Waiver of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon the earlier of the consummation of (i) the Company’s Initial Offering that results in the Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock or (ii) an Acquisition pursuant to which the Investors receive cash and/or marketable securities. Notwithstanding Section 5.5 hereof, the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 may be amended, or any provision waived with and only with the written consent of the Company and the Major Investors holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Major Investors as permitted by Section 5.5 and only if such amendment or waiver does not have the effect of reducing or eliminating the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 in connection with any particular issuance of Equity Securities that includes an issuance to any existing stockholders of the Company in an amount greater than the proportion of the pro rata amount offered to the other existing stockholders of the Company.

4.6 Assignment of Rights of First Refusal. The rights of first refusal of each Major Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.9.

4.7 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities:

(a) shares of Common Stock and/or options, warrants or other Common Stock purchase rights and the Common Stock issued pursuant to such options, warrants or other rights issued or to be issued after the date hereof to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Company or any subsidiary, pursuant to stock purchase or stock option plans or other arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(b) stock issued or issuable pursuant to any rights or agreements, options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; and stock issued pursuant to any such rights or agreements granted after the date of this Agreement, so long as the rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 were complied with, waived, or were inapplicable pursuant to any provision of this Section 4.7 with respect to the initial sale or grant by the Company of such rights or agreements;

 

21.


(c) any Equity Securities issued for consideration other than cash pursuant to a merger, consolidation, acquisition or similar business combination that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(d) any Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company;

(e) any Equity Securities issued pursuant to any equipment loan or leasing arrangement, real property leasing arrangement, or debt financing entered into for primarily non-equity financing purposes that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(f) any Equity Securities that are issued by the Company pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(g) any Equity Securities issued in connection with strategic transactions involving the Company and other entities, including, without limitation (i) joint ventures, manufacturing, marketing or distribution arrangements or (ii) technology transfer or development arrangements that are approved by the Board of Directors;

(h) up to an aggregate of 200,000 Equity Securities (on an as converted basis) of the Company issued to any charitable organization described in Section 170(c) of the Code;

(i) any Equity Securities that, with the unanimous approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, are not offered to any existing stockholders of the Company; and

(j) any Equity Securities issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of Section 2.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California in all respects as such laws are applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to conflicts of laws or principles thereof.

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

 

22.


5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Any term of this Agreement (other than Section 3. 1, Section 3.2 and Section 4) may be amended or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, however, that (i) the rights of the parties set forth in Section 3.9 of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of the applicable party and (ii) the provisions of Section 2.11 shall not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series F Stock. The provisions in Section 3.1, Section 3.2 and Section 4 may be amended, modified or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities that are held by Major Investors (and, in the case of amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions of Section 4, only in compliance with the further restrictions described therein); provided, however , that any amendment, modification or waiver of Section 3.1 or 3.2 shall also require the prior written consent of holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities issuable or issued upon conversion of the Series F Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment that, on a facial reading, treats any Holder in any adverse manner that is different relative to the other Holders of the same series or class of stock will require the separate approval of such Holder. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence

 

23.


therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the party to be notified at the address as set forth on the signature pages hereof or Exhibit A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. Subject to Section 5.15, in the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, any purchaser of such shares of Preferred Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue Equity Securities in accordance with Section 4.7(c), (g) or (i) of this Agreement, any purchaser of such Equity Securities may, with the approval of the Company, become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed an “Investor,” a “Holder” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by facsimile, pdf or other electronic signature, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons or persons or entities under common management or control shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

24.


5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

5.14 Termination. This Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (i) the consummation of an Acquisition pursuant to which the Investors receive cash and/or marketable securities; or (ii) the date five years following the Closing of the Initial Offering that results in the Preferred Stock being converted to Common Stock (provided that Section 2.13 will survive termination of this Agreement and Section 2.8 will survive until the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations).

5.15 Arbitration. The parties agree first to negotiate in good faith to resolve any and all disputes arising out of or relating to or affecting the subject matter of this Agreement (collectively, “ Disputes ”). Any Disputes not resolved by negotiation shall be determined by final and binding arbitration in San Francisco County, California before three mutually-agreed arbitrators from the panel of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”) under the applicable JAMS rules for such proceedings, including but not limited to such rules applicable to discovery. The arbitrators shall be former judges of a California federal court or Superior Court. Any judgment upon the arbitration award may be confirmed and entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The arbitrators shall be required to, in all determinations, apply California law without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. The arbitrators are afforded the jurisdiction to order any provisional remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief; provided, however, that nothing in this section is intended to prevent any party from seeking and obtaining injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any arbitration. The arbitrators may, in the arbitrators’ discretion, award the prevailing party the costs of arbitration, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses. The arbitrators’ award shall be in writing and shall state the reasons for the award.

[S IGNATURE P AGES F OLLOW ]

 

25.


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

COMPANY:
N EW R ELIC , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

  Mark Sachleben
  Chief Financial Officer

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
F IDELITY S ECURITIES F UND : F IDELITY B LUE C HIP G ROWTH F UND
By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:   Adrien Deberghes
Its:   Deputy Treasurer
F IDELITY G ROUP T RUST FOR E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT
P LANS : F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY
C OMMINGLED P OOL
By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:   Adrien Deberghes
Its:   Authorized Signatory
F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY
S ERIES G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND
By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:   Adrien Deberghes
Its:   Deputy Treasurer
F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY
G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND
By:  

/s/ Adrien Deberghes

Name:   Adrien Deberghes
Its:   Deputy Treasurer

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
P ASSPORT  P ARTNERS  M ASTER  F UND  SPC L TD . – P ORTFOLIO  B
By:   Passport Capital, LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Joanne Cormican

Name:   Joanne Cormican
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
P ASSPORT  S PECIAL  O PPORTUNITIES  M ASTER  F UND , LP
By:   Passport Capital, LLC, its Investment Manager
By:  

/s/ Joanne Cormican

Name:   Joanne Cormican
Title:   Chief Operating Officer
P ASSPORT V ENTURES II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Joanne Cormican

Name:   Joanne Cormican
Its:   Chief Operating Officer

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
T. R OWE P RICE N EW H ORIZONS F UND , I NC .
T. R OWE P RICE N EW H ORIZONS T RUST
T. R OWE P RICE U.S. E QUITIES T RUST
By:   T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser
By:  

/s/ Henry Ellenbogen

Name:  

Henry Ellenbogen

Title:  

Vice President

T. R OWE P RICE G LOBAL T ECHNOLOGY F UND , I NC .
TD M UTUAL  F UNDS  – TD S CIENCE  & T ECHNOLOGY  F UND
By:   T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc., Investment Adviser
By:  

/s/ Joshua Spencer

Name:  

Joshua Spencer

Title:  

Vice President

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

PURCHASERS:     
Alpha Opportunities Fund      Hartford Capital Appreciation HLS Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel
Alpha Opportunities Trust      Hartford Global Capital Appreciation Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel
Anchor Series Capital Appreciation Portfolio      Hartford Growth Opportunities HLS Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel
Global Multi-Strategy Fund      J. Caird Investors (Bermda) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

PURCHASERS:     
J. Caird Partners, L.P.      Quissett Investors (Bermuda) L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel
Mid Cap Growth Portfolio      Quissett Partners, L.P.
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel
Mid Cap Stock Fund      The Hartford Capital Appreciation Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel
Mid Cap Stock Trust      The Hartford Growth Opportunities Fund
By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser      By: Wellington Management Company, LLP, as investment adviser

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

    

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

Name: Steven M. Hoffman      Name: Steven M. Hoffman
Title: Vice President and Counsel      Title: Vice President and Counsel

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
B LACK R OCK G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES E QUITY T RUST
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

B LACK R OCK G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES
P ORTFOLIO OF B LACK R OCK F UNDS
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

B LACK R OCK S CIENCE  & T ECHNOLOGY
O PPORTUNITIES P ORTFOLIO , A SERIES OF B LACK R OCK F UNDS II
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
B LACK R OCK U.S. O PPORTUNITIES P ORTFOLIO ,
A SERIES OF B LACK R OCK F UNDS
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

B LACK R OCK G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES V.I. F UND OF B LACK R OCK V ARIABLE S ERIES F UNDS , I NC .
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

BGF G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES F UND
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
B LACK R OCK US O PPORTUNITIES F UND
By:   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

BFG US S MALL & M ID C AP O PPORTUNITIES
F UND
By:   BlackRock Investment Management, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

B LACK R OCK S CIENCE & T ECHNOLOGY
O PPORTUNITIES P ORTFOLIO , A SERIES OF B LACK R OCK F UNDS II
By:   BlackRock Advisors, LLC
Its:   Investment Advisor
By:  

/s/ Tony Kim

Name:  

Tony Kim

Title:  

Managing Director

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
BENCHMARK CAPITAL PARTNERS VI, L.P.
as nominee for
Benchmark Capital Partners VI, L.P.,
Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI, L.P.
Benchmark Founders’ Fund VI-B, L.P.
and related individuals
By:   Benchmark Capital Management Co. VI, L.L.C.,
its general partner
By:  

/s/ Steve Spurlock

Managing Member

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

INVESTORS:
TRINITY VENTURES IX, L.P.
TRINITY IX SIDE-BY-SIDE FUND, L.P.
TRINITY IX ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND, L.P.
By:   TRINITY TVL IX, LLC,
  Their General Partner
By:  

/s/ Daniel Scholnick

Name:   Daniel Scholnick
Title:   Management Member

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


The parties hereto have executed this A MENDED A ND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

INVESTORS:

 

TENAYA CAPITAL V, L.P.
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dave Markland

Name:  

Dave Markland

Title:  

Attorney-In-Fact

TENAYA CAPITAL V-P, L.P.
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, L.P., its General Partner
By:   Tenaya Capital V GP, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Dave Markland

Name:  

Dave Markland

Title:  

Attorney-In-Fact

 

 

S IGNATURE PAGE TO

A MENDED AND R ESTATED I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT


E XHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

DAG V ENTURES V-QP, L.P.

DAG V ENTURES V, L.P.

F OUR R IVERS P ARTNERS II, L.P.

T ENAYA C APITAL V, L.P.

T ENAYA C APITAL V-P, L.P.

A LLEN  & C OMPANY LLC

T RINITY V ENTURES IX, L.P.

T RINITY IX S IDE -B Y -S IDE F UND , L.P.

T RINITY IX E NTREPRENEURS ’ F UND , L.P

B ENCHMARK C APITAL P ARTNERS VI, L.P., AS NOMINEE

I NSIGHT V ENTURE P ARTNERS VII, L.P.

I NSIGHT V ENTURE P ARTNERS (C AYMAN ) VII, L.P.

I NSIGHT V ENTURE P ARTNERS VII (C O -I NVESTORS ), L.P.

I NSIGHT V ENTURE P ARTNERS (D ELAWARE ) VII, L.P.

I NSIGHT V ENTURE P ARTNERS C OINVESTMENT F UND II, L.P.

BRIDGE & CO. AS NOMINEE FOR T. R OWE P RICE N EW H ORIZONS F UND , I NC .

AMIDSPEED & CO. AS NOMINEE FOR T. R OWE P RICE N EW H ORIZONS F UND , I NC .

ICECOLD & CO. AS NOMINEE FOR T. R OWE P RICE U.S. E QUITIES T RUST

MILDSHIP & CO. AS NOMINEE FOR T. R OWE P RICE G LOBAL T ECHNOLOGY F UND , I NC .

MAC & CO. AS NOMINEE FOR TD M UTUAL F UNDS – TD S CIENCE  & T ECHNOLOGY F UND

P ASSPORT V ENTURES II, LLC

P ASSPORT P ARTNERS M ASTER F UND SPC L TD . — P ORTFOLIO B

P ASSPORT S PECIAL O PPORTUNITIES M ASTER F UND , L.P.

D RAGONEER G LOBAL F UND , L.P.

B LACKROCK G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES E QUITY T RUST

B LACKROCK G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES P ORTFOLIO O F B LACKROCK F UNDS

B LACKROCK S CIENCE  & T ECHNOLOGY O PPORTUNITIES P ORTFOLIO , A SERIES OF

B LACKROCK F UNDS II

B LACKROCK U.S. O PPORTUNITIES P ORTFOLIO , A SERIES OF B LACKROCK F UNDS

 

S CHEDULE OF I NVESTORS


B LACKROCK G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES V.I. F UND OF B LACKROCK V ARIABLE S ERIES F UNDS , I NC .

BGF G LOBAL O PPORTUNITIES F UND

B LACKROCK US O PPORTUNITIES F UND

BGF US S MALL  & M ID C AP O PPORTUNITIES F UND

S NAILMARKER  & C O AS NOMINEE FOR A LPHA O PPORTUNITIES F UND

S NAILDIVE  & C O . AS NOMINEE FOR A LPHA O PPORTUNITIES T RUST

S KYWARD  & C O AS NOMINEE FOR A NCHOR S ERIES C APITAL A PPRECIATION P ORTFOLIO

H ARE  & C O AS NOMINEE FOR G LOBAL M ULTI -S TRATEGY F UND

CUDD & CO AS NOMINEE FOR H ARTFORD C APITAL A PPRECIATION H LS F UND

CUDD & CO AS NOMINEE FOR H ARTFORD G LOBAL C APITAL A PPRECIATION F UND

CUDD & CO AS NOMINEE FOR H ARTFORD G ROWTH O PPORTUNITIES HLS F UND

J. C AIRD I NVESTORS (B ERMUDA ) L.P.

J. C AIRD P ARTNERS , L.P.

M ARKERLIGHT  & C O . AS NOMINEE FOR M ID C AP G ROWTH P ORTFOLIO

S NAILREEF  & C O . AS NOMINEE FOR M ID C AP S TOCK F UND

T UNASHIP  & C O . AS NOMINEE FOR M ID C AP S TOCK T RUST

 

S CHEDULE OF I NVESTORS


Q UISSETT I NVESTORS (B ERMUDA ) L.P.

Q UISSETT P ARTNERS , L.P.

CUDD & CO AS NOMINEE FOR T HE H ARTFORD C APITAL A PPRECIATION F UND

CUDD & CO AS NOMINEE FOR T HE H ARTFORD G ROWTH O PPORTUNITIES F UND JPM ORGAN C HASE B ANK , N.A.

B ALL & C O FBO F IDELITY S ECURITIES F UND : F IDELITY B LUE C HIP G ROWTH F UND as nominee for F IDELITY S ECURITIES F UND : F IDELITY B LUE C HIP G ROWTH F UND

M AG & C O FBO F IDELITY G ROUP T RUST F OR E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS : F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY C OMMINGLED P OOL as nominee for F IDELITY G ROUP T RUST F OR E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS : F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY C OMMINGLED P OOL

WAVELENGTH + CO FBO F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY S ERIES G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND as nominee for F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY S ERIES G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND

B ALL & C O FBO F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND as nominee for F IDELITY M T . V ERNON S TREET T RUST : F IDELITY S ERIES G ROWTH C OMPANY F UND

 

S CHEDULE OF I NVESTORS

Exhibit 4.3

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT’), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Company:   New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation
Number of Shares:   28,000
Class of Stock:   Series A Preferred
Warrant Price:   $0.50 per share
Issue Date:   September     , 2008
Expiration Date:   The 10 th anniversary after the Issue Date
Credit Facility:   This Warrant is issued in connection with the Loan and Security Agreement between Company and Silicon Valley Bank dated of even date herewith.

THIS WARRANT CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, SILICON VALLEY BANK (Silicon Valley Bank, together with any registered holder from time to time of this Warrant or any holder of the shares issuable or issued upon exercise of this Warrant, “Holder”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of the Company at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Article 2 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

ARTICLE 1 EXERCISE .

1.1 Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix 1 to the principal office of the Company. Unless Holder is exercising the conversion right set forth in Article 1.2, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company), or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

1.2 Conversion Right . In lieu of exercising this Warrant as specified in Article 1.1, Holder may from time to time convert this Warrant, in whole or in part, into a number of Shares determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the Shares or other securities otherwise issuable upon exercise of this Warrant minus the aggregate Warrant Price of such Shares by (b) the fair market value of one Share. The fair market value of the Shares shall be determined pursuant to Article 1.3.

1.3 Fair Market Value . If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are common stock, the fair market value of each Share shall be the closing price of a Share reported for the business day immediately before


Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering). If the Company’s common stock is traded in a public market and the Shares are preferred stock, the fair market value of a Share shall be the closing price of a share of the Company’s common stock reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company (or, in the instance where the Warrant is exercised immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s initial public offering, the initial “price to public” per share price specified in the final prospectus relating to such offering), in both cases, multiplied by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock into which a Share is convertible. If the Company’s common stock is not traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

1.4 Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises or converts this Warrant and, if applicable, the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised or converted and has not expired, a new Warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

1.5 Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation or surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

1.6 Treatment of Warrant Upon Acquisition of Company .

1.6.1 “ Acquisition ”. For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction.

1.6.2 Treatment of Warrant at Acquisition .

(A) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is not an asset sale and in which the sole consideration is cash, either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will expire upon the consummation of such Acquisition. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(B) Upon the written request of the Company, Holder agrees that, in the event of an Acquisition that is an “arms length” sale of all or substantially all of the

 

2


Company’s assets (and only its assets) to a third party that is not an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company (a “True Asset Sale”), either (a) Holder shall exercise its conversion or purchase right under this Warrant and such exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition or (b) if Holder elects not to exercise the Warrant, this Warrant will continue until the Expiration Date if the Company continues as a going concern following the closing of any such True Asset Sale. The Company shall provide Holder with written notice of its request relating to the foregoing (together with such reasonable information as Holder may request in connection with such contemplated Acquisition giving rise to such notice), which is to be delivered to Holder not less than ten (10) days prior to the closing of the proposed Acquisition.

(C) Upon the closing of any Acquisition other than those particularly described in subsections (A) and (B) above, the successor entity shall assume the obligations of this Warrant, and this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price and/or number of Shares shall be adjusted accordingly.

As used herein “ Affiliate ” shall mean any person or entity that owns or controls directly or indirectly twenty five (25) percent or more of the stock of Company, any person or entity that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such persons or entities, and each of such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, joint venturers or partners, as applicable.

ARTICLE 2 ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES .

2.1 Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on the Shares payable in common stock, or other securities, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend occurred. If the Company subdivides the Shares by reclassification or otherwise into a greater number of shares or takes any other action which increases the amount of stock into which the Shares are convertible, the number of shares purchasable hereunder shall be proportionately increased and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased. If the outstanding shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares shall be proportionately decreased.

2.2 Reclassification, Exchange, Combinations or Substitution . Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the

 

3


Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder an amendment to this Warrant setting forth the number and kind of such new securities or other property issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant as a result of such reclassification, exchange, substitution or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant. The amendment to this Warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price and to the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new Warrant. The provisions of this Article 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

2.3 Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . The Warrant Price and the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant or, if the Shares are preferred stock, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall be subject to adjustment, from time to time in the manner set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as if the Shares were issued and outstanding on and as of the date of any such required adjustment. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

2.4 Reserved .

2.5 Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant and the number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder the amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Share.

2.6 Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify Holder in writing, and, at the Company’s expense, promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY .

3.1 Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to Holder as follows:

(a) The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than (i) the price per share at which the Shares were last issued in an arms-length transaction in which at least $500,000 of the Shares were sold and (ii) the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

 

4


(b) All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company’s capitalization table attached hereto as Schedule 1 is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

3.2 Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon any of its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for sale any shares of the Company’s capital stock (or other securities convertible into such capital stock), other than (i) pursuant to the Company’s stock option or other compensatory plans, (ii) in connection with commercial credit arrangements or equipment financings, or (iii) in connection with strategic transactions for purposes other than capital raising; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of any of its stock; (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up; or (e) offer holders of registration rights the opportunity to participate in an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities for cash, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder: (1) at least 10 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 10 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of common stock will be entitled to exchange their common stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event); and (3) in the case of the matter referred to in (e) above, the same notice as is given to the holders of such registration rights. Company will also provide information requested by Holder reasonably necessary to enable Holder to comply with Holder’s accounting or reporting requirements.

3.3 Registration Under Securities Act of 1933, as amended . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall have certain “piggyback” and S-3 registration rights pursuant to and as set forth in the Company’s Investor Rights Agreement dated February 21, 2008 (the “Rights Agreement”). The provisions set forth in the Rights Agreement or similar agreement relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification, or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to Holder.

3.4 No Shareholder Rights . Except as provided in this Warrant, Holder will not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company until the exercise of this Warrant.

 

5


ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OF HOLDER . Holder represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . This Warrant and the securities to be acquired upon exercise of this Warrant by Holder will be acquired for investment for Holder’s account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Act. Holder also represents that Holder has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring this Warrant or the Shares.

4.2 Disclosure of Information . Holder has received or has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the acquisition of this Warrant and its underlying securities. Holder further has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of this Warrant and its underlying securities and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) necessary to verify any information furnished to Holder or to which Holder has access.

4.3 Investment Experience . Holder understands that the purchase of this Warrant and its underlying securities involves substantial risk. Holder has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that Holder can bear the economic risk of such Holder’s investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that Holder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in this Warrant and its underlying securities and/or has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and certain of its officers, directors or controlling persons of a nature and duration that enables Holder to be aware of the character, business acumen and financial circumstances of such persons.

4.4 Accredited Investor Status . Holder is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

4.5 The Act . Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise or conversion hereof have not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein. Holder understands that this Warrant and the Shares issued upon any exercise or conversion hereof must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under applicable state securities laws, or unless exemption from such registration and qualification are otherwise available.

ARTICLE 5 MISCELLANEOUS .

5.1 Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date.

5.2 Legends . This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 5 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER SAID ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAW OR, IN THE OPINION OF LEGAL COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.

 

6


5.3 Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company, as reasonably requested by the Company). The Company shall not require Silicon Valley Bank (“Bank”) to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, SVB Financial Group (formerly Silicon Valley Bancshares), or any other affiliate of Bank. Additionally, the Company shall also not require an opinion of counsel if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144(c), Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

5.4 Transfer Procedure . After receipt by Bank of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to SVB Financial Group by execution of an Assignment substantially in the form of Appendix 2. Subject to the provisions of Article and upon providing the Company with written notice, SVB Financial Group and any subsequent Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the Shares issuable directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) to any transferee, provided, however, in connection with any such transfer, SVB Financial Group or any subsequent Holder will give the Company notice of the portion of the Warrant being transferred with the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and Holder will surrender this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder if applicable). The Company may refuse to transfer this Warrant or the Shares to any person who directly competes with the Company, unless, in either case, the stock of the Company is publicly traded.

5.5 Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or Holder, as the case may (or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile) be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon receipt of the fully executed Warrant and the initial transfer described in Article 5.4 above, all notices to Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

SVB Financial Group

Attn: Treasury Department

3003 Tasman Drive, HA 200

Santa Clara, California 95054

Telephone: 408-654-7400

Facsimile: 408-496-2405

 

7


Notice to the Company shall be addressed as follows until Holder receives notice of a change in address:

New Relic, Inc.

2480 Sand Hill Rd., Suite 200

Menlo Park, California 94118

Attn: Mark Sachleben

Telephone: 650-777-7600

Facsimile: 650-854-8183

5.6 Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

5.7 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

5.8 Automatic Conversion upon Expiration . In the event that, upon the Expiration Date, the fair market value of one Share (or other security Issuable upon the exercise hereof) as determined In accordance with Section 1.3 above is greater than the Warrant Price in effect on such date, then this Warrant shall automatically be deemed on and as of such date to be converted pursuant to Section 1.2 above as to all Shares (or such other securities) for which it shall not previously have been exercised or converted and the Company shall promptly deliver a certificate representing the Shares (or such other securities) Issued upon such conversion to Holder.

5.9 Counterparts . This Warrant may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement:

5.10 Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

5.11 Market Stand-Off Provision . Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off” provision (the “Market Stand Off Provision”) in Section 2.11 of the Rights Agreement. The Market Stand-Off Provision set forth in the Rights Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver adversely affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted pursuant to this Warrant.

[Signature page follows.]

 

8


“COMPANY”
NEW RELIC, INC.
By:  

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Name:   Mark J. Sachleben
Title:   COO & CFO
“HOLDER”
SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

/s/ Vera Shokince

Name:   Vera Shokince
Title:   Relationship Manager

Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock


SCHEDULE 1

CAPITALIZATION TABLE


APPENDIX 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

1. Holder elects to purchase              shares of the Common/Series              Preferred [strike one] Stock of New Relic, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders payment of the purchase price of the shares in full.

[or]

1. Holder elects to convert the attached Warrant into Shares/cash [strike one] in the manner specified in the Warrant. This conversion is exercised for                      of the Shares covered by the Warrant.

[Strike paragraph that does not apply.]

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing the shares in the name specified below:

 

 

 

  
          Holders Name   
 

 

  
 

 

  
          (Address)   

3. By its execution below and for the benefit of the Company, Holder hereby restates each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 of the Warrant as the date hereof and agrees to be bound by the “Market Stand-Off’ provision (the “Market Stand Off Provision”) in Section 2.11 of the Rights Agreement.

 

HOLDER:

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

(Date):  

 


APPENDIX 2

ASSIGNMENT

For value received, Silicon Valley Bank hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

   Name:    SVB Financial Group   
   Address:    3003 Tasman Drive (HA-200)   
      Santa Clara, CA 95054   
   Tax ID:    91-1962278   

that certain Warrant to Purchase Stock issued by New Relic, Inc. (the “Company”), on September     , 2008 (the “Warrant”) together with all rights, title and interest therein.

 

SILICON VALLEY BANK
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Date:

By its execution below, and for the benefit of the Company, SVB Financial Group makes each of the representations and warranties set forth in Article 4 of the Warrant and agrees to all other provisions of the Warrant as of the date hereof.

 

SVB FINANCIAL GROUP
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Exhibit 10.2

N EW R ELIC , INC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : F EBRUARY  20, 2008

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : F EBRUARY  20, 2008

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : O CTOBER  4, 2010

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : O CTOBER  4, 2010

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : O CTOBER  5, 2011

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : O CTOBER  5, 2011

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : N OVEMBER  3, 2011

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : N OVEMBER  4, 2011

A PPROVED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ANUARY  9, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ANUARY  9, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : D ECEMBER  11, 2013

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : M ARCH  21, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : A PRIL 14, 2014

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : A PRIL 14, 2014

T ERMINATION D ATE : F EBRUARY  19, 2018

 

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Eligible Stock Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Stock Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Available Stock Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Stock Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Restricted Stock Awards, (iv) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, and (v) Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Stock Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Stock Awards.

 

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

1.


(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Stock Awards; (B) when and how each Stock Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Stock Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Stock Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which a Stock Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Stock Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Stock Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Stock Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate the time at which a Stock Award may first be exercised or the time during which a Stock Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Stock Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Stock Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Stock Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Stock Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Stock Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.

 

2.


(viii) To approve forms of Stock Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Stock Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Stock Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Stock Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Stock Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Stock Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Stock Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.

(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) a Restricted Stock Award, (C) a Stock Appreciation Right, (D) Restricted Stock Unit, (E) cash and/or (F) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however , that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the

 

3.


number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(t) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

(f) Arbitration. Any dispute or claim concerning any Stock Awards granted (or not granted) pursuant to the Plan or any disputes or claims relating to or arising out of the Plan shall be fully, finally and exclusively resolved by binding and confidential arbitration conducted pursuant to the rules of Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services, Inc. (“JAMS”) in San Francisco, CA. The Company shall pay all arbitration fees. In addition to any other relief, the arbitrator may award to the prevailing party recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. By accepting a Stock Award, Participants and the Company waive their respective rights to have any such disputes or claims tried by a judge or jury.

 

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed 11,083,675 shares. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3 is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3 does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Furthermore, if a Stock Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the holder of the Stock Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.

(a) If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(a), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

(b) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(b), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be 11,083,675 shares of Common Stock.

 

4.


(c) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

 

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of a Stock Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“ Rule 701 ”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.

 

5. O PTION P ROVISIONS .

Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however , that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).

 

5.


(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;

(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however , that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or

(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.

 

6.


(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however , that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.

(f) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than 30 days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(g) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.

 

7.


(h) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.

(i) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.

(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(k) Non-Exempt Employees . No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

 

8.


(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(k), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(k) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.

(m) Right of Repurchase . Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(k), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.

(n) Right of First Refusal . The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(k). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(m) or in the Stock Award Agreement for the Option, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.

 

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS OTHER THAN O PTIONS .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s Bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate shall be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) past or future services actually or to be rendered to the Company or an Affiliate, or (B) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(k), shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

9.


(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. In the event a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive via a forfeiture condition, any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability. Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board shall determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

10.


(vi) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

(vii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Unit Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Unit Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Unit Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Unit Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

(c) Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted as stand-alone Stock Awards or in tandem with other Stock Awards. The terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Right Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Stock Appreciation Right Agreements need not be identical; provided, however , that each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Term. No Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant or such shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement.

(ii) Strike Price. Each Stock Appreciation Right will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents. The strike price of each Stock Appreciation Right granted as a stand-alone or tandem Stock Award shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock equivalents subject to the Stock Appreciation Right on the date of grant.

(iii) Calculation of Appreciation. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such Stock Appreciation Right, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the Stock Appreciation Right on such date, over (B) the strike price that will be determined by the Board on the date of grant.

(iv) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of such Stock Appreciation Right as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

11.


(v) Exercise. To exercise any outstanding Stock Appreciation Right, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(vi) Non-Exempt Employees. No Stock Appreciation Right granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.

(vii) Payment . The appreciation distribution in respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right.

(viii) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than 30 days unless such termination is for Cause), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(ix) Disability of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (A) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six months), or (B) the expiration of the term of the Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

 

12.


(x) Death of Participant . Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Stock Appreciation Right Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, in the event that (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Stock Appreciation Right as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Stock Appreciation Right upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, which period shall not be less than six months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Stock Appreciation Right is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (as applicable), the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate.

(xi) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Participant’s Stock Appreciation Right Agreement, in the event that a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate upon the termination date of such Participant’s Continuous Service, and the Participant shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Stock Appreciation Right from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.

(xii) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan that are not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Stock Appreciation Rights will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such Stock Appreciation Right. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that a Stock Appreciation Right that is to be paid wholly or partly in cash must be exercised and paid in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.

 

7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Stock Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the

 

13.


Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of a Stock Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of a Stock Award or a possible period in which the Stock Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of a Stock Award to the holder of such Stock Award.

 

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Stock Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of a Stock Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Stock Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.

(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Stock Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Stock Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Stock Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Stock Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Stock Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

14.


(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Stock Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Stock Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Stock Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of a Stock Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to a Stock Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however , that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from a Stock Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Stock Award Agreement.

(h) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.

(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Stock Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Stock Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

15.


(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Stock Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Stock Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Stock Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Stock Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Stock Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Stock Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Stock Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

(k) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Stock Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.

 

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3, (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(b), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the

 

16.


completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Corporate Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Stock Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.

(i) Stock Awards May Be Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue any or all Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan or may substitute similar stock awards for Stock Awards outstanding under the Plan (including but not limited to, awards to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction), and any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to Stock Awards may be assigned by the Company to the successor of the Company (or the successor’s parent company, if any), in connection with such Corporate Transaction. A surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent) may choose to assume or continue only a portion of a Stock Award or substitute a similar stock award for only a portion of a Stock Award. The terms of any assumption, continuation or substitution shall be set by the Board in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.

(ii) Stock Awards Not Assumed. Except as otherwise stated in the Stock Award Agreement or as otherwise determined by the Board in its sole discretion, in the event of a Corporate Transaction in which the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such outstanding Stock Awards or substitute similar stock awards for such outstanding Stock Awards, then with respect to Stock Awards that have not been assumed, continued or substituted, the vesting of such Stock Awards (and, if applicable, the time at which such Stock Award may be exercised) shall not be accelerated and such Stock Awards (other than a Stock Award consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate if not exercised (if applicable) prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to such Stock Awards shall not terminate and may continue to be exercised notwithstanding the Corporate Transaction.

(iii) Payment for Stock Awards in Lieu of Exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Stock Award will terminate if not exercised prior to the effective time of a Corporate Transaction, the Board may provide, in its sole discretion, that the holder of such Stock Award may not exercise such Stock Award but will receive a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board, equal in value to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the holder of the Stock Award would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

17.


(d) Change in Control. A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration shall occur.

 

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Stock Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Stock Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.

 

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.

 

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The law of the State of California shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13.       D EFINITIONS . As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(b) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.

 

18.


(d) Cause ” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Stock Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

(e) Change in Control means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur ;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction;

 

19.


(iii) the stockholders of the Company approve or the Board approves a plan of complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or a complete dissolution or liquidation of the Company shall otherwise occur, except for a liquidation into a parent corporation;

(iv) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; or

(v) individuals who, on the date this Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however, that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member shall, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

For the avoidance of doubt, the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Stock Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.

(f) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) Committee ” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(h) Common Stock means the common stock of the Company.

(i) Company means New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(j) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.

 

20.


(k) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in a Stock Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.

(l) Corporate Transaction ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) the consummation of a sale or other disposition of at least ninety percent (90%) of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(m) Director means a member of the Board.

(n) Disability ” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(o) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

21.


(p) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(q) Entity means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(r) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(t) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code.

(u) Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

(v) Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) Officer means any person designated by the Company as an officer.

(x) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(z) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

(aa) Own ,” “ Owned ,” “ Owner ,” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

22.


(bb) Participant ” means a person to whom a Stock Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(cc) Plan ” means this New Relic, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

(dd) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(ee) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ff) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(gg) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(hh) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(ii) Stock Appreciation Right ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c).

(jj) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(kk) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, or a Stock Appreciation Right.

(ll) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(mm) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

23.


(nn) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

24.


N EW R ELIC , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein and in the Option Agreement, the Plan, and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Optionholder:

  

 

  

Date of Grant:

  

 

  

Vesting Commencement Date:

  

 

  

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

  

 

  

Exercise Price (Per Share):

  

 

  

Total Exercise Price:

  

 

  

Expiration Date:

  

 

  

 

Type of Grant:    ¨   Incentive Stock Option 1    ¨   Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    ¨   Same as Vesting Schedule    ¨   Early Exercise Permitted
Vesting Schedule:    1/4 th of the shares vest one year after the Vesting Commencement Date; the balance of the shares vest in a series of 36 successive equal monthly installments measured from the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
  

¨   By cash or check

 

¨   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the Shares are publicly traded

 

¨   By delivery of already-owned shares if the Shares are publicly traded

 

¨   By net exercise

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) options previously granted and delivered to Optionholder under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER  A GREEMENTS :   

 

  

 

 

N EW  R ELIC , I NC .       O PTIONHOLDER :
By:  

 

        

 

  Signature          Signature
Title:  

 

      Date:   

 

Date:  

 

        

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

 

1   If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT


A TTACHMENT II

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE


N EW R ELIC , I NC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. Defined terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share referenced in your Grant Notice may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES . In the event that you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended ( i.e. , a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant specified in your Grant Notice, notwithstanding any other provision of your option.

4. E XERCISE PRIOR TO V ESTING (“E ARLY E XERCISE ”). If permitted in your Grant Notice ( i.e. , the “Exercise Schedule” indicates that Early Exercise of your option is Permitted) and subject to the provisions of your option, you may elect at any time that is both (i) during the period of your Continuous Service and (ii) during the term of your option, to exercise all or part of your option, including the nonvested portion of your option; provided, however, that:

(a) a partial exercise of your option shall be deemed to cover first vested shares of Common Stock and then the earliest vesting installment of unvested shares of Common Stock;

(b) any shares of Common Stock so purchased from installments that have not vested as of the date of exercise shall be subject to the purchase option in favor of the Company as described in the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement;

(c) you shall enter into the Company’s form of Early Exercise Stock Purchase Agreement with a vesting schedule that will result in the same vesting as if no early exercise had occurred; and

 

1.


(d) if your option is an Incentive Stock Option, then, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which your option plus all other Incentive Stock Options you hold are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, your option(s) or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.

5. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT . Payment of the exercise price is due in full upon exercise of all or any part of your option. You may elect to make payment of the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded and quoted regularly in The Wall Street Journal , by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may not exercise your option by tender to the Company of Common Stock to the extent such tender would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

6. W HOLE S HARES . You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

7. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, you may not exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if such shares of Common Stock are not then so registered, the Company has determined that such exercise and issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

8. T ERM . You may not exercise your option before the commencement or after the expiration of its term. The term of your option commences on the Date of Grant and expires upon the earliest of the following:

(a) three months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than your Disability or death, provided that if during any part of such three month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option shall not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it shall have been exercisable for an aggregate period of three months after the termination of your Continuous Service;

 

2.


(b) 12 months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability;

(c) 18 months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three months after your Continuous Service terminates;

(d) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(e) the day before the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the date of grant of your option and ending on the day three months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or your permanent and total disability, as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. (The definition of disability in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code is different from the definition of the Disability under the Plan). The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

9. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) together with the exercise price to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other person as the Company may designate, during regular business hours, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (1) the exercise of your option, (2) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (3) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within 15 days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two years after the date of your option grant or within one year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

 

3.


(d) By exercising your option you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of 180 days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 and similar or successor regulatory rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9(d) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. T RANSFERABILITY . Your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise your option. In addition, if permitted by the Company you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust, provided that you and the trustee enter into a transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares of Common Stock that you acquire upon exercise of your option are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right; provided, however, that if your option is an Incentive Stock Option and the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at the time the Company elects to exercise its right is more beneficial to you than the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant, then the right of first refusal described in the Company’s bylaws on the Date of Grant shall apply. The Company’s right of first refusal shall expire on the first date upon which any security of the Company is listed (or approved for listing) upon notice of issuance on a national securities exchange or quotation system.

12. R IGHT OF R EPURCHASE . To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right, the Company shall have the right to repurchase all or any part of the shares of Common Stock you acquire pursuant to the exercise of your option.

13. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, Boards of Directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

 

4.


14. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

(b) Upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of your option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless you make a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date of exercise of your option. Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein unless such obligations are satisfied.

15. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.

16. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

5.


N EW R ELIC , I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARD

G RANT N OTICE

(2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Recipient the right to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award and the purchased shares (the “ Shares ”) are subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety.

 

Recipient:

 

 

Date of Board Approval:

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

 

Number of Shares Subject to Award:

 

 

Purchase Price per Share:

 

 

Total Purchase Price:

 

 

Closing Date:

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to Recipient’s Continuous Service on each vesting date,                  of the shares vest on the date                  months following the Vesting Commencement Date (the Cliff Date ”); the balance of the shares vest in a series of                  successive equal monthly installments measured from the Cliff Date.

Acceleration Provisions:

Upon a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan), the Repurchase Option shall lapse as to 100% of the Shares and the Shares shall immediately become fully vested.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: The undersigned Recipient acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan. Recipient further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Grant Notice, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Recipient and the Company regarding the acquisition of stock in the Company and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception of (i) Awards previously granted and delivered to Recipient under the Plan, and (ii) the following agreements only:

 

O THER A GREEMENTS :  

 

 

 

 

2.


N EW R ELIC , I NC .       R ECIPIENT :

By:

 

 

     

 

           Signature

Title:

 

 

      Date:   

 

Date:

 

 

        

A TTACHMENTS :

 

Attachment I:    Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement
Attachment II:    2008 Equity Incentive Plan
Attachment III:    Form of Assignment Separate from Certificate
Attachment IV:    Form of Joint Escrow Instructions


Attachment I

N EW R ELIC , I NC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK A WARD A GREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Award Agreement (the “ Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” or “ Agreement ”) (collectively, the “ Award ”) and in consideration of your past or future services, New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has awarded you a Restricted Stock Award under its 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”) for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock subject to the Award as indicated in the Grant Notice. The Award is granted in exchange for past or future services to be rendered by you to the Company or an Affiliate. In the event additional consideration is required by law so that the Common Stock acquired under this Agreement is deemed fully paid and nonassessable, the Board shall determine the amount and character of such additional consideration to be paid. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Restricted Stock Award Agreement but defined in the Plan shall have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your Award are as follows:

1. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest as provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. “ Vested Shares ” shall mean shares that have vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule, and “ Unvested Shares ” shall mean shares that have not vested in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, you shall not sell, assign, hypothecate, donate, encumber, or otherwise dispose of any interest in the Common Stock while such shares of Common Stock are Unvested Shares or continue to be held by the Escrow Agent or by the Company’s transfer agent in restricted book entry form.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES . The number of shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in Section 9(a) of the Plan.

3. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . You may not be issued any shares under your Award unless the shares of Common Stock are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you will not receive such shares if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

4. M ARKET S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT . By accepting this Award, you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with FINRA Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose


stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 4 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

5. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL . Shares that are acquired under your Award are subject to any right of first refusal that may be described in the Company’s bylaws in effect at such time the Company elects to exercise its right.

6. R IGHT OF R EACQUISITION .

(a) To the extent provided in the Company’s bylaws, as amended from time to time, the Company shall have the right to reacquire all or any part of the shares received pursuant to your Award (a “ Reacquisition Right ”).

(b) To the extent a Reacquisition Right is not provided in the Company’s bylaws, as amended from time to time, the Company shall have a Reacquisition Right as to the Unvested Shares on the following terms and conditions:

(i) The Company shall, simultaneously with termination of your Continuous Service, automatically reacquire for no consideration all of the Unvested Shares, unless the Company agrees to waive its Reacquisition Right as to some or all of the Unvested Shares. Any such waiver shall be exercised by the Company by written notice to you or your representative (with a copy to the Escrow Holder as defined below) within ninety (90) days after the termination of your Continuous Service, and the Escrow Holder may then release to you the number of Unvested Shares not being reacquired by the Company. If the Company does not waive its Reacquisition Right as to all of the Unvested Shares, then upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the Escrow Holder shall transfer to the Company the Unvested Shares the Company is reacquiring. The Reacquisition Right shall expire when all of the shares have become Vested Shares.

(ii) The Company shall have the right to reacquire Unvested Shares for no monetary consideration (that is, for $0.00).

(iii) The shares issued under your Award shall be held in escrow pursuant to the terms of the Joint Escrow Instructions attached to the Grant Notice as Attachment IV. You agree to execute an Assignment Separate From Certificate form (with date and number of shares blank) substantially in the form attached to the Grant Notice as Attachment III and deliver the same, along with the certificate or certificates evidencing the shares, for use by the escrow agent pursuant to the terms of the Joint Escrow Instructions.

(iv) Subject to the provisions of your Award, you shall, during the term of your Award, exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares deposited in escrow. You shall be deemed to be the holder of the shares for purposes of receiving any dividends which may be paid with respect to such shares and for purposes of exercising any voting rights relating to such shares, even if some or all of such shares have not yet vested and been released from the Company’s Reacquisition Right.

(v) If, from time to time, there is any Capitalization Adjustment or Corporate Transaction, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which you is entitled by reason of your ownership of the shares acquired under your Award shall be immediately subject to the Reacquisition Right with the same force and effect as the shares subject to this Reacquisition Right immediately before such event.

 

4


7. R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . The shares issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends determined by the Company.

8. A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT . Your Award is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your Award shall be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or on the part of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your Award shall obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective stockholders, boards of directors, Officers or Employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or any Affiliate.

9. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time your Award is made, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”).

(b) Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares or release such shares from any escrow provided for herein.

10. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You agree to review with your own tax advisors the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. You shall rely solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents. You understand that you (and not the Company) shall be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. You understand that Section 83 of the Code taxes as ordinary income to you the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock as of the date any restrictions on the shares lapse (that is, as of the date on which part or all of the shares vest). In this context, “restriction” includes the right of the Company to reacquire the shares pursuant to its Reacquisition Right. You understand that you may elect to be taxed on the fair market value of the shares at the time the shares are acquired rather than when and as the Company’s Reacquisition Right expires by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the date you acquire the shares pursuant to your Award. YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS YOUR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER CODE SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THE FILING ON YOUR BEHALF.

11. N OTICES . Any notices provided for in your Award or the Plan shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by the Company and/or any Affiliate to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company (or an Affiliate, as applicable).

12. H EADINGS . The headings of the Sections in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Agreement or to affect the meaning of this Agreement.

13. A MENDMENT . This Agreement may be amended only by a writing executed by the Company and you which specifically states that it is amending this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended solely by the Company by a writing which specifically states

 

5


that it is amending this Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that no such amendment adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent (except as expressly provided in the Plan). Without limiting the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the grant as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision.

14. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable by the Company to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(d) This Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company and/or any Affiliate.

15. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the Award subject to this Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

16. C HOICE OF L AW . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the law of the state of California without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws rules.

17. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

18. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of your Award and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan shall control.

 

6


N EW R ELIC , I NC .       R ECIPIENT :

By:

 

 

     

 

           Signature

Title:

 

 

      Date:   

 

Date:

 

 

        

 

7


Attachment II

N EW R ELIC , I NC .

2008 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


Attachment III

F ORM O F A SSIGNMENT S EPARATE F ROM C ERTIFICATE


STOCK ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the undersigned sells, assigns and transfers unto New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Repurchase Option under that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated                     , by and between the undersigned and the Company (the “ Agreement ”)                  shares of Common Stock of the Company standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No[s]                      and does irrevocably constitute and appoint both the Company’s Secretary and the Company’s attorney, or either of them, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. This Assignment may be used only in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, in connection with the repurchase of shares of Common Stock issued to the undersigned pursuant to the Agreement, and only to the extent that such shares remain subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option under the Agreement.

 

Date:

 

 

  (leave blank)

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name (Please Print)


Attachment IV

F ORM O F J OINT E SCROW I NSTRUCTIONS


JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS

[                    ]

Cooley LLP

101 California Street, 5 th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94111

Ladies and Gentlemen:

As Escrow Agent for both New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Company ”) and the purchaser listed on the signature page of this Agreement (“ Purchaser ”), you are authorized and directed to hold the documents delivered to you pursuant to the terms of that certain Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of                      (“ Agreement ”), to which a copy of these Joint Escrow Instructions is attached as an Exhibit, in accordance with the following instructions:

In the event Company or an assignee shall elect to exercise the Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement, the Company or its assignee will give to Purchaser and you a written notice specifying the number of shares of stock to be purchased, the purchase price, and the time for a closing thereunder at the principal office of the Company. Purchaser and the Company irrevocably authorize and direct you to close the transaction contemplated by such notice in accordance with the terms of said notice.

1. At the closing, you are directed (a) to date the stock assignments necessary for the transfer in question, (b) to fill in the number of shares being transferred and (c) to deliver the same, together with the certificate evidencing the shares of stock to be transferred, to the Company against the simultaneous delivery to you of the purchase price (which may include suitable acknowledgment of cancellation of indebtedness) for the number of shares of stock being purchased pursuant to the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

2. Purchaser irrevocably authorizes the Company to deposit with you any certificates evidencing shares of stock to be held by you hereunder and any additions and substitutions to said shares as specified in the Agreement. Purchaser does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint you as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent for the term of this escrow to execute with respect to such securities all documents necessary or appropriate to make such securities negotiable and complete any transaction herein contemplated, including but not limited to any appropriate filing with state or government officials or bank officials. Subject to the provisions of this paragraph 3, Purchaser shall exercise all rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Company while the stock is held by you.

3. This escrow shall terminate upon the exercise in full or expiration of the Repurchase Option, whichever occurs first.

4. If at the time of termination of this escrow under paragraph 3 herein you should have in your possession any documents, securities, or other property belonging to Purchaser, you shall deliver all of the same to Purchaser and shall be discharged of all further obligations hereunder; provided, however, that if at the time of termination of this escrow you are advised by the Company that any property subject to this escrow is the subject of a pledge or other security agreement, you shall deliver all such property to the pledgeholder or other person designated by the Company.

5. Except as otherwise provided in these Joint Escrow Instructions, your duties hereunder may be altered, amended, modified or revoked only by a writing signed by all of the parties to this Agreement.

 

1.


6. You shall be obligated only for the performance of such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be protected in relying or refraining from acting on any instrument reasonably believed by you to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties. You shall not be personally liable for any act you may do or omit to do hereunder as Escrow Agent or as attorney-in-fact for Purchaser while acting in good faith and in the exercise of your own good judgment, and any act done or omitted by you pursuant to the advice of your own attorneys shall be conclusive evidence of such good faith.

7. You are expressly authorized to disregard any and all warnings given by any of the parties to this Agreement or by any other person or entity, excepting only orders or process of courts of law, and are expressly authorized to comply with and obey orders, judgments or decrees of any court. In case you obey or comply with any such order, judgment or decree of any court, you shall not be liable to any of the parties to this Agreement or to any other person, firm or corporation by reason of such compliance, notwithstanding any such order, judgment or decree being subsequently reversed, modified, annulled, set aside, vacated or found to have been entered without jurisdiction.

8. You shall not be liable in any respect on account of the identity, authorities or rights of the parties executing or delivering or purporting to execute or deliver these Joint Escrow Instructions documents or papers deposited or called for hereunder.

9. You shall not be liable for the outlawing of any rights under any statute of limitations with respect to these Joint Escrow Instructions or any documents deposited with you.

10. Your responsibilities as Escrow Agent hereunder shall terminate if you shall cease to represent the Company as outside legal counsel or if you shall resign by written notice to the Company. In the event of any such termination, the Secretary of the Company shall automatically become the successor Escrow Agent unless the Company shall appoint another successor Escrow Agent, and Purchaser confirms the appointment of such successor as Purchaser’s attorney-in-fact and agent to the full extent of your appointment.

11. If you reasonably require other or further instruments in connection with these Joint Escrow Instructions or obligations in respect to this Agreement, the necessary parties hereto shall join in furnishing such instruments.

12. It is understood and agreed that should any dispute arise with respect to the delivery and/or ownership or right of possession of the securities held by you hereunder, you are authorized and directed to retain in your possession without liability to anyone all or any part of said securities until such dispute shall have been settled either by mutual written agreement of the parties concerned or by a final order, decree or judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction after the time for appeal has expired and no appeal has been perfected, but you shall be under no duty whatsoever to institute or defend any such proceedings.

13. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the next business day, (c) five calendar days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the other party to this Agreement at such party’s address set forth below, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten days advance written notice to the other party hereto.

 

2.


Company:   
Purchaser:   
Escrow Agent:   

14. By signing these Joint Escrow Instructions, you become a party to this Agreement only for the purpose of said Joint Escrow Instructions; you do not become a party to the Agreement.

15. You shall be entitled to employ such legal counsel and other experts (including, without limitation, the firm of Cooley LLP) as you may deem necessary properly to advise you in connection with your obligations hereunder. You may rely upon the advice of such counsel, and you may pay such counsel reasonable compensation therefor. The Company shall be responsible for all fees generated by such legal counsel in connection with your obligations hereunder.

16. This instrument shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns. It is understood and agreed that references to “you” and “your” herein refer to the original Escrow Agents. It is understood and agreed that the Company may at any time or from time to time assign its rights under the Agreement and these Joint Escrow Instructions.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

3.


These Joint Escrow Instructions shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied by California courts to contracts made and to be performed entirely in California by residents of that state. The parties expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Santa Clara County, California for any lawsuit arising from or related to this Agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
 

COMPANY:

 

N EW R ELIC , I NC .

  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

  PURCHASER:
 

 

  (Signature)
 

 

  Name (Please Print)
  ESCROW AGENT:
  C OOLEY LLP
  By:  

 

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE T O J OINT E SCROW I NSTRUCTIONS ]

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

June 14, 2011

Mr. Chris Cook

Dear Chris:

We are very pleased to offer you a position with New Relic, Inc. (“Company”) on the following terms. Please let us know if you have any questions at all.

1. Employment Duties . Your employment shall be with Company in the position of President and COO reporting to Lew Cirne. As President and COO you shall include directly oversee the sales, marketing and business develop functions, plus Jim Gochee, SVP — Products, shall have a dotted line reporting relationship to you. Your responsibilities shall also include working with Lew and the rest of the executive team to drive business growth and refine strategy, working across all departments in the Company to ensure that teams are communicating and integrating efficiently, and such other tasks as may be assigned to you from time to time by Company. You shall devote your full time, ability, attention, energy and skills solely and exclusively to performing all duties as assigned and delegated to you by Company.

2. Start Date . If you accept this offer, your employment with Company shall begin on Thursday, September 1, 2011. You will be based out of the San Francisco office.

3. Salary and Bonus . In consideration for your services to Company, you will receive compensation of $10,417 twice a month (equivalent to an annual salary of $250,000). In addition, you will be eligible for an annual performance bonus, paid quarterly and targeted at $125,000 per year, based on individual, group and/or corporate goals to be determined during the first month of your employment. For the first two years of your employment, 50% of your bonus ($15,625 per quarter) shall be guaranteed so long as you are employed when the bonus is due to be paid. The Company shall withhold and deduct all federal and state income, social security and disability taxes as required by applicable laws.

4. Additional Benefits .

 

  a. Stock Option Grant. We will recommend to the Board an Employee Stock Option grant of 1,200,000 shares, at fair market value at the time of the grant, and vesting over four years. The actual quantity, pricing and vesting of your grant will be determined at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

.


Page 2

 

  b. Termination within 1 Year. We will recommend that, in the event you are terminated other than for cause prior to the first anniversary of your employment (which coincides with the first vesting date of your equity grant), vesting of your options accelerate such that 25% of the options are vested as of the termination date. We will also recommend that in the event of termination other than for cause, the period following termination during which you will have the right to exercise your stock options be extended to 1 year from the termination date, Both the above provisions will be contingent upon you signing a Company form separation agreement which includes general release.

 

  c. Insurance. The Company’s benefits package includes health, dental. vision and life insurance. Additional details of insurance benefits shall be provided separately. Insurance benefits start on the 1 st day of the second month of employment.

 

  d. 401 k Plan. You will be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored 401k investment plan immediately upon starting employment.

 

  e. Paid Time Off and Holidays. You shall be entitled to eighteen (18) days of paid time off per year. Company paid holidays are: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, 4 th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, the Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day, plus two (2) annual floating holidays determined by Company.

 

  f. Business Expenses. You shall be entitled to reimbursement by Company for such customary, ordinary and necessary business expenses as are incurred by you in the performance of your duties and consistent with the policies of the Company.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions . As a condition of your employment with Company, you shall execute, at the same time as this agreement, the Proprietary information and Inventions Agreement attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

6. At-Will Employment . Your employment with Company is entirely voluntary for both parties and either you or Company may conclude the employment relationship at any time, and for any reason or for no reason at all. Also, Company retains its discretion to make all other decisions concerning your employment (e.g. demotions, transfers, job responsibilities, compensation or any other managerial decisions) with or without good cause. This “at will” employment relationship can only be modified in writing by the President of Company. This paragraph 6 contains the entire agreement between you and Company regarding the right and ability of either you or Company to terminate your employment with Company.

7. Representation and Warranty . You represent and warrant to us that the performance of your duties for the Company will not violate any agreement with or trade secrets of any other person or entity and that your duties for the Company, unless we are notified in writing in advance, will not be limited or restricted by any other agreements or understandings between you and other persons or companies. You specifically agree to ensure that you do not use or infringe on the confidentiality or intellectual property rights of any previous employer. You agree to indemnify the Company against a breach of the representations and warranties in paragraph 7.

 


Page 3

By signing this letter, you further agree that all disputes, claims or causes of action arising out of or relating to this letter agreement, your employment with Company, or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes established by the AAA.

This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

This offer will expire on June 15, 2011.

By so signing. you acknowledge that you have received no inducements or representations other than those set forth in this letter which caused you to accept this offer of employment.

We look forward to your favorable reply, and to a productive and enjoyable working relationship.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Mark Sachleben
CFO

 

Offer Accepted:

/s/ Chris Cook

Chris Cook
Date:
June 14 th , 2011

 


EXHIBIT A — N EW R ELIC , I NC .

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by N EW R ELIC , I NC . (“ Company ”), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. N ONDISCLOSURE

1.1 Recognition of Company’s Rights; Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of the Company’s Proprietary Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for the Company, or unless an officer of the Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognize that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

1.2 Proprietary Information. The term “ Proprietary information ” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company. By way of illustration but not limitation, “ Proprietary Information ” includes (a) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”); and (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, I am free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry, which is not gained as result of a breach of this Agreement, and my own skill, knowledge, know-how and experience to whatever extent and in whichever way I wish.

1.3 Third Party information. understand, in addition, that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or use, except in connection with my work for the Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by an officer of the Company in writing.

1.4 No Improper Use of Information of Prior Employers and Others. During my employment by the Company I will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality, and I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by that former employer or person. I will use in the performance of my duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.

2. A SSIGNMENT OF I NVENTIONS .

2.1 Proprietary Rights. The term “ Proprietary Rights ” shall mean all trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and other intellectual property rights throughout the world.

2.2 Prior Inventions. Inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which I made prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, I

 

 

4.


have set forth on Exhibit C (Previous Inventions) attached hereto a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company, that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (collectively referred to as “ Prior Inventions ”). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit C but am only to disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. A space is provided on Exhibit C for such purpose. If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, in-evocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions without the Company’s prior written consent.

2.3 Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2.4, and 2.6, I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Proprietary Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Proprietary Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with the Company. Inventions assigned to the Company, or to a third party as directed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, are hereinafter referred to as “ Company Inventions .”

2.4 Nonassignable Inventions. This Agreement does not apply to an Invention which qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code (hereinafter “ Section 2870 ”). I have reviewed the notification on Exhibit B (Limited Exclusion

Notification) and agree that my signature acknowledges receipt of the notification.

2.5 Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for six (6) months after termination of my employment with the Company, I will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others. In addition, I will promptly disclose to the Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, I will advise the Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify for protection under Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Company will keep in confidence and will not use for any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully for protection under the provisions of Section 2870. I will preserve the confidentiality of any Invention that does not fully qualify for protection under Section 2870.

2.6 Government or Third Party. I also agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by the Company.

2.7 Works for Hire. I acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

2.8 Enforcement of Proprietary Rights. I will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain, and from time to time enforce, United States and foreign Proprietary Rights relating to Company Inventions in any and all countries. To that end I will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearances as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, perfecting, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing such Proprietary Rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, I will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such Proprietary Rights to the Company or its designee. My obligation to assist the Company with respect to Proprietary Rights relating to such Company

 

 

5.


Inventions in any and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of my employment, but the Company shall compensate me at a reasonable rate after my termination for the time actually spent by me at the Company’s request on such assistance.

In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and in my behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. I hereby waive and quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which I now or may hereafter have for infringement of any Proprietary Rights assigned hereunder to the Company.

3. R ECORDS . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Proprietary Information developed by me and all Inventions made by me during the period of my employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

4. A DDITIONAL A CTIVITIES . I agree that during the period of my employment by the Company I will not, without the Company’s written consent, engage in any employment or business activity which is competitive with, or would otherwise conflict with, my employment by the Company. I agree further that for the period of my employment by the Company and for one (1) year after the date of termination of my employment by the Company I will not, either directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, independent contractor or consultant of the company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

5. N O C ONFLICTING O BLIGATION . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I

have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

6. R ETURN O F C OMPANY D OCUMENTS . When I leave the employ of the Company, I will deliver to the Company any and all drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Company Inventions, Third Party Information or Proprietary Information of the Company. I further agree that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. Prior to leaving, I will cooperate with the Company in completing and signing the Company’s termination statement.

7. L EGAL A ND E QUITABLE R EMEDIES . Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Proprietary Information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

8. N OTICES . Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

9. N OTIFICATION O F N EW E MPLOYER . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

10. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

10.1 Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in

 

 

6.


San Francisco County, California, for any lawsuit filed there against me by Company arising from or related to this Agreement.

10.2 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable taw as it shall then appear.

10.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

10.4 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

10.5 Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or the Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause.

10.6 Waiver. No waiver by the Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver by the Company of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right. The Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this Agreement.

10.7 Advice of Counsel. ACKNOWLEDGE THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS

AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.

10.8 Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this Agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by the Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with the Company, namely: Sept. 6th, 2011.

I HAVE READ THIS A GREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS . I HAVE COMPLETELY FILLED OUT E XHIBIT B TO THIS A GREEMENT .

 

Dated: June 14, 2011

/s/ Chris Cook

Chris Cook
A CCEPTED AND A GREED T O : N EW R ELIC , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Title:  

CFO

139 Townsend #505

(Address)

SF, CA 94107

Dated: 27 Sep 2011
 

 

7.


E XHIBIT B

LIMITED EXCLUSION NOTIFICATION

T HIS I S T O N OTIFY you in accordance with Section 2872 of the California Labor Code that the foregoing Agreement between you and the Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to the Company any invention that you developed entirely on your own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or

2. Result from any work performed by you for the Company.

To the extent a provision in the foregoing Agreement purports to require you to assign an invention otherwise excluded from the preceding paragraph, the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

This limited exclusion does not apply to any patent or invention covered by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies requiring full title to such patent or invention to be in the United States.

I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT of a copy of this notification.

 

By:  

/s/ Chris Cook

  Chris Cook
Date: June 14, 2011

 

W ITNESSED B Y :

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Mark J. Sachleben

(P RINTED N AME OF R EPRESENTATIVE )

 

 


E XHIBIT C

 

TO:    New Relic, Inc.
FROM:    Chris Cook
DATE:    June 14, 2011
SUBJECT:    Previous Inventions

1. Except as listed in Section 2 below, the following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

x       No inventions or improvements.

¨       See below:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

¨       Additional sheets attached.

2. Due to a prior confidentiality agreement, I cannot complete the disclosure under Section 1 above with respect to inventions or improvements generally listed below, the proprietary rights and duty of confidentiality with respect to which If owe to the following party(ies):

 

  Invention or Improvement   Party(ies)   Relationship
1.  

 

 

 

 

 

2.  

 

 

 

 

 

3.  

 

 

 

 

 

¨

  Additional sheets attached.    

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

LOGO

November  29 , 2013

Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

Dear Hilarie:

I am very pleased to offer you a position with New Relic, Inc. (“Company”) on the following terms. Please contact Mark or me if you have any questions at all about this offer. When ready to execute, please sign the four places indicated. This offer is contingent on successful completion of a criminal background check.

1. Employment Duties . Your employment shall be with Company in the position of Chief Revenue Officer, reporting to me. You shall devote your full time, ability, attention, energy and skills solely and exclusively to performing all duties as assigned and delegated to you by Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you will be permitted to serve as an advisor or board member for other organizations, so long as these organizations are not competitive with the Company and your service does not conflict with your duties to the Company.

2. Start Date . If you accept this offer, your employment with Company shall begin on December 2, 2013, or other such date as is mutually agreed.

3. Salary and Bonus . In consideration for your services to Company, you will receive compensation of $12,500 twice a month (equivalent to an annual salary of $300,000). In addition, you will be eligible for a performance bonus, paid quarterly and targeted at $200,000 annually, based on individual, group and/or corporate goals to be determined during the first month of your employment. The Company shall withhold and deduct all federal and state income, social security and disability taxes as required by applicable laws.

4. Additional Benefits .

 

  a. Stock Option Grant . We will recommend to the Board an Employee Stock Option grant to purchase 850,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “Option”), with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our Common Stock at the time of the grant, and vesting over four years. The actual quantity, pricing and vesting of your grant will be determined at the sole discretion of the Board. The Option will be governed in all respects by the terms of the Company’s 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (the “Plan”), and the related form of option agreement.

 

  b. Insurance . The Company’s benefits package includes health, dental, vision and life insurance. Additional details of insurance benefits shall be provided separately. Your insurance benefits start on the first day of the first full calendar month of employment .


Page 2

 

  c. 401(k) Plan . You will be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored 401(k) investment plan immediately upon starting employment.

 

  d. Holidays . Company paid holidays generally are: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, 4 th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, the Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day, plus two (2) annual floating holidays determined by Company.

 

  e. Business Expenses . You shall be entitled to reimbursement by Company for such customary, ordinary and necessary business expenses as are incurred by you in the performance of your duties and consistent with the policies of the Company.

 

  f. Severance Benefits .

 

  a. Salary.

 

  i. If the Company terminates your employment without Cause (as defined below) or you resign your employment for Good Reason (as defined below), in each case during the first 6 months of your employment with the Company, and provided such termination constitutes a “separation from service” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)) (a “Separation from Service”), and further provided that you remain in compliance with this offer letter agreement and within 60 days following the date of termination of your employment you provide to the Company an executed and effective general release of all claims in a form satisfactory to the Company (the “Release”), then the Company will pay you severance compensation equal to twelve (12) months of your base salary in effect as of your employment termination date, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, which will be paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60th) day following your Separation from Service, provided the Release has become effective.

 

  ii.

If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign your employment for Good Reason, in each case after the first 6 mouths of your employment with the Company but before the first anniversary of the date you started employment with the Company, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, and further provided that you remain in compliance with this


Page 3

 

  offer letter agreement and within 60 days following the date of termination of your employment you provide to the Company an executed and effective Release, then the Company will pay you severance compensation equal to your base salary in effect as of your employment termination date that you would have earned from the date of your termination or resignation through the date 18 months following the date you started employment with the Company, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, which will be paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60th) day following your Separation from Service, provided the Release has become effective.

 

  iii. If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign your employment for Good Reason, in each case after the first 12 months of your employment with the Company but before the first anniversary of the date you started employment with the Company, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, and further provided that you remain in compliance with this offer letter agreement and within 60 days following the date of termination of your employment you provide to the Company an executed and effective Release, then the Company will pay you severance compensation equal to six (6) months of your base salary in effect as of your employment termination date, less payroll deductions and all required withholdings, which will be paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60th) day following your Separation from Service, provided the Release has become effective.

“Cause” for termination means your: (i) conviction or nolo contendre plea of any felony, or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) intentional participation in any material fraud against the Company; (iii) intentional breach of any fiduciary duty to the Company; (iv) persistent unsatisfactory performance of material duties after receiving written notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure (if deemed curable by the Company in its reasonable discretion), which will in no event be more than 30 days following written identification of the unsatisfactory performance in reasonable detail; (v) intentional and material damage to any material property of the Company; (vi) intentional and material breach of any written agreement with the Company or of any written Company policy, including but not limited to any agreement regarding confidentiality of Company information; (vii) conduct that in the good faith and reasonable determination of the Company demonstrates gross unfitness to serve; (viii) incapacity to perform the essential functions of the job for a period of 90 calendar days, or for at least 65 business


Page 4

 

days within a 12-month period, provided, that the Company will act upon this clause only in compliance with all applicable laws; or (ix) death.

“Good Reason” for resignation shall mean your written notice to the Company, within 20 days after the occurrence (in each case without your prior consent) of one of the following events, that you intend to terminate your employment for any of the following reasons, if not cured within a reasonable time: (i) the Company’s assignment to you of any duties or responsibilities that, when considered together with all of your ongoing duties and responsibilities, would result in the material diminution of your duties and responsibilities; provided, however, that neither (A) a change in title, nor (B) the acquisition of the Company and conversion of the Company to a subsidiary, division or unit of the acquiring corporation, and reasonable accompanying job changes, will by themselves result in such diminution; (ii) a reduction of your annual base salary or material reduction in your Company-sponsored benefits, except to the extent the base salaries or benefits of other executives of the Company are similarly reduced; or (iii) relocation of your principal office to a location outside San Francisco County, San Mateo County, or Santa Clara County.

 

  b. Option Acceleration . Subject to Section 4(g)(b) below, if the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign your employment for Good Reason, the Company will accelerate the vesting of the Option such that (i) if the termination or resignation occurs during the first 12 months of your employment, 25% of the shares subject to the Option will be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of the date of your Separation from Service, or (ii) if the termination or resignation occurs after the first 12 months of your employment, a number of shares subject to the Option will be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of the date of your Separation from Service equal to the amount that would have vested in the six months following the Separation from Service.

 

  c. Other Termination or Resignation . In the event that your employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or by you for any reason other than Good Reason, then you will no longer vest in the Option, all payments of compensation by the Company to you hereunder will terminate immediately (except as to amounts already earned), and you will not be entitled to any severance benefits, including (without limitation) any severance payment or the vesting acceleration. In addition, you will promptly resign from all positions and terminate any relationships as an employee, advisor, officer or director with the Company and any of its affiliates, each effective on the date of termination.


Page 5

 

  g. Change in Control Benefits .

 

  a. Single Trigger . If there is a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), then the vesting of the Option shall be accelerated such that (i) if the Change of Control occurs during the first 12 months of your employment, 25% of the shares subject to the Option will be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of the Change in Control or (ii) if the Change of Control occurs after the first 12 months of your employment, a number of shares subject to the Option will be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of the date of the closing of the Change in Control equal to the amount that would have vested in the six months following the Change in Control.

 

  b. Double Trigger . If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign your employment for Good Reason, in each case within 18 months following a Change of Control, and provided such termination constitutes a Separation from Service, and further provided that you remain in compliance with this offer letter agreement and within 60 days following the date of termination of your employment you provide to the Company an executed and effective Release, then in addition to the severance benefits set forth in Section 4(f), 100% of the shares subject to the Option will be deemed immediately vested and exercisable as of the date of such termination or resignation.

 

  h. Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this offer letter agreement, if you are at the time of your Separation from Service a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, then, to the extent delayed commencement of all or any portion of the benefits and payments to which you are entitled under this offer letter agreement is required in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, including, without limitation, any separation payments or benefits payable under Section 4(f)-(g), such benefits and payments shall not be paid to you until the earlier of (a) the first business day following the expiration of the six (6)-month period following your Separation from Service or (b) the first business day following the date of your death. If the payment of any such amounts is delayed as result of the previous sentence, then upon the expiration of the applicable period, the cumulative amount of all such payments that would have otherwise been payable to you shall be paid in a single lump sum to you (or your estate or beneficiaries, if applicable), without interest, and any remaining payments due under this offer letter agreement shall be paid as otherwise provided herein. For purposes of Section 409A of the Code and the Department of Treasury regulations issued thereunder, your right to receive the payments and benefits payable pursuant to the Agreement shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate payments and accordingly, each payment shall at all times be considered a separate and distinct payment.


Page 6

 

  i. Parking . The Company will obtain a parking space in the garage of the building where your primary office is located and reserve it for your use, provided that you pay the cost to the Company of the parking space.

 

  j. Car Service . The Company will cover car service expenses for you up to three times per week from your home to your primary office during peak work periods.

 

  k. Travel . When required to travel by airline for business, you will be permitted to fly business class.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions; Other Agreements . As a condition of your employment with Company, you shall execute, at the same time as this agreement, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference. Also, as a condition to your receiving the Option, you will become party to the Company’s existing Amended and Restated Voting Agreement and the Company’s existing Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, copies of which have been provided to you for your review.

6. At-Will Employment . Your employment with Company is entirely voluntary for both parties and either you or Company may conclude the employment relationship at any time, and for any reason or for no reason at all. Also, Company retains its discretion to make all other decisions concerning your employment (e.g. demotions, transfers, job responsibilities, compensation or any other managerial decisions) with or without good cause. This “at will” employment relationship can only be modified in writing by the CEO of Company. This paragraph 6 contains the entire agreement between you and Company regarding the right and ability of either you or Company to terminate your employment with Company.

7. Representation and Warranty . You represent and warrant to us that the performance of your duties for the Company will not violate any agreement with or trade secrets of any other person or entity and that your duties for the Company, unless we are notified in writing in advance, will not be limited or restricted by any other agreements or understandings between you and other persons or companies. You specifically agree to ensure that you do not use or infringe on the confidentiality or intellectual property rights of any previous employer. You agree to indemnify the Company against a breach of the representations and warranties in paragraph 7.

By signing this letter, you further agree that all disputes, claims or causes of action arising out of or relating to this letter agreement, your employment with Company, or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes established by the AAA.

This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The


Page 7

 

employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

This offer will expire on November     , 2013.

By so signing, you acknowledge that you have received no inducements or representations other than those set forth in this letter that caused you to accept this offer of employment.

We look forward to your favorable reply, and to a productive and enjoyable working relationship.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Lewis Cirne   Mark J. Sachleben
Founder & CEO   CFO

 

 

Offer Accepted:

 

/s/ Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

29-NOV-2013

Date

 

cc: New Relic Board Of Directors


EXHIBIT A – N EW R ELIC , I NC .

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by N EW R ELIC , I NC . ( “Company” ), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. N ONDISCLOSURE

1.1 Recognition of Company’s Rights; Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of the Company’s Proprietary Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for the Company, or unless an officer of the Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognize that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

1.2 Proprietary Information. The term “Proprietary Information” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company. By way of illustration but not limitation, “Proprietary Information” includes (a) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Inventions” ); and (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, I am free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry, which is not gained as result of a breach of this Agreement, and my own skill, knowledge, know-how and experience to whatever extent and in whichever way I wish.

1.3 Third Party Information. I understand, in addition, that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information ( “Third Party Information” ) subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the

term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or use, except in connection with my work for the Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by an officer of the Company in writing.

1.4 No Improper Use of Information of Prior Employers and Others. During my employment by the Company I will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality, and I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by that former employer or person. I will use in the performance of my duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.

2. A SSIGNMENT OF I NVENTIONS .

2.1 Proprietary Rights. The term “Proprietary Rights” shall mean all trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and other intellectual property rights throughout the world.

2.2 Prior Inventions. Inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which I made prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, I have set forth on Exhibit C (Previous Inventions) attached hereto a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company, that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (collectively referred to as “Prior Inventions” ). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I

 

 

8.


understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit C but am only to disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. A space is provided on Exhibit C for such purpose. If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions without the Company’s prior written consent.

2.3 Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2.4, and 2.6, I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Proprietary Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Proprietary Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with the Company. Inventions assigned to the Company, or to a third party as directed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, are hereinafter referred to as “Company Inventions.”

2.4 Nonassignable Inventions. This Agreement does not apply to an Invention which qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code (hereinafter “Section 2870” ). I have reviewed the notification on Exhibit B (Limited Exclusion Notification) and agree that my signature acknowledges receipt of the notification.

2.5 Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for six (6) months after termination of my employment with the Company, I will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others. In addition, I will promptly disclose to the Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, will advise the Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify for protection under Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Company will keep in confidence and will not use for

any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully for protection under the provisions of Section 2870. I will preserve the confidentiality of any Invention that does not fully qualify for protection under Section 2870.

2.6 Government or Third Party. I also agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by the Company.

2.7 Works for Hire. I acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

2.8 Enforcement of Proprietary Rights. I will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain, and from time to time enforce, United States and foreign Proprietary Rights relating to Company Inventions in any and all countries. To that end I will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearances as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, perfecting, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing such Proprietary Rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, I will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such Proprietary Rights to the Company or its designee. My obligation to assist the Company with respect to Proprietary Rights relating to such Company Inventions in any and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of my employment, but the Company shall compensate me at a reasonable rate after my termination for the time actually spent by me at the Company’s request on such assistance.

In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and in my behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. I hereby waive and quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which I now or may hereafter have for infringement of any Proprietary Rights assigned hereunder to the Company.

 

 

9.


3. R ECORDS . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Proprietary Information developed by me and all Inventions made by me during the period of my employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

4. A DDITIONAL A CTIVITIES . I agree that during the period of my employment by the Company I will not, without the Company’s written consent, engage in any employment or business activity which is competitive with, or would otherwise conflict with, my employment by the Company. I agree further that for the period of my employment by the Company and for one (1) year after the date of termination of my employment by the Company I will not, either directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, independent contractor or consultant of the company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

5. N O C ONFLICTING O BLIGATION . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

6. R ETURN OF C OMPANY D OCUMENTS . When I leave the employ of the Company, I will deliver to the Company any and all drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Company Inventions, Third Party Information or Proprietary Information of the Company. I further agree that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. Prior to leaving, I will cooperate with the Company in completing and signing the Company’s termination statement.

7. L EGAL AND E QUITABLE R EMEDIES . Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Proprietary Information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without

prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

8. N OTICES . Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

9. N OTIFICATION OF N EW E MPLOYER . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

10. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

10.1 Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in San Francisco County, California, for any lawsuit filed there against me by Company arising from or related to this Agreement.

10.2 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

10.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

10.4 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

 

 

10.


10.5 Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or the Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause.

10.6 Waiver. No waiver by the Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver by the Company of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right. The Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this Agreement.

10.7 Advice of Counsel. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.

10.8 Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this Agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by the Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with the Company, namely: December 2nd, 2013.

I HAVE READ THIS A GREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS . I HAVE COMPLETELY FILLED OUT E XHIBIT B TO THIS A GREEMENT .

 

Dated:  

29-NOV-2013

/s/ Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

Hilarie Koplow-McAdams
A CCEPTED AND A GREED T O : N EW R ELIC , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Title:  

CFO

188 Spear St. #1200

San Francisco, CA 94105

(Address)

 

Dated:  

2 DEC 2013

 

 

11.


E XHIBIT B

LIMITED EXCLUSION NOTIFICATION

T HIS IS TO NOTIFY you in accordance with Section 2872 of the California Labor Code that the foregoing Agreement between you and the Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to the Company any invention that you developed entirely on your own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or

2. Result from any work performed by you for the Company.

To the extent a provision in the foregoing Agreement purports to require you to assign an invention otherwise excluded from the preceding paragraph, the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

This limited exclusion does not apply to any patent or invention covered by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies requiring full title to such patent or invention to be in the United States.

I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT of a copy of this notification.

 

By:  

/s/ Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

  Hilarie Koplow-McAdams
Date:  

29-NOV-2013

 

W ITNESSED B Y :

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Mark J. Sachleben

(P RINTED N AME OF R EPRESENTATIVE )


E XHIBIT C

 

TO:   New Relic, Inc.
FROM:   Hilarie Koplow-McAdams
SIGNED:  

/s/ Hilarie Koplow-McAdams

DATE:  

29-NOV-2013

SUBJECT:   Previous Inventions

1. Except as listed in Section 2 below, the following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by New Relic, Inc. (the “Company” ) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

  x    No inventions or improvements.
  ¨    See below:
    

 

    

 

    

 

¨   Additional sheets attached.

2. Due to a prior confidentiality agreement, I cannot complete the disclosure under Section 1 above with respect to inventions or improvements generally listed below, the proprietary rights and duty of confidentiality with respect to which I owe to the following party(ies):

 

    Invention or Improvement    Party(ies)    Relationship
1.  

 

  

 

  

 

2.  

 

  

 

  

 

3.  

 

  

 

  

 

 

¨ Additional sheets attached.

Exhibit 10.7

 

LOGO

October 7, 2010

Mr. Patrick Moran

[*]

Dear Patrick:

We are very pleased to offer you a position with New Relic, Inc. (“Company”) on the following terms. Please let us know if you have any questions at all.

1. Employment Duties . Your employment shall be with Company in the position of Vice President—Marketing. As Vice President-Marketing you will be responsible for all marketing activities at New Relic, including building our online marketing engine, corporate brand management and awareness, and product marketing. Additional responsibilities include partnering with Engineering on the product roadmap, working with Sales to optimize yield at each step of the sales process, evangelizing the company and products, and advocating on behalf of customers within New Relic and such other tasks as may be assigned to you from time to time by Company. You shall devote your full time, ability, attention, energy and skills solely and exclusively to performing all duties as assigned and delegated to you by Company.

2. Start Date . If you accept this offer, your employment with Company shall begin on Monday, November 1, 2010. You will be based out of the San Francisco office.

3. Salary and Bonus . In consideration for your services to Company, you will receive compensation of $7,917 twice a month (equivalent to an annual salary of $190,000). In addition, you will be eligible for an annual performance bonus, paid quarterly and targeted at $35,000 per year, based on individual, group and/or corporate goals to be determined during the first 90 days of your employment. The Company shall withhold and deduct all federal and state income, social security and disability taxes as required by applicable laws.

4. Additional Benefits .

 

  a. Stock Option Grant. We will recommend to the Board an Employee Stock Option grant of 340,000 shares, at fair market value at the time of the grant, and vesting over four years. The actual quantity, pricing and vesting of your grant will be determined at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

  b. Insurance. The Company’s benefits package includes health, dental, vision and life insurance. Additional details of insurance benefits shall be provided separately. Insurance benefits start on the 1 st day of the second month of employment.


Page 2

 

  c. 401k Plan. You will be eligible to participate in the Company sponsored 401k investment plan immediately upon starting employment.

 

  d. Paid Time Off and Holidays. You shall be entitled to eighteen (18) days of paid time off per year. Company paid holidays are: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, 4 th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, the Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day, plus two (2) annual floating holidays determined by Company.

 

  e. Business Expenses. You shall be entitled to reimbursement by Company for such customary, ordinary and necessary business expenses as are incurred by you in the performance of your duties and consistent with the policies of the Company.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions . As a condition of your employment with Company, you shall execute, at the same time as this agreement, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

6. At-Will Employment . Your employment with Company is entirely voluntary for both parties and either you or Company may conclude the employment relationship at any time, and for any reason or for no reason at all. Also, Company retains its discretion to make all other decisions concerning your employment (e.g. demotions, transfers, job responsibilities, compensation or any other managerial decisions) with or without good cause. This “at will” employment relationship can only be modified in writing by the President of Company. This paragraph 6 contains the entire agreement between you and Company regarding the right and ability of either you or Company to terminate your employment with Company.

7. Representation and Warranty . You represent and warrant to us that the performance of your duties for the Company will not violate any agreement with or trade secrets of any other person or entity and that your duties for the Company, unless we are notified in writing in advance, will not be limited or restricted by any other agreements or understandings between you and other persons or companies. You specifically agree to ensure that you do not use or infringe on the confidentiality or intellectual property rights of any previous employer. You agree to indemnify the Company against a breach of the representations and warranties in paragraph 7.

By signing this letter, you further agree that all disputes, claims or causes of action arising out of or relating to this letter agreement, your employment with Company, or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes established by the AAA.

This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The

 


Page 3

 

employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

This offer will expire on October 13, 2010.

By so signing, you acknowledge that you have received no inducements or representations other than those set forth in this letter which caused you to accept this offer of employment.

We look forward to your favorable reply, and to a productive and enjoyable working relationship.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Lewis Cirne

Founder & CEO

 

 

Offer Accepted:

/s/ Patrick Moran

Patrick Moran
Date:
Oct 12, 2010

 


EXHIBIT A — N EW R ELIC , I NC .

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by N EW R ELIC , I NC . ( “Company” ), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. N ONDISCLOSURE

1.1 Recognition of Company’s Rights; Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of the Company’s Proprietary Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for the Company, or unless an officer of the Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognize that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

1.2 Proprietary Information. The term “ Proprietary information ” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company. By way of illustration but not limitation, “ Proprietary Information ” includes (a) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”); and (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, I am free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry, which is not gained as result of a breach of this Agreement, and my own skill, knowledge, know-how and experience to whatever extent and in whichever way I wish.

1.3 Third Party information. understand, in addition, that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or use, except in connection with my work for the Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by an officer of the Company in writing.

1.4 No Improper Use of Information of Prior Employers and Others. During my employment by the Company I will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality, and I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by that former employer or person. I will use in the performance of my duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.

2. A SSIGNMENT OF I NVENTIONS .

2.1 Proprietary Rights. The term “ Proprietary Rights ” shall mean all trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and other intellectual property rights throughout the world.

2.2 Prior Inventions. Inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which I made prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, I

 

 

4.


have set forth on Exhibit C (Previous Inventions) attached hereto a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company, that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (collectively referred to as “ Prior Inventions ”). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit C but am only to disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. A space is provided on Exhibit C for such purpose. If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, in-evocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions without the Company’s prior written consent.

2.3 Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2.4, and 2.6, I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Proprietary Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Proprietary Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with the Company. Inventions assigned to the Company, or to a third party as directed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, are hereinafter referred to as “ Company Inventions .”

2.4 Nonassignable Inventions. This Agreement does not apply to an Invention which qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code (hereinafter “ Section 2870 ”). I have reviewed the notification on Exhibit B (Limited Exclusion

Notification) and agree that my signature acknowledges receipt of the notification.

2.5 Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for six (6) months after termination of my employment with the Company, I will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others. In addition, I will promptly disclose to the Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, I will advise the Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify for protection under Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Company will keep in confidence and will not use for any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully for protection under the provisions of Section 2870. I will preserve the confidentiality of any Invention that does not fully qualify for protection under Section 2870.

2.6 Government or Third Party. I also agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by the Company.

2.7 Works for Hire. I acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

2.8 Enforcement of Proprietary Rights. I will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain, and from time to time enforce, United States and foreign Proprietary Rights relating to Company Inventions in any and all countries. To that end I will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearances as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, perfecting, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing such Proprietary Rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, I will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such Proprietary Rights to the Company or its designee. My obligation to assist the Company with respect to Proprietary Rights relating to such Company

 

 

5.


Inventions in any and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of my employment, but the Company shall compensate me at a reasonable rate after my termination for the time actually spent by me at the Company’s request on such assistance.

In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and in my behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. I hereby waive and quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which I now or may hereafter have for infringement of any Proprietary Rights assigned hereunder to the Company.

3. R ECORDS . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Proprietary Information developed by me and all Inventions made by me during the period of my employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

4. A DDITIONAL A CTIVITIES . I agree that during the period of my employment by the Company I will not, without the Company’s written consent, engage in any employment or business activity which is competitive with, or would otherwise conflict with, my employment by the Company. I agree further that for the period of my employment by the Company and for one (1) year after the date of termination of my employment by the Company I will not, either directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, independent contractor or consultant of the company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

5. N O C ONFLICTING O BLIGATION . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I

have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

6. R ETURN O F C OMPANY D OCUMENTS . When I leave the employ of the Company, I will deliver to the Company any and all drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Company Inventions, Third Party Information or Proprietary Information of the Company. I further agree that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. Prior to leaving, I will cooperate with the Company in completing and signing the Company’s termination statement.

7. L EGAL A ND E QUITABLE R EMEDIES . Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Proprietary Information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

8. N OTICES . Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

9. N OTIFICATION O F N EW E MPLOYER . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

10. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

10.1 Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in

 

 

6.


San Francisco County, California, for any lawsuit filed there against me by Company arising from or related to this Agreement.

10.2 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable taw as it shall then appear.

10.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

10.4 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

10.5 Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or the Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause.

10.6 Waiver. No waiver by the Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver by the Company of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right. The Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this Agreement.

10.7 Advice of Counsel. ACKNOWLEDGE THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS

AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.

10.8 Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this Agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by the Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with the Company, namely: Nov. 1 2010.

I HAVE READ THIS A GREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS . I HAVE COMPLETELY FILLED OUT E XHIBIT B TO THIS A GREEMENT .

 

Dated:   Oct 12, 2010

 

/s/ Patrick Moran

Patrick Moran
A CCEPTED AND A GREED T O : N EW R ELIC , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Title:  

CFO

139 Townsend #505

(Address)

SF, CA 94107

Dated:   12 Oct 2012
 

 

7.


E XHIBIT B

LIMITED EXCLUSION NOTIFICATION

T HIS I S T O N OTIFY you in accordance with Section 2872 of the California Labor Code that the foregoing Agreement between you and the Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to the Company any invention that you developed entirely on your own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or

2. Result from any work performed by you for the Company.

To the extent a provision in the foregoing Agreement purports to require you to assign an invention otherwise excluded from the preceding paragraph, the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

This limited exclusion does not apply to any patent or invention covered by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies requiring full title to such patent or invention to be in the United States.

I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT of a copy of this notification.

 

By:  

/s/ Patrick Moran

  Patrick Moran
Date:   Oct 12, 2010

 

W ITNESSED B Y :

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Mark J. Sachleben

(P RINTED N AME OF R EPRESENTATIVE )


E XHIBIT C

 

TO:    New Relic, Inc.
FROM:    Patrick Moran
DATE:    Oct 12, 2010
SUBJECT:    Previous Inventions

1. Except as listed in Section 2 below, the following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

x       No inventions or improvements.

¨       See below:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

¨       Additional sheets attached.

2. Due to a prior confidentiality agreement, I cannot complete the disclosure under Section 1 above with respect to inventions or improvements generally listed below, the proprietary rights and duty of confidentiality with respect to which If owe to the following party(ies):

 

  Invention or Improvement   Party(ies)   Relationship
1.  

 

 

 

 

 

2.  

 

 

 

 

 

3.  

 

 

 

 

 

¨

  Additional sheets attached.    

Exhibit 10.8

 

LOGO

February 4, 2008

Mark Sachleben

Dear Mark:

I am very pleased to offer you a position with New Relic, Inc. (“Company”) on the following terms. Please let me know if you have any questions at all.

1. Employment Duties . Your employment shall be with Company in the position of Chief Operating Officer (COO). You shall devote your full time, ability, attention, energy and skills solely and exclusively to performing all duties as assigned and delegated to you by Company.

2. Start Date . If you accept this offer, your employment with Company shall begin on April 1, or earlier as mutually agreed. We may ask you to be available for occasional meetings or calls before this date

3. Salary . In consideration for your services to Company, you will receive compensation of $6,667 twice a month (equivalent to an annual salary of $160,000). The Company shall withhold and deduct all federal and state income, social security and disability taxes as required by applicable laws.

4. Additional Benefits .

 

  a. Stock Option Grant . We intend to recommend an Employee Stock Option grant of 1,225,000, at fair market value at the time of the grant, and vesting over four years. However, we do not yet have an Employee Stock Option Plan in place. Your grant, when made, will be subject to the terms of the Plan accepted by the Board. The actual quantity, pricing and vesting of your grant will be determined at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

  b. Insurance . The Company’s benefits package is under development and you will have benefits consistent with other employees as soon as it becomes available. In the meantime, the Company will reimburse you for 90% of the documented premium expense of your COBRA plan or other health, dental and vision coverage.

 

  c. 401k Plan . You will be eligible to participate in the 401k investment plan when set up by Company.


Page 2

 

  d. Paid Time Off and Holidays . You shall be entitled to eighteen (18) days of paid time off per year. Company paid holidays are: New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, 4 th of July, Labor Day, Thanksgiving, the Friday after Thanksgiving, and Christmas Day, plus two (2) annual floating holidays determined by Company.

 

  e. Business Expenses . You shall be entitled to reimbursement by Company for such customary, ordinary and necessary business expenses as are incurred by you in the performance of your duties and consistent with the policies of the Company.

5. Proprietary Information and Inventions . As a condition of your employment with Company, you shall execute, at the same time as this agreement, the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached as Exhibit A and incorporated herein by this reference.

6. At-Will Employment . Your employment with Company is entirely voluntary for both parties and either you or Company may conclude the employment relationship at any time, and for any reason or for no reason at all. Also, Company retains its discretion to make all other decisions concerning your employment (e.g. demotions, transfers, job responsibilities, compensation or any other managerial decisions) with or without good cause. This “at will” employment relationship can only be modified in writing by the President of Company. This paragraph 6 contains the entire agreement between you and Company regarding the right and ability of either you or Company to terminate your employment with Company.

7. Representation and Warranty . You represent and warrant to us that the performance of your duties for the Company will not violate any agreement with or trade secrets of any other person or entity and that your duties for the Company, unless we are notified in writing in advance, will not be limited or restricted by any other agreements or understandings between you and other persons or companies. You specifically agree to ensure that you do not use or infringe on the confidentiality or intellectual property rights of any previous employer. You agree to indemnify the Company against a breach of the representations and warranties in paragraph 7.

By signing this letter, you further agree that all disputes, claims or causes of action arising out of or relating to this letter agreement, your employment with Company, or the termination thereof, shall be submitted to final and binding arbitration before the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the rules and procedures of the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes established by the AAA.

This letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, forms the complete and exclusive statement of your employment agreement with Company. The employment terms in this letter supersede any other agreements or promises made to you by anyone, whether oral or written. As required by law, this offer is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

This offer will expire on February 15, 2008.


Page 3

 

By so signing, you acknowledge that you have received no inducements or representations other than those set forth in this letter which caused you to accept this offer of employment.

We look forward to your favorable reply, and to a productive and enjoyable working relationship.

 

Very truly yours,

/s/ Lew Cirne

Lew Cirne
Founder and CEO

 

 

 

Offer Accepted:

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Mark Sachleben
Date:
1 Apr 2008

 

3.


EXHIBIT A — N EW R ELIC , I NC .

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

In consideration of my employment or continued employment by N EW R ELIC , I NC . ( “Company” ), and the compensation now and hereafter paid to me, I hereby agree as follows:

 

1. N ONDISCLOSURE

1.1 Recognition of Company’s Rights; Nondisclosure. At all times during my employment and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, I will hold in strictest confidence and will not disclose, use, lecture upon or publish any of the Company’s Proprietary Information (defined below), except as such disclosure, use or publication may be required in connection with my work for the Company, or unless an officer of the Company expressly authorizes such in writing. I will obtain Company’s written approval before publishing or submitting for publication any material (written, verbal, or otherwise) that relates to my work at Company and/or incorporates any Proprietary Information. I hereby assign to the Company any rights I may have or acquire in such Proprietary Information and recognize that all Proprietary Information shall be the sole property of the Company and its assigns.

1.2 Proprietary Information. The term “ Proprietary information ” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company. By way of illustration but not limitation, “ Proprietary Information ” includes (a) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know-how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Inventions ”); and (b) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (c) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that, at all such times, I am free to use information which is generally known in the trade or industry, which is not gained as result of a breach of this Agreement, and my own skill, knowledge, know-how and experience to whatever extent and in whichever way I wish.

1.3 Third Party information. understand, in addition, that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties confidential or proprietary information (“Third Party Information”) subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. During the term of my employment and thereafter, I will hold Third Party Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose to anyone (other than Company personnel who need to know such information in connection with their work for the Company) or use, except in connection with my work for the Company, Third Party Information unless expressly authorized by an officer of the Company in writing.

1.4 No Improper Use of Information of Prior Employers and Others. During my employment by the Company I will not improperly use or disclose any confidential information or trade secrets, if any, of any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality, and I will not bring onto the premises of the Company any unpublished documents or any property belonging to any former employer or any other person to whom I have an obligation of confidentiality unless consented to in writing by that former employer or person. I will use in the performance of my duties only information which is generally known and used by persons with training and experience comparable to my own, which is common knowledge in the industry or otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or developed by the Company.

2. A SSIGNMENT OF I NVENTIONS .

2.1 Proprietary Rights. The term “ Proprietary Rights ” shall mean all trade secret, patent, copyright, mask work and other intellectual property rights throughout the world.

2.2 Prior Inventions. Inventions, if any, patented or unpatented, which I made prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company are excluded from the scope of this Agreement. To preclude any possible uncertainty, I

 

 

4.


have set forth on Exhibit C (Previous Inventions) attached hereto a complete list of all Inventions that I have, alone or jointly with others, conceived, developed or reduced to practice or caused to be conceived, developed or reduced to practice prior to the commencement of my employment with the Company, that I consider to be my property or the property of third parties and that I wish to have excluded from the scope of this Agreement (collectively referred to as “ Prior Inventions ”). If disclosure of any such Prior Invention would cause me to violate any prior confidentiality agreement, I understand that I am not to list such Prior Inventions in Exhibit C but am only to disclose a cursory name for each such invention, a listing of the party(ies) to whom it belongs and the fact that full disclosure as to such inventions has not been made for that reason. A space is provided on Exhibit C for such purpose. If no such disclosure is attached, I represent that there are no Prior Inventions. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate a Prior Invention into a Company product, process or machine, the Company is hereby granted and shall have a nonexclusive, royalty-free, in-evocable, perpetual, worldwide license (with rights to sublicense through multiple tiers of sublicensees) to make, have made, modify, use and sell such Prior Invention. Notwithstanding the foregoing, I agree that I will not incorporate, or permit to be incorporated, Prior Inventions in any Company Inventions without the Company’s prior written consent.

2.3 Assignment of Inventions. Subject to Sections 2.4, and 2.6, I hereby assign and agree to assign in the future (when any such Inventions or Proprietary Rights are first reduced to practice or first fixed in a tangible medium, as applicable) to the Company all my right, title and interest in and to any and all Inventions (and all Proprietary Rights with respect thereto) whether or not patentable or registrable under copyright or similar statutes, made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by me, either alone or jointly with others, during the period of my employment with the Company. Inventions assigned to the Company, or to a third party as directed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2, are hereinafter referred to as “ Company Inventions .”

2.4 Nonassignable Inventions. This Agreement does not apply to an Invention which qualifies fully as a nonassignable Invention under Section 2870 of the California Labor Code (hereinafter “ Section 2870 ”). I have reviewed the notification on Exhibit A (Limited Exclusion

Notification) and agree that my signature acknowledges receipt of the notification.

2.5 Obligation to Keep Company Informed. During the period of my employment and for six (6) months after termination of my employment with the Company, I will promptly disclose to the Company fully and in writing all Inventions authored, conceived or reduced to practice by me, either alone or jointly with others. In addition, I will promptly disclose to the Company all patent applications filed by me or on my behalf within a year after termination of employment. At the time of each such disclosure, I will advise the Company in writing of any Inventions that I believe fully qualify for protection under Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief. The Company will keep in confidence and will not use for any purpose or disclose to third parties without my consent any confidential information disclosed in writing to the Company pursuant to this Agreement relating to Inventions that qualify fully for protection under the provisions of Section 2870. I will preserve the confidentiality of any Invention that does not fully qualify for protection under Section 2870.

2.6 Government or Third Party. I also agree to assign all my right, title and interest in and to any particular Company Invention to a third party, including without limitation the United States, as directed by the Company.

2.7 Works for Hire. I acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of my employment and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101).

2.8 Enforcement of Proprietary Rights. I will assist the Company in every proper way to obtain, and from time to time enforce, United States and foreign Proprietary Rights relating to Company Inventions in any and all countries. To that end I will execute, verify and deliver such documents and perform such other acts (including appearances as a witness) as the Company may reasonably request for use in applying for, obtaining, perfecting, evidencing, sustaining and enforcing such Proprietary Rights and the assignment thereof. In addition, I will execute, verify and deliver assignments of such Proprietary Rights to the Company or its designee. My obligation to assist the Company with respect to Proprietary Rights relating to such Company

 

 

5.


Inventions in any and all countries shall continue beyond the termination of my employment, but the Company shall compensate me at a reasonable rate after my termination for the time actually spent by me at the Company’s request on such assistance.

In the event the Company is unable for any reason, after reasonable effort, to secure my signature on any document needed in connection with the actions specified in the preceding paragraph, I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act for and in my behalf to execute, verify and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of the preceding paragraph with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me. I hereby waive and quitclaim to the Company any and all claims, of any nature whatsoever, which I now or may hereafter have for infringement of any Proprietary Rights assigned hereunder to the Company.

3. R ECORDS . I agree to keep and maintain adequate and current records (in the form of notes, sketches, drawings and in any other form that may be required by the Company) of all Proprietary Information developed by me and all Inventions made by me during the period of my employment at the Company, which records shall be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

4. A DDITIONAL A CTIVITIES . I agree that during the period of my employment by the Company I will not, without the Company’s written consent, engage in any employment or business activity which is competitive with, or would otherwise conflict with, my employment by the Company. I agree further that for the period of my employment by the Company and for one (1) year after the date of termination of my employment by the Company I will not, either directly or through others, solicit or attempt to solicit any employee, independent contractor or consultant of the company to terminate his or her relationship with the Company in order to become an employee, consultant or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

5. N O C ONFLICTING O BLIGATION . I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not and will not breach any agreement to keep in confidence information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I

have not entered into, and I agree I will not enter into, any agreement either written or oral in conflict herewith.

6. R ETURN O F C OMPANY D OCUMENTS . When I leave the employ of the Company, I will deliver to the Company any and all drawings, notes, memoranda, specifications, devices, formulas, and documents, together with all copies thereof, and any other material containing or disclosing any Company Inventions, Third Party Information or Proprietary Information of the Company. I further agree that any property situated on the Company’s premises and owned by the Company, including disks and other storage media, filing cabinets or other work areas, is subject to inspection by Company personnel at any time with or without notice. Prior to leaving, I will cooperate with the Company in completing and signing the Company’s termination statement.

7. L EGAL A ND E QUITABLE R EMEDIES . Because my services are personal and unique and because I may have access to and become acquainted with the Proprietary Information of the Company, the Company shall have the right to enforce this Agreement and any of its provisions by injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief, without bond and without prejudice to any other rights and remedies that the Company may have for a breach of this Agreement.

8. N OTICES . Any notices required or permitted hereunder shall be given to the appropriate party at the address specified below or at such other address as the party shall specify in writing. Such notice shall be deemed given upon personal delivery to the appropriate address or if sent by certified or registered mail, three (3) days after the date of mailing.

9. N OTIFICATION O F N EW E MPLOYER . In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby consent to the notification of my new employer of my rights and obligations under this Agreement.

10. G ENERAL P ROVISIONS .

10.1 Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of California, as such laws are applied to agreements entered into and to be performed entirely within California between California residents. I hereby expressly consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in

 

 

6.


San Francisco County, California, for any lawsuit filed there against me by Company arising from or related to this Agreement.

10.2 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein. If moreover, any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing it, so as to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable taw as it shall then appear.

10.3 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

10.4 Survival. The provisions of this Agreement shall survive the termination of my employment and the assignment of this Agreement by the Company to any successor in interest or other assignee.

10.5 Employment. I agree and understand that nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right with respect to continuation of employment by the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with my right or the Company’s right to terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause.

10.6 Waiver. No waiver by the Company of any breach of this Agreement shall be a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach. No waiver by the Company of any right under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver of any other right. The Company shall not be required to give notice to enforce strict adherence to all terms of this Agreement.

10.7 Advice of Counsel. ACKNOWLEDGE THAT, IN EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT, I HAVE HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL, AND I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS OF THIS

AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED AGAINST ANY PARTY BY REASON OF THE DRAFTING OR PREPARATION HEREOF.

10.8 Entire Agreement. The obligations pursuant to Sections 1 and 2 of this Agreement shall apply to any time during which I was previously employed, or am in the future employed, by the Company as a consultant if no other agreement governs nondisclosure and assignment of inventions during such period. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and merges all prior discussions between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

This Agreement shall be effective as of the first day of my employment with the Company, namely: 1 April, 2008.

I HAVE READ THIS A GREEMENT CAREFULLY AND UNDERSTAND ITS TERMS . I HAVE COMPLETELY FILLED OUT E XHIBIT B TO THIS A GREEMENT .

 

Dated:   1 April 2008

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Mark Sachleben
A CCEPTED AND A GREED T O : N EW R ELIC , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Lewis Cirne

Title:  

CEO

 

2480 Sand Hill – 200

  (Address)
 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Dated:   10-29-08
 

 

7.


E XHIBIT B

LIMITED EXCLUSION NOTIFICATION

T HIS I S T O N OTIFY you in accordance with Section 2872 of the California Labor Code that the foregoing Agreement between you and the Company does not require you to assign or offer to assign to the Company any invention that you developed entirely on your own time without using the Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

1. Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the Company’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the Company; or

2. Result from any work performed by you for the Company.

To the extent a provision in the foregoing Agreement purports to require you to assign an invention otherwise excluded from the preceding paragraph, the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

This limited exclusion does not apply to any patent or invention covered by a contract between the Company and the United States or any of its agencies requiring full title to such patent or invention to be in the United States.

I ACKNOWLEDGE RECEIPT of a copy of this notification.

 

By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

  Mark Sachleben
Date:   1 Apr 2008

 

W ITNESSED B Y :

/s/ Lewis Cirne

Lewis Cirne

(P RINTED N AME OF R EPRESENTATIVE )

 

8.


E XHIBIT C

 

TO:    New Relic, Inc.
FROM:    Mark Sachleben
DATE:    1 Apr 2008
SUBJECT:    Previous Inventions

1. Except as listed in Section 2 below, the following is a complete list of all inventions or improvements relevant to the subject matter of my employment by New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) that have been made or conceived or first reduced to practice by me alone or jointly with others prior to my engagement by the Company:

 

x       No inventions or improvements.

¨       See below:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

¨       Additional sheets attached.

2. Due to a prior confidentiality agreement, I cannot complete the disclosure under Section 1 above with respect to inventions or improvements generally listed below, the proprietary rights and duty of confidentiality with respect to which If owe to the following party(ies):

 

  Invention or Improvement   Party(ies)   Relationship
1.  

 

 

 

 

 

2.  

 

 

 

 

 

3.  

 

 

 

 

 

¨

  Additional sheets attached.    

 

9.

Exhibit 10.10

OFFICE LEASE

THIS OFFICE LEASE (“Lease”) is dated solely for reference purposes as of June 15, 2012, and entered into by and between 555 SW OAK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

WITNESSETH:

ARTICLE 1. BASIC PROVISIONS

This Article contains the basic lease provisions between Landlord and Tenant.

 

A.    Building:    U.S. Bancorp Tower, located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon, (the “Property”, as further described in Article 33 and Exhibit A-1).
B.    Premises:    Suite 2800 in the Building as outlined or cross-hatched on Exhibit A-2.
C.    Commencement Date:    November 15, 2012, subject to Article 3.
D.    Expiration Date:    April 30, 2020, subject to Article 3.
E.    Rentable Area:    The rentable area of the Premises shall be deemed 19,482 square feet, and the rentable area of the Building shall be deemed 751,556 square feet, for purposes of this Lease, subject to Article 33.
F.    Tenant’s Share:    Subject to Articles 4, 33 and 39 below, notwithstanding that the Rentable Area of the Premises is as set forth in Section 1.E above, Tenant’s Share shall mean the following percentages for the following periods: (i) during the first Lease Year – 1.5967% (based on 12,000 rentable square feet), (ii) during the second Lease Year – 2.0624% (based on 15,500 rentable square feet), and (ii) during the remainder of the Lease Term, including any Renewal Term - 2.5922% (based on 19,482 rentable square feet).
G.    Base Rent:    From the Commencement Date through the Expiration Date, as further described in Article 4, as follows:

 

Period

   Base Rent / rsf
per annum
     Base Rent
(annualized)
     Monthly Base
Rent
 

Commencement Date through the last day of the first Lease Year

   $ 14.00       $ 168,000.00       $ 14,000.00   

First day of the second Lease Year through the last day of the second Lease Year··

   $ 15.00       $ 232,500.00       $ 19,375 00   

First day of the third Lease Year through the last day of the third Lease Year

   $ 16.50       $ 321,453.00       $ 26,787.75   

First day of the fourth Lease Year through the last day of the fourth Lease Year

   $ 17.00       $ 331,194.00       $ 27,599.50   

First day of the fifth Lease Year through the last day of the fifth Lease Year

   $ 17.50       $ 340,935.00       $ 28,411.25   

First day of the sixth Lease Year through the last day of the sixth Lease Year

   $ 18.25       $ 355,546.56       $ 29,628.88   

First day of the seventh Lease Year through the last day of the seventh Lease Year

   $ 19.00       $ 370,158.00       $ 30,846.50   

First day of the eighth Lease Year through the last day of the Lease Term (less than 12 calendar months)

   $ 19.75       $ 384,769.56       $ 32,064.13   

 

* The Base Rent for this period is based on 12,000 RSF for the Premises resulting in an $8,729 abatement per month.
** The Base Rent for this period is based on 15,500 RSF for the Premises resulting in a $4,977.50 abatement per month.

 

  Notwithstanding the provisions contained above in this Section 1.G or below in Article 4, Tenant will have the right to occupy the Premises for the first 90 consecutive calendar days of the Lease Term (or, if the actual Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then for the first three calendar months of the Lease Term) beginning on the Commencement Date (the “ First Abatement Period ”) without the payment or accrual of liability for the monthly installments of Base Rent provided

 

1


      for in this Lease falling due during the First Abatement Period, and without the payment or accrual of liability for Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses, but with the accrual of and full liability for all other rent falling due during the First Abatement Period (such as, without limitation, after hours HVAC charges, and claims under Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord), if any. Subject to the immediately following grammatical sentence, Tenant’s obligation to make payments of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes after the end of the First Abatement Period will commence immediately after the termination of the First Abatement Period, and such appropriate amounts will be due and payable on the first day after the end of the First Abatement Period. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant will have the right to occupy the Premises for the 180 consecutive calendar days of the Lease Term immediately following expiration of the First Abatement Period (or, if the actual Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, then for the fourth through ninth calendar months of the Lease Term, inclusive) beginning on the day immediately following the last day of the First Abatement Period (the “ Second Abatement Period ”) without the payment or accrual of liability for 50% of the monthly installments of Base Rent provided for in this Lease falling due during the Second Abatement Period, and without the payment or accrual of liability for 50% of Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses, but with the accrual of and full liability for all other rent falling due during the Second Abatement Period (such as, without limitation, the remaining 50% of the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses, after hours HVAC charges, and claims under Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord). Tenant’s obligation to make payments of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes after the end of the Second Abatement Period will commence immediately after the termination of the Second Abatement Period, and such appropriate amounts will be due and payable on the first day after the end of the Second Abatement Period.
H.    Additional Rent:    Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses, respectively, as further described in Article 4.
I.    Permitted Use:    Executive and administrative offices, subject to Article 7.
J.    Security Deposit:    $400,000.00, which shall be subject to Article 16.
K.    Parking:    Tenant shall have the right to rent, subject to the Rules, (i) up to four (4) unassigned parking space as designated by Landlord in the underground parking area of the Building (“Plaza Garage”), (ii) up to one (1) assigned parking space as designated by Landlord in the Plaza Garage, and (iii) up to fourteen (14) unassigned parking spaces as designated by Landlord in the Tower Garage located between Fourth and Fifth Avenues, and Pine and Ankeny Streets (“Tower Garage”). Rent for each parking space referred to in this Paragraph is currently $205 per unassigned space per month and $250 per assigned space per month, in the Plaza Garage, and $195 per unassigned space per month in the Tower Garage, and is subject to change, without notice, from time to time by Landlord, provided such new rates are generally applicable to similarly situated office tenants in the Building. Landlord shall have the right to establish, and Tenant shall cooperate with, a parking system in order to allow for use of the parking areas by all of the tenants of the Building. Such system may include designated parking stalls, parking stickers, access cards and gates or any other reasonable system. Landlord may charge its standard monthly and daily rates for all parking,

 

2.


      as more fully provided in the Rules, provided such new rates are generally applicable to similarly situated office tenants in the Building. Landlord will be entitled to reasonably relocate any assigned parking spaces at any time after reasonable written notice. Landlord shall have no duty to monitor the use of such assigned parking spaces by other tenants or their employees, agents, guests, or invitees or any obligation to enforce Tenant’s right to such assigned parking spaces against such third parties.
L.    Broker:    Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc., Landlord’s Broker, and Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc., Tenant’s Broker. See Article 26.
M.    Guarantor(s):    None.
N.    Exhibits:    Exhibit A-1 (Property), Exhibit A-2 (Premises), Exhibit B (Commencement Certificate), Exhibit C (Rules), Exhibit D (Work Letter Agreement), Exhibit E (Article 32 Dispute Resolution Method), Exhibit F (Form of Letter of Credit) and Exhibit G (Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement).
O.    Landlord’s Notice Address (subject to Article 25):
     

Unico Properties, LLC

111 SW Fifth Avenue Suite 975

Portland, OR 97204

      With a copy to:
     

LaSalle Investment Management, Inc.

200 E. Randolph Drive

Chicago, IL 60601

Attention: Asset Manager, US Bancorp Tower

P.    Tenant’s Notice Address (subject to Article 25):
     

Devorah Rosner

c/o New Relic

101 Second St.

15th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94105

      With a copy to:
     

Perkins Coie LLP

1120 NW Couch St., 10th Floor

Portland, OR 97209

Attn: Andrew Solomon

Q.    Rent Payments:    Rent shall be paid to:
     

555 SW Oak, LLC

Unit 44

P.O. Box 5000

Portland, OR 97208-5000

      or such other parties and addresses as to which Landlord shall provide advance notice.
R.    Lease Year:    A Lease Year shall be each twelve (12) month period beginning on the Commencement Date; provided. however, if the Commencement Date is not the first day of the month, the first Lease Year shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the last day of the 12th calendar month thereafter and the second and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on anniversaries of the first day of the calendar month immediately following the calendar month in which the Commencement Date occurs.

 

3.


The foregoing provisions shall be interpreted and applied in accordance with the other provisions of this Lease. The terms of this Article, and the terms defined in Article 33 and other Articles, shall have the meanings specified therefor when used as capitalized terms in other provisions of this Lease or related documentation (except as expressly provided to the contrary therein).

ARTICLE 2. PREMISES

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises subject to the provisions herein contained. Tenant has inspected the Premises (and portions of the Property, Systems and Equipment providing access to or serving the Premises) or has had an opportunity to do so, and, subject to substantial completion of the Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter Agreement), agrees to accept the same in “AS IS” condition, without any additional agreements, representations, understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or improvements beyond those described above unless expressly provided in this Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord, at its cost, shall be responsible for remedying any failure of the Improvements to comply with any applicable governmental law, code and other requirement, existing as of the date of completion of the Improvements and Landlord will be responsible for any other repairs, additions, alterations or changes to the Premises and the Building that are necessitated by any governmental laws, codes and other requirements existing as of the Commencement Date.

ARTICLE 3. TERM AND COMMENCEMENT

A. Term and Confirmation. The term (“Term”) of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date and end on the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, subject to adjustment as provided below and the other provisions hereof. If the Commencement Date is advanced or postponed as provided below, the Expiration Date set forth in Article 1 shall be advanced or postponed an equal number of days. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a confirmation of the Commencement Date attached hereto as Exhibit B within ten (10) days after requested; any failure to respond within such time shall be deemed an acceptance of the matters as set forth in Landlord’s confirmation. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s adjustment of the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay Rent and perform all other obligations commencing on the date determined by Landlord, subject to refund or credit, if any, within thirty (30) days following the date on which the matter is resolved.

B. Early Commencement. The Commencement Date, Rent and Tenant’s other obligations shall be advanced to such earlier date as: (i) Landlord substantially completes any improvements to the Premises required under this Lease to an extent that Tenant is able to occupy the Premises, and Landlord delivers possession thereof, provided that Landlord has provided Tenant access to the Premises pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.5 of the Work Letter Agreement, or (ii) Tenant, with Landlord’s written permission, otherwise commences occupying the Premises for the operation of its business therein (and not pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Work Letter Agreement). During any period that Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date other than to occupy the same (e.g., to perform alterations or improvements), Tenant shall comply with all terms and provisions of this Lease, except those provisions requiring the payment of Base Rent. Landlord shall permit early entry, pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 4.5 of the Work Letter Agreement, so long as Tenant is in compliance with the other provisions of this Lease, including the insurance requirements under Article 10.

C. Commencement Delays. The Commencement Date, Rent and Tenant’s other obligations shall be postponed to the extent Tenant is unable to occupy the Premises because Landlord fails to substantially complete any improvements to the Premises and deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant to the extent due to a delay solely caused by Landlord or a force majeure event, including holding over by prior occupants. To the extent Landlord fails to substantially complete any improvements to the Premises and deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant due to a Tenant Delay (as defined in Exhibit D), the Commencement Date, Rent and Tenant’s other obligations shall not be postponed. Any delay in the Commencement Date shall not subject Landlord to liability for loss or damage resulting therefrom, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 3.0 below, Tenant’s sole recourse with respect thereto shall be the postponement of Rent and other obligations. If Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Premises with the Improvements substantially complete on or before the Required Completion Date (defined below), Landlord will grant to Tenant a credit

 

4.


(the “Rent Credit”) equal to $460.00 multiplied by the number of days in the period beginning on the day immediately following the Required Completion Date and ending on the day on which Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of the Premises with the Work substantially completed, inclusive. Except for such Rent Credit, as herein provided, there will be no other liability against Landlord for failure to complete the Work or deliver possession of the Premises. For purposes hereof, the “Required Completion Date” means January 1, 2013, as extended one additional day for each day (a) that substantial completion of the Improvements is delayed due to a Tenant Delay, as defined in the Work Letter Agreement, (b) that substantial completion of the Work is delayed due to force majeure, (c) after July 1, 2012 that this Lease is executed by Tenant and delivered to Landlord, (d) after July 6, 2012 that Tenant’s Space Plan is approved by Tenant, and (e) after July 10, 2012 that Tenant’s Space Plan is approved by Landlord, provided that Landlord does not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such approval. Landlord will apply such Rent Credit (if any) against Base Rental coming due under this Lease in the order in which such Base Rental becomes due.

ARTICLE 4. BASE RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT

A. Base Rent. Tenant shall pay Landlord the monthly Base Rent set forth in Article 1 in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term; provided, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the first full calendar month for which Base Rent shall be due (and any initial partial month) when Tenant executes this Lease.

B. Taxes and Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenant’s Share (as determined for each Lease Year as set forth in Section 1.F above) of Taxes and Expenses in the manner described below. The reduction in Tenant’s Share for the first two Lease Years, and the resulting reduced payment in Section 4.0 below shall be deemed a concession to Tenant. The foregoing capitalized terms shall have the meanings specified therefor in Articles 1 and 33.

C. Payments. Tenant shall pay such amounts as follows:

(i) Landlord shall reasonably estimate in advance the amounts Tenant shall owe for Taxes and Expenses for any complete or partial calendar year of the Term and Tenant shall pay such estimated amounts, on a monthly basis, on or before the first day of each calendar month, together with Tenant’s payment of Base Rent. Such estimate may be reasonably adjusted from time to time by Landlord, including adjustments to reflect the final Tax bills each year.

(ii) Within 120 days after the end of each calendar year, or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall provide a statement containing the customary level of detail provided to tenants in the Building (the “Statement”) to Tenant showing: (a) the amount of actual Taxes and Expenses for such calendar year, with a listing of amounts for major categories of Expenses, (b) any amount paid by Tenant towards Taxes and Expenses during such calendar year on an estimated basis, and (c) any revised estimate of Tenant’s obligations for Taxes and Expenses for the current calendar year. Within sixty (60) days after receipt of such Statement, Tenant may request additional detail pertaining to the Expenses and Taxes incurred by Landlord and contained on the Statement, and Landlord shall deliver such additional information to Tenant or allow Tenant to inspect Landlord’s records in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent, during normal business hours, within ten (10) business days after such request, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord,

(iii) If the Statement shows that Tenant’s estimated payments were less than Tenant’s actual obligations for Taxes and Expenses for such year, Tenant shall pay the difference within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends the Statement.

(iv) If the Statement shows an increase in Tenant’s estimated payments for the current calendar year, Tenant shall: (a) pay the difference between the new and former estimates for the period from January 1 of the current calendar year through the month in which the Statement is sent within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends the Statement, and (b) thereafter pay the new estimated amount until Landlord further revises such estimated amount.

(v) If the Statement shows that Tenant’s estimated payments exceeded Tenant’s actual obligations for Taxes and Expenses, Landlord shall credit the difference against the payment of Rent next due. If the Term shall have expired and no further Rent shall be due, Landlord shall provide a refund of such difference at the time Landlord sends the Statement.

 

5.


(vi) Landlord reserves the right to reasonably change, from time to time, the manner or timing of Tenant’s payments for Taxes and Expenses. In lieu of providing one Statement covering all such items, Landlord may provide separate statements, at the same or different times, including separate statements for Taxes after bills are received.

D. Fiscal Years and Tax Years. If Landlord now or hereafter uses a non-calendar fiscal year: (i) all references to calendar years herein shall refer to such fiscal years, (ii) all references to January 1 and December 31 herein shall refer, respectively, to the first and last days of such fiscal years as the context requires, and (iii) Landlord shall make appropriate prorations such that Tenant’s obligations hereunder are not materially adversely affected thereby. Subject to Paragraph F below, Landlord shall include in Taxes each year hereunder: (a) in general, the amounts levied, assessed or imposed for such year, whether paid or payable in another year, (b) for personal property taxes, the amounts paid during such year, and (c) for Taxes paid in installments over more than one year, the amounts paid each year, and any interest thereon. If any taxing authority uses a fiscal year other than a calendar year, Landlord may elect from time to time, consistent with sound accounting and management practices, to require payments by Tenant based on: (x) amounts paid or payable during each calendar year or Landlord’s fiscal year (“Landlord’s Fiscal Year”) without regard to the fiscal tax year, (y) amounts paid or payable during each Landlord’s Fiscal Year, averaging the bills for each Landlord’s Fiscal Year based on the number of days or months of Landlord’s Fiscal Year included in each fiscal tax year. or (z) amounts paid or payable for or during each fiscal tax year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing and except as otherwise provided in Section 15.B below, in no event shall Tenant be required to pay any Taxes on account of any period that is not during the Term of this Lease.

E. Tax Refunds, Protest Costs, and Expense Adjustments For Prior Years. Landlord shall each year: (i) credit against Taxes any refunds received during such year, (ii) include in Taxes any additional amount paid during such year, involving an adjustment to Taxes for a prior year, due to error by the taxing authority, supplemental assessment, or other reason, (iii) include, in either Taxes or Expenses, any fees for attorneys, consultants and experts, and other costs paid during such year in attempting to protest, appeal or otherwise seek to reduce or minimize Taxes, whether or not successful, (iv) credit against Expenses the cost of any item previously included in Expenses, to the extent that Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or a third party during such year (excluding tenant payments for Taxes and Expenses), and (v) make any other appropriate changes to reflect adjustments to Taxes or Expenses for prior years, regardless of whether Landlord uses an accrual system of accounting for other purposes.

F. Grossing Up. If the Building is less than 95% occupied during all or a portion of any Landlord’s Fiscal Year, Landlord may, in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, determine the amount of variable Taxes and Expenses (i.e. those items which vary according to occupancy levels) that would have been paid had the Building been 95% or better occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Taxes and Expenses for such year. If Landlord is not furnishing any particular utility or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Expenses) to a tenant during any period, Landlord shall for such period: (i) adjust Expenses to reflect the additional amount that would reasonably have been incurred during such period had Landlord furnished such utility or service to such tenant, or (ii) exclude the rentable area of such tenant from the rentable area of the Building in computing Tenant’s Share of the component of Expenses for such utility or service.

G. Tenant’s Share Adjustments. If the Building or any development of which it is a part, shall contain non-office uses during any period, Landlord shall have the right to determine, in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses for only the office portion of the Building or of such development: in such event, Tenant’s Share shall be based on the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises to the rentable area of such office portion for such period. Tenant’s Share shall be subject to such other adjustments for such periods as may be applicable pursuant to Paragraph F, above, and pursuant to the definition of Tenant’s Share in Article 33. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in no event shall any service or expense solely attributable or solely provided to the retail portions of the Building (for example, advertising costs) be included in Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses.

 

6.


H. Prorations. If the Term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month or ends on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, the Base Rent and any other amounts payable on a monthly basis shall be prorated on a per diem basis for such partial calendar months. If the Base Rent is scheduled to increase under Article 1 other than on the first day of a calendar month, the amount for such month shall be prorated on a per diem basis to reflect the number of days of such month at the then current and increased rates, respectively. If the Term commences other than on the first day of the Landlord’s Fiscal Year, or ends other than on the last day of the Landlord’s Fiscal Year, Tenant’s obligations to pay amounts towards Taxes and Expenses for such first or final Landlord’s Fiscal Years shall be prorated on a per diem basis to reflect the portion of such years included in the Term.

I. Payments After Lease Term Ends. Tenant’s obligations to pay Taxes and Expenses (or any other amounts) and Landlord’s obligations to refund overpayments of Taxes and Expenses (or any other amounts) accruing during, or relating to, the period prior to expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall survive such expiration or termination. Landlord may reasonably estimate all or any of such obligations within a reasonable time before, or anytime after, such expiration or termination. Tenant shall pay the full amount of such estimate and any additional amount due after the actual amounts are determined, in each case within thirty (30) days after Landlord sends a statement therefor. If the actual amount is less than the amount Tenant pays as an estimate, Landlord shall refund the difference within thirty (30) days after such determination is made.

J. Landlord’s Accounting Practices and Records. Landlord shall maintain records respecting Taxes and Expenses and determine the same in accordance with sound accounting and management practices. Subject to the other provisions of this Article, Landlord may from time to time use a full accrual system of accounting, or a modified cash basis of accounting with appropriate accrual adjustments to ensure that each year includes substantially the same major recurring items. Unless Tenant takes exception by notice to Landlord within one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord provides any Statement to Tenant, such statement shall be considered final and binding on Tenant and Landlord (except as to additional Expenses or Taxes not then known or omitted by error; provided that any Expenses or Taxes omitted by error must be billed to Tenant, if at all, within one (1) year after Tenant received such initial Statement). If Tenant timely disputes any Statement, Tenant shall be entitled to inspect, review, and copy, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the books, invoices, documents, and records pertaining to the Expenses and Taxes incurred by Landlord in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent, during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and provided that Tenant shall utilize an independent, nationally or regionally recognized full service accounting firm that is not being compensated on a contingency basis to perform such review and shall be subject to such confidentiality agreement. Except as expressly provided herein, if Tenant fails to timely object to an Statement, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Statement and shall have no further right to object to or contest the Statement. Tenant’s audit shall be conducted at the offices of the Building manager where such records are kept within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s notice. Landlord and/or Landlord’s Building manager shall cooperate with Tenant and/or Tenant’s representatives with respect to any such specific inquiries or questions and with respect to the conduct of such audit, so as to facilitate the prompt and efficient answer thereto and/or conduct of same, as applicable. Tenant shall notify Landlord of the results of such audit in writing within ten (10) days after completion of such audit. Landlord may have an agent or employee present during such inspection and audit. Landlord shall have the right to dispute the results of Tenant’s audit at Landlord’s expense. If Landlord’s and Tenant’s accountants cannot agree, their dispute shall be resolved, at Landlord’s and Tenant’s joint expense, by a certified public accountant mutually satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, or selected by the presiding judge of the Circuit Court of Multnomah County, Oregon if Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the identity of such accountant. If the final audit ultimately discloses Tenant’s overpayment of Tenant’s Share of Expenses or Taxes: (a) such overpayment shall be applied to the next accruing installment(s) of Expenses and Taxes due from Tenant, until such credit is depleted (unless in the last year of the Term, in which event Landlord shall refund to Tenant such overpayment within thirty (30) days); and (b) if such overpayment shall exceed five percent (5%) or more in the aggregate (after netting any understated line items against overstated line items) of the amount set forth in the Statement, Landlord shall promptly pay to Tenant its reasonable third party costs and expenses of conducting or defending its audit. If the final audit ultimately discloses Tenant’s underpayment of Tenant’s Share of Expenses or Taxes, Tenant shall pay such amount to Landlord within thirty (30) days. The provisions of this Paragraph shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

7.


K. General Payment Matters. Base Rent, Taxes, Expenses and any other amounts which Tenant is or becomes obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease or other agreement entered in connection herewith, are sometimes herein referred to collectively as “Rent,” and all remedies applicable to the non-payment of Rent shall be applicable thereto. Rent shall be paid in good funds and legal tender of the United States of America. Tenant shall pay Rent without any deduction, recoupment, set-off or counterclaim, and without relief from any valuation or appraisement laws. Rent obligations hereunder are independent covenants. No delay by Landlord in providing the Statement (or separate statements) shall be deemed a default by Landlord or a waiver of Landlord’s right to require payment of Tenant’s obligations for actual or estimated Taxes or Expenses. In no event shall a decrease in Taxes or Expenses ever decrease the monthly Base Rent. Landlord may apply payments received from Tenant to any obligations of Tenant then accrued, without regard to such obligations as may be designated by Tenant.

L. Expense Cap. For purposes of Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Expenses, Controllable Expenses (as defined below) will be subject to a cap each fiscal year (the “Cap”) after calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs. The Cap for any fiscal year will be the Controllable Expenses for the calendar year in which the Commencement Date occurs plus 5% per annum, compounded annually on a cumulative basis. Controllable Expenses, and the Cap thereon, will be determined on an aggregate basis and not on an individual basis, and the Cap on Controllable Expenses will be determined on Expenses as they have been adjusted for vacancy or usage pursuant to the terms of this Lease. The Cap on Controllable Expenses, as provided for in this Section 4.L, will not limit or otherwise affect Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Uncontrollable Expenses (as defined below) or any other component of Rent under this Lease. “Uncontrollable Expenses” means insurance costs, utility charges, Taxes, and snow removal costs. “Controllable Expenses” means Expenses other than Uncontrollable Expenses.

ARTICLE 5. QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord agrees that so long as Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, Tenant shall hold the Premises during the Term, free of lawful claims by any party acting by or through Landlord, subject to all other terms and provisions of this Lease.

ARTICLE 6. UTILITIES AND SERVICES

A. Standard Landlord Utilities and Services. Landlord shall provide the following utilities and services (the cost of which shall be included in Expenses, except as provided below):

(i) Heat and air-conditioning to provide a temperature required, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, for occupancy of the Premises as Class A offices, from 7:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and, if requested by Tenant, from 8:00 a.m. until 1 :00 p.m. on Saturdays, excluding all Holidays.

(ii) Water from city mains for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes only, at those points of supply provided for nonexclusive general use of tenants at the Building, or points of supply in the Premises installed by or with Landlord’s written consent for such purposes.

(iii) Cleaning and trash removal service in and about the Premises as is customary for office space in Class A office buildings.

(iv) Passenger elevator service at all times (subject to changes in the number of elevators in service after hours or at other times), and freight elevator service (subject to scheduling by Landlord and such standard charges as Landlord may impose), in common with Landlord and other parties.

(v) Electricity for building-standard overhead office lighting fixtures, and equipment and accessories customary for offices (up to 280 hours per month), where: (a) the connected electrical load of all of the same does not exceed an average of 4 watts per usable square foot of the Premises (or such lesser amount as may be available, based on the safe and lawful capacity of the electrical circuit(s) and facilities serving the Premises), (b) the electricity is at nominal 120 volts, single phase (or 110 volts, depending on available service in the Building), and (c) the Systems and

 

8.


Equipment are suitable, the safe and lawful capacity thereof is not exceeded, and sufficient capacity remains at all times for other existing and future tenants, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

B. Additional Utilities and Services. Landlord shall not be responsible for inadequate air-conditioning or ventilation whenever Tenant maintains a computer room (“computer room” as used herein shall mean any computer, server, data, telephone, lab or similar room in the Premises) at the Premises or whenever the use or occupancy of the Premises exceeds the normal capacity or design loads of, affects the temperature or humidity otherwise maintained by, or otherwise adversely affects the operation of, the Systems and Equipment for the Building, whether due to items of equipment or machinery generating heat, above normal concentrations of personnel or equipment, alterations to the Premises made by or through Tenant without balancing the air or installing supplemental HVAC equipment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall not be responsible for inadequate air conditioning or ventilation to the extent that the same occurs because Tenant, without providing adequate air conditioning and ventilation: (i) uses a computer room in which a concentrated group of equipment is located, (ii) uses or permits the use of any item, or concentrated group, of equipment consuming more than 500 watts in the aggregate at rated capacity, or (iii) occupies or permits the Premises to be occupied with concentrations of personnel greater than one person per 200 usable square feet. In any such case, Landlord may elect to balance the air, install, operate, maintain and replace such supplemental HVAC equipment during the Term, at Tenant’s expense, as an extra utility or service (or require that Tenant arrange for the same as Work under Article 9). Landlord shall seek to provide such extra utilities or services as Tenant may from time to time request, if the same are reasonable and feasible for Landlord to provide and do not involve modifications or additions to the Building or existing Systems and Equipment, and if Landlord shall receive Tenant’s request within a reasonable period prior to the time such extra utilities or services are required. Tenant shall pay, for any extra utilities or services (including, without limitation, supplemental HVAC equipment), such standard charges as Landlord shall from time to time establish, including Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs for architects, engineers, consultants and other parties relating to such extra utilities or services, and a fee equal to fifteen percent (15%) of such costs, except that after-hour air conditioning services shall be provided by Landlord to Tenant at the cost of $20 per hour, subject to change, without notice, from time to time by Landlord. All payments for such extra utilities or services shall be due at the same time as the installment of Base Rent with which the same are billed, or if billed separately, shall be due within thirty (30) days after such billing. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, in lieu of charging separately for additional utilities and services, Landlord may reasonably elect from time to time to expand or modify the amounts of services and utilities available without separate charge, in which case the costs thereof shall be included in Expenses.

C. Monitoring. Landlord may install and operate meters, submeters or any other reasonable system for monitoring or estimating any services or utilities used by Tenant in excess of those required to be provided by Landlord under this Article (including a system for Landlord’s engineer to reasonably estimate any such excess usage). If such system indicates such excess services or utilities, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charges and fees as described in Paragraph B, above, for installing and operating such system and any supplementary air-conditioning, ventilation, heat, electrical or other systems or equipment (or adjustments or modifications to the existing Systems and Equipment) which Landlord may make, and Landlord’s charges for such amount of excess services or utilities used by Tenant.

D. Interruptions and Changes. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 6.D below, Landlord shall have no liability for interruptions, variations, shortages, failures, changes in quality, quantity, character or availability of any utilities or services caused by repairs, maintenance, replacements, alterations (including any freon retrofit work), labor controversies, accidents, inability to obtain services, utilities or supplies, governmental or utility company acts or omissions, requirements, guidelines or requests, or other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (or under any circumstances with respect to utilities or services not required to be provided by Landlord hereunder). Under no circumstances whatsoever shall any of the foregoing be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or any part thereof, serve to abate Rent (except as provided below), or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damages in connection with the foregoing events. Nevertheless, in any such events after receiving notice, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to restore such

 

9.


utilities or services required to be provided hereunder to reasonable levels. If any utility or other service described in this Section 6 is discontinued or interrupted, Tenant will promptly notify Landlord in writing. If (a) any utility or other service described in this Section 6 is discontinued or interrupted, (b) such discontinuance or interruption is within Landlord’s reasonable control, and (c) such discontinuance or interruption continues for at least 5 consecutive business days and renders all or a material portion of the Premises untenantable for such period such that Tenant cannot and does not operate its business from the Premises or such portion for such period, then as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy for such discontinuance or interruption. Landlord will equitably abate Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes beginning on the 6m business day after the later of (i) the first day of such interruption and (ii) the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice thereof, and ending on the date on which such service is substantially restored. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Tenant, or its contractors, or their respective officers, employees, contractors, invitees or agents, delay Landlord in restoring the utilities or other services, Landlord shall have additional time to complete the restoration equal to such delay and Tenant shall pay Landlord all Rent for the period of such delay.

ARTICLE 7. USE, COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, AND RULES

A. Use of Premises. Tenant shall use the Premises only for the permitted use identified in Article 1, and no other purpose whatsoever, subject to the other provisions hereof and of this Lease.

B. Laws and Other Requirements. Tenant shall not use or permit within the Premises anything that will: (i) violate the requirements of Landlord’s insurers or any board of underwriters, (ii) cause a cancellation of Landlord’s policies, impair the insurability of the Property, or increase Landlord’s premiums (any such increase shall be paid by Tenant without such payment being deemed permission to continue such activity or a waiver of any other remedies of Landlord), or (iii) violate the requirements of any Lenders, the certificates of occupancy issued for the Premises or the Building, or any other requirements, covenants, conditions or restrictions affecting the Property at any time, (x) which are in effect on the date hereof and have been provided in writing to Tenant prior to the date of this Lease, or (y) with respect to any requirements which are first in effect after the date hereof, to the extent such have been provided in writing to Tenant and do not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s conduct of its business in the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all Laws relating to the Premises and Tenant’s use of the Premises and Property, including Laws governing Hazardous Materials as described in Article 30, and the Disabilities Acts as described in Article 31. Tenant’s obligations to comply with Laws shall include, without limitation: (a) obtaining all permits, licenses, certificates and approvals to conduct its business in the Premises, or any necessary waivers or variances, without thereby subjecting Landlord, the Property or other occupants to any costs, requirements, liabilities or restrictions, (b) any work to or for the Premises (or any systems or equipment exclusively serving the Premises, including any freon retrofitting work for such exclusive systems and equipment) required by Laws, and (c) any work outside the Premises (if Landlord permits such work) required by Laws based on Tenant’s use of, work within, or systems or equipment exclusively serving, the Premises, whether any such work is deemed structural, involves a capital expenditure or results in a benefit extending beyond the Term. Any work hereunder shall be deemed “Work” subject to Article 9.

C. Rules. Tenant shall comply with the Rules set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto (the “Rules”). Landlord shall have the right, by notice to Tenant or by posting at the Property, to reasonably amend such Rules and supplement the same with other reasonable Rules relating to the Property, or the promotion of safety, care, efficiency, cleanliness or good order therein, provided that such changes are generally applicable to all office tenants in the Building. Nothing herein shall be construed to give Tenant or any other Person any claim, demand or cause of action against Landlord arising out of the violation of such Rules by any other tenant or visitor of the Property, or out of the enforcement, modification or waiver of the Rules by Landlord in any particular instance. In the event of any conflict between the Rules (as they may be amended from time to time) and the terms and provision of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control.

ARTICLE 8. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

Except for customary cleaning and trash removal provided by Landlord under Article 6, and casualty damage to be repaired by Landlord under Article 11, Tenant shall keep and maintain (or cause to be kept and maintained) the Premises (including any

 

10.


carpet and other flooring material, paint and wall-coverings, doors, windows, ceilings, interior surfaces of walls, non-standard lighting (including lamps, bulbs, ballasts and starters), plumbing and other fixtures, alterations, improvements, and systems and equipment in or exclusively serving the Premises whether installed by Landlord or Tenant) in good and sanitary condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, in compliance with all applicable Laws as described in Article 7. Except as provided in the penultimate grammatical sentence of this Article 8, or for damage covered under Article 11, Landlord shall maintain the roof, foundation, parking and common areas, the structural soundness of the walls, doors and corridors of the Building and mechanical, heating, ventilating and air-conditioning, electrical and plumbing systems servicing the Building other than those in or exclusively serving the Premises, except for damage occasioned by the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, contractors, agents or visitors, which damage shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, except to the extent such damage is covered by the property insurance Landlord is required to carry hereunder (whether or not actually carried) or does in fact carry (but taking into account any deductible under Landlord’s insurance). Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord concerning the necessity for any repairs, maintenance or replacements and Landlord shall perform such work, all in a good and workmanlike manner, the cost of which shall be included in Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon completion by Landlord of any repairs, maintenance or replacements necessitated, in whole or in part, by the acts or omissions of Tenant or its employees, contractors, agents or visitors, Tenant shall pay for such reasonable charges as Landlord may establish from time to time, payable within thirty (30) days after billed (the foregoing shall not be deemed to modify the waivers set forth in Section 10.0 below). In addition, Tenant shall pay Landlord for any repairs, maintenance and replacements to areas of the Property outside the Premises, caused, in whole or in part, as a result of moving any furniture, fixtures, or other property to or from the Premises, or otherwise by Tenant or its employees, agents, contractors, or visitors (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease except for the waivers set forth in Section 10.0 below). In addition, Landlord will be responsible for any repairs, additions, alterations or changes to the Building (other than the Premises) that are necessitated by any governmental requirements that affect office buildings generally or the Building specifically and are not required solely because of the particular use (as opposed to mere office use) of the Premises by Tenant, subject to the right of Landlord to include the costs thereof in Expenses to the extent permitted pursuant to Article 4 above.

ARTICLE 9. ALTERATIONS AND LIENS

A. Alterations and Approval. Tenant shall not attach any fixtures, equipment or other items to the Premises, or paint or make any other additions, changes, alterations or improvements to the Premises or the Systems and Equipment serving the Premises (all such work is referred to collectively herein as the “Work”), without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord will not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent to any Work if its consent is withheld because such Work: (i) are not consistent with the first-class nature or the architectural character of the Building; (ii) could adversely affect the structure of the Building, the HVAC system or electrical, mechanical, plumbing or other lines or systems in the Building or the Building circuitry; (iii) could increase Landlord’s costs of operating and maintaining the Building; (iv) would, in Landlord’s judgment, violate the terms of any applicable zoning or building laws or ordinances; (v) would disturb other tenants of the Building, for example, by requiring entry into the premises of other tenants; or (vi) include the use of wall covering that is impermeable to humidity or vapor; the foregoing being merely examples of reasons for which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent and will not be deemed exclusive of any permitted reasons for reasonably withholding consent, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing examples. In seeking approval, Tenant shall submit for Landlord’s prior written approval: (i) the names, addresses and background information concerning all architects, engineers, contractors, subcontractors and suppliers Tenant proposes to use, and (ii) detailed plans and specifications prepared by the approved architects and engineers. In addition, Tenant shall provide Landlord with notice of whether the Work will involve or affect any Hazardous Materials, whether such materials are customary and usual based on standard industry practices, and all other details relating thereto.

B. Approval Conditions. Landlord reserves the right to impose requirements as a condition of such consent or otherwise in connection with the Work, including requirements that Tenant: (i) obtain and post permits, (ii) provide additional insurance, (iii) submit architect, engineer, contractor, subcontractor and supplier affidavits of payment and recordable lien waivers in compliance with the Laws of the

 

11.


State of Oregon, (iv) use union labor (if Landlord uses union labor), (v) permit Landlord or its representatives to inspect the Work at reasonable times, (vi) comply with such other reasonable requirements as Landlord may impose concerning the manner and times in which such Work shall be done, and (vii) remove, at Tenant’s cost and expense, any improvements upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore the Premises to its condition prior to the Work. Landlord may require that all Work be performed under Landlord’s supervision, and Landlord reserves the right to designate the architects, engineers, contractors, subcontractors and suppliers who will design and perform any portion of the Work affecting the Systems and Equipment or structure of the Building and supply all materials necessary therefor. If Landlord approves, inspects, supervises, recommends or designates any architects, engineers, contractors, subcontractors or suppliers, the same shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy of the design, workmanship or quality of materials, or compliance of the Work with the plans and specifications or any Laws.

C. Performance of Work. All Work shall be performed: (i) in a thoroughly first class, professional and workmanlike manner, (ii) only with materials that are new, high quality, and free of material defects, (iii) strictly in accordance with plans, specifications, parties and other matters approved or designated by Landlord in advance in writing, (iv) not to adversely affect the Systems and Equipment or the structure of the Building, (v) diligently to completion and so as to avoid any unreasonable disturbance, disruption or inconvenience to other tenants and the operation of the Building, and (vi) in compliance with all Laws, the Rules and other provisions of this Lease, and such other reasonable requirements as Landlord may impose concerning the manner and times in which such Work shall be done. Any floor, wall or ceiling coring work or penetrations or use of noisy or heavy equipment which may interfere with the conduct of business by other tenants at the Building shall, at Landlord’s option, be performed at times other than Landlord’s normal business hours (at Tenant’s sole cost). If Tenant fails to perform the Work as required herein or the materials supplied fail to comply herewith or with the specifications approved by Landlord, and Tenant fails to cure such failure within 48 hours after notice by Landlord (except notice shall not be required in emergencies), Landlord shall have the right to stop the Work until such failure is cured (which shall not be in limitation of Landlord’s other remedies and shall not serve to abate the Rent or Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease). Upon completion of any Work hereunder, Tenant shall provide Landlord with “as built” plans, copies of all construction contracts, and proof of payment for all labor and materials.

D. Liens. Tenant shall pay all costs for the Work when due. Tenant shall keep the Property, Premises and this Lease free from any mechanic’s, materialman’s, architect’s, construction, engineer’s or similar liens or encumbrances, and any claims therefor, or stop or violation notices, in connection with any Work. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of any Work (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable Laws), to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such claim, lien or encumbrance, or stop or violation notices of record, by bond or otherwise within ten (10) days after notice by Landlord. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may pay the amount (or any portion thereof) or take such other action as Landlord deems necessary to remove such claim, lien or encumbrance, or stop or violation notices, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid and costs incurred by Landlord shall be deemed additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to, or any Lender’s interest in, the Property or Premises to any such claims, liens or encumbrances, or stop or violation notices, whether claimed pursuant to statute or other Law or express or implied contract.

E. Intentionally Omitted.

F. Landlord’s Fees and Costs. Tenant shall pay Landlord a fee for reviewing, scheduling, monitoring, supervising, and providing access for or in connection with the Work, in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the total cost of the Work (including costs of plans and permits therefor), and Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs, including any costs for security, utilities, trash removal, temporary barricades, janitorial, engineering, architectural or consulting services, and other matters in connection with the Work, payable within thirty (30) days after billed.

 

12.


ARTICLE 10. INSURANCE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

A. Required Insurance. Tenant shall maintain at its expense during the Term with respect to the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof and of the Property:

(i) Property. All Risk property insurance, including extra expense insurance, on all of Tenant’s fixtures and personal property in the Premises, and on any alterations, additions or improvements installed by or for the benefit of Tenant, all for the full replacement cost thereof. Tenant will use the proceeds from such insurance for the replacement of fixtures and personal property and for the restoration of any such alterations, additions or improvements. Landlord will be named as loss payee as respects its interest in any such alterations, additions, or other improvements.

(ii) Business Income. Business income insurance with sufficient limits for Tenant to sustain its business operation at this location for a period of not less than 12 months.

(iii) Worker’s Compensation; Employer’s Liability. Workers compensation insurance in statutory limits will be provided for all employees. The employers liability insurance will afford limits not less than $500,000 per accident, $500,000 per employee for bodily injury by disease, and $500,000 policy limit for bodily injury by disease.

(iv) Liability. Commercial general liability insurance with limits not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate which insures against claims for bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury, and property damage based upon, involving, or arising out of the use, occupancy, or maintenance of the Premises and the Project, and including products and completed operations coverage. Such insurance shall include contractual liability and contain a standard separation of insureds provision. Any general aggregate limit will apply on a per location basis. Such insurance will name Landlord, its trustees and beneficiaries, Landlord’s mortgagees, Landlord’s managing agent, Landlord’s advisor, and their respective officers, directors, agents and employees, as additional insureds (the “Required Additional Insureds”).

(v) Business Auto. Business auto liability with limits not less than $1,000,000 each accident, combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, on “any auto” basis for Tenant owned, hired and non-owned autos. If Tenant has no owned autos, Tenant may provide hired and non-owned coverage.

(vi) Umbrella. Umbrella excess liability insurance, on an occurrence basis, that applies excess of required commercial general liability, business auto liability and employers liability policies, which insures against bodily injury, property damage, personal injury and advertising injury claims with limits not less than $5,000,000 each occurrence and $5,000,000 aggregate. Such policy must include the Required Additional Insureds as additional insureds.

(vii) Alterations; Moving. Tenant will provide to Landlord certificates of insurance including but not limited to workers compensation and employers liability, auto liability with limits not less than $1,000,000 each accident and commercial general liability insurance in the amount of not less than $1,000,000 or in limits as otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Landlord from (i) Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors before performing any initial leasehold improvements pursuant to any work letter attached to this Lease, and before performing any Tenant-Made Alterations; and (ii) Tenant’s mover respecting moving into and moving out of the Premises, before Tenant moves into or out of the Premises. All insurance coverage to be provided by Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors or movers must be required in a written contract between Tenant and its Contractor and sub-contractors. Such contract must include a requirement to comply with the general insurance requirements set forth in this paragraph below and in addition those included within Paragraph 10.B and must contain an indemnity, including defense, of Landlord and Landlord’s Required Additional Insureds. A signed copy of the contract must be provided to Landlord. All such liability insurance (except employers liability) must (1) include the Required Additional Insureds as additional insureds; (2) be considered primary insurance and (3) require commercial general liability insurance to include coverage for bodily injury, property damage, personal and advertising injury, contractual liability and products and completed operations coverage. The products and completed operations coverage must be maintained for a minimum of 2 years following completion of work. Tenant, Contractor and subcontractors will include Required Additional Insureds on the policy for full term of the work and the extended products and completed operations required time frame.

 

13.


B. General Insurance Requirements. All policies required to be carried by Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and movers hereunder must be issued by and binding upon an insurance company licensed or authorized to do business in the state in which the property is located with an A.M. Best’s Rating of at least “VIII” or better, unless otherwise acceptable to Landlord. Tenant will not do or permit anything to be done that would invalidate the insurance policies required. Liability insurance maintained by Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and movers will be primary coverage without right of contribution by any similar insurance that may be maintained by Landlord. Certificates of insurance, reasonably acceptable to Landlord, evidencing the existence and amount of each liability insurance policy required hereunder and Evidence of Property Insurance Form, Acord 28, evidencing property insurance as required, will be delivered to Landlord prior to delivery or possession of the Premises and fifteen (15) days prior to each renewal date. Liability policies (except employers liability) will each include an endorsement naming the Required Additional Insureds such additional insured status. The Evidence of Property Insurance Form will name Landlord as loss payee for property insurance as respects Landlord’s interest in improvements and betterments. Further, the certificates must indicate that insurers will endeavor to provide at least 30 days’ prior notice to Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent prior to any cancellation of coverage. If Tenant fails to provide evidence of insurance required to be provided by Tenant hereunder, prior to commencement of the term and thereafter during the term, within 10 days following Landlord’s request thereof, and 10 days prior to the expiration date of any such coverage, Landlord will be authorized (but not required) to procure such coverage in the amount stated with all costs thereof to be chargeable to Tenant and payable upon written invoice thereof. The limits of insurance required by this lease, or as carried by Tenant, will not limit the liability of Tenant or relieve Tenant of any obligation thereunder. Any deductibles selected by Tenant will be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Landlord may, at its sole discretion, change the insurance policy limits and forms which are required to be provided by Tenant; such changes will be made to conform with common insurance requirements for similar properties in similar geographic locations. Landlord will not change required insurance limits or forms more often than once per calendar year.

C. Waiver of Claims; Waiver of Subrogation. To the extent permitted by law and except to the extent arising out of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Tenant waives all claims it may have against Landlord, its agents or employees for damage to business or property sustained by Tenant or any occupant or other person resulting from the Premises or the Project or any part of said Premises or Project becoming out of repair or resulting from any accident within or adjacent to the Premises or Property or resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission of Landlord or any occupant of the Premises or Property or any other person while on the Premises or the Property, regardless of cause or origin, except that in respect of damage to property, such waiver will be limited to the extent such claim is or would be covered by any insurance that Tenant is required under Section 10.A(i) to carry. The waiver in this grammatical paragraph will also apply as to the amount of any deductible, self insured retention or self insurance under Tenant’s insurance. Particularly, but not in limitation of the foregoing sentence, all property belonging to Tenant or any occupant of the Premises that is in the Property or the Premises will be there at the risk of Tenant or other person only, and Landlord or its agents or employees will not be liable for damage to or theft of or misappropriation of such property, nor for any damage to property or business resulting from fire, explosion, flooding of basements or other subsurface areas, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, snow, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Property or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other cause whatsoever, nor for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Property, except that in respect of property damage such waiver will be limited to the extent that such claim is or would be covered by any insurance that Tenant is required under Section 10.A(i) to carry. Tenant will give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Premises or in the Property or of defects therein or in the fixtures or equipment. Tenant agrees to include in the insurance policies which Tenant is required by this Lease to carry in accordance with Section 10.A(1) and 10.A(ii), to the fullest extent permitted by law, a waiver of subrogation against Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent.

To the extent permitted by law, Landlord waives all claims it may have against Tenant, its agents or employees for damage to the Property resulting directly or indirectly from any act or omission of Tenant, to the extent that such claim is covered by any property insurance which Landlord is required under Section 10.D to carry on the Property. Landlord will include in any property insurance policy which Landlord may

 

14.


carry on the Property, to the extent permitted by law, a waiver of subrogation against Tenant. Landlord will not be required to maintain insurance against thefts within the Premises or the Property.

D. Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord agrees to maintain during the Lease Term “all-risk” property insurance on the Property on a replacement cost basis, excluding the items which Tenant is required to insure under Section 10.A(i). Landlord will maintain commercial general liability insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring upon, in or about the Building, such insurance to afford protection to Landlord, its lenders and agents in amounts deemed by Landlord to be reasonably appropriate. Premiums paid for insurance under this paragraph will be included in Expenses.

ARTICLE 11. CASUALTY DAMAGE

A. Restoration. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises or Property by fire or other casualty. If the Premises or any common areas of the Property providing access thereto shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall use available insurance proceeds to restore the same. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other Laws or by any Lender, any other modifications to the common areas deemed desirable by Landlord (provided access to the Premises is not materially impaired), and except that Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures or equipment, or any alterations or improvements in excess of any work provided or paid for by Landlord under this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof, provided Landlord uses commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the extent and/or duration of such inconvenience or annoyance. Promptly following completion of Landlord’s restoration work, Tenant shall repair and replace Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures, equipment, and any alterations or improvements made by Tenant in excess of those provided or paid for by Landlord, subject to and in compliance with the other provisions of this Lease.

B. Abatement of Rent. Landlord shall allow Tenant a proportionate abatement of Base Rent from the date of the casualty through the date that Landlord substantially completes Landlord’s repair obligations hereunder (or the date that Landlord would have substantially completed such repairs, but for delays by Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or any of their agents, employees, invitees, Transferees and contractors) to the extent Tenant cannot reasonably use the Premises for the conduct of its business therein; provided that such abatement shall not apply if the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises or any of their agents, employees, invites, Transferees or contractors caused such damage and as a result thereof Landlord’s insurer denies rental interruption coverage with respect to the Premises.

C. Termination of Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in lieu of performing the restoration work, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of damage (such termination notice to include a termination date providing at least thirty (30) days for Tenant to vacate the Premises), if the Property shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause such that: (a) more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises is affected by the damage and fewer than twenty-four (24) months remain in the Term, or any material damage occurs to the Premises during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, (b) any Lender shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the Mortgage debt (or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be), or the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies, or (c) the cost of the repairs, alterations, restoration or improvement work would exceed twenty-five percent (25%) of the replacement value of the Building (whether or not the Premises are affected by the damage). Tenant agrees that the abatement of Rent provided herein shall be Tenant’s sole recourse in the event of such damage, and waives any other rights Tenant may have under any applicable Law to perform repairs or terminate the Lease by reason of damage to the Premises or Property. In addition, if a substantial portion of the Building is destroyed such that the Premises become untenantable, then Landlord will select a registered architect licensed to do business in Oregon to estimate the time for completion. If such architect should certify that such work to the Premises cannot be accomplished by using standard working methods and procedures so as to make the Premises tenantable within 180 days from the date the rehabilitation is started or within 3 months from such date if the

 

15.


Lease Term has less than 12 months remaining, either party will have the right to terminate this Lease by giving to the other notice of such election within 10 days after Tenant’s receipt of the architect’s certificate. If such architect certifies that such work can be completed within such 180-day period but such work is not actually substantially completed within 240 days after the date the rehabilitation is started (subject to force majeure), then Tenant may provide written notice to Landlord specifying that this Lease will terminate if such work is not substantially completed within thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. In the event the work is not substantially completed by the end of such thirty (30) day period this Lease will automatically terminate and neither party shall have any further rights or obligations hereunder except those obligations or liabilities which have accrued on or before such termination date and except those expressly provided as surviving expiration or termination hereof. If said fire or other casualty results in the total destruction of the Building, this Lease will automatically terminate as of the date of said fire or other casualty.

ARTICLE 12. CONDEMNATION

If at least fifty percent (50%) of the rentable area of the Premises shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by a competent authority or by conveyance in lieu thereof for public or quasi-public use, or Tenant is permanently denied commercially reasonable access to the Premises (“Condemnation”), including any temporary taking for a period of one year or longer, this Lease shall terminate on the date possession for such use is so taken. If: (i) less than fifty percent (50%) of the Premises is taken, but the taking includes or affects a material portion of the Building or Property, or the economical operation thereof, or (ii) the taking is temporary and will be in effect for less than one year but more than thirty (30) days, then in either such event, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease upon at least thirty (30) days’ prior notice to Tenant. The parties further agree that: (a) if this Lease is terminated, all Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination or the date of such taking, whichever shall first occur, (b) if the taking is temporary, Rent shall not be abated for the period of the taking, but Tenant may seek a condemnation award therefor (and the Term shall not be extended thereby), and (c) if this Lease is not terminated but any part of the Premises is permanently taken, the Rent shall be proportionately abated based on the square footage of the Premises so taken. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection with such Condemnation and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest therein for the value of Tenant’s unexpired leasehold estate or any other claim and waives any right to participate therein, except that Tenant shall have the right to claim damages for a temporary taking of the leasehold as described above, and for moving expenses and any taking of Tenant’s personal property.

ARTICLE 13. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

A. Transfers. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord: (i) assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, by operation of Law or otherwise, (ii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, (iii) permit the use of the Premises by any Persons other than Tenant and its employees (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any Person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”), or (iv) advertise the Premises for Lease for Transfers. If Tenant shall desire Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice shall include: (a) the proposed effective date (which shall not be less than thirty (30) nor more than 90 days after Tenant’s notice), (b) a description of the portion of the Premises to be Transferred (herein called the “Subject Space”), (c) the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, the name, address and background information concerning the proposed Transferee, and a true and complete copy of all proposed Transfer documentation, and (d) financial statements (balance sheets and income/expense statements for the current and prior three (3) years) of the proposed Transferee, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, certified by an officer, partner or owner of the Transferee, and any other information to enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require. Any Transfer made without complying with this Article shall at Landlord’s option be null, void and of no effect, or shall constitute a Default under this Lease. Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay a reasonable fee (but not less than $500.00) towards Landlord’s review and processing expenses, as well as any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord. In no event shall any Transferee be: (w) an existing tenant of the

 

16.


Building or its subtenant or assignee (however, this condition will be waived with respect to a specific request for Landlord’s consent to assignment or sublease if Landlord does not have available for lease to such assignee or subtenant space comparable in size to the Premises or the subject portion thereof), (x) a person or entity with whom Landlord or its agents is negotiating, (y) a person to or from whom Landlord, or its agents, has given or received any written proposal within the past ninety (90) days regarding a lease of space in the Building, or (z) a governmental entity.

B. Approval. Landlord, in its sole discretion, may give or withhold its consent to a proposed Transfer; provided however, that Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold consent to any such assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises (except for any extension or expansion options or any rights of first refusal or first offer for which consent may be arbitrarily withheld), provided Tenant requests the same in writing and provided (i) at the time thereof Tenant is not in Default under this Lease, (ii) Landlord, in its reasonable discretion, determines that the proposed use of the Premises, and the reputation, business, and financial responsibility of the proposed assignee or sublessee, are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (iii) any assignee or sublessee expressly assumes all the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, and (iv) such consent, if given, will not release Tenant of any of its obligations under this Lease, including without limitation, its obligation to pay rent. If Tenant disagrees with Landlord’s decision to deny approval, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be to seek injunctive relief.

C. Transfer Premiums. If Landlord consents to a Transfer, and as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree, Tenant shall pay Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Premium derived by Tenant from such Transfer. “Transfer Premium” shall mean, for a lease assignment, all consideration paid or payable therefor less all third party costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment. “Transfer Premium” shall mean, for a sublease, the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sublease, over (ii) the sum of (a) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time and (b) the third party costs incurred by Tenant for leasing commissions, abated rent, legal fees, architectural fees, system development and other similar fees and charges, and tenant improvements in connection with such sublease (full amortized on a straight-line basis, over the entire term of the sublease. The Transfer Premium due Landlord hereunder shall be paid within thirty (30) days after Tenant receives any portion of any Transfer Premium from the Transferee.

D. Intentionally Omitted.

E. Terms of Consent. If Landlord consents to a Transfer: (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease, including Tenant’s liability for the Subject Space, shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) no Transferee shall succeed to any rights provided in this Lease or any amendment hereto to extend the Term of this Lease, expand the Premises, or lease other space, any such rights being deemed personal to the initial Tenant, (iv) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and (v) Tenant shall furnish a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer, setting forth in detail the computation of any Transfer Premium that Tenant has derived and is anticipated to derive from such Transfer.

F. Certain Transfers. For purposes of this Lease, the term “Transfer” shall also include, and all of the foregoing provisions shall apply to: (i) the conversion, merger or consolidation of Tenant into a corporation, limited liability company or limited liability partnership, (ii) if Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of a majority of the partners or members, or a transfer of a majority of partnership or membership interests, within a twelve month period, or the dissolution of the partnership or company, and (iii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e., whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or within a twelve month period: (a) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason or gift or death) or (b) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) of Tenant’s net assets. However, on the condition that Tenant is not in default of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, Tenant will have the right, with advance written notice to but without the consent of Landlord, to sublease the Premises, or a portion thereof, or

 

17.


assign this Lease, to: (1) any corporation or entity which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant, on the condition that (x) such sublease or assignment is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of avoiding Landlord’s consent rights, and (y) in the case of an assignment, the assignee has a net worth sufficient to meet the obligations of this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term; or (2) an entity into which Tenant is merged or consolidated or to an entity to which substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred, on the condition that (x) such merger, consolidation or transfer of assets is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring Tenant’s leasehold estate, and (y) the assignee or successor entity has a net worth at least equal to the net worth of Tenant immediately before such merger, consolidation or transfer. The term “control” as used in this Section 13.F means a direct or indirect ownership interest with the power to directly or indirectly direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of the Tenant.

ARTICLE 14. PERSONAL PROPERTY, RENT AND OTHER TAXES

Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes, charges or other governmental impositions assessed against or levied upon all fixtures, furnishings, personal property, systems and equipment located in or exclusively serving the Premises, and any Work to the Premises under Article 9 or other provisions of this Lease or related documentation. Whenever possible, Tenant shall cause all such items to be assessed and billed separately from the other property of Landlord. In the event any such items shall be assessed and billed with the other property of Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord its share of such taxes, charges or other governmental impositions within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers a statement and a copy of the assessment or other documentation showing the amount of impositions applicable to Tenant’s property. To the extent customarily paid by tenants in Portland Oregon, Tenant shall pay any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax, value added tax or any other applicable tax on the Rent, utilities or services herein, the privilege of renting, using or occupying the Premises, or collecting Rent therefrom, or otherwise respecting this Lease or any other document entered in connection herewith.

ARTICLE 15. DEFAULT AND LANDLORD’S REMEDIES

A. Default. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant and shall give rise to Landlord’s remedies set forth in Paragraph B below: (i) failure to make when due any payment of Rent, unless such failure is cured within five (5) days after written notice, provided, however, that Section 15.F shall apply to any payment of Rent that is not made when due, regardless of any grace or notice and cure period provided by this Section 15.A; (ii) failure to observe or perform any term or condition of this Lease other than the payment of Rent (or the other matters expressly described herein), unless such failure is cured within any period of time following notice expressly provided with respect thereto in other Articles hereof, or otherwise within a reasonable time, but in no event more than twenty (20) days following notice (provided, if the nature of Tenant’s failure is such that more time is reasonably required in order to cure, Tenant shall not be in Default if Tenant commences to cure promptly within such period, diligently seeks and keeps Landlord reasonably advised of efforts to cure such failure to completion, and completes such cure within ninety (90) days following Landlord’s notice); or (iii) (a) making by Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease (“Guarantor”) of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (b) filing by or for reorganization or arrangement under any Law relating to bankruptcy or insolvency (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or such Guarantor, the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days), (c) appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days, (d) attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located in the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, (e) Tenant’s or any Guarantor’s convening of a meeting of its creditors or any class thereof for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts, or (f) Tenant’s or any Guarantor’s insolvency or failure, or admission of an inability, to pay debts as they mature. If Tenant violates the same term or condition of this Lease on two (2) occasions during such twelve (12) months, Landlord shall have the right to exercise all remedies for any additional violations of the same term or condition during the next twelve (12) months without providing further notice or an opportunity to cure. The cure period provided herein with respect to Tenant’s failure to pay Rent when due incorporates ORS 91.090. Landlord’s termination of this Lease for Tenant’s failure to pay Rent when due shall be deemed a statutory, and not a contractual, lease forfeiture pursuant to ORS 91.090. The other notice and cure periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice and cure periods provided by Law: provided, Landlord may elect to comply with such notice and cure periods provided by Law in lieu of the notice and cure periods provided herein.

 

18.


B. Remedies. If a Default occurs, Landlord shall have the rights and remedies hereinafter set forth to the extent permitted by Law, which shall be distinct, separate and cumulative with and in addition to any other right or remedy allowed under any Law or other provision of this Lease:

(1) Landlord may terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right of possession, reenter and repossess the Premises by detainer suit, summary proceedings or other lawful means, and recover from Tenant: (i) any unpaid Rent as of the termination date, (ii) the amount by which: (a) any unpaid Rent which would have accrued after the termination date during the balance of the Term exceeds (b) the reasonable rental value of the Premises under a lease substantially similar to this Lease, taking into account among other things the condition of the Premises, market conditions and the period of time the Premises may reasonably remain vacant before Landlord is able to re-lease the same to a suitable replacement tenant, and Costs of Reletting (as defined in Paragraph H below) that Landlord may incur in order to enter such replacement lease, (iii) any other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all damages proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease. For purposes of computing the amount of Rent herein that would have accrued after the termination date, Tenant’s obligations for Taxes and Expenses shall be projected based upon the average rate of increase in such items from the Commencement Date through the termination date (or if such period shall be less than three years, then based on Landlord’s reasonable estimates). The amounts computed in accordance with the foregoing subclauses (a) and (b) shall both be discounted in accordance with accepted financial practice at the rate of seven percent (7%) per annum to the then present value.

(2) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession, reenter and repossess the Premises by detainer suit, summary proceedings or other lawful means, without terminating this Lease, and recover from Tenant: (i) any unpaid Rent as of the date possession is terminated, (ii) any unpaid Rent which thereafter accrues during the Term from the date possession is terminated through the time of judgment (or which may have accrued from the time of any earlier judgment obtained by Landlord), less any consideration received from replacement tenants as further described and applied pursuant to Paragraph H, below, and (iii) any other amounts necessary to compensate Landlord for all damages proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease, including all Costs of Reletting (as defined in Paragraph H below). Tenant shall pay any such amounts to Landlord as the same accrue or after the same have accrued from time to time upon demand. At any time after terminating Tenant’s right to possession as provided herein, Landlord may terminate this Lease as provided in clause (1) above by notice to Tenant, and Landlord may pursue such other remedies as may be available to Landlord under this Lease or applicable Law.

C. Intentionally Omitted.

D. Reletting. If this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession is terminated, or Tenant abandons the Premises, Landlord may: (i) enter and secure the Premises, change the locks, install barricades, remove any improvements, fixtures or other property of Tenant therein, perform any decorating, remodeling, repairs, alterations, improvements or additions and take such other actions as Landlord shall determine in Landlord’s sole discretion to prevent damage or deterioration to the Premises or prepare the same for reletting, and (ii) relet all or any portion of the Premises (separately or as part of a larger space), for any rent, use or period of time (which may extend beyond the Term hereof), and upon any other terms as Landlord shall determine in Landlord’s sole discretion, directly or as Tenant’s agent (if permitted or required by applicable Law). The consideration received from such reletting shall be applied pursuant to the terms of Paragraph H hereof, and if such consideration, as so applied, is not sufficient to cover all Rent and damages to which Landlord may be entitled hereunder, Tenant shall pay any deficiency to Landlord as the same accrues or after the same has accrued from time to time upon demand, subject to the other provisions hereof.

E. Specific Performance, Collection of Rent and Acceleration. Landlord shall at all times have the right without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable Law to: (i) seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease or restrain or enjoin a violation of any provision hereof. and Tenant hereby waives any right to require that Landlord post a bond or other security in connection therewith, and (ii) sue for and collect any unpaid Rent which has accrued.

 

19.


F. Late Charges, Interest, and Returned Checks. Tenant shall pay, as additional Rent, a service charge of Three Hundred Dollars ($300.00) or five percent (5%) of the delinquent amount, whichever is greater, if any portion of Rent is not received when due. In addition, any Rent not paid when due shall accrue interest from the due date at the Default Rate until payment is received by Landlord. Such service charges and interest payments shall not be deemed consent by Landlord to late payments, nor a waiver of Landlord’s right to insist upon timely payments at any time, nor a waiver of any remedies to which Landlord is entitled as a result of the late payment of Rent. If Landlord receives two (2) or more checks from Tenant which are returned by Tenant’s bank for insufficient funds, Landlord may require that all checks thereafter be bank certified or cashier’s checks (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies). All bank service charges resulting from any returned checks shall be borne by Tenant.

G. Landlord’s Cure of Tenant Defaults. If Tenant fails to perform or commence to perform any obligation under this Lease for five (5) days after notice thereof by Landlord (except that only such notice as shall be reasonable under the circumstances, if any, shall be required in emergencies), Landlord shall have the right (but not the duty), to perform such obligation on behalf and for the account of Tenant. In such event, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand, as additional Rent, for all expenses incurred by Landlord in performing such obligation together with an amount equal to fifteen (15%) thereof for Landlord’s overhead, and interest thereon at the Default Rate from the date such expenses were incurred (except that with respect to any such performance for which Tenant did not receive five (5) days notice (provided that such notice was required hereunder) Landlord shall not be entitled to charge any amount on account of overhead or interest thereon. Landlord’s performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall not be deemed a waiver or release of Tenant therefrom.

H. Other Matters. No re-entry or repossession, repairs, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, nor shall the same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Landlord may bring suits for amounts owed by Tenant hereunder or any portions thereof, as the same accrue or after the same have accrued, and no suit or recovery of any portion due hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to collect all amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder, nor shall the same serve as any defense to any subsequent suit brought for any amount not therefor reduced to judgment. Landlord may pursue one or more remedies against Tenant and need not make an election of remedies until findings of fact are made by a court of competent jurisdiction. All rent and other consideration paid by any replacement tenants shall be applied at Landlord’s option: (i) first, to the Costs of Reletting, (ii) second, to the payment of all costs of enforcing this Lease against Tenant or any Guarantor, (iii) third, to the payment of all interest and service charges accruing hereunder, (iv) fourth, to the payment of Rent theretofore accrued, and (v) with the residue, if any, to be held by Landlord and applied to the payment of Rent and other obligations of Tenant as the same become due (and with any remaining residue to be retained by Landlord). “Costs of Reletting” shall include without limitation, all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord for any repairs or other matters described in Paragraph D above, brokerage commissions, advertising costs, attorneys’ fees, any economic incentives given to enter leases with replacement tenants, and costs of collecting rent from replacement tenants. Landlord shall be under no obligation to observe or perform any provision of this Lease on its part to be observed or performed which accrues while Tenant is in Default hereunder. The times set forth herein for the curing of Defaults by Tenant are of the essence of this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any Law to redeem or reinstate this Lease, or Tenant’s right to possession, after this Lease, or Tenant’s right to possession, is terminated based on a Default by Tenant.

ARTICLE 16. SECURITY DEPOSIT

A. Security Deposit. Subject to Section 16.B below, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount set forth in Article 1 (“Security Deposit”), upon Tenant’s execution and submission of this Lease. The Security Deposit shall serve as security for the prompt, full and faithful performance by Tenant of the terms and provisions of this Lease. If Tenant commits a Default, or owes any amounts to Landlord upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Landlord may use or apply the whole or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. The use or application of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages. Subject to Section 16.B below, in the

 

20.


event the Security Deposit is reduced by such use or application, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord within ten (10) days after notice, an amount sufficient to restore the full amount of the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from Landlord’s general funds or pay interest on the Security Deposit. Any remaining portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) within sixty (60) days after Tenant (or such assignee) has vacated the Premises in accordance with Article 23. Tenant shall not assign, pledge or otherwise transfer any interest in the Security Deposit except as part of an assignment of this Lease approved by Landlord under Article 13, and any attempt to do so shall be null and void.

B. Letter of Credit.

(1 ) Tenant will deliver to Landlord contemporaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease an irrevocable letter of credit payable in Portland, Oregon, in the amount of the required Security Deposit set forth in the Section 1.J above, issued for the benefit of the Landlord by a bank reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (the “Issuing Bank”) which: (i) has an A.M. Best Bank Deposit Rating of “a” or better; (ii) has a Standard & Poors Bank Survivability Assessment Rating of “A” or better; and (iii) has a Moody’s Bank Financial Strength Rating of “B+” or better, in each case without qualification by “-” or other reduction or negative qualification of such rating) (collectively, the “L/C Issuer Requirements”). Notwithstanding that the Issuing Bank may have met the UC Issuer Requirements upon issuance of the letter of credit, if, during the Lease Term, the Issuing Bank fails to meet the L/C Issuer Requirements, or if the Issuing Bank enters into any form of regulatory or governmental receivership or other similar regulatory or governmental proceeding including, without limitation, any receivership instituted or commenced by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) or is otherwise declared insolvent or downgraded by the FDIC or put on an FDIC “watchlist,” or if the financial condition of the Issuing Bank changes in any other materially adverse way, as reasonably determined by Landlord, then Tenant shall within 10 days after written notice from Landlord deliver to Landlord a replacement letter of credit which meets the requirements of this Section 16.B and issued by an Issuing Bank meeting the L/C Issuer Requirements; Tenant’s failure to do so will, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, constitute a Default for which there will be no notice or grace or cure period applicable thereto (other than the aforesaid 10-day period), and will give Landlord the immediate right, without further notice to Tenant, to draw upon such letter of credit. If Tenant replaces such letter of credit pursuant to the foregoing, Landlord will, within 30 days after Landlord’s receipt of the replacement letter of credit, deliver to Tenant the letter of credit so replaced. Each letter of credit will be irrevocable for the term of such letter of credit and will provide that it is automatically renewable for a period ending not earlier than 60 days after the expiration of the Lease Term (the “Final L/C Expiration Date”) without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord. However, the Issuing Bank will have the right not to renew said letter of credit on written notice to Landlord given not less than 60 days before the expiration of the then current term thereof (it being understood, however, that the privilege of the Issuing Bank not to renew said letter of credit will not, in any event, diminish the obligation of Tenant to maintain such irrevocable letter of credit with Landlord through the date which is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Lease Term). Tenant must be the applicant of the letter of credit.

(2) The letter of credit must be in the form of Exhibit F, and must provide, among other things, in effect that:

(i) Landlord, or its then managing agent, will have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the letter of credit upon the presentation to the Issuing Bank of Landlord’s sight draft;

(ii) The letter of credit will be honored by the Issuing Bank within 1 business day after presentment;

(iii) In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord will have the right to transfer the letter of credit to the transferee without the payment of any transfer fees, and thereupon the Landlord will, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor. and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of said letter of credit to a new Landlord; and

(iv) If the expiration date of the letter of credit is a day on which the issuer’s offices are closed, the expiration date shall automatically be extended pursuant to Section 3.13 or Section 3.14 of International Standby Practices ISP98 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication no. 590).

 

21.


(3) Landlord may draw upon the letter of credit at any time and from time to time if: (i) Tenant is in Default under one or more of its obligations under this Lease; or (ii) the letter of credit held by Landlord will expire earlier than the Final L/C Expiration Date (whether by reason of a stated expiration date or a notice of termination or non-renewal given by the Issuing Bank), and Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord, at least 30 days prior to the expiration date of the letter of credit then held by Landlord, a renewal or substitute letter of credit that is in effect and that complies with the requirements of this Section 16.B. If, as a result of any such application of all or any part of such security, the amount secured by the letter of credit is less than the amount of the required Security Deposit as set forth in Section 1.J of this Lease (or such reduced amount as may be permitted by Section 16.B below), Tenant will forthwith provide Landlord with additional letter(s) of credit in an amount equal to the deficiency.

(4) Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber said letter of credit or any part thereof and that neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

(5) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the letter of credit expires earlier than 60 days after the expiration of the Lease Term, or the Issuing Bank notifies Landlord that it will not renew the letter of credit, Landlord will accept a renewal thereof or substitute letter of credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than 30 days prior to the expiration thereof), irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided to the Final L/C Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring letter of credit or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord. However, if the letter of credit is not timely renewed or a substitute letter of credit is not timely received, Landlord may present such letter of credit to the bank, in accordance with the terms of this Section 16.B, and the entire sum secured thereby will be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord as provided in this Section 16.B and as provided in Section 16.A above. If Tenant fails to maintain the letter of credit in the amount and terms set forth in this Section 16.B, Tenant must immediately deposit with Landlord a replacement letter of credit complying with the requirements of this Section 16.B, failing which the Landlord may present such letter of credit to the bank, in accordance with the terms of this Section 16.B, and the entire sum secured thereby will be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord as provided in Section 16.A above.

(6) On the conditions that (a) no Default exists and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or passage of time of both, would constitute a Default, as of the applicable date set forth below; and (b) no Default has existed under this Lease within the 12-month period ending on the applicable date set forth below, then Landlord will permit the required amount of the required Security Deposit to be reduced beginning on the applicable dates set forth as follows:

 

Date on Which the Amount of the

Security Deposit May Be Reduced

   Amount of Security
Deposit Required
 

First day of the second Lease Year

   $ 266,666.67   

First day of the third Lease Year

   $ 133,333.34   

First day of the fourth Lease Year

   $ 0.00   

If the amount of the required Security Deposit is reduced pursuant to the foregoing, Tenant will request in writing that Landlord return the excess cash Security Deposit (if any) held by Landlord, and Tenant will have sole responsibility for causing the amount of the letter of credit to be reduced in accordance with this Paragraph. Landlord agrees to cooperate with Tenant to achieve such reduction, subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in this Section 16.B.

ARTICLE 17. ATTORNEYS’ FEES, JURY TRIAL,

COUNTERCLAIMS AND VENUE

In the event of any litigation or arbitration between the parties relating to this Lease, the Premises or Property (including pretrial, trial, appellate, administrative, bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings), the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees and costs as part of the judgment, award or settlement therein. In the event of a breach of this Lease by either party which does not result in litigation but

 

22.


which causes the non-breaching party to incur attorneys’ fees or costs, the breaching party shall reimburse such fees and costs to the non-breaching party upon demand. If either party or any of its officers, directors, trustees, beneficiaries, partners, agents, affiliates or employees shall be made a party to any litigation or arbitration commenced by or against the other party and is not at fault, the other party shall pay all costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees incurred by such parties in connection with such litigation. IN THE INTEREST OF OBTAINING A SPEEDIER AND LESS COSTLY HEARING OF ANY DISPUTE, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LEASE, THE PREMISES OR THE PROPERTY. Although such jury waiver is intended to be self-operative and irrevocable, Landlord and Tenant each further agree, if requested, to confirm such waivers in writing at the time of commencement of any such action, proceeding or counterclaim. If Landlord commences any detainer suit, summary proceedings or other action seeking possession of the Premises, Tenant agrees not to interpose by consolidation of actions, removal to chancery or otherwise, any counterclaim, claim of set-off, recoupment or deduction of Rent, or other claim seeking affirmative relief of any kind (except a mandatory or compulsory counterclaim which Tenant would forfeit if not so interposed). Any action or proceeding brought by either party against the other for any matter arising out of or in any way relating to this Lease, the Premises or the Property, shall be heard, at Landlord’s option, in the court having jurisdiction located closest to the Property.

ARTICLE 18. SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND LENDER PROTECTION

This Lease is subject and subordinate to all Mortgages now or hereafter placed upon the Property, and all other encumbrances and matters of public record applicable to the Property. Whether before or after any foreclosure or power of sale proceedings are initiated or completed by any Lender or a deed in lieu is granted (or any ground lease is terminated), Tenant agrees upon written request of any such Lender or any purchaser at such sale, to attorn and pay Rent to such party, and recognize such party as Landlord.. Any subordination of this Lease to any mortgage, deed of trust or related security instrument will be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination is required; provided, however, any subordination with respect to any mortgage, deed of trust or related security instrument hereafter placed upon or recorded against the Premises or the Building as a whole will be conditioned upon the holder thereof executing a subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement on the lender’s standard form. However, in the event of attornment, unless otherwise agreed in writing by such Lender, no Lender shall be: (i) liable for any act or omission of Landlord, or subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against Landlord (arising prior to such Lender becoming Landlord under such attornment), (ii) liable for any security deposit or bound by any prepaid Rent in excess of thirty (30) days not actually received by such Lender, or (iii) bound by any modification of this Lease not consented to by such Lender. Any Lender may elect to make this Lease prior to the lien of its Mortgage by written notice to Tenant, and if the Lender of any prior Mortgage shall require, this Lease shall be prior to any subordinate Mortgage; such elections shall be effective upon written notice to Tenant, or shall be effective as of such earlier or later date set forth in such notice. Tenant agrees to give any Lender by certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default served by Tenant upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of an assignment of leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Lender. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time permitted Landlord for cure under this Lease, any such Lender whose address has been provided to Tenant shall have an additional period of thirty (30) days in which to cure (or such additional time as may be required due to causes beyond such Lender’s control, including time to obtain possession of the Property by appointment of receiver, power of sale or judicial action). Should any current or prospective Lender require a modification or modifications to this Lease which will not cause an increased cost or otherwise materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, Tenant agrees that this Lease shall be so modified. Except as expressly provided to the contrary herein, the provisions of this Article shall be self-operative; however Tenant shall execute and deliver, within ten (10) days after requested, such documentation as Landlord or any Lender may request from time to time, whether prior to or after a foreclosure or power of sale proceeding is initiated or completed, a deed in lieu is delivered, or a ground lease is terminated, in order to further confirm or effectuate the matters set forth in this Article in recordable form (and Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord acting in good faith to execute any such documentation as Tenant’s agent and attorney-in-fact). In addition to the foregoing, Landlord will use commercially reasonable

 

23.


efforts to obtain from its existing Lender, and any future Lender, its agreement not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy in accordance with this Lease so long as Tenant fulfills all of its obligations under this Lease. Such non-disturbance agreement from the existing Lender will be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G which is such Lender’s standard form and any such non-disturbance agreement in connection with a security instrument encumbering the Building in the future will be on such future Lender’s standard form. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord all charges and fees charged by Lender to Landlord for negotiating or modifying such standard form if Tenant chooses to request modifications, including, without limitation, legal fees. processing costs, and any other administrative expenses billed to Landlord or Landlord’s agent. Such expenses will constitute additional rent and will be due within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand therefor. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any Law (now or hereafter adopted) which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease or Tenant’s obligations hereunder if foreclosure or power of sale proceedings are initiated, prosecuted or completed.

If Lender succeeds to Landlord’s interest under the Lease and is advised by its counsel that all or any portion of the rent payable under the Lease is or may be deemed to be unrelated business income within the meaning of the Code or regulations issued thereunder, Lender may elect to unilaterally amend the calculation of rent so that none of the rent payment to the Lender under the Lease will constitute unrelated business income but the amendment will not increase the Tenant’s payment obligations or other liability under the Lease or reduce Landlord’s obligations under the Lease. Should the Lender request, Tenant shall be obligated to execute any document Lender deems reasonably necessary to effect the amendment thereof.

ARTICLE 19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Each party shall from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after written request from the requesting party for itself or for a current or prospective lender, prospective purchaser or prospective merger partner, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified, is in full force and effect (or specifying the ground for claiming that this Lease is not in force and effect), (ii) the dates to which the Rent has been paid, and the amount of any Security Deposit, (iii) that Tenant is in possession of the Premises, and paying Rent on a current basis with no offsets, defenses or claims, or specifying the same if any are claimed, (iv) that there are not, to such party’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord or Tenant which are pertinent to the request, or specifying the same if any are claimed, and (v) certifying such other matters, and, with respect to Tenant, including such current financial statements, as Landlord may reasonably request, or as may be requested by Landlord’s current or prospective Lenders, insurance carriers, auditors, and prospective purchasers (and including a comparable certification statement from any subtenant respecting its sublease). Any such statement may be relied upon by any such parties.

ARTICLE 20. RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

Except to the extent expressly limited herein, Landlord reserves full rights to control the Property (which rights may be exercised without subjecting Landlord to claims for constructive eviction, abatement of Rent, damages or other claims of any kind), including more particularly, but without limitation, the following rights:

A. General Matters. To: (i) upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, change the name or street address of the Property or designation of the Premises, (ii) install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Building, and grant any other Person the right to do so, (iii) retain at all times, and use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises, (iv) grant to any Person the right to conduct any business or render any service at the Property, whether or not the same are similar to the use permitted Tenant by this Lease, (v) grant any Person the right to use separate security personnel and systems respecting access to their premises, (vi) have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes located on the Premises according to the rules of the United States Postal Service (and to install or remove such chutes), and (vii) in case of fire, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil disorder, public excitement, terrorist activity or other dangerous condition, or threat thereof: (a) limit or prevent access to the Property, (b) shut down elevator service, (c) activate elevator emergency controls, and (d) otherwise take such action or preventative measures deemed necessary by Landlord for the safety of tenants of the Building or the protection of the Property and other property located thereon or therein (but this provision shall impose no duty on Landlord to take such actions, and no liability for actions taken in good faith).

 

24.


B. Access to Premises. To enter the Premises in order to: (i) inspect, (ii) supply cleaning service or other services to be provided Tenant hereunder, (iii) show the Premises to current and prospective Lenders, insurers, purchasers, tenants (but with respect to tenants, only during the following periods: (i) if the then existing Premises consists of the Premises initially leased hereunder, only during the last 270 days of the Term, or (ii) if the then existing Premises consists of the Premises initially leased hereunder plus additional premises in the Building, only during the last 365 days of the Term), brokers and governmental authorities, (iv) decorate, remodel or alter the Premises if Tenant shall abandon the Premises at any time, or shall vacate the same during the last 120 days of the Term (without thereby terminating this Lease), and (v) perform any work or take any other actions under Paragraph C, below, or exercise other rights of Landlord under this Lease or applicable Laws. However, Landlord shall: (a) provide not less than 24 hours’ advance written or oral notice to Tenant’s on-site manager or other appropriate person (except in emergencies in which case Landlord shall provide such notice as may be reasonable under the circumstances, if any and except in respect of cleaning or ordinary maintenance or repairs), (b) take reasonable steps to minimize any significant disruption to Tenant’s business, and following completion of any work, return Tenant’s leasehold improvements, fixtures, property and equipment to the original locations and condition to the fullest extent reasonably possible, and (c) shall not change the configuration or reduce the square footage of the Premises, unless required by Laws or other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control (and in the event of any permanent material reduction, the Rent and other rights and obligations of the parties based on the square footage of the Premises shall be proportionately reduced). Tenant shall not place partitions, furniture or other obstructions in the Premises which may prevent or impair Landlord’s access to the Systems and Equipment for the Property or the systems and equipment for the Premises. If Tenant requests that any such access occur before or after Landlord’s regular business hours and Landlord approves, Tenant shall pay all overtime and other additional costs in connection therewith.

C. Changes to the Property. To: (i) paint and decorate, (ii) perform repairs or maintenance, and (iii) make replacements. restorations, renovations, alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise (including freon retrofit work), in and to the Property or any part thereof and, except as otherwise provided in Article 8 of this Lease, other than the Premises, including any adjacent building, structure, facility, land, street or alley, or change the uses thereof (including changes, reductions or additions of corridors, entrances, doors, lobbies, parking facilities and other areas, structural support columns and shear walls, elevators, stairs, escalators, mezzanines, solar tint windows or film, kiosks, planters, sculptures, displays, and other amenities and features therein, and changes relating to the connection with or entrance into or use of the Building or any other adjoining or adjacent building or buildings, now existing or hereafter constructed). In connection with such matters, Landlord may among other things erect scaffolding, barricades and other structures, open ceilings, close entry ways, restrooms, elevators, stairways, corridors, parking and other areas and facilities, and take such other actions as Landlord deems appropriate. However, Landlord shall: (a) not deny access to the Premises except to the minimum extent necessary on a temporary basis, and (b) in connection with entering the Premises shall comply with Paragraph B above.

ARTICLE 21. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE

If Landlord shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease required to be performed by Landlord, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default hereunder nor subject to any claims for damages of any kind, unless such failure shall have continued for a period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof by Tenant (provided, if the nature of Landlord’s failure is such that more time is reasonably required in order to cure, Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences to cure within such period and thereafter diligently seeks to cure such failure to completion). If Landlord shall default and fail to cure as provided herein, Tenant shall have such rights and remedies as may be available to Tenant under applicable Laws, subject to the other provisions of this Lease; provided, Tenant shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord, and shall have no right to withhold, set-off, or abate Rent, or terminate this Lease, and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any Law to the contrary.

 

25.


ARTICLE 22. INDEMNIFICATION

A. Indemnification by Tenant. Tenant will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s agents and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, employees, agents and contractors (the “Parties Indemnified by Tenant”) from and against any and all loss, damage, claim, demand, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from claims by third parties to the extent based on any acts or omissions of Tenant or its subtenants and their respective employees, agents and contractors in connection with the Building. Tenant will have the right and obligation to assume the defense of any claim covered by this indemnity on behalf of both itself and the Parties Indemnified by Tenant, and the Parties Indemnified by Tenant may not settle such claim without the consent of Tenant, provided (i) Tenant acknowledges to the Parties Indemnified by Tenant in writing that it is responsible for such claim under the terms of this paragraph and (ii) the lawyers selected by Tenant to handle such defense are reasonably satisfactory to the Parties Indemnified by Tenant and such representation does not result in a conflict of interest for such lawyers. The Parties Indemnified by Tenant may participate in the defense of such claim at their own expense unless Tenant is not representing the Parties Indemnified by Tenant in which case the reasonable expense of the Parties Indemnified by Tenant in defending against such claim will be paid by Tenant. The provisions of this paragraph will survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

B. Indemnification by Landlord. Except for claims, damage or injury relating to unauthorized entry or failure or lack or breach of security measures, Landlord will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, employees, agents and contractors (the “Parties Indemnified by Landlord”) from and against any and all loss, damage, claim, demand, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) resulting from claims by third parties to the extent based on any acts or omissions of Landlord, its employees, agents and contractors in connection with the Building. Landlord will have the right and obligation to assume the defense of any claim covered by this indemnity on behalf of both itself and the Parties Indemnified by Landlord, and the Parties Indemnified by Landlord may not settle such claim without the consent of Landlord, provided (i) Landlord acknowledges to the Parties Indemnified by Landlord in writing that it is responsible for such claim under the terms of this paragraph and (ii) the lawyers selected by Landlord to handle such defense are reasonably satisfactory to the Parties Indemnified by Landlord and such representation does not result in a conflict of interest for such lawyers. The Parties Indemnified by Landlord may participate in the defense of such claim at their own expense unless Landlord is not representing the Parties Indemnified by Landlord in which case the reasonable expense of the Parties Indemnified by Landlord in defending against such claim will be paid by Landlord. The provisions of this paragraph will survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 23. RETURN OF POSSESSION

At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession. Tenant shall vacate and surrender possession of the entire Premises in the condition required under Article 8 and the Rules, ordinary wear and tear and casualty that Tenant is not otherwise required to repair excepted, shall surrender all keys and key cards, and any parking transmitters, stickers or cards, to Landlord, and shall remove all personal property and office trade fixtures that may be readily removed without damage to the Premises or Property. All improvements, fixtures and other items, including ceiling light fixtures. HVAC equipment, plumbing fixtures, hot water heaters, fire suppression and sprinkler systems, interior stairs, wall coverings, carpeting and other flooring, blinds, drapes and window treatments, in or serving the Premises, whether installed by Tenant or Landlord, shall be Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises, all without compensation, allowance or credit to Tenant, unless Landlord elects otherwise as provided herein. If at the time Tenant requested Landlord’s consent to any Work, Tenant requested that Landlord notify Tenant if Tenant would be required to remove such Work at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, and Landlord notified Tenant that Tenant would be obligated to remove to remove any such items, Tenant shall promptly remove such of the foregoing items, including “Lines” as defined in Article 29, as were designated in such notice and restore the Premises to the condition prior to the installation of such items in a good and workmanlike manner. If Tenant shall fail to perform any repairs or restoration, or fail to remove any items from the Premises required hereunder, Landlord may do so and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charges therefor upon demand. All property removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to any provisions of this Lease or any Law may be handled or stored by Landlord at

 

26.


Tenant’s expense, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. All property not removed from the Premises or retaken from storage by Tenant within thirty (30) days after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, shall at Landlord’s option be conclusively deemed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord as if by bill of sale without payment by Landlord. Unless prohibited by applicable Law, Landlord shall have a lien against such property for the costs incurred in removing and storing the same. Tenant hereby waives any statutory notices to vacate or quit the Premises upon expiration of this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be required to remove any item of the Improvements installed or constructed pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement.

ARTICLE 24. HOLDING OVER

Unless Landlord expressly agrees otherwise in writing, Tenant shall pay Landlord 150% of the amount of Rent then applicable prorated on a per diem basis for each day Tenant shall fail to vacate or surrender possession of the Premises or any part thereof after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease as required under Article 23, plus, if such holding over extends beyond 60 days after such date of expiration or earlier termination, all damages (direct and consequential) sustained by Landlord on account thereof. Tenant shall pay such amounts on demand, and, in the absence of demand, monthly in advance. The foregoing provisions, and Landlord’s acceptance of any such amounts, shall not serve as permission for Tenant to hold-over, nor serve to extend the Term (although Tenant shall remain a tenant-at-sufferance bound to comply with all provisions of this Lease until Tenant properly vacates the Premises, and shall be subject to the provisions of Article 23). Landlord shall have the right at any time after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession to reenter and possess the Premises and remove all property and Persons therefrom, and Landlord shall have such other remedies for holdover as may be available to Landlord under other provisions of this Lease or applicable Laws.

ARTICLE 25. NOTICES

Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease, every notice or other communication to be given by either party to the other with respect hereto or to the Premises or Property, shall be in writing and shall not be effective for any purpose unless the same shall be served personally or by national air courier service, or United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by facsimile, to the parties at the addresses set forth in Article 1, or such other address or addresses as Tenant or Landlord may from time to time designate by notice given as above provided. Every notice or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have been given as of the third business day following the date of such mailing (or as of any earlier date evidenced by a receipt from such national air courier service or the United States Postal Service) or immediately if personally delivered or received by facsimile (as evidenced by a receipt transmission report). Notices not sent in accordance with the foregoing shall be of no force or effect until received by the foregoing parties at such addresses required herein.

ARTICLE 26. REAL ESTATE BROKERS

Tenant represents that Tenant has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, if any, designated in Article 1 (whose commission, if any, shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to separate agreement) as broker, agent or finder in connection with this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other broker, agent or finder with whom Tenant has dealt for any commission or fee alleged to be due in connection with its participation in the procurement of Tenant or the negotiation with Tenant of this Lease. Landlord represents that Landlord has dealt only with Tenant’s Broker and Landlord’s Broker, if any, designated in Article 1 as broker, agent or finder in connection with this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from all damages, judgments, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from any claims or demands of any other broker, agent or finder with whom Landlord has dealt for any commission or fee alleged to be due in connection with its participation in the procurement of Tenant or the negotiation with Tenant of this Lease.

 

27.


ARTICLE 27. NO WAIVER

No provision of this Lease will be deemed waived by either party unless expressly waived in writing and signed by the waiving party. No waiver shall be implied by delay or any other act or omission of either party. No waiver by either party of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of such provision with respect to any subsequent matter relating to such provision, and Landlord’s consent or approval respecting any action by Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of the requirement for obtaining Landlord’s consent or approval respecting any subsequent action. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord directly or through any agent or lock-box arrangement shall not constitute a waiver of any breach by Tenant of any term or provision of this Lease (and Landlord reserves the right to return or refund any untimely payments if necessary to preserve Landlord’s remedies). No acceptance of a lesser amount of Rent shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. The acceptance of Rent or of the performance of any other term or provision from, or providing directory listings or services for, any Person other than Tenant shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to approve any Transfer. No delivery to, or acceptance by, Landlord or its agents or employees of keys, nor any other act or omission of Tenant or Landlord or their agents or employees, shall be deemed a surrender, or acceptance of a surrender, of the Premises or a termination of this Lease, unless stated expressly in writing by Landlord.

ARTICLE 28. SAFETY AND SECURITY DEVICES, SERVICES AND PROGRAMS

The parties acknowledge that safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord, if any, while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts, or ensure safety of persons or property. The risk that any safety or security device, service or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s property and interests, and Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses, as further described in Article 10. Landlord will not be required to maintain insurance against thefts within the Premises or the Property. Tenant agrees to cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.

ARTICLE 29. TELECOMMUNICATION LINES

A. Telecommunication Lines. Subject to Landlord’s continuing right of supervision and approval, and the other provisions hereof, Tenant may: (i) install telecommunication lines (“Lines”) connecting the Premises to Landlord’s terminal block on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located, or (ii) use such Lines as may currently exist and already connect the Premises to such terminal block. Landlord’s predecessor or independent contractor has heretofore connected such terminal block through riser system Lines to Landlord’s main distribution frame (“MDF”) for the Property. Landlord disclaims any representations, warranties or understandings concerning the capacity, design or suitability of Landlord’s riser Lines, MDF or related equipment. If there is, or will be, more than one tenant on any floor, at any time, Landlord may allocate, and periodically reallocate, connections to the terminal block based on the proportion of square feet each tenant occupies on such floor, or the type of business operations or requirements of such tenants, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Landlord may arrange for an independent contractor to review Tenant’s requests for approval hereunder, monitor or supervise Tenant’s installation, connection and disconnection of Lines, and provide other such services, or Landlord may provide the same. In each case, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s fees and costs therefor as provided in Article 9.

B. Installation. Tenant may install and use Tenant’s Lines and make connections and disconnections at the terminal blocks as described above, provided Tenant shall: (i) obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of all aspects thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, (ii) use an experienced and qualified contractor designated or approved in writing in advance by Landlord (whom Landlord may require to enter an access and indemnity agreement on Landlord’s then standard form of agreement therefor), (iii) comply with such inside wire standards as Landlord may adopt from time to time, and all other provisions of this Lease, including Article 9 respecting Work, and the Rules respecting access to the wire closets, (iv) not install Lines in the same sleeve, chaseway or other enclosure in close proximity with electrical wire, and not install PVC-coated Lines under any circumstances, (v) thoroughly test any riser Lines to which Tenant intends to connect any Lines to ensure that such riser Lines are available and are not then connected to or used for

 

28.


telephone, data transmission or any other purpose by any other party (whether or not Landlord has previously approved such connections), and not connect to any such unavailable or connected riser Lines, and (vi) not connect any equipment to the Lines which may create an electromagnetic field exceeding the normal insulation ratings of ordinary twisted pair riser cable or cause radiation higher than normal background radiation, unless the Lines therefor (including riser Lines) are appropriately insulated to prevent such excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation (and such insulation shall not be provided by the use of additional unused twisted pair Lines). As a condition to permitting installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove any existing Lines located in or serving the Premises.

C. Removal. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, remove all Lines. This removal shall include all Lines from the point of demarcation in the telephone closet to the termination points in the Premises. All faceplates shall remain, and shall become the property of Landlord. All costs for compliance with this clause shall be borne by the Tenant, including Landlord’s reasonable costs for review and verification. In the event Landlord elects not to require removal, all Lines and fixtures that remain shall become the property of Landlord in accordance with Article 23.

D. Limitation of Liability. Except to the extent due to Landlord’s intentional misconduct or grossly negligent acts, Landlord shall have no liability for damages arising, and Landlord does not warrant that the Tenant’s use of the Lines will be free, from the following (collectively called “Line Problems”): (i) any eavesdropping, wire-tapping or theft of long distance access codes by unauthorized parties, (ii) any failure of the Lines to satisfy Tenant’s requirements, or (iii) any capacitance, attenuation, cross-talk or other problems with the Lines, any misdesignation of the Lines in the MDF room or wire closets, or any shortages, failures, variations, interruptions, disconnections, loss or damage caused by or in connection with the installation, maintenance, replacement, use or removal of any other Lines or equipment at the Property by or for other tenants at the Building, by any failure of the environmental conditions at or the power supply for the Property to conform to any requirements of the Lines or any other problems associated with any Lines or by any other cause. Under no circumstances shall any Line Problems be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, render Landlord liable to Tenant for abatement of any Rent or other charges under the Lease, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease as amended herein. Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption or other consequential damage arising from any Line Problems.

E. Interference. In the event that any Lines or other electronic equipment of any type installed by or at the request of Tenant within the Premises, on the roof, or elsewhere within or on the Property causes interference to equipment used by another party, Tenant shall cease using such Lines or other electronic equipment until the source of the interference is identified and eliminated and Tenant shall assume all liability related to such interference. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and other parties, to eliminate such interference promptly. In the event that Tenant is unable to do so, Tenant will substitute alternative equipment which remedies the situation. If such interference persists, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s sole discretion, remove such Lines or other electronic equipment.

ARTICLE 30. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

A. Hazardous Materials Generally Prohibited. Tenant shall not transport, use, store, maintain, generate, manufacture, handle, dispose, release, discharge, spill or leak any “Hazardous Material” (as defined below), or permit Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, or other occupants of the Premises to engage in such activities on or about the Property. However, the foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the transportation to and from, and use, storage, maintenance and handling within, the Premises of substances customarily and lawfully used in the business which Tenant is permitted to conduct in the Premises under this Lease, but only as an incidental and minor part of such business, and provided: (i) such substances shall be properly labeled, contained, used and stored only in small quantities reasonably necessary for such permitted use of the Premises and the ordinary course of Tenant’s business therein, strictly in accordance with applicable Laws, highest prevailing standards, and the manufacturers’ instructions therefor, and as Landlord shall reasonably require, (ii) Tenant shall provide Landlord with ten (10) days advance notice and current Material Safety Data Sheets (“MSDSs”) therefor, and Landlord reserves the right to prohibit or limit such substances in each such instance, (iii) such substances shall not be disposed of, released, discharged or permitted to spill or leak in or about the Premises or the

 

29.


Property (and under no circumstances shall any Hazardous Material be disposed of within the drains or plumbing facilities in or serving the Premises or Property or in any other public or private drain or sewer, regardless of quantity or concentration), (iv) if any applicable Law or Landlord’s trash removal contractor requires that any such substances be disposed of separately from ordinary trash, Tenant shall make arrangements at Tenant’s expense for such disposal in approved containers directly with a qualified and licensed disposal company at a lawful disposal site, (v) any remaining such substances shall be completely, properly and lawfully removed from the Property upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and (vi) for purposes of removal and disposal of any such substances, Tenant shall be named as the owner, operator and generator, shall obtain a waste generator identification number, and shall execute all permit applications, manifests, waste characterization documents and any other required forms.

B. Notifications and Records. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of: (i) any inspection, enforcement, cleanup or other regulatory action taken or threatened by any regulatory authority with respect to any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property, (ii) any demands or claims made or threatened by any party relating to any loss or injury claimed to have resulted from any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises, (iii) any release, discharge, spill, leak, disposal or transportation of any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises in violation of this Article, and any damage, loss or injury to persons, property or business resulting or claimed to have resulted therefrom, and (iv) any matters where Tenant is required by Law to give a notice to any regulatory authority respecting any Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises. Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to notify regulatory authorities concerning actual and claimed violations of this Article. Tenant shall immediately upon written request from time to time provide Landlord with copies of all MSDSs, permits, approvals, memos, reports, correspondence, complaints, demands, claims, subpoenas, requests, remediation and cleanup plans, and all papers of any kind filed with or by any regulatory authority and any other books, records or items pertaining to Hazardous Materials that are subject to the provisions of this Article (collectively referred to herein as “Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Records”).

C. Clean Up Responsibility. if any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of, or permitted to spill or leak, in violation of the foregoing provisions, Tenant shall immediately and properly clean up and remove the Hazardous Materials from the Premises, Property and any other affected property and clean or replace any affected personal property (whether or not owned by Landlord) in compliance with applicable Laws and then prevailing industry practices and standards, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies therefor). Such clean up and removal work (“Tenant Remedial Work”) shall be considered Work under Article 9 and subject to the provisions thereof, including Landlord’s prior written approval (except in emergencies), and any testing, investigation, feasibility and impact studies, and the preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any court or regulatory authority having jurisdiction or reasonably required by Landlord. In connection therewith, Tenant shall provide documentation evidencing that all Tenant Remedial Work or other action required hereunder has been properly and lawfully completed (including a certificate addressed to Landlord from an environmental consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord, in such detail and form as Landlord may reasonably require). If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged, disposed of, or permitted to spill or leak on or about the Property and is not caused by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their agents, employees, Transferees, or contractors, such release, discharge, disposal, spill or leak shall be deemed casualty damage under Article 11 to the extent that the Premises and Tenant’s use thereof is affected thereby; in such case, Landlord and Tenant shall have the obligations and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under this Lease. Landlord will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant and Tenant’s agents and their respective officers, directors, beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, employees, agents and contractors, in the manner provided in Section 22.B, against any release of Hazardous Materials at the Premises or in or about the Bulding if caused by Landlord or Landlord’s agents or contractors.

D. Hazardous Material Defined. The term “Hazardous Material” for purposes hereof shall include, but not be limited to: (i) any flammable, explosive, toxic, radioactive, biological, corrosive or otherwise hazardous chemical, substance, liquid, gas, device, form of energy, material or waste or component thereof, (ii) petroleum-based products, diesel fuel, paints, solvents, lead, radioactive materials, cyanide, biohazards, medical and infectious waste and “sharps”, printing inks, acids, DDT, pesticides, ammonia compounds, and any other items which now or subsequently are found to have an adverse effect on the environment or the health and safety of persons

 

30.


or animals or the presence of which require investigation or remediation under any Law or governmental policy, and (iii) any item defined as a “hazardous substance”, “hazardous material”, “hazardous waste”, “regulated substance” or “toxic substance” under any federal, state or local Laws, and all regulations, guidelines, directives and other requirements thereunder, all as may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

E. Fees, Taxes, Fines and Remedies. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all fees, taxes (including excise taxes), penalties and fines arising from or based on Tenant’s activities involving Hazardous Material on or about the Premises or Property, and shall not allow such obligations to become a lien or charge against the Property or Landlord. If Tenant violates any provision of this Article with respect to any Hazardous Materials, Landlord may: (i) require that Tenant immediately remove all Hazardous Materials from the Premises and discontinue using, storing and handling Hazardous Materials in the Premises, and/or (ii) pursue such other remedies as may be available to Landlord under this Lease or applicable Law.

ARTICLE 31. DISABILITIES ACTS

The parties acknowledge that the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. §12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder (“ADA”), and any similarly motivated state and local Laws (“Local Barriers Acts”), as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “Disabilities Acts”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises and Property depending on, among other things: (i) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (ii) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (iii) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel” requirements. The parties hereby agree that: (a) Landlord shall perform any required ADA Title III and related Local Barriers Acts compliance in the common areas, except as provided below, (b) Tenant shall perform any required ADA Title III and related Local Barriers Acts compliance in the Premises, and (c) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III and related Local Barriers Acts “path of travel’ and other requirements triggered by any public accommodation or other use of, or alterations in, the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for ADA Title I and related Local Barriers Acts requirements relating to Tenant’s employees, and Landlord shall be responsible for ADA Title I and related Local Barriers Acts requirements relating to Landlord’s employees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 31, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to make any structural alterations to the Property or the Premises unless due to Tenant’s specific use of the Premises (as opposed to their use for general office purposes) or Tenant’s alterations to the Premises. Landlord shall make any structural alterations that Tenant is not required to make hereunder and Landlord may include the costs thereof in Expenses to the extent permitted pursuant to Article 33 below.

ARTICLE 32. OPTION TO RENEW

(A) Subject to the provisions set forth below, the Lease Term may be renewed, at the option of Tenant, for one (1) additional period of 60 months (the “Renewal Term”). The Renewal Term will be upon the same terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, excluding the Work Letter Agreement, and except for the amount of Base Rent payable during the Renewal Term. Any reference in this Lease to the “Term” will be deemed to include the Renewal Term and apply thereto, unless it is expressly provided otherwise. Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Premises in “as-is” condition as of the commencement of the Renewal Term, it being understood that Landlord will have no obligation to renovate or remodel the Premises or any portion of the Building as a result of Tenant’s renewal of this Lease. Tenant will have no renewal option beyond the aforesaid 60-month period.

(B) The initial Base Rent during the Renewal Term for the Premises will be at a rate equal to the Fair Market Rent (as defined below) for a term equal or comparable to the Renewal Term and taking into account any Fair Market Allowance (as defined below) given. Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses pursuant to this Lease will continue during the Renewal Term. If Tenant exercises the renewal option, Landlord will grant Tenant a Fair Market Allowance for construction of tenant improvements to the Premises for the Renewal Term.

 

31.


(C) Such option to renew will be exercised by Tenant by delivering its initial binding notice to Landlord in which Tenant expresses its intention to exercise such option to renew (i) if the then existing Premises consists of the Premises initially leased hereunder, such notice shall be delivered to Landlord no later than the date which is 270 days prior to the Expiration Date, and not earlier than 90 days before such date, or (ii) if the then existing Premises consists of the Premises initially leased hereunder plus additional premises in the Building, such notice shall be delivered to Landlord no later than the date which is 365 days prior to the Expiration Date, and not earlier than 90 days before such date. Thereafter, Landlord will notify Tenant (“Landlord’s Notice”) of Landlord’s calculation of (i) the Fair Market Rent for the Premises that would be payable per annum for a term commencing on the first day of the Renewal Term, and (ii) the Fair Market Allowance applicable for such Renewal Term. If Tenant fails to give its initial binding notice of intent to exercise its option to renew when due as provided in this Article 32, time being of the essence, Tenant will irrevocably be deemed to have waived such option to renew.

(D) Within twenty (20) days after Landlord delivers Landlord’s Notice, Tenant will deliver to Landlord a final binding notice in which Tenant (i) elects to renew this Lease and accepts the terms stated in Landlord’s Notice, or (ii) elects to renew this Lease but disputes Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent or Fair Market Allowance or both, in which event the parties will proceed with the dispute resolution mechanism set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto. If Tenant fails to notify Landlord within the 20-day period described above (after having given its initial binding notice within the required time), time being of the essence, then Tenant will conclusively be deemed to have elected to renew this Lease on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Notice and in this Article 32. After Tenant delivers its binding notice exercising its option to renew or after the conclusion of any dispute resolution process, Landlord will deliver to Tenant an amendment to this Lease reflecting the terms of the renewal, and Tenant will execute such amendment and deliver it to Landlord within 30 days after receipt. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord the requisite amendment to this Lease within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of such amendment to Tenant, such failure (i) will, if Landlord so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, render Tenant’s exercise of such option to renew null and void; and (ii) will, if Landlord’s so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, constitute a Default.

(E) Tenant’s right to exercise its option to renew this Lease pursuant to this Article 32 is subject to the following conditions: (i) that on the date that Tenant delivers notice of its election to exercise its option to renew, and at the commencement of the Renewal Term, no Default exists; and (ii) that Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, other than to a Permitted Affiliated Transferee, at any time during the period commencing with the date that Tenant delivers its notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of such option to renew and ending on the commencement date of the Renewal Term, or at any time prior to such period, if such assignment or sublease extends into such period.

(F) For purposes of this Lease, “Fair Market Rent” means a rate comprised of (i) the prevailing basic rental rate per square foot of rentable space available for renewals in the Pertinent Market (defined below), and (ii) any financial escalation of such prevailing base rental rate (based upon a fixed step or index) prevailing in the Pertinent Market, taking into account comparable leases (on the basis of factors such as, but not limited to, size and location of space and commencement date and term of lease) of space in buildings in Portland. Oregon that are comparable to the Building in reputation, quality, age, size, location and level and quality of services provided (the foregoing factors not being exclusive in identifying comparable buildings) (the Building and such comparable buildings, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the “Pertinent Market”). For purposes of this Lease, “Fair Market Allowance” means the prevailing leasehold improvement allowance for renewals available in the Pertinent Market, taking into account comparable lease renewals (on the basis of factors such as, but not limited to, size and location of space and commencement date and term of lease), and the rental rate. In determining the Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance, there will also be taken into consideration (a) the definition of rentable area or net rentable area with respect to which such rental rates are computed; (b) whether the lease comparable is a net or gross lease; (c) the value of rental abatements, allowances for construction of tenant improvements and other financial or economic concessions generally available in the Pertinent Market at such time to tenants renewing comparable space, as well as those being made available to Tenant; and (d) other comparable pertinent factors. Taking into account Tenant’s creditworthiness, Landlord may require a security deposit or an increase in any existing security deposit before disbursing any such allowance.

 

32.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph, if a lease that is to be used as a comparable in calculating Fair Market Rent was prepared based on an option calling for the basic rental to be at less than 100% of “market,” then such rental rate will be grossed back up to 100% in calculating Fair Market Rent hereunder.

ARTICLE 33. DEFINITIONS

(A) “Building” shall mean the structure (or the portion thereof owned by Landlord) identified in Article 1.

(B) “Default Rate” shall mean twelve percent (12%) per annum, or the highest rate permitted by applicable Law, whichever shall be less.

(C) “Expenses” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts (other than Taxes) of every kind and nature relating to the management, repair, maintenance. replacement, insurance and operation of the Property, including any amounts paid for: (i) utilities for the Property, including electricity, power, gas, steam, oil or other fuel, water, sewer, lighting, heating, air conditioning and ventilating, (ii) permits, licenses, inspections, warrants and certificates necessary to operate, manage and lease the Property, (iii) costs of complying with Laws, including any freon retrofitting and compliance with the “Disabilities Acts” (as described in Article 31), (iv) insurance applicable to the Property, not limited to that required under this Lease, and which may include earthquake, boiler, rent loss, workers’ compensation and employers’ liability, builders’ risk, automobile, terrorist and other coverages, including a reasonable allocation of costs under any blanket policies, (v) supplies, materials, tools, equipment, uniforms, and vehicles used in the operation, repair, maintenance, security, and other services for the Property, including rental, installment purchase and financing agreements therefor and interest thereunder, (vi) accounting, legal, inspection, consulting, concierge, alarm monitoring, security, janitorial, trash removal, snow and ice removal, and other services, (vii) management company fees, (viii) wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits (including health, life and disability insurance, savings, retirement and pension programs, and the fair value of any parking privileges, including those provided through collective bargaining agreements) for any manager and other personnel or parties engaged in the operation, repair, maintenance, security or other services for the Property, and employer’s FICA contributions, unemployment taxes or insurance, any other taxes which may be levied on such wages, salaries, compensation and benefits, and data or payroll processing expenses relating thereto (if the manager or other personnel handle other properties, the foregoing expenses shall be allocated appropriately between the Property and such other properties), (ix) payments pursuant to any easement, cross or reciprocal easement, operating agreement, development and/or parking rights agreement, declaration, covenant, or other agreement or instrument pertaining to the payment or sharing of costs for common or parking areas or other matters (except to the extent included in Taxes hereunder), (x) parking surcharges or fees that may result from any environmental or other Law or guideline, and any sales, use, value-added or other taxes on supplies or services for the Property, (xi) the costs of operating and maintaining any on-site office at the Building or an adjoining property (such costs to be appropriately allocated between the Property and any such adjoining property served by such office), including the fair rental value thereof, telephone charges, postage, stationery and photocopying expenses, and telephone directory listings, (xii) the amount of insurance premiums saved by electing higher than customary deductibles, if Landlord does not also include in Expenses the losses incurred as a result of having such higher deductibles, and (xiii) operation, maintenance, repair, installation, replacement, inspection, testing, painting, decorating and cleaning of the Property, and any items located off-site but installed for the benefit of the Property, including: (a) Property identification and pylon signs, directional signs, traffic signals and markers, flagpoles and canopies, (b) sidewalks, curbs, stairways, parking structures, lots, loading and service areas and driveways, (c) storm and sanitary drainage systems, including disposal plants, lift stations and detention ponds and basins, (d) irrigation systems, (e) elevators, escalators, “Lines” under Article 29, and other Systems and Equipment, (f) interior and exterior flowers and landscaping, and (g) all other portions, facilities, features and amenities of the Property, including common area fixtures, equipment and other items therein or thereon, floors, floor coverings, corridors, ceilings, foundations, walls, wall-coverings, restrooms, lobbies, trash compactors, doors, locks and hardware, windows, gutters, downspouts, roof flashings and roofs. The foregoing provision is for definitional purposes only and shall not be construed to impose any obligation upon Landlord to incur such expenses. Landlord may retain independent contractors (or affiliated contractors at market rates) to provide any services or perform any work, in which case the costs thereof shall be deemed Expenses. Expenses shall not, however, include:

(1) costs relating to non-office rentable areas of the Building to the extent that Landlord deducts such rentable areas in determining Tenant’s Share of Expenses under Article 4; and costs relating solely to any parking garage for the Property (such as utilities, attendants, cashiers, scavenger and janitorial services), except to the extent that Landlord elects to credit parking revenues, if any, derived from such garage against Expenses;

 

33.


(2) depreciation, interest and amortization on any Mortgages and other debt costs or ground lease payments (except interest on the cost of capital expenditures to the extent permitted below, and ground lease payments for Taxes and Expenses); legal fees in connection with leasing, tenant disputes or enforcement of leases; real estate brokers’ leasing commissions; improvements or alterations to tenant spaces; the cost of providing any service directly to, and paid directly by, any tenant; costs of any items to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party (excluding payments by tenants for Taxes and Expenses);

(3) capital expenditures, except those made primarily to reduce Expenses, or to comply with Laws or insurance requirements adopted after the Property was constructed. To the extent that any such permitted capital expenditure exceeds $5,000, such excess shall be amortized for purposes of this Lease over the useful life of the item; provided, Landlord may elect any longer period in Landlord’s discretion. In each such case, Landlord may include interest on the unamortized amount at the prevailing loan rate available to Landlord when the cost was incurred. Expenses shall include any remaining amortization of such permitted capital expenditures made prior to the date of this Lease;

(4) all expenses for which Landlord has received any reimbursement to the extent of such reimbursement including, without limitation, reimbursements from Tenant or other tenant (such as reimbursement for repairs) or pursuant to contractor’s or other warranties or condemnation, other than matters paid as additional rent or rent adjustment or other tax or expense pass-through or escalation expressly provided for in a tenant lease;

(5) attorneys’ fees, costs and disbursements and other expenses incurred in connection with any matters related to Landlord which are not related to the maintenance, operation or repairing of the Building including, without limitation, any matter related to (i) the formation and continued existence of Landlord, (ii) any loans to Landlord relating to the Building, (iii) tenant leases, including, without limitation, negotiations with prospective tenants or disputes with or enforcement actions against any tenant, and (iv) the defense of Landlord’s title to or interest in the Building;

(6) costs (including, without limitation, permit, license and inspection fees) of any alterations, renovations or improvements of, or decorating in, the Premises or any other tenant’s premises in the Building and the cost of correcting defects in such construction or in the elements of the Building (including, without limitation, the utility systems) or in the Building equipment (as opposed to the cost of normal repair. materials and equipment installed in the Building in light of their specifications);

(7) payments in respect of profit to parties related to Landlord for services, supplies or materials to the extent that the cost of such services, supplies or materials exceeds the cost that would have been paid had such services, supplies or materials been provided by parties unaffiliated with the Landlord on a competitive basis;

(8) any interest or penalty charges incurred by Landlord due to the violation of any law or failure to pay obligations of the Landlord before they become delinquent (regardless of whether the payment of such obligations is reimbursed through Expenses);

(9) executive salaries above the grade of “General Manager” and salaries of off-site management personnel except for the pro rata portion of the salaries of off-site management personnel attributable to time actually spent by such personnel at the Building in connection with the management thereof;

(10) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other Building systems under leases which, under generally accepted accounting principles, would be categorized as capital leases, except for (i) equipment not affixed to the Building that is used in connection with the operation, repair or maintenance of the Building; (ii) making repairs or keeping permanent systems in operation while repairs are being made, and (iii) capital expenditures to the extent permitted above;

 

34.


(11) costs of any damage awards paid by Landlord pursuant to a final nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction and the costs of Landlord in defending itself in any legal action filed against Landlord to the extent any such action seeks a damage award: and

(12) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the removal. abatement. containment or remediation of asbestos, asbestos containing material, or volatile organic compounds or any other Hazardous Material from the Building or the Property.

(D) “Holidays” shall mean all federal holidays, and holidays observed by the State of Oregon, including New Year’s Day, President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans’ Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and to the extent of utilities or services provided by union members engaged at the Property, such other holidays observed by such unions.

(E) “Landlord” shall mean only the landlord from time to time, except for purposes of any provisions defending, indemnifying and holding Landlord harmless hereunder, “Landlord” shall include past, present and future landlords and their respective partners, beneficiaries, trustees, officers, directors, employees, shareholders, principals, agents, affiliates, successors and assigns.

(F) “Law” or “Laws” shall mean all federal, state, county and local governmental and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, decrees, orders and other such requirements, applicable equitable remedies and decisions by courts in cases where such decisions are considered binding precedents in the State of Oregon, and decisions of federal courts applying the Laws of such State, at the time in question. This Lease shall be interpreted and governed by the laws of the State of Oregon.

(G) “Lender” shall mean the holder of any Mortgage at the time in question, and where such Mortgage is a ground lease, such term shall refer to the ground lessor (and the term “ground lease” although not separately capitalized is intended through out this Lease to include any superior or master lease).

(H) “Mortgage” shall mean all mortgages, deeds of trust, ground leases and other such encumbrances now or hereafter placed upon the Property or Building, or any part thereof, and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, and all indebtedness now or hereafter secured thereby and all interest thereon.

(I) “Person” shall mean an individual, trust, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, corporation and any other entity.

(J) “Premises” shall mean the area within the Building identified in Article 1 and Exhibit A. Possession of areas necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Property, including the Systems and Equipment, fire stairways, perimeter walls, space between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor or roof of the Property there above, and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, operate, repair and replace the Systems and Equipment, including any of the same in, through, under or above the Premises in locations that will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, are hereby excepted and reserved by Landlord, and not demised to Tenant.

(K) “Property” shall mean the Building, and any common or public areas or facilities, easements, corridors, lobbies, sidewalks, loading areas, driveways, landscaped areas, air rights, development rights, parking rights, skywalks, parking garages and lots, and any and all other rights, structures or facilities operated or maintained in connection with or for the benefit of the Building, and all parcels or tracts of land on which all or any portion of the Building or any of the other foregoing items are located, and any fixtures, machinery, apparatus, Systems and Equipment, furniture and other personal property located thereon or therein and used in connection therewith. If the Building shall be part of a complex, development or group of buildings or structures collectively owned or managed by Landlord or its affiliates or collectively managed by Landlord’s managing agent, the Property shall, at Landlord’s option, also be deemed to include such other of those buildings or structures as Landlord shall from time to time designate, and shall initially include such buildings and structures and related facilities and parcels on which the same are located.

(L) “Rent” shall have the meaning specified therefor in Article 4.

 

35.


(M) “Systems and Equipment” shall mean any plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, cable, wires, and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply light, heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life/safety systems or equipment, or any elevators, escalators or other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment for the Property, except to the extent that any of the same serves particular tenants exclusively (and “systems and equipment” without capitalization shall refer to such of the foregoing items serving particular tenants exclusively).

(N) “Taxes” shall mean all amounts (unless required by Landlord to be paid under Article 14) for federal, state, county, or local governmental, special district. improvement district, municipal or other political subdivision taxes, fees, levies, assessments, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Property, whether foreseen or unforeseen, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary (including real estate and ad valorem taxes, general and special assessments, interest on special assessments paid in installments, transit taxes, water and sewer rents, license and business license fees, use or occupancy taxes, taxes based upon the receipt of rent including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent or service or value added taxes, personal property taxes, taxes on fees for property management services, and taxes or charges for fire protection, streets, sidewalks, road maintenance, refuse or other services). If the method of taxation of real estate prevailing at the time of execution hereof shall be, or has been, altered so as to cause the whole or any part of the Taxes now, hereafter or heretofore levied, assessed or imposed on real estate to be levied, assessed or imposed on Landlord, wholly or partially, as a capital stock levy or otherwise, or on or measured by the rents, income or gross receipts received therefrom, then such new or altered taxes attributable to the Property shall be included within the term “Taxes,” except that the same shall not include any portion of such tax attributable to other income of Landlord not relating to the Property. Tenant shall pay increased Taxes whether Taxes are increased as a result of increases in the assessment or valuation of the Property (whether based on a sale, change in ownership or refinancing of the Property or otherwise), increases in tax rates, reduction or elimination of any rollbacks or other deductions available under current law, scheduled reductions of any tax abatement, as a result of the elimination, invalidity or withdrawal of any tax abatement, or for any other cause whatsoever. If Taxes are reduced by, or credited with, any abatement or exemption issued by a taxing authority to help finance or reimburse Landlord for costs incurred to comply with Laws or otherwise, Taxes hereunder shall be computed without regard to such abatement or exemption (Tenant hereby acknowledging that Landlord, having incurred such costs, is solely entitled to such abatement or exemption), except to the extent that Landlord includes such costs in Expenses under this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from Taxes all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Property). In no event shall Taxes include any system development charge.

(O) “Tenant” shall be applicable to one or more Persons as the case may be, the singular shall include the plural, and if there be more than one Tenant, the obligations thereof shall be joint and several. When used in the lower case, “tenant” shall mean any other tenant, subtenant or occupant of the Property.

(P) “Tenant’s Share” of Taxes and Expenses shall be the percentage set forth in Article 1, but if the rentable area of the Premises or Property shall change, Tenant’s Share shall thereupon become the rentable area of the Premises divided by the rentable area of the Property, excluding any parking facilities, subject at all times to adjustment under Article 4. Tenant acknowledges that the “rentable area of the Premises” under this Lease includes the usable area, without deduction for columns or projections, multiplied by a load or conversion factor, to reflect a share of certain areas, which may include lobbies, corridors, mechanical, utility, janitorial, boiler and service rooms and closets, restrooms, and other public, common and service areas. Except as provided expressly to the contrary herein, the “rentable area of the Property” shall include all rentable area of all space leased or available for lease at the Property, which Landlord may reasonably re-determine from time to time, to reflect re-configurations, additions or modifications to the Property.

 

36.


ARTICLE 34. OFFER

The submission and negotiation of this Lease shall not be deemed an offer to enter the same by Landlord (nor an option or reservation for the Premises), but the solicitation of such an offer by Tenant. Tenant agrees that its execution of this Lease constitutes a firm offer to enter the same which may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) days after delivery to Landlord. During such period and in reliance on the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, deposit any Security Deposit and Rent, proceed with any plans, specifications, alterations or improvements, and permit Tenant to enter the Premises, but such acts shall not be deemed an acceptance of Tenant’s offer to enter this Lease, and such acceptance shall be evidenced only by Landlord signing and delivering this Lease to Tenant.

ARTICLE 35. MISCELLANEOUS

A. Captions and Interpretation. The captions of the Articles and Paragraphs of this Lease, and any computer highlighting of changes from earlier drafts, are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered or referred to in resolving questions of interpretation. TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS READ THIS LEASE AND THAT IT HAS HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONFER WITH COUNSEL IN NEGOTIATING THIS LEASE; ACCORDINGLY, THIS LEASE SHALL BE CONSTRUED NEITHER FOR NOR AGAINST LANDLORD OR TENANT, BUT SHALL BE GIVEN A FAIR AND REASONABLE INTERPRETATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MEANING OF ITS TERMS. The neuter shall include the masculine and feminine, and the singular shall include the plural. The term “including” shall be interpreted to mean “including, but not limited to.”

B. Survival of Provisions. All obligations (including indemnity, Rent and other payment obligations) or rights of either party arising during or attributable to the period prior to expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

C. Severability. If any term or provision of this Lease or portion thereof shall be found invalid, void, illegal, or unenforceable generally or with respect to any particular party, by a court of competent jurisdiction, it shall not affect, impair or invalidate any other terms or provisions or the remaining portion thereof, or its enforceability with respect to any other party.

D. Rent Concessions. Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Lease, in the event Landlord has made any Rent concession of any type or character or has waived, reduced or deferred the payment of any Rent installment, should Tenant fail to take possession of the Premises on the Commencement Date or should any Default occur, all such Rent concessions and waivers or deferrals of Rent installments shall be canceled and the unamortized amount of such concessions, waivers and deferrals received by Tenant, together with interest at the Default Rate, shall become immediately due and payable.

E. Short Form Lease. Neither this Lease nor any memorandum of lease or short form lease shall be recorded by Tenant, but Landlord or any Lender may elect to record a short form of this Lease, in which case Tenant shall promptly execute. acknowledge and deliver the same on a form prepared by Landlord or such Lender.

F. Light, Air and Other Interests. This Lease does not grant any legal rights to “light and air” outside the Premises nor any particular view visible from the Premises, nor any easements, licenses or other interests unless expressly contained in this Lease.

G. Authority; Not Restricted. If Tenant is any form of corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other organization, Tenant and all Persons signing for Tenant below hereby represent that this Lease has been fully authorized and no further approvals are required, and Tenant is duly organized, in good standing and legally qualified to do business in the Premises (and has any required certificates, licenses, permits and other such items). Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

 

37.


H. Partnership Tenant. If Tenant is a partnership, all current and new general partners shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant hereunder and as this Lease may hereafter be modified, whether such obligations accrue before or after admission of future partners or after any partners die or leave the partnership. Tenant shall cause each new partner to sign and deliver to Landlord written confirmation of such liability, in form and content satisfactory to Landlord, but failure to do so shall not avoid such liability.

I. Financial Statements. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after requested from time to time, deliver to Landlord financial statements (including balance sheets and income/expense statements) for Tenant’s then most recent full and partial fiscal year preceding such request, certified by an independent certified public accountant or Tenant’s chief financial officer, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

J. Successors and Assigns; Transfer of Property and Security Deposit. Each of the terms and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties’ respective heirs, executors, administrators, guardians, custodians, successors and assigns, subject to Article 13 respecting Transfers and Article 18 respecting rights of Lenders. Subject to Article 18, if Landlord shall convey or transfer the Property or any portion thereof in which the Premises are contained to another party, such party shall thereupon be and become landlord hereunder and shall be deemed to have fully assumed all of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease accruing during such party’s ownership, including the return of any Security Deposit (provided Landlord shall have turned over such Security Deposit to such party), and Landlord shall be free of all such obligations accruing from and after the date of conveyance or transfer.

K. Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Property for the enforcement of any judgment, award, order or other remedy under or in connection with this Lease or any related agreement, instrument or document or for any other matter whatsoever relating thereto or to the Property or Premises. Under no circumstances shall any present or future, direct or indirect, principals or investors, general or limited partners, officers, directors, shareholders, trustees, beneficiaries, participants, advisors, managers, employees, agents or affiliates of Landlord, or of any of the other foregoing parties, or any of their heirs, successors or assigns have any liability for any of the foregoing matters.

L. Confidentiality. Tenant shall keep the content and all copies of this Lease, related documents or amendments now or hereafter entered, and all proposals, materials, information and matters relating thereto strictly confidential, and shall not disclose, disseminate or distribute any of the same, or permit the same to occur, except to the extent reasonably required for proper business purposes by Tenant’s employees, attorneys, insurers, auditors, lenders and Transferees (and Tenant shall obligate any such parties to whom disclosure is permitted to honor the confidentiality provisions hereof), and except as may be required by Law or court proceedings.

M. Consent. Whenever the Landlord’s consent or approval is required under this Lease (or any other agreement between the parties), Landlord may give or withhold its consent in its sole discretion unless otherwise provided.

N. Time of Performance. Except as expressly otherwise herein provided, with respect to all required acts of Tenant, time is of the essence of this Lease.

ARTICLE 36. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This Lease, together with the Exhibits and other documents listed in Article 1 (WHICH COLLECTIVELY ARE HEREBY INCORPORATED WHERE REFERRED TO HEREIN AND MADE A PART HEREOF AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH) , contains all the terms and provisions between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters set forth herein and no prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding pertaining to the same shall be of any force or effect, except any such contemporaneous agreement specifically referring to and modifying this Lease, signed by both parties. Without limitation as to the generality of the foregoing, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord’s leasing agents and field personnel are only authorized to show the Premises and negotiate terms and conditions for leases subject to Landlord’s final approval, and are not authorized to make any agreements, representations, understandings or obligations, binding upon Landlord, respecting the condition of the Premises or Property, suitability of the same for Tenant’s business, the current or future

 

38.


amount of Taxes or Expenses or any component thereof, the amount of rent or other terms applicable under other leases at the Property, whether Landlord is furnishing the same utilities or services to other tenants at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any other matter, and no such agreements, representations, understandings or obligations not expressly contained herein or in such contemporaneous agreement shall be of any force or effect. TENANT HAS RELIED ON TENANT’S INSPECTIONS AND DUE DILIGENCE IN ENTERING THIS LEASE, AND NOT ON ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, CONCERNING THE HABITABILITY, CONDITION OR SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES OR PROPERTY FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY OTHER MATTER NOT EXPRESSLY CONTAINED HEREIN. Neither this Lease, nor any Exhibits referred to above may be modified, except in writing signed by both parties. This Lease may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic signature, and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Lease.

ARTICLE 37. MOVING ALLOWANCE

Landlord will provide Tenant with an allowance (the “Moving Allowance”) of up to $48,705.00 ($2.50 x 19,482 rentable square feet in the Premises) toward the payment of Tenant’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs paid to unrelated third parties and associated with Tenant’s moving its office furniture, personal property and telephone/computer equipment to the Premises (“Moving Expenses”). There will be no Moving Allowance paid with respect to any expansion or additional space taken by Tenant in the Building, or with respect to any renewal of this Lease or extension of the Lease Term. The Moving Allowance will be paid to Tenant in cash or other form of immediately available funds within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of invoices showing the amount of such expenses paid. Any and all Moving Expenses above the Moving Allowance will be borne by Tenant. If a written reimbursement request, together with such invoices, for all or any portion of the Moving Allowance is not received by Landlord within 60 days after the Commencement Date, Landlord will be entitled to the savings and Tenant will receive no credit therefor.

ARTICLE 38. CANCELLATION OPTION; CORPORATE EXPANSION EVENT; CORPORATE TRANSFER EVENT

A. Corporate Expansion Event.

(1) Subject to the provisions set forth hereinafter, Tenant will have a one-time right at any time before the Expansion Notice Deadline (defined below) to notify Landlord in writing that Tenant desires additional premises in the Building (“Tenant’s Expansion Request”). If Tenant fails to deliver Tenant’s Expansion Request before the Expansion Notice Deadline, such failure will constitute a waiver of all of Tenant’s and all of Landlord’s obligations under this Section 38.A (including, without limitation, Section 38.0 as it applies to this Section 38.A). For purposes hereof, the “Expansion Notice Deadline” is the date which is 60 days prior to the applicable Early Termination Notice Deadline (as defined in Section 38.0 below). Tenant’s Expansion Request must specify the desired amount of expansion space, but the total amount of expansion space requested must be at least 20% of the size of the initial Premises but not more than 100% of the size of the initial Premises. Tenant’s Expansion Request must include the following text in bold font: “Landlord’s failure to provide expansion space pursuant to Section 38.A of the Lease may result in Tenant having the right to terminate the Lease pursuant to Section 38.0 of the Lease.”

(2) Landlord will, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s Expansion Request, either (i) deliver to Tenant a written proposal setting forth the terms under which Landlord would agree to lease to Tenant Additional Space (as defined below) (an “Additional Space Offer”), or (ii) deliver to Tenant a written notice stating that Landlord does not have Additional Space available to offer to Tenant. For purposes hereof, “Additional Space” means space or spaces in the mid-rise section of the Building (floors 18-30), reasonably selected by Landlord. The Additional Space need not be contiguous to the initial Premises, but may not, without Tenant’s consent, consist of more than two (2) non-contiguous spaces. The Additional Space shall have a rentable area equal to (±10%) the space requested by Tenant in Tenant’s Expansion Request. Tenant may, but is not obligated to, accept Landlord’s Additional Space Offer by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord within 10 days after receipt of the Additional Space Offer, however, if Tenant rejects the Additional Space Offer, or fails to deliver to Landlord notice of its acceptance of the Additional Space Offer within such 10-day period, then Landlord’s and Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Section 38.A (including Section 38.0 as it applies to this Section 38.A) will lapse and be of no further force and effect.

 

39.


(3) For purposes hereof, an “Expansion Failure Event” will have occurred if, and only if all of the follow occur: (1) Tenant delivers to Landlord a Tenant’s Expansion Request on or before the Expansion Notice Deadline; (2) Landlord delivers to Tenant a notice stating that Landlord does not have Additional Space available to offer to Tenant, or fails to deliver to Tenant an Additional Space Offer by the 30th day after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Expansion Request; (3) Tenant has not at any time declined (or failed to timely accept) any Offer Space offered by Landlord pursuant to Article 39 below, (4) Tenant has not assigned this Lease as of or before the date of Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Expansion Request, and Tenant has not subleased the Premises or any portion thereof prior to the Expansion Notice Deadline, in each case other than to a Permitted Affiliated Transferee; and (5) no Default exists as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Expansion Request.

B. CORPORATE TRANSFER EVENT.

As used herein, a “Corporate Transfer Event” shall mean the occurrence, prior to the Early Termination Notice Deadline, of a merger or consolidation of Tenant into an unrelated or unaffiliated corporation, limited liability company or limited liability partnership and the permanent discontinuance of business operations in Portland Oregon by the resulting entity. Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice of a Corporate Transfer Event within 30 days after the occurrence thereof.

C. CANCELLATION OPTION.

If, and only if, an Expansion Failure Event or a Corporate Transfer Event occurs, then Tenant will have the one-time right to terminate this Lease (the “Cancellation Option”) effective as of the last day of the 66th full calendar month of the Lease Term (the “Early Termination Date”). If neither an Expansion Failure Event nor a Corporate Transfer Event occurs, then the Cancellation Option and the provisions of this Section 38.0 will be of no force or effect. Tenant will exercise the Cancellation Option by delivering written notice to Landlord along with the Cancellation Fee (defined below) on or before the date (“Early Termination Notice Deadline”) which is either (i) if the then existing Premises consists of the Premises initially leased hereunder, the date which is 270 days prior to the Early Termination Date, or (ii) if the then existing Premises consists of the Premises initially leased hereunder plus additional premises in the Building, the date which is 365 days prior to the Early Termination Date, time being of the essence. Failure by Tenant to deliver such written notice and pay the Cancellation Fee on or before the Early Termination Notice Deadline will constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Cancellation Option. Landlord will not be obligated to honor the Cancellation Option, and this Section 38.0 shall be null and void, if, on the date of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s termination notice, a Default exists.

If Tenant elects to terminate this Lease as provided herein, Tenant must pay to Landlord an early termination fee in an amount equal to the sum of the following (plus any applicable sales tax): (a) one month’s Base Rent at the rate (that would have been) applicable in 67th full calendar month of the Lease Term, plus (b), the monthly installment of Tenant’s Share of estimated Expenses and Taxes applicable for such 67th full calendar month, plus (c) the unamortized costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the Leasehold Improvements performed pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto (assuming that all such costs were expended on the Commencement Date, regardless of the date of actual expenditure), plus the unamortized cost of leasing commissions and attorneys’ fees paid by Landlord in connection with this Lease, plus the unamortized amount of all Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes abated or reduced ($353,193.75) in respect of the initial Premises, in each case as of the Early Termination Date, amortized over the period beginning on the Commencement Date through the Expiration Date as determined under the Section 1.0 and Article 3, using an interest rate of 9% per annum, plus (d) the unamortized cost of any allowance or other economic concessions, if any, granted by Landlord, and of any commission paid by Landlord, and any rental abatement granted by Landlord, with respect to Tenant’s exercise of its right of first refusal, or any other expansion of the Premises (assuming that all such costs were expended on the commencement date for such expansion space, regardless of the date of actual expenditure), plus the unamortized cost of leasing commissions and attorneys’ fees paid by Landlord in connection with such expansion, in each case as of the Early Termination Date, amortized over the period beginning on the commencement date for such expansion space through the Expiration Date as determined under the Section 1.0 and Article 3, using an interest rate of 9% per

 

40.


annum (collectively, the “Cancellation Fee”). Landlord shall deliver to Tenant its determination of the amount of the Cancellation Fee within ten (10) days following receipt of Tenant’s written notice exercising its Cancellation Option and Tenant shall pay the Cancellation Fee to Landlord within thirty (30) days following its receipt of such determination. The Cancellation Fee must be paid via certified check. If the Cancellation Fee is not timely paid to Landlord as set forth above, Tenant’s notice exercising its Cancellation Option will be deemed void and inoperable.

If this Lease is terminated as provided herein, the parties agree to execute an instrument which confirms and effects a release and surrender of all right, title and interest in and to the Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease and otherwise.

ARTICLE 39. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

(a) For purposes of this Article 39, “Offer Space” means all contiguous rentable space on the 29th floor of the Building. If, at any time after the Commencement Date of this Lease and during the Lease Term or any Renewal Term, any lease for any portion of the Offer Space expires or is due to expire or any portion of the Offer Space is or is due to become vacant and not leased and if Landlord receives a proposal (which Landlord is prepared to accept) to lease such Offer Space or a portion thereof (a “Proposal”) from a third party (a “Proposed Tenant”) or gives a Proposal to a Proposed Tenant, in either case other than the tenant then leasing such space, or the beneficiary of any expansion or other option applicable to such space, or their respective affiliates, successors or assigns where such option either (i) exists as of the date of this Lease or (ii) is set forth in a lease entered into after the date of this Lease based on a Proposal for which Tenant is given an Offer Notice in accordance with this Article 39, Landlord will offer to Tenant the right to lease the Offer Space upon all the terms and conditions of the Proposal, except as otherwise set forth in this Article 39.

(b) Landlord will make such offer to Tenant in a written notice (the “Offer Notice”) to designate the space being offered and to specify the terms for the Offer Space. If the Proposal includes some space that is not included in the definition of Offer Space, Landlord will include such other space in the Offer Notice. Tenant may accept the offer set forth in the Offer Notice by delivering to Landlord an unconditional acceptance (“Tenant’s Notice”) of such offer within 7 business days after delivery by Landlord of the Offer Notice to Tenant. Time is of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s Notice. In order to send the Offer Notice, Landlord does not need to have negotiated a complete lease with the Proposed Tenant, but may merely have agreed upon the material economic terms for the Proposal.

(c) If Tenant accepts the Proposal, Tenant must accept all Offer Space (and any other space included in the Proposal pursuant to this Article 39) offered by Landlord, and may not exercise its right with respect to only part of such space.

(d) If Tenant at any time declines (or fails to timely accept) any Offer Space offered by Landlord, Landlord will be free to lease the Offer Space (or such portion as the case may be) described in the Offer Notice to the Proposed Tenant (or its affiliate or designee) or to any other prospective tenant on the terms contained in the Offer Notice or such other terms upon which Landlord and the Proposed Tenant or other prospective tenant may mutually agree, except that if, in the final lease to the Proposed Tenant or such other prospective tenant, Landlord intends to (i) reduce the base rental rate payable to less than 95% of the base rental rate quoted in the Offer Notice, or (ii) increase the aggregate economic concessions (e.g., construction allowance or other similar economic concessions) to more than 110% of that quoted in the Offer Notice, then Landlord will submit to Tenant a new Offer Notice, and Tenant will again have the rights set forth in this Article 39. If Landlord does not enter into a lease with the Proposed Tenant (or its affiliate or designee) or other prospective tenant on the terms set forth in the Offer Notice (as the same may be modified within the parameters set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above) within 270 days after the expiration of the 7 business day period described above, then Tenant’s right of first refusal as set forth in (and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations of) this Article 39 with respect to such Offer Space will remain in full force and effect, such that Landlord will be required (subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in this Article 39) to offer such Offer Space to Tenant upon Landlord’s receipt or giving of a Proposal from any Proposed Tenant pursuant to this Article 39. In addition, if the lease term for the Offer Space (or the offered portion thereof) would expire after the expiration of the then existing Lease Term for the then existing Premises, then the Offer Notice will specify that if Tenant accepts the Offer Space, the Lease Term under this Lease for the then existing Premises will be extended so as to be coterminous with the lease to Tenant of the Offer

 

41.


Space (or the subject portion thereof) and the Base Rent for the Premises during such extension of the Term shall be the same as the base rent per rentable square foot set out in the Offer Notice for the relevant period.

(e) If Tenant exercises the right of first refusal granted herein, and the commencement date of the lease term for the Offer Space (or the subject portion thereof) occurs prior to the first day of the third Lease Year, during the period commencing on the commencement date of the lease term for the Offer Space and ending on the last day of the second Lease Year, Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the initial Premises for the entire 19,482 rentable square feet in the initial Premises, notwithstanding anything contained elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary.

(f) If Tenant exercises the right of first refusal granted herein, Landlord and Tenant will enter into an amendment to this Lease or, at Landlord’s option, a new lease, incorporating the space set forth in the accepted Offer Notice and (in the case of an amendment) making necessary adjustments to the Base Rent and similar provisions of this Lease. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord the requisite amendment to this Lease within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of such amendment to Tenant, such failure (1) will, if Landlord so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, render Tenant’s exercise of such right of first refusal null and void; and (2) will, if Landlord’s so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, constitute a Default.

(g) The foregoing right of first refusal may not be severed from this Lease or separately sold, assigned or transferred and is subject to the following additional conditions, namely: (i) that, at the time that Tenant exercises this right of first refusal for any Offer Space, no Default exists; and (ii) that, at the time Tenant exercises this right of first refusal, Tenant has not assigned this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, other than to a Permitted Affiliated Transferee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:

      TENANT:

555 SW Oak, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

     

New Relic, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By: La Salle Income & Growth Fund V,

its managing Member

     
By:  

/s/ Harlan F. Stanley

    By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Name:

 

Harlan F. Stanley

    Name:  

Mark Sachleben

Its:  

COO

    Its:  

CFO

 

42.


EXHIBIT A-1

PROPERTY LEGAL DESCRIPTION

A parcel of land in the Southwest Quarter of Section 34, Township 1 North, Range 1 East, Willamette Meridian, City of Portland, Multnomah County, Oregon, being part of Block 42, COUCH’S ADDITION to the City of Portland, part of Block 68, PORTLAND, part of those portions of S.W. Ankeny Street and S.W. 6th Avenue which were vacated by City of Portland Ordinance No. 132075 dated January 20, 1971, and a portion of the southwest corner of the intersection of S.W. 5th Avenue and West Burnside Street vacated by City of Portland Ordinance No. 151679 dated June 3, 1981, and being more particularly described as follows:

Commencing at the point of intersection of the northerly extension of the westerly line of Block 69, PORTLAND, with westerly extension of a line which is parallel to and 30 feet north of the south line of Lot 7, Block 42 of said COUCH’S ADDITION, said point of intersection also being on the south line of West Burnside Street, 100 feet wide; thence along said westerly extension and said parallel line, also along said south line of West Burnside Street North 88°32’50” East 35.17 feet to the Point of Beginning of the parcel of land being herein described; thence continuing along said westerly extension and said parallel line, also along said south line of West Burnside Street North 88°32’50” East 160.15 feet to the end of the second or North 88°32’50” East 10.44 foot line of the vacated tract described in said Ordinance No. 151679; thence along the third line of said vacated tract southeasterly along a curve to the right having a radius of 14.00 feet and a central angle of 112°19’10” for a distance of 27.44 feet, said curve being subtended by a chord bearing South 35°17’35” East 23.26 feet to the beginning of the fourth or South 20°52’00” West 10.00 foot line of said vacated tract; thence for part of the distance along said fourth line and for the remainder of the distance along the northerly extension of the easterly line of said Block 68 and part of the easterly line of said Block 68, in all, South 20°52’00” West 147.35 feet; thence South 89° 35’13” West 214.63 feet to said northerly extension of the westerly line of said Block 69; thence along said northerly extension North 20°52’00” East 52.93 feet; thence South 47°48’52” East 34.89 feet; thence North 20°52’49” East 137.14 feet to the Point of Beginning.

Containing 29,090 square feet or 0.67 acres.


EXHIBIT A-2

(Floor Plate(s) Showing Premises Outlined Or Cross-Hatched)

 

LOGO


EXHIBIT B

COMMENCEMENT CERTIFICATE

It is hereby agreed among the parties to that certain Lease Agreement dated             , 20    , for Suite 2800 in the building located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “Lease”) between New Relic, Inc. (“Tenant”), and 555 SW Oak, LLC (“Landlord”) that :

 

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease, as referred to in Article 1 of the Lease, is                     .

 

2. The Expiration Date of the Lease, as referred to in Article 1 of the Lease, is                     .

Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Premises, subject only to minor punch-list items, has been delivered in accordance with Landlord’s obligations for the delivery of the Premises under the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Statement as of the date hereof.

 

TENANT: New Relic, Inc.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

LANDLORD: 555 SW Oak, LLC.
By: La Salle Income & Growth Fund V. its Managing Member
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 


EXHIBIT C

RULES

(1) Access to Property. Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, as necessary. On Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, and on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M. the following day, or such other hours as Landlord shall determine from time to time, access to and within the Property and/or to the passageways, lobbies, entrances, exits, loading areas, corridors, elevators or stairways and other areas in the Property may be restricted and access gained by use of a key to the outside doors of the Property, or pursuant to such security procedures Landlord may from time to time impose. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to such areas by Persons engaged in activities which are illegal or violate these Rules, or whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Property and its tenants (and Landlord shall have no liability in damages for such actions taken in good faith). No Tenant and no employee or invitee of Tenant shall enter areas reserved for the exclusive use of Landlord, its employees or invitees or other Persons. Tenant shall keep doors to corridors and lobbies closed except when persons are entering or leaving.

(2) Signs. Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, maintain or affix any sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name, notice, lettering or direction on any part of the outside or inside of the Property, or on any part of the inside of the Premises which can be seen from the outside of the Premises without the prior consent of Landlord, and then only such name or names or matter and in such color, size, style, character and material, and with professional designers, fabricators and installers as may be first approved or designated by Landlord in writing. Landlord shall prescribe the suite number and identification sign for the Premises (which shall be prepared and installed by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, subject to application of the Improvement Allowance). Landlord reserves the right to remove at Tenant’s expense all matter not so installed or approved without notice to Tenant. Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide Building standard Tenant signage in the lobby Building directory and in the 28th floor elevator lobby.

(3) Window and Door Treatments. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed in the Premises near the glass of any door, partition, wall or window that Landlord deems to be unsightly from outside the Premises, and Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed any Article of any kind on any window ledge or on the exterior walls. Blinds, shades, awnings or other forms of inside or outside window ventilators or similar devices, shall not be placed in or about the outside windows or doors in the Premises except to the extent, if any, that the design, character, shape, color, material and make thereof is first approved or designated by the Landlord. Tenant shall not install or remove any solar tint film from the windows.

(4) Lighting and General Appearance of Premises. Landlord reserves the right to designate and/or approve in writing all internal lighting that may be visible from the public, common or exterior areas. The design, arrangement, style, color, character. quality and general appearance of the portion of the Premises visible from public, common and exterior areas, and contents of such portion of the Premises, including furniture, fixtures, signs, art work, wall coverings, carpet and decorations, and all changes, additions and replacements thereto shall at all times have a neat, professional, attractive, first class office appearance.

(5) Property Tradename, Likeness, Trademarks. Tenant shall not in any manner use the name of the Property for any purpose, or use any tradenames or trademarks used by Landlord, any other tenant, or its affiliates, or any picture or likeness of the Property for any purpose other than that of the business address of Tenant, in any letterheads, envelopes, circulars, notices, advertisements, containers, wrapping or other material.

(6) Deliveries and Removals. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Property only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at the Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk. Landlord may inspect items brought into the Property or Premises with respect to weight or dangerous nature or compliance with this Lease or Laws. Landlord may (but shall have no obligation to) reasonably require that all furniture, equipment, cartons and other articles removed from the Premises or the Property be listed and a removal permit therefor first be obtained from Landlord. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or


out of other entrances or elevators of the Property, any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Landlord may impose reasonable charges and requirements for the use of freight elevators and loading areas, and reserves the right to alter schedules without notice. Any hand-carts used at the Property shall have rubber wheels and sideguards, and no other material handling equipment may be brought upon the Property without Landlord’s prior written approval.

(7) Outside Vendors. Tenant shall not obtain for use upon the Premises ice, drinking water, vending machine, towel, janitor and other services, except from Persons reasonably designated or approved by Landlord. Any Person engaged by Tenant to provide any other services shall be subject to scheduling and direction by the manager or security personnel of the Property. Vendors must use freight elevators and service entrances.

(8) Overloading Floors; Vaults. Tenant shall not overload any floor or part thereof in the Premises, or Property, including any public corridors or elevators therein bringing in or removing any large or heavy articles, and Landlord may prohibit, or direct and control the location and size of, safes and all other heavy articles and require at Tenant’s expense supplementary supports of such material and dimensions as Landlord may deem necessary to properly distribute the weight.

(9) Locks and Keys. Tenant shall use such standard key system designated by Landlord on all keyed doors to and within the Premises, excluding any permitted vaults or safes (but Landlord’s designation shall not be deemed a representation of adequacy to prevent unlawful entry or criminal acts, and Tenant shall maintain such additional insurance as Tenant deems advisable for such events). Tenant shall not attach or permit to be attached additional locks or similar devices to any door or window, change existing locks or the mechanism thereof, or make or permit to be made any keys for any door other than those provided by Landlord. If more than two keys for one lock are desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment of Landlord’s charges. In the event of loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charges therefor. The term “key” shall include mechanical, electronic or other keys, cards and passes.

(10) Utility Closets and Connections. Landlord reserves the right to control access to and use of, and monitor and supervise any work in or affecting, the “wire” or telephone, electrical, plumbing or other utility closets, the Systems and Equipment, and any changes, connections, new installations, and wiring work relating thereto (or Landlord may engage or designate an independent contractor to provide such services). Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent for any such access, use and work in each instance, and shall comply with such requirements as Landlord may impose, and the other provisions of Article 6 respecting electric installations and connections, Article 29 respecting telephone Lines and connections, and Article 9 respecting Work in general. Tenant shall have no right to use any broom closets, storage closets, janitorial closets, or other such closets, rooms and areas outside the Premises whatsoever. Tenant shall not install in or for the Premises any equipment which requires more electric current than Landlord is required to provide under this Lease, without Landlord’s prior written approval, and Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of load or demand for or use of electrical current which can safely be permitted in and for the Premises, taking into account the capacity of electric wiring in the Property and the Premises and the needs of tenants of the Property, and shall not in any event connect a greater load than such safe capacity.

(11) Plumbing Equipment. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls, drains, sewers and other plumbing fixtures, equipment and lines shall not be misused or used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

(12) Trash . All garbage, refuse, trash and other waste shall be kept in the kind of container, placed in the areas, and prepared for collection in the manner and at the times and places specified by Landlord, subject to Article 30 respecting Hazardous Materials. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant participate in any recycling program designated by Landlord.

(13) Alcohol, Drugs, Food and Smoking. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Property any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules. Tenant shall not at any time manufacture, sell, use


or give away, any spirituous, fermented, intoxicating or alcoholic liquors on the Premises, nor permit any of the same to occur. Tenant shall not at any time cook, sell or give away food in any form by or to any of Tenant’s agents or employees or any other parties on the Premises, nor permit any of the same to occur (other than in vending machines, microwave ovens and coffee makers properly maintained in good and safe working order and repair in lunch rooms or kitchens for employees as may be permitted or installed by Landlord, which does not violate any Laws or bother or annoy any other tenant, and as may be catered to the Premises in connection with Tenant’s business). Tenant and its employees shall not smoke tobacco on any part of the Property (including exterior areas) except those areas, if any, that are designated or approved as smoking areas by Landlord.

(14) Use of Common Areas; No Soliciting. Tenant shall not use the common areas, including areas adjacent to the Premises, for any purpose other than ingress and egress, and any such use thereof shall be subject to the other provisions of this Lease, including these Rules. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall not allow anything to remain in any passageway, sidewalk, court, corridor, stairway, entrance, exit, elevator, parking or shipping area, or other area outside the Premises. Tenant shall not use the common areas to canvass, solicit business or information from, or distribute any Article or material to, other tenants or invitees of the Property. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business or information or to distribute any article or material to or from other tenants of the Property and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange any products or services in or from the Premise unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant’s use of the Premises expressly permitted in the Lease.

(15) Energy and Utility Conservation. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water, heat or air conditioning or other utilities or services, and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective and energy efficient operation of the Property and shall not allow the adjustment (except by Landlord’s authorized Property personnel) of any controls. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter or impair the efficient operation of the Systems and Equipment, and shall not place any item so as to interfere with air flow. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed and shall not open any windows, except that if the air circulation shall not be in operation, windows which are openable may be opened with Landlord’s consent. If reasonably requested by Landlord (and as a condition to claiming any deficiency in the air-conditioning or ventilation services provided by Landlord), Tenant shall close any blinds or drapes in the Premises to prevent or minimize direct sunlight.

(16) Unattended Premises. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises (except heat to the extent necessary to prevent the freezing or bursting of pipes).

(17) Going-Out-Of-Business Sales and Auctions. Tenant shall not use, or permit any other party to use, the Premises for any distress, fire, bankruptcy, close-out, “lost our lease” or going-out-of-business sale or auction. Tenant shall not display any signs advertising the foregoing anywhere in or about the Premises. This prohibition shall also apply to Tenant’s creditors.

(18) Labor Harmony. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment, or labor and employment practices that, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, may cause strikes, picketing or boycotts or disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Property.

(19) Prohibited Activities. Tenant shall not: (i) use strobe or flashing lights in or on the Premises, (ii) install or operate any internal combustion engine, boiler, machinery, refrigerating, heating or air conditioning equipment in or about the Premises, (iii) use the Premises for housing, lodging or sleeping purposes or for the washing of clothes, (iv) place any radio or television antennae other than inside of the Premises, (v) operate or permit to be operated any musical or sound producing instrument or device which may be heard outside the Premises, (vi) use any source of power other than electricity, (vii) operate any electrical or other device from which may emanate electrical, electromagnetic, energy, microwave, radiation or other waves or fields which may interfere with or impair radio, television, microwave, or other broadcasting or reception from or in the Property or elsewhere, or impair or interfere with computers, faxes or telecommunication lines or equipment at the Property or elsewhere, or create a health hazard, (viii) bring or permit any bicycle or other vehicle, or dog or other animal or bird in


the Property (except service animals); provided that Tenant may allow its employees to use the freight elevator to bring such employees’ personal bicycles to the Premises for storage as long as such portion of the Premises is located on a floor of the Building fully leased by Tenant, (ix) make or permit objectionable noise, vibration or odor to emanate from the Premises, (x) do anything in or about the Premises or Property that is illegal, obscene, pornographic, or anything that may, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, create or maintain a nuisance, cause physical damage to the Premises or Property, interfere with the normal operation of the Systems and Equipment, impair the appearance, character or reputation of the Premises or Property, create waste to the Premises or Property, cause demonstrations, protests, loitering, bomb threats or other events that may require evacuation of the Building, (xi) intentionally omitted, (xii) throw or permit to be thrown or dropped any article from any window or other opening in the Property, (xiii) use the Premises for any purpose, or permit upon the Premises or Property anything, that may be dangerous to persons or property (including firearms or other weapons (whether or not licensed or used by security guards) or any explosive or combustible articles or materials), (xiv) place vending or game machines in the Premises, except vending machines for employees, (xv) adversely affect the indoor air quality of the Premises or Property, or (xvi) do or permit anything to be done upon the Premises or Property in any way tending to disturb. bother, annoy or interfere with Landlord or any other tenant at the Property or the tenants of neighboring property. or otherwise disrupt orderly and quiet use and occupancy of the Property.

(20) Transportation Management. Tenant shall comply with all present or future programs reasonably intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Property, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

(21) Parking. If the Property now or hereafter contains, or Landlord has obtained the right to use for the Property, a parking garage, structure, facility or area, the following Rules shall apply therein:

(i) Parking shall be available in areas designated by Landlord from time to time, and for such daily or monthly charges as Landlord may establish from time to time. Unless otherwise specified in the Lease, parking for Tenant and its employees and visitors shall be on a “first come, first served,” unassigned basis, in common with Landlord and other tenants at the Property, and their employees and visitors, and other Persons to whom Landlord shall grant the right or who shall otherwise have the right to use the same. However, in no event shall Tenant and Tenant’s employees and visitors use more spaces than the number derived by applying Tenant’s Share (as defined in the Lease) to the total number of unassigned spaces in the area or areas designated by Landlord from time to time to serve the Premises. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to: (x) adopt additional requirements or procedures pertaining to parking, including systems with charges favoring carpooling, and validation systems, (y) assign specific spaces, and reserve spaces for small and other size cars, disabled persons, and other tenants, customers of tenants or other parties, and (z) restrict or prohibit full size vans and other large vehicles.

(ii) Monthly fees at the then-current rate shall be paid in advance prior to the first of each month. Failure to do so will automatically cancel parking privileges, and incur a charge at the posted daily parking rate. No deductions from the monthly rate will be made for days on which the Garage is not used by Tenant or its designees. In case of any violation of these Rules, Landlord may also refuse to permit the violator to park, and may remove the vehicle owned or driven by the violator from the Property without liability whatsoever, at such violator’s risk and expense. Landlord reserves the right to close all or a portion of the parking areas or facilities in order to make repairs or perform maintenance services, or to alter, modify, re-stripe or renovate the same, or if required by casualty, strike, condemnation, act of God, Law or governmental requirement or guideline, termination or modification of any lease or other agreement by which Landlord obtained parking rights, or any other reason beyond Landlord’s reasonable control. In the event access is denied for any reason, any monthly parking charges shall be abated to the extent access is denied, as Tenant’s sole recourse.

(iii) Hours shall be reasonably established by Landlord or its parking operator from time to time; cars must be parked entirely within the stall lines, and only small or other qualifying cars may be parked in areas reserved for such cars; all directional signs, arrows and speed limits must be observed; spaces reserved for disabled persons must be used only by vehicles properly designated; washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of


any vehicle is prohibited; every parker is required to park and lock his own car, except to the extent that Landlord adopts a valet parking system; parking is prohibited in areas: (a) not striped or designated for parking, (b) aisles, (c) where no parking” signs are posted, (d) on ramps, and (e) loading areas and other specially designated areas. Delivery trucks and vehicles shall use only those areas designated therefor.

(iv) Parking stickers, key cards or any other devices or forms of identification or entry shall remain the property of Landlord. Such devices must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. Loss or theft of parking identification, key cards or other such devices must be reported to Landlord or any garage manager immediately. Any parking devices reported lost or stolen which are found on any unauthorized car will be confiscated and the illegal holder will be subject to prosecution. Lost or stolen devices found by Tenant or its employees must be reported to Landlord or the office of the garage immediately.

(22) Responsibility for Compliance. Tenant shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with these Rules, as they may be amended, by Tenant’s employees and as applicable, by Tenant’s agents, invitees, contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers. Tenant shall cooperate with any reasonable program or requests by Landlord to monitor and enforce the Rules, including providing vehicle numbers and taking appropriate action against such of the foregoing parties who violate these provisions.


EXHIBIT D

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1. Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, the following terms are defined as follows:

1.2. Architect means SRM – Michael Stueve, AIA.

1.3. Applicable Laws and Restrictions means all laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act), building codes, ordinances, regulations, title covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and casualty underwriters requirements applicable to the Premises and the Improvements.

1.4. Contractors means the General Contractor and all other general contractors, design-build contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers who provide labor and materials for construction of the Improvements. To the extent required by Applicable Laws and Restrictions, each Contractor shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.5. Construction Costs means all costs and charges incurred to complete the Leasehold Improvements, including without limitation the following:

a. Payments to Contractors for labor, material, equipment, and fixtures supplied in accordance with this Agreement;

b. Fees paid to Designers for services required by this Agreement;

c. Taxes, fees, charges, and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for Permits or for inspections of the work;

d. Utilities incurred in the course of the construction;

e. Premiums for builder’s risk insurance and other insurance required by this Agreement; and

f. A fee payable to Landlord (“Landlord’s Fee”) equal to three percent (3%) of the Construction Costs, excluding Landlord’s Fee, for Landlord’s management and administration of the construction, including without limitation, wages, labor burden, and expediting, procurement, and administrative expenses.

1.6. Construction Documents means:

a. The Tenant’s Space Plan;

b. Bid packages;

c. Construction contract;

d. Material supply agreements;

e. Architect’s agreement.

1.7. Construction Schedule means the schedule for commencement, prosecution, and Substantial Completion of all Improvements, which is attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1 and incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

1.8. Cost Estimate means the estimated total for Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements, prepared by Landlord based on the Contractors’ and Designers’ bid(s) for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and approved by Tenant in accordance with Article III of this Agreement.

1.9. Design Schedule means the schedule for preparation, approval, disapproval, modification, and completion of Tenant’s Space Plan and other Construction Documents and for obtaining Permits required for the Improvements, which is attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1 and incorporated into this Agreement by this reference.

1.10. Designers means the Architect and all other architects, structural engineers, mechanical engineers, and the other design professionals needed to design the Improvements, each of whom shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.


1.11. Force Majeure Delay means a delay caused by a force majeure event beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform, including without limitation general strikes, inclement weather, utility curtailments, acts of God, unforeseeable governmental regulations, material shortages (excluding those described in Section 1.22(c)), and terrorist acts.

1.12. General Contractor means the Contractor selected by Landlord pursuant to Section 4.1.

1.13. Improvement Allowance is the maximum amount Landlord is required to pay toward Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements, which amount is $876,690.00 (generally based upon $45.00 per rentable square foot of space located in the Premises). The Improvement Allowance may not be used for any other purpose, such as, but not limited to, furniture, trade fixtures or personal property, except that a portion of the Improvement Allowance may be used toward the cost of Tenant’s suite entry signage.

1.14. Improvements means Landlord’s Work, Tenant’s Work and Leasehold Improvements.

1.15. Landlord’s Representative means Ty Barker or such other person as Landlord may designate in writing, from time to time, to Tenant as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering and amending this Agreement.

1.16. Landlord’s Work , if any, is limited to construction of the improvements, modifications, and alterations of the Premises identified on Attachment 2, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.

1.17. Leasehold Improvements means the improvements, modifications, and alteration of the Premises (other than Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work) to be constructed in or about the Premises in accordance with this Agreement.

1.18. Permits means the permits, approvals, and consents of governmental authorities and third parties having jurisdiction over the Improvements and that are required for commencement and completion of the Improvements.

1.19. Punchlist is defined in Section 5.2.

1.20. Substantial Completion or Substantially Completed is defined in Section 5.1. The Substantial Completion Date is the date the Improvements are Substantially Completed.

1.21. Scheduled Completion Date means the scheduled date for Substantial Completion of the Improvements as specified in the Construction Schedule, as the same may be modified by the parties.

1.22. Tenant Delay means any actual delay in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements as a consequence of:

a. Tenant’s failure to fulfill its obligation as set forth in the Design Schedule, the Construction Schedule, or this Agreement;

b. Change Orders requested by Tenant;

c. Unavailability of materials, components, or finishes for the Leasehold Improvements that differ from Landlord’s standard work or that have an unusually long lead-time for delivery; or

d. A willful or negligent act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees that interferes with the progress of the work.

e. Any other act or omission by Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees, which directly or indirectly delays completion of the work or Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of possession of the Premises.


1.23. Tenant’s Representative means Devorah Rosner or such other person as Tenant may designate in writing to Landlord as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering and amending this Agreement.

1.24. Tenant’s Space Plan means a specific description of Tenant’s desired final Leasehold Improvements, prepared by the Architect and delivered by Tenant to Landlord and approved by Landlord and Tenant in accordance with Schedule 1, which may include:

a. Design requirements;

b. Floor plan;

c. Any other information needed by the Designers for preparation of plans and specification for the Improvements, including an initial construction budget; and

d. Those working drawings, plans, specifications, elevations, lighting design, and interior finish design, prepared by the Designers and approved by the parties in accordance with this Agreement.

1.25. Tenant’s Work means the work, if any, to be performed by Tenant prior to the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, identified on Attachment 3, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.

ARTICLE II

DESIGNATION OF REPRESENTATIVES

2.1. Designation of Representatives . Landlord and Tenant respectively appoint Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative as their sole representatives for the purposes of administering this Agreement. Until replaced upon written notice, Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative will have the full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, as required in this Agreement. Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative shall have authority to amend this Agreement and any of the Construction Documents so long as any such modification is in writing and signed by both Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative.

ARTICLE Ill

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PERMITS

3.1. Retention of Architect and Approval of Tenant’s Space Plan . Landlord shall retain the Architect to prepare the plans and specifications for the Improvements. Tenant shall deliver Tenant’s Space Plan, approved by Tenant, within the time permitted by the Design Schedule and Landlord have approved Tenant’s Space Plan as of, or prior to, the execution of this Agreement. Landlord shall approve or disapprove Tenant’s Space Plan within the time permitted by the Design Schedule. Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Space Plan to Landlord shall be deemed and acknowledgement and agreement by Tenant, (a) that Tenant’s Space Plan accurately represents Tenant’s plans for the Premises, (b) that budget estimates will be based on Tenant’s Space Plan, (c) that Landlord will prepare Construction Documents based upon Tenant’s Space Plan, and (d) THAT ANY MODIFICATION OF TENANT’S SPACE PLAN AFTER THE DATE OF LANDLORD’S APPROVAL AND PREPARATION OF BUDGET ESTIMATES MAY INCREASE THE COST OF THE LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.

3.2. Preparation and Approval of Construction Documents . Promptly after Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Space Plan, Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare Construction Documents, which generally conform to Tenant’s Space Plan, on or before the last date specified in the Design Schedule for completion of such items. Landlord and Tenant shall review the Construction Documents, and deliver to the other party and to the Architect, said party’s written approval or disapproval of the Construction Documents within the time limits stated in the Design Schedule. If the Construction Documents are disapproved in any respect by either party, the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach written agreement, using all reasonable efforts to achieve final agreement on such item by the last date for agreement specified in the Design Schedule. Tenant’s failure to timely agree to the Construction Documents shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.


3.3. Standards for Consent .

a. By Landlord . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of Tenant’s Space Plan or revisions thereto, or its approval of the Construction Documents.

b. By Tenant . Tenant may not withhold its approval of any change to Tenant’s Space Plan or to any element of the Construction Documents required to obtain any required Permit for construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval to any other element of the Construction Documents.

c. Method for Disapproval . Any disapproval by Landlord or Tenant shall be accompanied by a written statement of the disapproved item, the reasons for disapproval, and the specific changes required to make the item acceptable. If a party’s written notice of disapproval is not delivered in accordance with the time limits and standards set forth in this section, approval shall be deemed given.

3.4. Application for Approvals . When Landlord and Tenant approve the Construction Documents, Landlord shall submit them to all appropriate governmental agencies and third parties for issuance of the Permits required for the construction of the Improvements and occupancy by Tenant of the Improvements for its intended use. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain the Permits within the time permitted by the Design Schedule. Landlord shall not be responsible for any delay or denial of a Permit that is beyond its reasonable control.

3.5. Changes to Construction Documents . After agreed upon by the parties in accordance with the foregoing, the Construction Documents, established in accordance with this Article III, may be modified only by a written “Change Order” executed by Landlord and Tenant, which clearly describes (a) the change, (b) the party required to perform the change, and (c) any modification of the Construction Documents necessitated by the Change Order. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any change (whether requested by a party or required by an Applicable Law or Restriction), provided however that Landlord may withhold its approval of any change pursuant to Section 3.3.a.

ARTICLE IV

PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK

4.1. Selection of Contractors . When the parties have approved the Construction Documents and Landlord has obtained the Permits required for construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and circulate an appropriate bid package for bidding by three or more prospective General Contractor(s). When the bids are received and approved by Landlord, Landlord shall enter into a fixed price construction contract with the General Contractor that submitted the lowest responsive bid.

4.2. Commencement and Completion of Improvements . When all Permits for construction of the Improvements have been obtained and Landlord and the General Contractor have entered into a construction contract in accordance with Section 4.1, Landlord shall cause the General Contractor to commence and to diligently prosecute the construction of the Improvements in accordance with the Permits and the Construction Documents, so that the Improvements will be Substantially Completed on or before the Scheduled Completion Date.

4.3. Standards for Performance of the Work . Landlord shall cause the Improvements to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner, free from design, material, and workmanship defects in accordance with the material Construction Documents and Applicable Laws and Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Agreement, Tenant’s acceptance of possession of the Improvements shall not waive this warranty and Landlord shall promptly remedy all violations of the warranty at its sole cost and expense.

4.4. No Implied Responsibility . Landlord’s and Landlord’s Representative’s review and approval of the Construction Documents and the performance of the Work shall not create or imply any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord or Landlord’s Representative with regard to the completeness and design sufficiency of both the Construction Documents and the Improvements.

4.5. Tenant’s Early Entry . Landlord shall permit Tenant and Tenant’s agents to enter the Premises up to 30 days prior to the date specified as the Commencement Date of the Lease in order that Tenant may make the Premises ready for Tenant’s use and


occupancy. Such permission will constitute a license only and not a lease and such license will be conditioned upon: (a) Tenant working in harmony and not interfering with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers in doing the Improvements, or other work in the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building; (b) Tenant obtaining in advance Landlord’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant; (c) Tenant furnishing Landlord with such proof of insurance and other security as Landlord may require. Landlord will have the right to withdraw such license for any good reason upon notice to Tenant. Tenant agrees that Landlord will not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed or installations made in the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee from all liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses arising out of or connected with the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in or about the Premises or the Building. Tenant further agrees that any entry and occupation permitted under this paragraph will be governed by Article 10 of the Lease and all other terms of the Lease.

ARTICLE V

COMPLETION OF THE WORK

5.1. Substantial Completion . Landlord’s Work shall be deemed “Substantially Complete” when (a) Landlord determines construction of the Improvements has been substantially completed in accordance with the Construction Documents, and (b) the Architect has certified that the Improvements have been constructed substantially in accordance with Construction Documents.

5.2. Inspection and Punchlist . Tenant’s Representative and the Designers shall have the right to enter the Premises only with Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall notify Tenant’s Representative when the Improvements are Substantially Completed. On receipt of such notice, Tenant’s Representative, Landlord’s Representative, and the Architect shall promptly inspect the Improvements and prepare a final written list of any items that are defective, incomplete, or do not conform to the Construction Documents or the Permits and Applicable Laws and Restrictions (“Punchlist”).

5.3. Delay in Substantial Completion . If the Substantial Completion of the Improvements is delayed as a consequence of a Tenant Delay, then the Substantial Completion Date shall be advanced in time by the number of days that the Substantial Completion of the Improvements is delayed as a consequence of the Tenant Delay. Landlord shall have no liability for any delay of the Substantial Completion Date beyond the Scheduled Completion Date if caused by a Tenant Delay.

ARTICLE VI

PAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS

6.1. Duty to Pay Construction Costs . Landlord shall pay the cost of any Landlord’s Work. The cost of completing the Leasehold Improvements shall be funded as follows: (a) Landlord shall pay that portion of the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements equal to, but not exceeding, the Improvement Allowance; (b) Tenant shall pay the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall pay all costs of completing Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall pay its share of the Construction Costs within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord. Landlord will have no obligation to disburse the Allowance or any portion thereof so long as any Default (as defined in the Lease) exists and is continuing.

6.2. Unapplied Portion of the Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall be exclusively entitled to the benefit of any unapplied portion of the Improvement Allowance in the construction of the Leasehold Improvements. If all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance is not used by December 31, 2012, Landlord will be entitled to the savings and Tenant will receive no credit therefor.

ARTICLE VII

RISK OF LOSS

7.1. Builder’s Risk Insurance . At all times prior to the Substantial Completion Date, Landlord shall maintain so-called contingent liability and broad form “builder’s risk” insurance with coverage in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the Premises and the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to this Agreement.


SCHEDULE 1 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

 

N#

  

Milestone

  

Date / Days to
Complete (Business
Days)

  

Responsibility to
Complete

11    Delivery by Tenant of Tenant’s Space Plan approved by Tenant    July 6, 2012    Tenant
22    Approval of Tenant’s Space Plan    July 10, 2012    Landlord
23    Completion of Construction Documents    July 27, 2012    Landlord
44    Approval of Construction Documents    July 31, 2012    Tenant
55    Approval of Construction Documents    July 31, 2012    Landlord
66    Solicitation of bids for the Leasehold Improvements    August 1, 2012    Landlord
77    Receipt of bids for the Leasehold Improvements    August 8, 2012    Landlord
88    Approval of bids for the Leasehold Improvements    August 9, 2012    Tenant
99    Selection of Contractor for construction of the Leasehold Improvements    August 10, 2012    Landlord
110    Commencement of Construction of Improvements    August 15, 2012    Landlord
111    Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements    November 14, 2012    Landlord
112    Commencement Date    November 15, 2012    Landlord
113    Completion of Punchlist Items    30 days after Milestone #12    Landlord


ATTACHMENT 1 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Intentionally Omitted


ATTACHMENT 2 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Landlord’s Work

None


ATTACHMENT 3 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Tenant’s Work

None


EXHIBIT E

ARTICLE 32 DISPUTE RESOLUTION METHOD

Fair Market Rent will be the average of the two determinations, and otherwise the parties will proceed to arbitration as set forth below. If the lower of the two determinations of Fair Market Allowance is no less than 95% of the higher of the two determinations of Fair Market Allowance, and if Fair Market Rent is not in dispute or such dispute is resolved by averaging the two parties’ positions as set forth above in this grammatical paragraph, then the Fair Market Allowance will be the average of the two determinations, and otherwise the parties will proceed to arbitration as set forth below.

If, in accordance with this Lease, Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Rent or Fair Market Allowance or both, then Landlord and Tenant will negotiate for 15 days after Landlord’s initial determination of Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance. If Landlord and Tenant do not come to an agreement on Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance within such 15-day period, then Landlord and Tenant will exchange sealed bids of their respective final determinations of Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance. If the lower of the two determinations of Fair Market Rent is no less than 95% of the higher of the two determinations of Fair Market Rent, and if Fair Market Allowance is not in dispute or such dispute is resolved by averaging the two parties’ positions as set forth below in this grammatical paragraph, then the Fair Market Rent will be the average of the two determinations, and otherwise the parties will proceed to arbitration as set forth below. If the lower of the two determinations of Fair Market Allowance is no less than 95% of the higher of the two determinations of Fair Market Allowance, and if Fair Market Rent is not in dispute or such dispute is resolved by averaging the two parties’ positions as set forth above in this grammatical paragraph, then the Fair Market Allowance will be the average of the two determinations, and otherwise the parties will proceed to arbitration as set forth below.

Arbitration to determine the Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance shall be in accordance with the Real Estate Valuation Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Unless otherwise required by state law, arbitration shall be conducted in the metropolitan area where the Building is located by a single arbitrator unaffiliated with either party. Within 20 days after the exchange of determinations by Landlord and Tenant, the parties will appoint a single arbitrator to decide the issues between them. Such arbitrator must be a competent and impartial person, must be a full member and SIOR designated Office Specialist (or then comparable designation) of the Society of Industrial and Office Realtors (or its successor organization), or a Principal Member (or then comparable designation) of the National Association of Industrial and Office Properties (or its successor organization), in either case currently certified under such organization’s continuing education program (if any), and having at least 10 years’ experience in leasing (on behalf of both landlords and tenants) commercial office properties in the Pertinent Market. If the parties are unable to agree upon appointment of such a person within such 20-day period, then either party, on behalf of both, may request a list of qualified arbitrators from the American Arbitration Association (or such other arbitration organization as the parties may approve in writing). In such event, the parties, beginning with Tenant, will alternate striking one name from such list until one name remains, in which event such remaining name will be the arbitrator. The arbitrator shall decide the dispute if it has not previously been resolved by following the procedure set forth below and will attempt to render a decision within 15 business days after appointment. In any case, the arbitrator will render its decision within 45 days after appointment. In the event that arbitrators with the qualifications described in this paragraph are unavailable, qualified consultants with similar qualifications may be substituted.

If either Fair Market Rent or Fair Market Allowance are in dispute and are to be decided by arbitration, then both will be decided by arbitration unless the parties otherwise agree in writing. The arbitrator must choose either the Landlord’s proposal for both Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance, or the Tenant’s proposal for both Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance (as set forth in the sealed bids exchanged prior to the appointment of the arbitrator, in accordance with the foregoing provisions) and may not compromise between the two or select some other amount or select one of Landlord’s determinations and one of Tenant’s determinations. The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord if the decision by the arbitrator is that proposed by Tenant and by Tenant if the decision by the arbitrator is that proposed by Landlord. The attorneys’ fees and expenses of counsel for the respective parties and of witnesses will be paid by the respective party engaging such counsel or calling such witnesses.


The parties consent to the jurisdiction of any appropriate court to enforce the arbitration provisions of this addendum and to enter judgment upon the decision of the arbitrator. Notice of the appointment of the arbitrator shall be given in all instances to any mortgagee who prior thereto shall have given Tenant a written notice specifying its name and address. Such mortgagee shall have the right to be represented, but not to participate, in the arbitration proceeding.

If Tenant becomes obligated to pay Base Rent, or adjustments thereto, if any, with respect to any space or any period prior to when the Fair Market Rent for such space or period has been determined in accordance with the foregoing, Tenant will commence paying Base Rent and adjustments thereto, if any, utilizing the Fair Market Rent specified by Landlord in its notice of the Fair Market Rent for such space or period. Following determination of the Fair Market Rent in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant shall, by a cash payment within thirty (30) days after the date of such determination, adjust between themselves the difference, if any, between the Base Rent and adjustments thereto, if any, paid by Tenant pursuant to the foregoing sentence and the Base Rent and adjustments thereto, if any, actually owed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this lease for the period prior to such determination


EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

[ Insert name and address of issuing bank ]

[ Insert date ]

IRREVOCABLE LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [ Insert number ]

[ Insert name and address of owner ]

Dear Sir/Madam:

At the request and for the account of [ insert name of tenant ] located at [ insert address of tenant ] (hereinafter call “Applicant”), we hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit No. [insert number] in your favor and authorize you to draw on us up to the aggregate amount of US$ [ insert amount of letter of credit ] available by your draft(s) at sight drawn on us

This Irrevocable Letter of Credit will be duly honored by us at sight within 1 business day after presentment of this Letter of Credit and delivery of your sight draft.

We hereby engage with you that all drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Irrevocable Letter of Credit will be duly honored by us if presented at [ insert address of issuing bank ] no later than [ insert expiration date of Letter of Credit ] (subject to extension as set forth below), it being a condition of this Irrevocable Letter of Credit that it shall be automatically extended for periods of 12 months from the present and each future expiration date unless, at least sixty (60) days prior to the relevant expiration date, we notify you, by certified mail, return receipt requested (the “Non-Renewal Notice”), that we elect not to extend this Irrevocable Letter of Credit for any additional period. The Non-Renewal Notice shall be sent to you at the address shown above or at such other address as you may provide to us in writing, provided that we receive such change of address not later than 10 business days before we have given the Non-Renewal Notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this letter of credit, if the expiration date of this letter of credit is a day on which our offices are closed, the expiration date shall automatically be extended pursuant to Section 3.13 or Section 3.14 of International Standby Practices ISP98 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication no. 590).

This Irrevocable letter of Credit is transferable at no charge to any transferee of Beneficiary upon notice to the undersigned from you and such transferee. No fees, charges, reimbursement or indemnity obligations will be imposed on you or such transferee in connection with such transfer, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any transfer form attached to this letter of credit.

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this credit is subject to the International Standby Practices ISP98 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication no. 590).

Sincerely yours,

[ insert authorized signature ]


EXHIBIT G

SUBORDINATION; NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

Recording Requested by

and when Recorded return to:

WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.

Commercial Mortgage Servicing

1320 Willow Pass Road, Suite 300

Concord, CA 94520

Attention: CMS Lease Reviews

Loan No.:             

 

 

SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

and

ESTOPPEL, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

Tenant’s Trade Name:                                                                                                                                        

NOTICE: THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT RESULTS IN YOUR LEASEHOLD ESTATE IN THE PROPERTY BECOMING SUBJECT TO AND OF LOWER PRIORITY THAN THE LIEN OF THE MORTGAGE (DEFINED BELOW).

This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT AND ESTOPPEL, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made as of             , by and between              (“Tenant”) and BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as successor by merger to LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee for Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage Securities Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates. Series 2006-TOP24 (“Lender”), with reference to the following facts and intentions of the parties:

R E C I T A L S

 

A.              (“Owner”) is the owner of the land and improvements commonly known as              and more specifically described in Exhibit B attached hereto (“Property”) and the owner of the Landlord’s interest in the lease identified in Recital B below (“Lease”).

 

B. Tenant is the owner of the tenant’s interest in that lease dated             , executed by Owner, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, as amended by instrument(s) dated              (Said lease is collectively referred to herein as the “Lease”).

 

C. Owner is indebted to Lender under a promissory note in the original principal amount of $            , which note is secured by, among other things, a mortgage, deed of trust, trust indenture or deed to secure debt encumbering the Property (“Mortgage”), dated              and recorded              in the Official Records of the County of             , State of              (“Mortgage”).

THEREFORE, The parties agree as follows:

 

1. SUBORDINATION .

 

  1.1 Prior Lien . The Mortgage, and any modifications, renewals or extensions thereof, shall unconditionally be and at all times remain a lien or charge on the Property prior and superior to the Lease.

 

  1.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement shall be the whole agreement and only agreement with regard to the subordination of the Lease to the lien or charge of the Mortgage, and shall supersede and cancel, but only insofar as would affect the priority between the Mortgage and the Lease, any prior agreements as to such subordination, including, without limitation, those provisions, if any, contained in the Lease which provide for the subordination of the Lease to a deed or deeds of trust, a mortgage or mortgages. a deed or deeds to secure debt or a trust indenture or trust indentures.

 

  1.3 Disbursements . Lender, in making disbursements pursuant to the Note, the Mortgage or any loan agreements with respect to the Property, is under no obligation or duty to, nor has Lender represented that it will, see to the application of such proceeds by the person or persons to whom Lender disburses such proceeds, and any application or use of such proceeds for purposes other than those provided for in such agreement or agreements shall not defeat this agreement to subordinate in whole or in part.


  1.4 Subordination . Tenant intentionally and unconditionally waives, relinquishes and subordinates all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to the Property, to the lien of the Mortgage.

 

2. NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT .

 

  2.1. Non-Disturbance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, so long as there shall exist no breach. default or event of default (beyond any period given to Tenant in the Lease to curt such default) on the part of Tenant under the Lease at the time of any foreclosure of the Mortgage. Lender agrees that the leasehold interest of Tenant under the Lease shall not be terminated by reason of such foreclosure, but rather the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Lender shall recognize and accept Tenant as tenant under the Lease subject to the provisions of the Lease.

 

  2.2 Attornment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, should title to the leased premises and the landlord’s interest in the Lease be transferred to Lender or any other person or entity (“New Owner”) by, or in-lieu of judicial or non-judicial foreclosure of the Mortgage, Tenant agrees. for the benefit of New Owner and effective immediately and automatically upon the occurrence of any such transfer, that: (a) Tenant shall pay to New Owner all rental payments required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease for the remainder of the Lease term; (h) Tenant shall be bound to New Owner in accordance with all of the provisions of the Lease for the remainder of the Lease term; (c) Tenant hereby attorns to New Owner as its landlord, such attornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument; (d) New Owner shall not be liable for any default of any prior landlord under the Lease, including, without limitation, Owner, except where such default is continuing at the time New Owner acquires title to the leased premises and New Owner fails to cure same after receiving notice thereof; (e) New Owner shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant may have against any prior landlord under the Lease. including, without limitation, Owner, except where such offsets or defenses arise out of a default of the prior landlord which is continuing at the time New Owner acquires title to the leased premises and New Owner fails to cure same after receiving notice thereof; and (1) New Owner shall not be liable for any obligations of landlord arising under the Lease following any subsequent transfer of the title to the leased premises by New Owner.

 

3. ESTOPPEL . Tenant warrants and represents to Lender, as of the date hereof, that:

 

  3.1 Lease Effective . The Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Tenant and, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Lease is in full force and effect, the obligations of Tenant thereunder are valid and binding, and there have been no modifications or additions to the Lease, written or oral, other than those, if any, which are referenced above in Recital B.

 

  3.2 No Default . To the best of Tenant’s knowledge: (a) there exists no breach, default, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute a breach or default under the Lease either by Tenant or Owner; and (b) Tenant has no existing claims, defenses or offsets against rental due or to become due under the Lease.

 

  3.3 Entire Agreement . The Lease constitutes the entire agreement between Owner and Tenant with respect to the Property, and Tenant claims no rights of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Property, other than as set forth in the Lease.

 

  3.4 Minimum Rent . The annual minimum rent under the Lease is $            , subject to any escalation, percentage rent and/or common area maintenance charges provided in the Lease. The “Base Year” for any escalation is 20            .

 

  3.5 Rental Payment Commencement Date : The rents stated in Section 3.4 above will begin or have begun on                     .

 

  3.6 Rentable area . The rentable area of the leased premises is              square feet.

 

  3.7 Commencement Date . The term of the Lease commenced or will commence on             .

 

  3.8 Expiration Date . The term of the Lease will expire on             .

 

  3.9 No Deposits or Prepaid Rent . No deposits or prepayments of rent have been made in connection with the Lease, except as follows:                                          (if none, write “None”).

 

  3.10 No Other Assignment . Tenant has received no notice, and is not otherwise aware of, any other assignment of the landlord’s interest in the Lease.

 

  3.11 No Purchase Option or Refusal Rights . Tenant does not have any option or preferential right to purchase all or any part of the Property, except as follows:             (if none, write “None”).


MISCELLANEOUS .

 

  4.1 Heirs, Successors and Assigns . The covenants herein shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. Whenever necessary or appropriate to give logical meaning to a provision of this Agreement, the term “Owner” shall be deemed to mean the then current owner of the Property and the landlord’s interest in the Lease.

 

  4.2 Addresses; Request for Notice . All notices and other communications that are required or permitted to be given to a party under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall he sent to such party, either by personal delivery, by overnight delivery service, by certified first class mail, return receipt requested, or by facsimile transmission, to the address or facsimile number below. All such notices and communications shall he effective upon receipt of such delivery or facsimile transmission. The addresses and facsimile numbers of the parties shall be:

 

Tenant:

NAME OF TENANT HERE

 

 

FAX No.:

  

Lender:

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Master Servicer

Attn: Lease Reviews

1320 Willow Pass Road, Ste 300

Concord, California 94520

 

FAX No.: 925-674-0567

provided , however , any party shall have the right to change its address for notice hereunder by the giving of written notice thereof to the other party in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

 

  4.3 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute and he construed as one and the same instrument.

 

  4.4 Section Headings . Section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be construed as part of this Agreement or in any way limiting or applying the provisions hereof.

 

  4.5 Attorneys’ Fees . If any legal action, suit or proceeding is commenced between Tenant and Lender regarding their respective rights and obligations under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover, in addition to damages or other relief, costs and expenses, attorneys’ fees and court costs (including, without limitation, expert witness fees). As used herein, the term “prevailing party” shall mean the party which obtains the principal relief it has sought, whether by compromise settlement or judgment. If the party which commenced or instituted the action, suit or proceeding shall dismiss or discontinue it without the concurrence of the other party, such other party shall he deemed the prevailing party.

INCORPORATION . Exhibit A, the Owner’s Consent is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

“LENDER”
BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as successor by merger to LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee for Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage Securities Inc., Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-TOP24
By:   Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Master Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of October 1, 2006, among Bear Stearns Commercial Mortgage Securities Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, Centerline Servicing Inc. (f/k/a ARCap Servicing, Inc.), and LaSalle Bank National Association.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
“TENANT”
NAME OF TENANT HERE        New Relic, Inc.
By:  

 

Its:  

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT, PRIOR TO THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE PARTIES CONSULT WITH THEIR ATTORNEYS WITH RESPECT HERETO.

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE ACKNOWLEDGED.


EXHIBIT A

OWNER’S CONSENT

The undersigned, which owns or is about to acquire the Property and the landlord’s interest in the Lease, hereby consents to the execution of the foregoing SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT AND ESTOPPEL, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT, and to implementation of the agreements and transactions provided for therein.

 

“OWNER”

 


OFFICE LEASE

555 SW OAK, LLC

“LANDLORD”

WITH

NEW RELIC, INC.

“TENANT”

SUITE: 2800

DATED AS OF: JUNE 15, 2012

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
Article 1. BASIC PROVISIONS      1   
Article 2. PREMISES      4   
Article 3. TERM AND COMMENCEMENT      4   
Article 4. BASE RENT AND ADDITIONAL RENT      5   
Article 5. QUIET ENJOYMENT      8   
Article 6. UTILITIES AND SERVICES      8   
Article 7. USE, COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, AND RULES      10   
Article 8. MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS      10   
Article 9. ALTERATIONS AND LIENS      11   
Article 10. INSURANCE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS      13   
Article 11. CASUALTY DAMAGE      15   
Article 12. CONDEMNATION      16   
Article 13. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      16   
Article 14. PERSONAL PROPERTY, RENT AND OTHER TAXES      18   
Article 15. DEFAULT AND LANDLORD’S REMEDIES      18   
Article 16. SECURITY DEPOSIT      20   
Article 17. ATTORNEYS’ FEES, JURY TRIAL, COUNTERCLAIMS AND VENUE      22   
Article 18. SUBORDINATION, ATTORNMENT AND LENDER PROTECTION      23   
Article 19. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES      24   
Article 20. RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD      24   
Article 21. LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE      25   
Article 22. INDEMNIFICATION      26   
Article 23. RETURN OF POSSESSION      26   
Article 24. HOLDING OVER      27   
Article 25. NOTICES      27   
Article 26. REAL ESTATE BROKERS      27   
Article 27. NO WAIVER      28   
Article 28. SAFETY AND SECURITY DEVICES, SERVICES AND PROGRAMS      28   
Article 29. TELECOMMUNICATION LINES      28   
Article 30. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS      29   
Article 31. DISABILITIES ACTS      31   
Article 32. OPTION TO RENEW      31   
Article 33. DEFINITIONS      33   
Article 34. OFFER      37   
Article 35. MISCELLANEOUS      37   
Article 36. ENTIRE AGREEMENT      38   
Article 37. MOVING ALLOWANCE      39   
Article 38. CANCELLATION OPTION; CORPORATE EXPANSION EVENT; CORPORATE TRANSFER EVENT      39   
Article 39. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL      41   
EXHIBITS      Listed in Article 1.N   


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated solely for reference purposes as of October 23, 2012, between 555 SW OAK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A, Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease, dated as of June 15, 2012 (the “ Lease ”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 19,482 rentable square feet situated in Suite 2800 (the “ Initial Premises ”) of the building commonly known as U.S. Bancorp Tower located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “ Building ”)

B. The parties desire to amend the Lease to provide for the expansion of the Premises to include certain additional space on the 29 th floor of the Building stipulated to contain 19,220 rentable square feet and currently known as Suite 2900 as outlined on the diagram attached as Exhibit A (the “ First Expansion Premises ”) and certain other agreements, all as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

2. Term . Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 1.D or Article 3 of the Lease to the contrary Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the Expiration Date for the Initial Premises will be as set forth in the Lease, e.g. if the Commencement Date is Nov 15, 2012 then the Expiration Date will be April 30, 2020.

3. Expansion Premises . Effective as of March 1, 2013 (the “ First Expansion Effective Date ”), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the First Expansion Premises. The lease term for the First Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the lease term for the Initial Premises and shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in Paragraph 2 above.

Effective as of the First Expansion Effective Date:

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all references in the Lease and this Amendment to the term “Premises” will include the First Expansion Premises;

(b) All references in the Lease to the rentable square footage of the Premises will be deemed to be 19,482 rentable square feet for the Initial Premises and 19,220 rentable square feet for the First Expansion Premises, for a total of 38,702 rentable square feet; and

(c) Tenant’s Share for the First Expansion Premises will be deemed to be 2.5574% (19,220 rentable square feet in the Premises divided by 751,556 rentable square feet in the Building).

 

2


4. Rental.

(a) Subject to Paragraph 4(d) below, Section 1.G of the Lease is hereby amended and Tenant will pay the following Base Rent for the Initial Premises:

 

Period

   Base Rent /
rsf per
annum
     Base Rent
(annualized)
     Monthly Base
Rent
 

Commencement Date through the last day of the first Lease Year*

   $ 15.64       $ 187,680.00       $ 15,640.00   

First clay of the second Lease Year through the last day of the second Lease Year**

   $ 16.39       $ 254,045.04       $ 21,170.42   

First day of the third Lease Year through the last day of the third Lease Year

   $ 17.64       $ 343,662.48       $ 28,638.54   

First day of the fourth Lease Year through the last clay of the fourth Lease Year

   $ 18.39       $ 358,274.04       $ 29,856.17   

First day of the fifth Lease Year through the last clay of the fifth Lease Year

   $ 18.89       $ 368,015.04       $ 30,667.92   

First day of the sixth Lease Year through the last day of the sixth Lease Year

   $ 19.39       $ 377,756.04       $ 31,479.67   

First day of the seventh Lease Year through the last day of the seventh Lease Year

   $ 20.14       $ 392,367.48       $ 32,697.29   

First day of the eighth Lease Year through the last day of the Lease Term (less than 12 calendar months)

   $ 20.89       $ 406,979.04       $ 33,914.92   

 

* The Base Rent for this period is based on 12,000 RSF for the Premises resulting in a $9,751.54 abatement per month.
** The Base Rent for this period is based on 15,500 RSF for the Premises resulting in a $5,438.75 abatement per month.

(b) Subject to Paragraph 4(d) below, effective as of the First Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall will pay the following Base Rent for the First Expansion Premises:

 

Period

   Base Rent /
rsf per
annum
     Base Rent
(annualized)
     Monthly Base
Rent
 

First Expansion Effective Date through the last day of the first Lease Year

   $ 15.64       $ 300,600.84       $ 25,050.07   

First day of the second Lease Year through the last day of the second Lease Year

   $ 16.39       $ 315,015.84       $ 26,251.32   

First day of the third Lease Year through the last clay of the third Lease Year

   $ 17.64       $ 339,040.80       $ 28,253.40   

First day of the fourth Lease Year through the last day of the fourth Lease Year

   $ 18.39       $ 353,455.80       $ 29,454.65   

First day of the fifth Lease Year through the last day of the fifth Lease Year

     518.89       $ 363,065.76       $ 30,255.48   

First day of the sixth Lease Year through the last clay & the sixth Lease Year

   $ 19.39       $ 372,675.84       $ 31,056.32   

First day of the seventh Lease Year through the last day of the seventh Lease Year

   $ 20.14       $ 387,090.84       $ 32,257.57   

First day of the eighth Lease Year through the last day of the Lease Tern (less than 12 calendar months)

   $ 20.89       $ 401,505.84       $ 33,458.82   

The definition of Lease Year for the First Expansion Premises shall be as set forth in Section 1.R of the Lease (with the result being that the Base Rent for the First Expansion Premises will increase on the same date on which the Base Rent increase for the Initial Premises occurs with the result that, although the first Lease Year of the Term will be approximately twelve (12) months long, Tenant will be leasing the First Expansion Premises for only approximately nine (9) months of the first Lease Year so that the increases in Base Rent for the Initial Premises and the First Expansion Premises will occur on the same date. To provide Tenant further clarification of the

 

3


Base Rent due under the Lease, as amended hereby, for the Initial Premises and the First Expansion Premises, (and on the assumption that the Commencement Date will occur on November 15, 2012) a month-by-month schedule is attached hereto as Exhibit C (subject to any additional Base Rent abatement provided pursuant to Article 3 of the Lease or Section 5(b) below).

(c) Subject to Paragraph 4(d) below, Tenant will pay Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses with respect to the initial Premises as set forth in Section 1.F of the Lease. Subject to Paragraph 4(d) below, commencing on First Expansion Effective Date, Tenant will pay Tenant’s Share, as set forth in Paragraph 3(c) above, of Taxes and Expenses for the First Expansion Premises.

(d) The abatements of Rent for Initial Premises which are described as the First Abatement Period and the Second Abatement Period and set forth in Section 1.G of the Lease will continue to apply to the Initial Premises. Notwithstanding the provisions contained above in Paragraph 4(b) above or in Article 4 of the Lease, Tenant will have the right to occupy the First Expansion Premises for the 10 calendar months of the Lease Term that commence on the First Expansion Effective Date (the “ Expansion Abatement Period ”) without the payment or accrual of liability for the monthly installments of Base Rent provided for in this Amendment for the First Expansion Premises falling due during the Expansion Abatement Period, and without the payment or accrual of liability for Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses for the First Expansion Premises, but with the accrual of and full liability for all other rent falling due during the Expansion Abatement Period (such as, without limitation, after hours HVAC charges, and claims under Tenant’s indemnity of Landlord), if any. Tenant’s obligation to make payments of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes with respect to the First Expansion Premises after the end of the Expansion Abatement Period will commence immediately after the termination of the Expansion Abatement Period, and such appropriate amounts will be due and payable on the first day after the end of the Expansion Abatement Period.

5. Allowance: Preparation and Condition of First Expansion Premises .

(a) Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 1.13 of the Work Letter attached to the Lease to the contrary (the “Lease Work Letter’), the aggregate Improvement Allowance for the Initial Premises and the First Expansion Premises shall be $1,644,835.00 (generally based upon $42.50 per rentable square foot of space located in, collectively, the Initial Premises and the First Expansion Premises). Any portion of the Improvement Allowance not used for toward the Cost of the Leasehold Improvements to the Initial Premises pursuant to the Lease Work Letter may be used toward the Cost of the Leasehold Improvements to the First Expansion Premises, subject to the terms and conditions of the Work Letter and as set forth in Section 6.2 of the Work Letter, Tenant shall be entitled to use the Improvement Allowance on or before May 15, 2014.

(b) Commencing on the First Expansion Effective Date, Landlord is leasing the First Expansion Premises to Tenant AS IS” and With All Faults”, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability). However, to the extent indicated in the Work Letter, Landlord will cause the First Expansion Premises to be improved with Leasehold Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter) in accordance with the Construction Documents (as defined in the Work Letter) and on the terms, conditions and provisions as provided in the Work Letter. Landlord will have no

 

4


responsibility for the Cost of the Leasehold Improvements except as expressly provided in the Work Letter. Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Leasehold Improvements within the time provided in the Work Letter, but, except as expressly provided in Section 5(c) below, Landlord will have no liability to Tenant for any delays in the performance or completion of the Leasehold Improvements. Taking possession of the First Expansion Premises by Tenant will be conclusive evidence as against Tenant that the First Expansion Premises were in good and satisfactory condition when possession was so taken, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Work Letter.

(c) If Landlord fails to substantially complete the Leasehold Improvements on or before the First Expansion Required Completion Date (defined below), Landlord will grant to Tenant a credit (the “ First Expansion Rent Credit ’) equal to $823.56 multiplied by the number of days in the period beginning on the day immediately following the First Expansion Required Completion Date and ending on the day on which Landlord substantially completes the Leasehold Improvements, inclusive. Except for such First Expansion Rent Credit, as herein provided, there will be no other liability against Landlord for failure to timely complete the Leasehold Improvements. For purposes hereof, the “ First Expansion Required Completion Date ” means the date which is 30 days after the date set forth in Milestone No. 5 in Schedule 1 of the Work Letter, as extended one additional day for each day (a) that substantial completion of the Leasehold Improvements is delayed due to a Tenant Delay, as defined in the Work Letter, or (b) that substantial completion of the Work is delayed due to force majeure. Landlord will apply such First Expansion Rent Credit (if any) against Base Rental coming due under this Lease in the order in which such Base Rental becomes due.

6. Parking . Effective as of the First Expansion Effective Date, the first grammatical sentence of Section 1.K of the Lease is hereby deleted and the following shall be inserted in lieu thereof: ‘Tenant shall have the right to rent, subject to the Rules, (i) up to nine (9) unassigned parking space as designated by Landlord in the underground parking area of the Building (“Plaza Garage”), (ii) up to one (1) assigned parking space as designated by Landlord in the Plaza Garage, and (iii) up to twenty-eight (28) unassigned parking spaces as designated by Landlord in the Tower Garage located between Fourth and Fifth Avenues, and Pine and Ankeny Streets (“Tower Garage”).’

7. Security Deposit .

(a) Section 1.J of the Lease is amended to delete the amount “$400,000” and insert in lieu thereof the amount “$800,000”. Effective as of the date which is fourteen business days after this Amendment is fully executed and delivered by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant shall cause the amount of the letter of credit to be increased to the amount set forth in this Paragraph 7.

(b) The table set forth in Section 16.B(6) of the Lease is hereby deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

Date on Which
the Amount of the Security
Deposit May Be Reduced

   Amount of
Security Deposit Required
 

First day of the second Lease Year

   $ 533,333.33   

First day of the third Lease Year

   $ 266,666.67   

First day of the fourth Lease Year

   $ 0.00   

 

5


8. Other Provisions .

(a) Article 39 of the Lease (Right of First Refusal) is hereby deleted in its entirety.

(b) Article 38 of the Lease shall continue to apply but the term “initial Premises” as used in said Article 38, shall mean the Initial Premises as defined in this Amendment. Section 38.C is hereby amended to delete the amount “$353,193.75” and insert in lieu thereof the amount “$463,861.42”. The Cancellation Fee with respect to the First Expansion Premises shall be determined in accordance with clause (d) of the second grammatical paragraph of Section 38.D.

(c) Article 37 will not apply to the First Expansion Premises.

(d) Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause its existing lender to promptly execute a non-disturbance agreement with respect to the entire Premises (the initial Premises and the First Expansion Premises) demised hereunder.

9. Authority; Not Restricted . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control ( ‘‘OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

10. Real Estate Brokers . Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other that in connection with this Amendment, the party so representing and warranting has not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or finder, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc. (the “ Brokers ”), and, to its knowledge no other broker initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment, submitted or showed the applicable premises to Tenant or is entitled to any commission in connection with this Amendment. Each party hereto will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against any and all claims, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any inaccuracy in such party’s representation. Landlord hereby agrees that it will pay a commission to the Brokers according to a separate agreement.

11. Stipulation . The Premises are stipulated for all purposes to contain the number of rentable square feet as set forth in this Amendment. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Amendment, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

12. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic delivery, and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

 

6


13. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Amendment.

14. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. However, the execution of this Amendment by Tenant and delivery thereof to Landlord or Landlord’s agent will constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to expand the Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for 30 days after such delivery.

15. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the expansion of the Premises and the other matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters other than the Lease will be valid or of any force or effect. This Amendment may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

16. Joint and Several Liability . If this Amendment is signed, or if the obligations of Tenant are otherwise guaranteed, by more than one party, their obligations shall be joint and several, and the release or limitation of liability of any one or more of the parties shall not release or limit the liability of any other party.

17. Rent Concessions . Notwithstanding any other term or provision of this Amendment of the Lease, in the event Landlord has made any Rent concession of any type or character or has waived, reduced or deferred the payment of any Rent installment, should Tenant fail to take possession of the First Expansion Premises on the First Expansion Effective Date or should any Default occur, all such Rent concessions and waivers or deferrals of Rent installments shall be canceled and the unamortized amount of such concessions, waivers and deferrals received by Tenant, together with interest at the Default Rate, shall become immediately due and payable.

18. Limitation on Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Amendment will be limited as provided in Section 35.K. of the Lease, which Section is incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment in multiple original counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

555 SW Oak, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

New Relic, Inc.,

A Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Harlan F. Stanley

    By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Name:   Harlan F. Stanley     Name:   Mark J. Sachleben

Its:

 

COO

   

Its:

 

COO

 

7


Exhibit A

First Expansion Premises Floor Plan

Suite 2900

 

 

LOGO

 

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Work Letter Agreement

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1. Definitions. Wherever used in this Agreement, the following terms are defined as follows:

1.2. Architect means SRM — Michael Stueve, AIA.

1.3. Applicable Laws and Restrictions means all laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act), building codes, ordinances, regulations, title covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and casualty underwriters requirements applicable to the Premises and the Improvements.

1.4. Contractors means the General Contractor and all other general contractors, design-build contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers who provide labor and materials for construction of the Improvements. To the extent required by Applicable Laws and Restrictions, each Contractor shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.5. Construction Costs means all costs and charges incurred to complete the Leasehold Improvements, including without limitation the following:

a. Payments to Contractors for labor, material, equipment, and fixtures supplied in accordance with this Agreement;

b. Fees paid to Designers for services required by this Agreement;

c. Taxes, fees, charges, and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for Permits or for inspections of the work;

d. Utilities incurred in the course of the construction;

e. Premiums for builder’s risk insurance and other insurance required by this Agreement; and

f. A fee payable to Landlord (“Landlord’s Fee”) equal to three percent (3%) of the Construction Costs, excluding Landlord’s Fee, for Landlord’s management and administration of the construction, including without limitation, wages, labor burden, and expediting, procurement, and administrative expenses.

1.6. Construction Documents means:

a. The Tenant’s Space Plan;

b. Bid packages;

c. Construction contract;


d. Material supply agreements;

e. Architect’s agreement.

1.7. Construction and Design Schedule means a schedule for commencement, prosecution, and Substantial Completion of all Improvements, the form of which is attached to this Agreement as Schedule 1 and incorporated into this Agreement by this reference. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to meet to reasonably determine the final Construction and Design Schedule within a fourteen (14) day period after the mutual approval of Tenant’s Space Plan. Tenant hereby agrees to provide written notice to Landlord of its intent to submit Tenant’s Space Plan at least 60 days prior to such submittal. The Construction and Design Schedule shall be established based on general timelines established in the Lease for the construction of the Initial Premises, taking into account material differences in the scope of the Leasehold Improvements, if any, for the First Expansion Premises, and/or market standard timelines for design and construction of a typical similar office space in an office building comparable to the Building in the market in which the Building is located and in no event will the scheduled date of substantial completion of the Leasehold Improvements occur more than 270 days after the commencement of Landlord’s construction of the Leasehold Improvements.

1.8. Cost Estimate means the estimated total for Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements, prepared by Landlord based on the Contractors’ and Designers’ bid(s) for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and approved by Tenant in accordance with Article Ill of this Agreement.

1.9. Intentionally Omitted.

1.10. Designers means the Architect and all other architects, structural engineers, mechanical engineers, and the other design professionals needed to design the Improvements, each of whom shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.11. Force Majeure Delay means a delay caused by a force majeure event beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform, including without limitation general strikes, inclement weather, utility curtailments, acts of God, unforeseeable governmental regulations, material shortages (excluding those described in Section 1.22(c)), and terrorist acts.

1.12. General Contractor means the Contractor selected by Landlord pursuant to Section 4.1.

1.13. Improvement Allowance is the maximum amount Landlord is required to pay toward Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements (and the Leasehold Improvements described in the Lease), which amount is as set forth in Paragraph 5(a) of the Amendment. The Improvement Allowance may not be used for any other purpose, such as, but not limited to, furniture, trade fixtures or personal property, except that a portion of the Improvement Allowance may be used toward the cost of Tenant’s suite entry signage.

1.14. Improvements means Landlord’s Work, Tenant’s Work and the Leasehold Improvements.

1.15. Landlord’s Representative means Ty Barker or such other person as Landlord may designate in writing, from time to time, to Tenant as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering and amending this Agreement.


1.16. Landlord’s Work , if any, is limited to construction of the improvements, modifications, and alterations of the Premises identified on Attachment 2, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.

1.17. Leasehold Improvements means the improvements, modifications, and alteration of the Premises (other than Landlord’s Work and Tenant’s Work) to be constructed in or about the Premises in accordance with this Agreement.

1.18. Permits means the permits, approvals, and consents of governmental authorities and third parties having jurisdiction over the Improvements and that are required for commencement and completion of the Improvements.

1.19. Punchlist is defined in Section 5.2.

1.20. Substantial Completion or Substantially Completed is defined in Section 5.1. The Substantial Completion Date is the date the Improvements are Substantially Completed.

1.21. Scheduled Completion Date means the scheduled date for Substantial Completion of the Improvements as specified in the Construction Schedule, as the same may be modified by the parties.

1.22. Tenant Delay means any actual delay in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements as a consequence of:

a. Tenant’s failure to fulfill its obligation as set forth in the Construction and Design Schedule, the Construction Schedule, or this Agreement;

b. Landlord’s reasonable determination, after receipt and review of Tenant’s Space Plan and the Construction Documents, that the Improvements cannot or could not be Plan and the Construction Documents, that the Improvements cannot or could not be Substantially Completed in the timeframe set forth in the Construction and Design Schedule.

c. Change Orders requested by Tenant

d. Unavailability of materials, components, or finishes for the Leasehold Improvements that differ from Landlord’s standard work or that have an unusually long lead-time for delivery: or

e. A willful or negligent act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees that interferes with the progress of the work.

f. Any other act or omission by Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees, which directly or indirectly delays completion of the work or Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of possession of the Premises.

1.23. Tenant’s Representative means Devorah Rosner or such other person as Tenant may designate in writing to Landlord as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering and amending this Agreement.


1.24. Tenant’s Space Plan means a specific description of Tenant’s desired final Leasehold Improvements, prepared by the Architect and delivered by Tenant to Landlord and approved by Landlord and Tenant in accordance with Schedule 1, which may include:

a. Design requirements;

b. Floor plan;

c. Any other information needed by the Designers for preparation of plans and specification for the Improvements, including an initial construction budget; and

d. Those working drawings, plans, specifications, elevations, lighting design, and interior finish design, prepared by the Designers and approved by the parties in accordance with this Agreement.

1.25. Tenant’s Work means the work, if any, to be performed by Tenant prior to the Substantial Completion of the Improvements, identified on Attachment 3, attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.

ARTICLE II

DESIGNATION OF REPRESENTATIVES

2.1. Designation of Representatives . Landlord and Tenant respectively appoint Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative as their sole representatives for the purposes of administering this Agreement. Until replaced upon written notice, Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative will have the full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, as required in this Agreement. Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative shall have authority to amend this Agreement and any of the Construction Documents so long as any such modification is in writing and signed by both Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative.

ARTICLE III

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PERMITS

3.1. Retention of Architect and Approval of Tenant’s Space Plan. Landlord shall retain the Architect to prepare the plans and specifications for the Improvements. Tenant shall deliver Tenant’s Space Plan, approved by Tenant, within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Landlord shall approve or disapprove Tenant’s Space Plan within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Space Plan to Landlord shall be deemed and acknowledgement and agreement by Tenant, (a) that Tenant’s Space Plan accurately represents Tenant’s plans for the Premises, (b) that budget estimates will be based on Tenant’s Space Plan, (c) that Landlord will prepare Construction Documents based upon Tenant’s Space Plan, and (d) THAT ANY MODIFICATION OF TENANT’S SPACE PLAN AFTER THE DATE OF LANDLORD’S APPROVAL AND PREPARATION OF BUDGET ESTIMATES MAY INCREASE THE COST OF THE LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.

3.2. Preparation and Approval of Construction Documents . Promptly after Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Space Plan, Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare Construction Documents, which generally conform to Tenant’s Space Plan, on or before the last date specified in the Construction and Design Schedule for completion of such items. Landlord and Tenant shall review the Construction Documents, and deliver to the other party and to the Architect, said party’s written approval or disapproval of the Construction Documents within the


time limits stated in the Construction and Design Schedule. If the Construction Documents are disapproved in any respect by either party, the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach written agreement, using all reasonable efforts to achieve final agreement on such item by the last date for agreement specified in the Construction and Design Schedule. Tenant’s failure to timely agree to the Construction Documents shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.

3.3. Standards for Consent.

a. By Landlord. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its approval of Tenant’s Space Plan or the Construction Documents.

b. By Tenant. Tenant may not withhold its approval of any change to Tenant’s Space Plan or to any element of the Construction Documents required to obtain any required Permit for construction of the Improvements. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval to any other element of the Construction Documents.

c. Method for Disapproval. Any disapproval by Landlord or Tenant shall be accompanied by a written statement of the disapproved item, the reasons for disapproval, and the specific changes required to make the item acceptable. If a party’s written notice of disapproval is not delivered in accordance with the time limits and standards set forth in this section, approval shall be deemed given.

3.4. Application for Approvals. When Landlord and Tenant approve the Construction Documents, Landlord shall submit them to all appropriate governmental agencies and third parties for issuance of the Permits required for the construction of the Improvements and occupancy by Tenant of the Improvements for its intended use. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain the Permits within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Landlord shall not be responsible for any delay or denial of a Permit that is beyond its reasonable control.

3.5. Changes to Construction Documents. After agreed upon by the parties in accordance with the foregoing, the Construction Documents, established in accordance with this Article III, may be modified only by a written “Change Order” executed by Landlord and Tenant, which clearly describes (a) the change, (b) the party required to perform the change, and (c) any modification of the Construction Documents necessitated by the Change Order. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any change (whether requested by a party or required by an Applicable Law or Restriction), provided however that Landlord may withhold its approval of any change pursuant to Section 3.3.a.

ARTICLE IV

PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK

4.1. Selection of Contractors. When the parties have approved the Construction Documents and Landlord has obtained the Permits required for construction of the Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and circulate an appropriate bid package for bidding by three or more prospective General Contractor(s). When the bids are received and approved by Landlord, Landlord shall enter into a fixed price construction contract with the General Contractor that submitted the lowest responsive bid.

4.2. Commencement and Completion of Improvements. When all Permits for construction of the Improvements have been obtained and Landlord and the General Contractor have entered into a construction contract in accordance with Section 4.1, Landlord shall cause the General Contractor to commence and to diligently prosecute the construction of the Improvements in accordance with the Permits and the Construction Documents, so that the Improvements will be Substantially Completed on or before the Scheduled Completion Date.


4.3. Standards for Performance of the Work. Landlord shall cause the Improvements to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner, free from design, material, and workmanship defects in accordance with the material Construction Documents and Applicable Laws and Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease or this Agreement, Tenant’s acceptance of possession of the Improvements shall not waive this warranty and Landlord shall promptly remedy all violations of the warranty at its sole cost and expense.

4.4. No Implied Responsibility. Landlord’s and Landlord’s Representative’s review and approval of the Construction Documents and the performance of the Work shall not create or imply any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord or Landlord’s Representative with regard to the completeness and design sufficiency of both the Construction Documents and the Improvements.

4.5. Tenant’s Early Entry. Landlord shall permit Tenant and Tenant’s agents to enter the First Expansion Premises up to 30 days prior to the date specified as the date of Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements in order that Tenant may make the First Expansion Premises ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy. Such permission will constitute a license only and not a lease and such license will be conditioned upon: (a) Tenant working in harmony and not interfering with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers in doing the Improvements, or other work in the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building; (b) Tenant obtaining in advance Landlord’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant; (c) Tenant furnishing Landlord with such proof of insurance and other security as Landlord may require. Landlord will have the right to withdraw such license for any good reason upon notice to Tenant. Tenant agrees that Landlord will not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed or installations made in the First Expansion Premises prior to the First Expansion Effective Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee from all liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses arising out of or connected with the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in or about the First Expansion Premises or the Building. Tenant further agrees that any entry and occupation permitted under this paragraph will be governed by Article 10 of the Lease and all other terms of the Lease.

ARTICLE V

COMPLETION OF THE WORK

5.1. Substantial Completion. Landlord’s Work shall be deemed ‘Substantially Complete” when (a) Landlord determines construction of the Improvements has been substantially completed in accordance with the Construction Documents, and (b) the Architect has certified that the Improvements have been constructed substantially in accordance with Construction Documents.

5.2. Inspection and Punchlist. Tenant’s Representative and the Designers shall have the right to enter the Premises only with Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall notify Tenant’s Representative when the Improvements are Substantially Completed. On receipt of such notice, Tenant’s Representative, Landlord’s Representative, and the Architect shall promptly inspect the Improvements and prepare a final written list of any items that are defective, incomplete, or do not conform to the Construction Documents or the Permits and Applicable Laws and Restrictions (“Punchlist”).


5.3. Delay in Substantial Completion. If the Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements is delayed, Landlord shall have no liability for any such delay, except as expressly provided in Section 5(c) of the Amendment.

ARTICLE VI

PAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS

6.1. Duty to Pay Construction Costs. Landlord shall pay the cost of any Landlord’s Work. The cost of completing the Leasehold Improvements shall be funded as follows: (a) Landlord shall pay that portion of the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements equal to, but not exceeding, the Improvement Allowance; (b) Tenant shall pay the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall pay all costs of completing Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall pay its share of the Construction Costs within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord. Landlord will have no obligation to disburse the Allowance or any portion thereof so long as any Default (as defined in the Lease) exists and is continuing.

6.2. Unapplied Portion of the Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall be exclusively entitled to the benefit of any unapplied portion of the Improvement Allowance in the construction of the Leasehold Improvements described herein and the Leasehold Improvements described in the Work Letter attached to the Lease. If all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance is not used by May 15, 2014, Landlord will be entitled to the savings and Tenant will receive no credit therefor.

ARTICLE VII

RISK OF LOSS

7.1. Builder’s Risk Insurance. At all times prior to the Substantial Completion Date, Landlord shall maintain so-called contingent liability and broad form “builder’s risk” insurance with coverage in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the First Expansion Premises and the Improvements to be constructed pursuant to this Agreement.


SCHEDULE 1 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN SCHEDULE

 

#

  

Milestone

  

Date to Complete

  

Responsibility
to Complete

1    Delivery by Tenant of Tenant’s Space Plan approved by Tenant    To be determined by Tenant    Tenant
2    Approval of Tenant’s Space Plan    10 business days after delivery of Tenant’s Space Plan    Landlord
3    Delivery of Construction Documents to Landlord and Tenant by the Architect             days after Landlord’s approval of Space Plan    Landlord
4    Approval of Construction Documents            days after delivery of Construction Documents    Landlord and Tenant
5    Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements    The earlier to occur of () days after Approval of Construction Document, and (ii) 270 days after commencement of construction of the Leasehold Improvements    Landlord
6    Completion of Punchlist Items    30 days after Milestone #5    Landlord


ATTACHMENT 1 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Intentionally Omitted

 

B-10


ATTACHMENT 2 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Landlord’s Work

None

 

B-11


ATTACHMENT 3 TO WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

Tenant’s Work

None

 

B-12


Exhibit C

Month-by-Month Rent Schedule

 

Full Months   R5F     Rate
NNN
    Rent     RSF     Rate
NNN
    Rent     Total BR  
    12000      $  —        $  —              $  —     
1     12000      $  —        $  —              $  —     
2     12000      $  —        $  —              $  —     
3     12000      $  —        $  —              $  —     
4     12000      $ 15.64      $ 7,820.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 7,820.00   
5     12000      $ 15.64      $ 7,820.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 7,820.00   
6     12000      $ 15.64      $ 7,820.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 7,820.00   
7     12000      $ 15.64      $ 7,820.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 7,820.00   
8     12000      $ 15.64      $ 7,820.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 7,820.00   
9     12000      $ 15.64      $ 7,820.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 7,820.00   
10     12000      $ 15.64      $ 15,640.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 15,640.00   
11     12000      $ 15.64      $ 15,640.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 15,640.00   
12     12000      $ 15.64      $ 15,640.00        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 15,640.00   
13     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $  —        $  —        $ 21,170.42   
14     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
15     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
16     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
17     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
18     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 25,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
19     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
20     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
21     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
22     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
23     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
24     15500      $ 16.39      $ 21,170.42        19220      $ 16.39      $ 26,251.32      $ 47,421.73   
25     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
26     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
27     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
28     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
29     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
30     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
31     19482      $ 17.64        528,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
32     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
33     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
34     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
35     19482      $ 17.64        528,638.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
36     19482      $ 17.64      $ 28,538.54        19220      $ 17.64      $ 28,253.40      $ 56,891.94   
37     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
38     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
39     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
40     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
41     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
42     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
43     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
44     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   

 

C-1


Full Months   R5F     Rate
NNN
    Rent     RSF     Rate
NNN
    Rent     Total BR  
45     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
46     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
47     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
48     19482      $ 18.39      $ 29,856.17        19220      $ 18.39      $ 29,454.65      $ 59,310.82   
49     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
50     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
51     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
52     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
53     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
54     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
55     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
56     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
57     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
58     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
59     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
60     19482      $ 18.89      $ 30,667.92        19220      $ 18.89      $ 30,255.48      $ 60,923.40   
61     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
62     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
63     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
64     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
65     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
66     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
67     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
68     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
69     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
70     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
71     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
72     19482      $ 19.39      $ 31,479.67        19220      $ 19.39      $ 31,056.32      $ 62,535.98   
73     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
74     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
75     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
76     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
77     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
78     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
79     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
80     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20,14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
81     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
82     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
83     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
84     19482      $ 20.14      $ 32,697.29        19220      $ 20.14      $ 32,257.57      $ 64,954.86   
85     19482      $ 20.89      $ 33,914.92        19220      $ 20.89      $ 33,458.82      $ 67,373.73   
86     19482      $ 20.89      $ 33,914.92        19220      $ 20.89      $ 33,458.82      $ 67,373.73   
87     19482      $ 20.89      $ 33,914.92        19220      $ 20.89      $ 33,458.82      $ 67,373.73   
88     19482      $ 20.89      $ 33,914.92        19220      $ 20.89      $ 33,458.82      $ 67,373.73   
89     19482      $ 20.89      $ 33,914.92        19220      $ 20.89      $ 33,458.82      $ 67,373.73   

 

C-2


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Temporary Space)

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated solely for reference purposes as of November 5, 2013, between 555 SW OAK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease, dated as of June 15, 2012 (the “ Original Lease ”) as amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 23, 2012 (as amended, the “ Lease ”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 38,702 rentable square feet situated in Suites 2800 and 2900 (collectively, the “ Existing Premises ”) of the building commonly known as U.S. Bancorp Tower located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “ Building ”).

B. The parties desire to amend the Lease to provide for the expansion of the Premises, on a temporary basis, to include certain additional space on the 21 st floor of the Building stipulated to contain 2,479 rentable square feet outlined on the diagram attached as Exhibit A (the “ Temporary Space ”) and certain other agreements, all as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

2. Temporary Space . Effective as of November 1, 2013 (the “ Temporary Space Effective Date ”), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Temporary Space. The lease term for the Temporary Space shall expire on April 30, 2014. Effective as of the Temporary Space Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all references in the Lease and this Amendment to the term “ Premises ” will include the Temporary Space.

3. Temporary Space Rental . Tenant will pay the following Rent for the Temporary Space: (a) Base Rent of $3,718.50 per month, and (b) Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses in the amount of $2,189.78 per month, which amount shall not be further adjusted pursuant to Article 4 of the Original Lease.

4. Condition of Temporary Space . Commencing on the Temporary Space Effective Date, Landlord is leasing the Temporary Space to Tenant “AS IS” and “With All Faults”, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability). Taking possession of the Temporary Space by Tenant is conclusive evidence as against Tenant that the Temporary Space was in good and satisfactory condition when possession was so taken.

 

1


5. Other Provisions . Articles 37 and 38 of the Original Lease shall not apply to the Temporary Space.

6. Authority; Not Restricted . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

7. Real Estate Brokers . Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other that in connection with this Amendment, the party so representing and warranting has not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or finder, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Brokerage, Inc. (the “ Brokers ”), and, to its knowledge no other broker initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment, submitted or showed the applicable premises to Tenant or is entitled to any commission in connection with this Amendment. Each party hereto will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against any and all claims, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any inaccuracy in such party’s representation. Landlord hereby agrees that it will pay a commission to the Brokers according to a separate agreement.

8. Stipulation . The Temporary Space is stipulated for all purposes to contain the number of rentable square feet as set forth in this Amendment. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Amendment, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

9. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic delivery, and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

10. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Amendment.

11. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

12. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the expansion of the Premises and the other matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other

 

2


agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters other than the Lease will be valid or of any force or effect. This Amendment may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

13. Limitation on Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Amendment will be limited as provided in Section 35.K. of the Original Lease, which Section is incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment in multiple original counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

    TENANT:

555 SW Oak, LLC,

    New Relic, Inc.

a Delaware limited liability company

    a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Harlan F. Stanley

    By:  

/s/ Bjorn Freeman-Benson

Name:  

Harlan F. Stanley

    Name:  

Bjorn Freeman-Benson

Its:  

COO

    Its:  

Nov. 7, 2013

 

3


Exhibit A

Temporary Space Floor Plan

 

LOGO

 

A-1


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Temporary Space)

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated solely for reference purposes as of March 10, 2014, between 555 SW OAK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease, dated as of June 15, 2012 (the “ Original Lease ”) as amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 23, 2012, and a Second Amendment to Lease (the “ Second Amendment ”), dated as of November 5, 2013 (the Original Lease as so amended, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 38,702 rentable square feet situated in Suites 2800 and 2900 (collectively, the “ Initial Premises ”), and approximately 2,479 of temporary space located on the 21 st Floor of the Building (the “ First Temporary Space ”; the Initial Premises and the First Temporary Space are collectively referred to herein as the “ Premises ”) of the building commonly known as U.S. Bancorp Tower located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “ Building ”).

B. The parties desire to enter into this Amendment (i) to provide for the expansion of the Premises, on a temporary basis, to include certain additional space on the 21 st floor of the Building stipulated to contain 1,228 rentable square feet outlined on the diagram attached as Exhibit A (the “ Second Temporary Space ”), (ii) to extend the Lease Term for the First Temporary Space, and (iii) to provide for certain other agreements, all as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

2. Extension of Lease Term . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment, the Lease Term for the First Temporary Space is hereby extended to expire on May 31, 2014. Tenant shall pay Rent for the First Temporary Space during such period as set forth in Section 3 of the Second Amendment.

3. Second Temporary Space . Effective as of the Second Temporary Space Effective Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Second Temporary Space. The lease term for the Second Temporary Space shall expire on May 31, 2014. Effective as of the Second Temporary Space Effective Date, except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all references in the Lease and this Amendment to the term “Premises” will include the Second Temporary Space. Immediately after full execution and delivery of this Amendment, Landlord will deliver possession of the Second Temporary Space to Tenant so that Tenant may make the Second Temporary Space ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy (the date as of which Landlord delivers possession of the Second Temporary Space to Tenant as provided in this Amendment is defined as the “ Second Temporary Space Effective Date ”).

 

1


4. Temporary Space Rental . Tenant will pay the following Rent for the Second Temporary Space: (a) Base Rent of $1,842.00 per month, and (b) Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses in the amount of $1,084.73 per month, which amount shall not be further adjusted pursuant to Article 4 of the Original Lease.

5. Condition of Second Temporary Space . Commencing on the Second Temporary Space Effective Date, Landlord is leasing the Second Temporary Space to Tenant “AS IS” and “With All Faults”, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) except for Landlord’s express obligations under the Lease. Taking possession of the Second Temporary Space by Tenant is conclusive evidence as against Tenant that the Second Temporary Space was in good and satisfactory condition when possession was so taken.

6. Other Provisions . Articles 37 and 38 of the Original Lease shall not apply to the Second Temporary Space.

7. Authority; Not Restricted . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

8. Real Estate Brokers . Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other that in connection with this Amendment, the party so representing and warranting has not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or finder, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (the “ Broker ”), and, to its knowledge no other broker initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment, submitted or showed the applicable premises to Tenant or is entitled to any commission in connection with this Amendment. Each party hereto will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against any and all claims, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any inaccuracy in such party’s representation. Landlord hereby agrees that it will pay a commission to the Broker according to a separate agreement.

9. Stipulation . The Premises are stipulated for all purposes to contain the number of rentable square feet as set forth in this Amendment. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Amendment, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

 

2


10. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic delivery (such as, without limitation, scanned signatures in .pdf format), and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

11. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Amendment.

12. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. However, the execution of this Amendment by Tenant and delivery thereof to Landlord or Landlord’s agent will constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for 30 days after such delivery.

13. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters other than the Lease will be valid or of any force or effect. This Amendment may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

14. Joint and Several Liability . If this Amendment is signed, or if the obligations of Tenant are otherwise guaranteed, by more than one party, their obligations shall be joint and several, and the release or limitation of liability of any one or more of the parties shall not release or limit the liability of any other party.

15. Certification . As an essential inducement to Landlord to execute this Amendment, Tenant hereby certifies and warrants to and agrees with Landlord that (a) no event of default by Landlord under the Lease exists as of the date hereof, nor has any event occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default, (b) Landlord is not in any manner in default in the performance or observance of any obligation or duty owed to Tenant, under the Lease or otherwise, and (c) Tenant has no defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims to the observance and performance by Tenant of any provision of the Lease or this Amendment, or, if any such defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims exist, they are hereby forever waived, released and settled in consideration of this Amendment.

16. Limitation on Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Amendment will be limited as provided in Section 35.K of the Original Lease, which Section is incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.

17. Lease in Full Force and Effect . As modified hereby, the Lease and all of the terms and provision thereof remain in full force and effect and are incorporated herein as if herein fully recited.

Signature page to follow

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment in multiple original counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:  

TENANT:

555 SW Oak, LLC,

A Delaware limited liability company

 

New Relic, Inc.

a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Harlan F. Stanley  

By: /s/ Robin Schulman

Name: Harlan F. Stanley  

Name: Robin Schulman

Its: COO  

Its: VP & General Counsel

 

4


Exhibit A

Second Temporary Space Floor Plan

 

LOGO


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated solely for reference purposes as of May 21, 2014, between 555 SW OAK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease, dated as of June 15, 2012 (the “ Original Lease ”) as amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 23, 2012 (“ First Amendment ”), a Second Amendment to Lease dated as of November 5, 2013 (the “ Second Amendment ”), a Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 10, 2014 (the “ Third Amendment ), and a Temporary Space Extension Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014 (the Original Lease as so amended, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 38,702 rentable square feet situated in Suites 2800 and 2900 (collectively, the “ Initial Premises ”) of the building commonly known as U.S. Bancorp Tower located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “ Building ”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment, Landlord also leases to Tenant approximately 2,479 of temporary space which lease of temporary space is scheduled to expire prior to the Second Expansion Date (as defined below).

B. The parties desire to amend the Lease to provide for the expansion of the Premises to include certain additional space on the 27 th floor of the Building stipulated to contain 19,850 rentable square feet and currently known as Suite 2700 as outlined on the diagram attached as Exhibit A (the “ Second Expansion Premises ”) and certain other agreements, all as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

2. Term . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment and effective on the Second Expansion Effective Date, the Lease Term for the Initial Premises will be extended to expire on the date (the “ Extended Expiration Date ”) which is the last day of the 84 th full calendar month after the Second Expansion Effective Date (as defined below). The period beginning May 1, 2020 and ending on the Extended Expiration Date is referred to as the “ Extension Term ”.

 

1


3. Expansion Premises .

(a) Effective as of the Second Expansion Effective Date, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Second Expansion Premises. The “ Second Expansion Effective Date ” means the date Landlord delivers the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter attached to this Amendment as Exhibit B (the “ Work Letter ”)) Substantially Completed (as defined in the Work Letter), subject to the provisions of this Amendment. However, to the extent that Landlord fails to Substantially Complete the Leasehold Improvements to the Premises and deliver possession of the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant due to a Tenant Delay (as defined in the Work Letter), the Second Expansion Effective Date shall be the date on which Landlord would have Substantially Completed the Leasehold Improvements but for the Tenant Delay, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The lease term for the Second Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the lease term for the Initial Premises, as extended in Paragraph 2 above. Landlord and Tenant agree, upon demand by the other, to execute and deliver a Commencement Date Agreement in the form of Exhibit C attached. If Landlord makes such demand upon Tenant but Tenant fails to respond within 15 days, then Tenant will irrevocably be deemed to have agreed with Landlord as to the information set forth in the Commencement Date Agreement so delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

(b) It is contemplated that the Second Expansion Effective Date will occur in the first half of calendar year 2016. Landlord will update Tenant with respect to the progress of relocating the tenants currently located in the Second Expansion Premises. In the event that Landlord has not provided written notice to Tenant that the Second Expansion Premises are in “broom clean” condition and that all tenants have been relocated from the Second Expansion Premises or have otherwise vacated the Second Expansion Premises (“ Improvable Condition ”) on or prior to November 30, 2016, Tenant shall be entitled to send written notice to Landlord stating that if Landlord has not delivered its notice within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s notice, Tenant may elect to terminate this Amendment. If Landlord does not deliver written notice to Tenant that the Second Expansion Premises are in Improvable Condition prior to expiration of such thirty (30) day period, Tenant may terminate this Amendment by providing written notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after the end of the 30-day period. If Tenant elects to terminate this Amendment, this Amendment will be automatically null, void, and of no further force or effect, provided that if Landlord so elects, the parties agree to execute an instrument which confirms and effects a release and surrender of all of Tenant’s right, title and interest in and to the Second Expansion Premises pursuant to the terms of this Lease and otherwise, provided that failure of either party of execute such instrument shall not affect such termination. If Tenant fails to provide such termination notice within the time period set forth above, time being of the essence, Tenant will be deemed to have irrevocably waived such termination right.

 

2


(c) Provided that Tenant has not exercised its termination right contained in Paragraph 3(b) above, Landlord will proceed diligently and use reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant possession of the Second Expansion Premises with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed on or before the Required Completion Date (as defined below). If Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed on or before Required Completion Date, Landlord will grant to Tenant a credit (the “ Expansion Rent Credit ”) equal to $1,074.07 multiplied by the number of days in the period beginning on the day immediately following the Required Completion Date and ending on the day on which Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of the Second Expansion Premises with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed, inclusive. Landlord will apply such Expansion Rent Credit (if any) against Base Rent coming due under this Lease in the order in which such Base Rent becomes due. Except for such Expansion Rent Credit, as herein provided, and except for the termination right set forth in Paragraph 3(b) above, there will be no other liability against Landlord for failure to complete the Leasehold Improvements or deliver possession of the Second Expansion Premises. As used herein, the “ Required Completion Date ” shall be the date which is ninety (90) days after Landlord notifies Tenant that the Second Expansion Premises are in Improvable Condition (as extended one additional day for each day (i) that Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements is delayed due to a Tenant Delay, (ii) that Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements is delayed due to a Force Majeure Delay (as defined in the Work Letter), (iii) after September 1, 2015 that Tenant’s Space Plan (approved by Tenant) is delivered to Landlord, and (iv) after September 10, 2015 that Tenant’s Space Plan is approved by Landlord, provided that Landlord does not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such approval). In addition, if Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed on or before Required Completion Date, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed as soon as practicable thereafter.

(d) Effective as of the Second Expansion Effective Date:

(i) Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all references in the Lease and this Amendment to the term “Premises” will include the Second Expansion Premises;

 

3


(ii) All references in the Lease to the rentable square footage of the Premises will be deemed to be 38,702 rentable square feet for the Initial Premises and 19,850 rentable square feet for the Second Expansion Premises, for a total of 58,552 rentable square feet; and

(iii) Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses will be deemed to be 7.7908% (58,552 rentable square feet in the Premises divided by 751,556 rentable square feet in the Building).

4. Rental .

(a) The Base Rent set forth in Section 4 of the First Amendment will continue to apply to the Initial Premises through April 30, 2020. During the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Initial Premises at the rate per rentable square foot payable for the Second Expansion Premises as such rate is escalated as set forth in Paragraph 4(b) below.

(b) Effective as of the Second Expansion Effective Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Second Expansion Premises as follows (plus applicable sales tax):

 

Period

   Base
Rent /
rsf per
annum
     Base Rent
(annualized)
     Monthly
Base Rent
 

Second Expansion Effective Date through the last day of the first Expansion Lease Year

   $ 19.75       $ 392,037.48       $ 32,669.79   

First day of the second Expansion Lease Year through the last day of the second Expansion Lease Year

   $ 20.70       $ 410,895.00       $ 34,241.25   

First day of the third Expansion Lease Year through the last day of the third Expansion Lease Year

   $ 21.65       $ 429,752.52       $ 35,812.71   

First day of the fourth Expansion day of the fourth Expansion Lease Year

   $ 22.60       $ 448,610.04       $ 37,384.17   

First day of the fifth Expansion Lease Year through the last day of the fifth Expansion Lease Year

   $ 23.55       $ 467,467.56       $ 38,955.63   

First day of the sixth Expansion Lease Year through the last day of the sixth Expansion Lease Year

   $ 24.50       $ 486,324.96       $ 40,527.08   

First day of the seventh Expansion Lease Year through the last day of the seventh Expansion Lease Year

   $ 25.45       $ 505,182.48       $ 42,098.54   

 

4


An Expansion Lease Year shall be each twelve (12) month period beginning on the Second Expansion Effective Date; provided, however, if the Second Expansion Effective Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first Expansion Lease Year shall commence on the Second Expansion Effective Date and end on the last day of the 12 th calendar month thereafter and the second and each succeeding Expansion Lease Year shall commence on anniversaries of the first day of the calendar month immediately following the calendar month in which the Second Expansion Effective Date occurs. The final Expansion Lease Year shall end on the Extended Expiration Date. Tenant shall pay Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses for the Second Expansion Premises for the first full calendar month for which such Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses for the Second Expansion Premises are due (and any initial partial month) when Tenant executes this Amendment

(c) Tenant will continue to pay Tenant’s Share (with respect to the Initial Premises) of Taxes and Expenses prior to the Second Expansion Effective Date pursuant to Article 4 of the Original Lease (as modified by the First Amendment). Commencing on the Second Expansion Effective Date, Tenant will pay Tenant’s Share (with respect to both the Initial Premises and the Second Expansion Premises as set forth in Paragraph 3(d)(iii) above) of Expenses and Taxes as set forth in Article 4 of the Original Lease (as modified by of the First Amendment).

5. Preparation and Condition of the Premises . Commencing on the Second Expansion Effective Date, Landlord is leasing the Second Expansion Premises to Tenant “AS IS” and “With All Faults”, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) except for Landlord’s express obligations under the Lease. However, to the extent indicated in the Work Letter, Landlord will cause the Second Expansion Premises to be improved in accordance with the Construction Documents (as defined in the Work Letter) and on the terms, conditions and provisions as provided in the Work Letter. Landlord will have no responsibility for the cost of the Leasehold Improvements except as expressly provided in the Work Letter. Taking possession of the Second Expansion Premises by Tenant will be conclusive evidence as against Tenant that the Second Expansion Premises were in good and satisfactory condition when possession was so taken, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Work Letter.

 

5


During the Extension Term, Landlord is leasing the Initial Premises to Tenant “AS IS” and “With All Faults”, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) except for Landlord’s express obligations under the Lease. Tenant acknowledges that it is currently in possession of the Initial Premises and that the Initial Premises are in good and satisfactory condition.

6. Parking . Commencing on the Second Expansion Effective Date, Section 1.K of the Original Lease (as amended by Section 6 of the First Amendment) is hereby amended to read as follows:

“Tenant shall have the right to rent, subject to the Rules, up to (i) fourteen (14) unassigned parking space as designated by Landlord in the underground parking area of the Building (“Plaza Garage”), (ii) forty-four (44) unassigned parking spaces as designated by Landlord in the Tower Garage located between Fourth and Fifth Avenues, and Pine and Ankeny Streets (“Tower Garage”), and (iii) one (1) assigned parking spaces as designated by Landlord in the Plaza Garage. Rent for each parking space referred to in this Paragraph is currently $205.00 per month in the Plaza Garage for unassigned spaces, $270.00 per month in the Plaza Garage for assigned spaces, and $220.00 per month in the Tower Garage for unassigned spaces, and is subject to change, without notice, from time to time by Landlord, provided such new rates are generally applicable to similarly situated office tenants in the Building. Landlord shall have the right to establish, and Tenant shall cooperate with, a parking system in order to allow for use of the parking areas by all of the tenants of the Building. Such system may include designated parking stalls, parking stickers, access cards and gates or any other reasonable system. Landlord may charge its standard monthly and daily rates for all parking, as more fully provided in the Rules, provided such new rates are generally applicable to similarly situated office tenants in the Building. Landlord will be entitled to reasonably relocate any assigned parking spaces at any time after reasonable written notice. Landlord shall have no duty to monitor the use of such assigned parking spaces by other tenants or their employees, agents, guests, or invitees or any obligation to enforce Tenant’s right to such assigned parking spaces against such third parties.”

7. Moving Expenses . Tenant will reimburse Landlord, within 30 days after receipt of an invoice therefor, for all Landlord’s reasonable costs incurred to relocate the existing tenants in the Second Expansion Premises to new locations in the Building (“ Moving Expenses ”), but such reimbursement for Moving Expenses shall not exceed $100,000. The Moving Expenses will generally consist of the following categories of costs and expenses: moving and installation of low-voltage wiring, moving vendors, furniture installation and one-year supply of stationary. If the Second Expansion Effective Date fails to occur, unless such failure is solely due to Landlord’s act or omission (as opposed to a Tenant Delay or a Force Majeure Delay, including, without limitation, the failure by an existing tenant to surrender possession of the Second Expansion Premises), Landlord shall have no obligation to reimburse Tenant for any Moving Expenses reimbursement actually received by Landlord.

 

6


8. Right of First Offer .

(a) Subject to the provisions set forth hereinafter, Tenant will have a right of first offer to lease from Landlord premises located on the 26 th floor of the Building (“ Additional Premises ”), on the same terms as contained in the Lease for the Premises, excluding the Work Letter, and except for the amount of Base Rent payable for the Additional Premises. Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Additional Premises in “as-is” condition as of the commencement of Tenant’s lease of the Additional Premises, it being understood that Landlord will have no obligation to improve, renovate or remodel the Additional Premises or any portion of the Building as a result of Tenant’s lease of the Additional Premises. The Lease Term for the Additional Premises will be coterminous with the Lease Term for the Premises, subject to any extension as provided below. The provisions of this Section 8 will apply to all or any of the Additional Premises as all or any of the Additional Premises may become available for lease, subject and subordinate to any expansion and renewal options and other rights of any current tenant or tenants, their successors or assigns in the Building, and to any extensions or renewals of existing leases for the Additional Premises. In addition, the Additional Premises shall not be deemed “available” if the space is vacant or not leased to a tenant as of the date of this Amendment (however it shall be “available” after an initial lease is entered into by Landlord and a tenant for such space and such space then again becomes vacant or not leased to such tenant after the expiration or termination of that initial lease). Tenant may not exercise its rights under this Section 8 as to less than all of the Additional Premises offered by Landlord. Except as otherwise provided below, the Base Rent for the Additional Premises will be at a rate equal to the Fair Market Rent for expansion space for a term equal or comparable to the then remaining Lease Term. If Tenant exercises the option for the Additional Premises, Landlord will grant Tenant a Fair Market Allowance for construction of tenant improvements to the Additional Premises.

(b) Tenant must exercise its right of first offer by written notice to Landlord within 10 days following receipt of written notice from Landlord (the “Offer Notice”) that all or some of the Additional Premises is available for lease and the Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance for the Additional Premises. If the Additional Premises constitute fifty percent (50%) or more of the rentable square footage of the full 26 th floor of the Building, the Lease Term under the Lease for the Premises will be extended so that the Lease Term for the Premises will expire on the last day of the calendar month in which occurs the day immediately preceding the 6 th anniversary of the commencement date of the Lease Term for the Additional Premises, which extension will be at the same

 

7


Base Rent per rentable square foot as set out in the Offer Notice for the relevant period. If Tenant exercises the right granted herein, Landlord and Tenant will enter into an amendment to the Lease to incorporate the respective portion of the Additional Premises and to make necessary adjustments to the Base Rent and similar provisions of the Lease. If Tenant declines to exercise its right as above provided for, or fails to deliver notice thereof within the time period stipulated above, this right of first offer will lapse and be of no further force and effect with respect to the subject portion of the Additional Premises. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord the requisite amendment to the Lease within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of such amendment to Tenant, such failure (1) will, if Landlord so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, render Tenant’s exercise of such right of first offer null and void; and (2) will, if Landlord’s so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, constitute a default.

(c) The foregoing right of first offer may not be severed from the Lease or separately sold, assigned or transferred and is subject to the following additional conditions: (i) that on the date that Tenant exercises this right of first offer for any Additional Premises, and at the commencement of the term for the Additional Premises, no Default exists under the Lease, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default under the Lease; (ii) that Tenant’s then-current financial condition, as revealed by its current financial statement, must demonstrate that Tenant meets the financial criteria Landlord generally uses to lease space to tenants, and (iii) that, at the time Tenant exercises this right of first offer, Tenant occupies and is in possession of the Premises and has not assigned the Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof.

(d) For purposes of this Section 8, “Fair Market Rent” means a rate comprised of (i) the prevailing basic rental rate per square foot of rentable space available for lease expansions in the Pertinent Market (defined below), and (ii) any financial escalation of such prevailing base rental rate (based upon a fixed step or index) prevailing in the pertinent market, taking into account comparable leases (on the basis of factors such as, but not limited to, size and location of space and commencement date and term of lease), if any recently executed for improved space in the Building or, if no leases in the Building have been executed recently then buildings in Portland, Oregon that are comparable to the Building in reputation, quality, age, size, location and level and quality of services provided (the foregoing factors not being exclusive in identifying comparable buildings) (the Building and such comparable buildings, as the case may be, being herein referred to as the “Pertinent Market”). For purposes of this Section 8, “Fair Market Allowance” means the prevailing leasehold improvement allowance for lease expansions available in the Pertinent Market, taking into account comparable lease expansions (on the basis of factors such as, but not

 

8


limited to, size and location of space and commencement date and term of lease), and the rental rate. In determining the Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance, there will also be taken into consideration (a) the definition of rentable area or net rentable area with respect to which such rental rates are computed; (b) whether the lease comparable is a net or gross lease; (c) the value of rental abatements, allowances for construction of tenant improvements and other financial or economic concessions generally available in the Pertinent Market at such time to tenants expanding into comparable space, as well as those being made available to Tenant; and (d) other comparable pertinent factors. Taking into account Tenant’s creditworthiness, Landlord may require a security deposit or an increase in any existing security deposit before disbursing any such allowance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph, if a lease that is to be used as a comparable in calculating Fair Market Rent was prepared based on an option calling for the basic rental to be at less than 100% of “market,” then such rental rate will be grossed back up to 100% in calculating Fair Market Rent hereunder.

9. Other Provisions .

(a) Article 32 of the Original Lease (Option to Renew) shall remain applicable and Tenant’s initial binding notice to Landlord of Tenant’s intention to renew shall be delivered to Landlord no later than 365 days prior to the Expiration Date of the Lease and not earlier than 90 days prior to such date.

(b) Section 35.I of the Original Lease is hereby amended to add the following language at the end of such Section: “Landlord shall keep all financial statements provided to it under this Lease strictly confidential except as may be required by Law or court proceedings. Landlord shall, however, be entitled to show such financial statements to its lenders, prospective lenders, advisors, attorneys, accountants, and prospective purchasers provided each such entity or individual first agrees to keep such financial statements confidential for the benefit of Tenant.”

(c) Article 37 of the Original Lease does not apply to the Second Expansion Premises.

(d) Article 38 of the Original Lease (Cancellation Option) shall apply to the entire Premises, but the “Early Termination Date” as set forth in Section 38(C) is hereby amended to mean the 60 th full calendar month after the Second Expansion Effective Date. The Early Termination Notice Deadline shall be the date which is 365 days prior to the Early Terminate Date, time being of the essence.

 

9


10. Security Deposit . Section 1.J of the Original Lease is hereby revised such that the amount of the Security Deposit shall be $533,000.00. Tenant will deliver to Landlord contemporaneously with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Amendment an irrevocable letter of credit conforming to the requirements set forth in Section 16.B of the Original Lease in the amount of $533,000.00. Upon receipt of such new letter of credit, Landlord shall return the original letter of credit held by Landlord under the Lease to Tenant. The Security Deposit reduction table set forth in Section 16.B(6) of the Original Lease is hereby deleted and the following is inserted in lieu thereof:

 

Date on Which
the Amount of the Security
Deposit May Be Reduced

   Amount of
Security Deposit Required
 

First anniversary of the Second Expansion Effective Date

   $ 266,666.00   

Second anniversary of the Second Expansion Effective Date

   $ 0.00   

11. Non-Disturbance Agreement . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant, as of the date hereof, has not provided Landlord with a copy of Exhibit G attached to the Original Lease, executed by Tenant, to provide to Landlord’s existing Lender. Upon Tenant’s request and provided that Tenant executes and delivers a copy of Exhibit G attached to the Original Lease (as modified to reflect the existence of this Amendment and all previous amendments to the Lease) to Landlord within six (6) months after this Amendment is fully executed and delivered, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from its existing Lender, pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 18 of the Original Lease, its agreement not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy in accordance with the Lease, as hereby amended, so long as Tenant fulfills all of its obligations under the Lease, as hereby amended.

12. Authority: Not Restricted . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

13. Real Estate Brokers . Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other that in connection with this Amendment, the party so representing and warranting has not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or finder, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (the “ Broker ”), and, to its knowledge no other broker

 

10


initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment, submitted or showed the applicable premises to Tenant or is entitled to any commission in connection with this Amendment. Each party hereto will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against any and all claims, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any inaccuracy in such party’s representation. Landlord hereby agrees that it will pay a commission to the Broker according to a separate agreement.

14. Stipulation . The Premises are stipulated for all purposes to contain the number of rentable square feet as set forth in this Amendment. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Amendment, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

15. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic delivery (such as, without limitation, scanned signatures in .pdf format), and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

16. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Amendment.

17. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. However, the execution of this Amendment by Tenant and delivery thereof to Landlord or Landlord’s agent will constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for 30 days after such delivery.

18. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters other than the Lease will be valid or of any force or effect. This Amendment may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

19. Joint and Several Liability . If this Amendment is signed, or if the obligations of Tenant are otherwise guaranteed, by more than one party, their obligations shall be joint and several, and the release or limitation of liability of any one or more of the parties shall not release or limit the liability of any other party.

 

11


20. Certification . As an essential inducement to Landlord to execute this Amendment, Tenant hereby certifies and warrants to and agrees with Landlord that (a) no event of default by Landlord under the Lease exists as of the date hereof, nor has any event occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default, (b) Landlord is not in any manner in default in the performance or observance of any obligation or duty owed to Tenant, under the Lease or otherwise, and (c) Tenant has no defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims to the observance and performance by Tenant of any provision of the Lease or this Amendment, or, if any such defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims exist, they are hereby forever waived, released and settled in consideration of this Amendment.

21. Limitation on Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Amendment will be limited as provided in Section 35.K of the Original Lease, which Section is incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.

22. Lease in Full Force and Effect . As modified hereby, the Lease and all of the terms and provision thereof remain in full force and effect and are incorporated herein as if herein fully recited.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment in multiple original counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
555 SW Oak, LLC,     New Relic, Inc.,
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Harlan F. Stanley

    By:  

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Name:   Harlan F. Stanley     Name:   Mark J. Sachleben
Its:   COO     Its:   CFO

 

12


Exhibit A

Second Expansion Premises Floor Plan

 

LOGO

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Work Letter

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, the following terms are defined as follows.

1.2 Architect means SRM — Michael Stueve, AIA.

1.3 Applicable Laws and Restrictions mean all laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act), building codes, ordinances, regulations, title covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and casualty underwriters requirements applicable to the Premises and the Leasehold Improvements.

1.4 Contractors mean the General Contractor and all other general contractors, design-build contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers who provide labor and materials for construction of the Leasehold Improvements. To the extent required by Applicable Laws and Restrictions, each Contractor shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.5 Construction Costs mean all costs and charges incurred to complete the Leasehold Improvements, including without limitation the following:

a. Payments to Contractors for labor, material, equipment, and fixtures supplied in accordance with this Agreement;

b. Fees paid to Designers for services required by this Agreement;

c. Taxes, fees, charges, and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for Permits or for inspections of the work;

d. Utilities incurred in the course of the construction;

e. Premiums for builder’s risk insurance and other insurance required by this Agreement; and

f. A fee payable to Landlord ( Landlord’s Fee”) equal to three percent (3%) of the Construction Costs, excluding Landlord’s Fee, for Landlord’s management and administration of the construction, including without limitation, wages, labor burden, and expediting, procurement, and administrative expenses.

All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Agreement and which are defined in the Fourth Amendment to Lease (“ Fourth Amendment ”) to which this Agreement is attached, will have the same meaning for purposes of this Agreement as they have in the Fourth Amendment.

 

B-2


1.6 Construction Documents mean:

a. Tenant’s Space Plan;

b. Bid packages;

c. Construction contract;

d. Material supply agreements;

e. Architect’s agreement.

1.7 Construction and Design Schedule means the schedule for preparation, approval, disapproval, modification, and completion of the Construction Documents (other than Tenant’s Space Plan) and for obtaining Permits required for the Leasehold Improvements and for commencement, prosecution, and Substantial Completion of all Leasehold Improvements, which is reasonably determined by Landlord and delivered to Tenant within 30 days after Tenant’s Space plan is approved by Landlord.

1.8 Cost Estimate means the estimated total for Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements, prepared by Landlord based on the Contractors’ and Designers’ bid(s) for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and approved by Tenant in accordance with Article III of this Agreement.

1.9 Intentionally Omitted.

1.10 Designers mean the Architect and all other architects, structural engineers, mechanical engineers, and the other design professionals needed to design the Leasehold Improvements, each of whom shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.11 Force Majeure Delay means a delay caused by a force majeure event beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform, including without limitation general strikes, inclement weather, utility curtailments, acts of God, unforeseeable governmental regulations, material shortages (excluding those described in Section 1.22(c)), and terrorist acts.

1.12 General Contractor means the Contractor selected by Landlord pursuant to Section 4.1.

1.13 Improvement Allowance is the maximum amount Landlord is required to pay toward Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements (including the Space Plan Allowance), which amount is $794,000.00 (generally based upon $40.00 per rentable square foot of space located in the Second Expansion Premises). The Improvement Allowance may not be used for any other purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements are less than the full amount of the Improvement Allowance, upon completion of the Leasehold Improvements and payment in full of the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements, and upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord will apply the remaining unused balance toward the Moving Expenses to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the Fourth Amendment. To the extent Tenant has already been required to pay such Moving Expenses pursuant to Paragraph 7 of the Fourth Amendment, the remaining unused balance shall be applied as a credit against the next due payments of Rent under the Lease as and when such Rent becomes due.

 

B-3


1.14 Intentionally Omitted.

1.15 Landlord’s Representative means Ty Barker or such other person as Landlord may designate in writing, from time to time, to Tenant as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering and amending this Agreement.

1.16 Intentionally Omitted.

1.17 Leasehold Improvements mean the improvements, modifications, and alteration of the Premises to be constructed in or about the Second Expansion Premises in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to Landlord’s approval of the Construction Documents, a portion of the Leasehold Improvements may be constructed in the Initial Premises and the Improvement Allowance may be used for that purpose.

1.18 Permits mean the permits, approvals, and consents of governmental authorities and third parties having jurisdiction over the Leasehold Improvements and that are required for commencement and completion of the Leasehold Improvements.

1.19 Punchlist is defined in Section 5.2.

1.20 Substantial Completion or Substantially Completed is defined in Section 5.1. The Substantial Completion Date is the date the Leasehold Improvements are Substantially Completed.

1.21 Scheduled Completion Date means the scheduled date for Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements as specified in the Construction and Design Schedule, as the same may be modified by the parties.

1.22 Tenant Delay means any actual delay in the Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements as a consequence of:

a. Tenant’s failure to fulfill its obligation as set forth in the Construction and Design Schedule or this Agreement;

b. Change Orders requested by Tenant;

c. Unavailability of materials, components, or finishes for the Leasehold Improvements that differ from Landlord’s standard work or that have an unusually long lead-time for delivery; or

d. A willful or negligent act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees that interferes with the progress of the Leasehold Improvements.

 

B-4


e. Tenant and Landlord approving a Tenant’s Space Plan with a scope of work that cannot be reasonably completed within 90 days after Landlord notifies Tenant that the Second Expansion Premises are in Improvable Condition. If during Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Space Plan, Landlord reasonably determines that the scope of the Leasehold Improvements contained in Tenant’s Space Plan cannot be Substantially Completed within such 90-day period, Landlord will provide notice to Tenant of the estimated time to compete such Leasehold Improvements. If, within five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s notice, Tenant does not provide to Landlord a revised Tenant’s Space Plan with Leasehold Improvements which can reasonably be Substantially Completed within such 90-day period, then each day of such period in excess of such 90-day period shall be a Tenant Delay.

f. Any other act or omission by Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees, which directly or indirectly delays completion of the work or Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of possession of the Second Expansion Premises.

1.23 Tenant’s Representative means Mary Cameron or such other person as Tenant may designate in writing to Landlord as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering and amending this Agreement.

1.24 Tenant’s Space Plan means a specific description of Tenant’s desired final Leasehold Improvements prepared by the Architect, which may include:

a. Design requirements;

b. Floor plan;

c. Any other information needed by the Designers for preparation of plans and specification for the Leasehold Improvements, including an initial construction budget; and

d. Those working drawings, plans, specifications, elevations, lighting design, and interior finish design, prepared by the Designers and approved by the parties in accordance with this Agreement.

Landlord will pay up to $2,977.50 ($.15 x 19,850 rsf) in the cumulative aggregate (the “ Space Plan Allowance ”) for the cost of the Tenant’s Space Plan and any drafts thereof and all revisions thereto. The Space Plan Allowance is in addition to, and not a part of, the Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s Space Plan (as approved by Tenant) on or before September 1, 2015.

ARTICLE II

DESIGNATION OF REPRESENTATIVES

2.1 Designation of Representatives . Landlord and Tenant respectively appoint Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative as their sole representatives for the purposes of administering this Agreement. Until replaced upon written notice, Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative will have the full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, as required in this Agreement. Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative shall have authority to amend this Agreement and any of the Construction Documents so long as any such modification is in writing and signed by both Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative.

 

B-5


ARTICLE III

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PERMITS

3.1 Retention of Architect and Approval of Tenant’s Space Plan . Landlord shall retain the Architect to prepare the plans and specifications for the Leasehold Improvements. Tenant will deliver Tenant’s Space Plan to Landlord within the time permitted in Section 1.24 above. Landlord shall approve or disapprove Tenant’s Space Plan within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Tenant’s delivery of Tenant’s Space Plan to Landlord shall be deemed an acknowledgement and agreement by Tenant, (a) that Tenant’s Space Plan accurately represents Tenant’s plans for the Second Expansion Premises and the Initial Premises, if applicable, (b) that budget estimates will be based on Tenant’s Space Plan, (c) that upon Landlord’s approval, Landlord will prepare Construction Documents based upon Tenant’s Space Plan, and (d) THAT ANY MODIFICATION OF TENANT’S SPACE PLAN AFTER THE DATE OF LANDLORD’S APPROVAL AND PREPARATION OF BUDGET ESTIMATES MAY INCREASE THE COST OF THE LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.

3.2 Preparation and Approval of Construction Documents . Promptly following approval of Tenant’s Space Plan by Landlord, Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare Construction Documents, which generally conform to Tenant’s Space Plan, on or before the last date specified in the Construction and Design Schedule for completion of such items. Landlord and Tenant shall review the Construction Documents, and deliver to the other party and to the Architect, said party’s written approval or disapproval of the Construction Documents within the time limits stated in the Construction and Design Schedule. If the Construction Documents are disapproved in any respect by either party, the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach written agreement, using all reasonable efforts to achieve final agreement on such item by the last date for agreement specified in the Construction and Design Schedule. Tenant’s failure to timely agree to the Construction Documents shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.

3.3 Standards for Consent.

a. By Landlord. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its approval of Tenant’s Space Plan or revisions thereto, or its approval of the Construction Documents.

b. By Tenant. Tenant may not withhold its approval of any change to Tenant’s Space Plan or to any element of the Construction Documents required to obtain any required Permit for construction of the Leasehold Improvements. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval to any other element of the Construction Documents.

c. Method for Disapproval. Any disapproval by Landlord or Tenant shall be accompanied by a written statement of the disapproved item, the reasons for disapproval, and the specific changes required to make the item acceptable. If a party’s written notice of disapproval is not delivered in accordance with the time limits and standards set forth in this section, approval shall be deemed given.

 

B-6


3.4 Application for Approvals . When Landlord and Tenant approve the Construction Documents, Landlord shall submit them to all appropriate governmental agencies and third parties for issuance of the Permits required for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and occupancy by Tenant of the Leasehold Improvements for its intended use. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain the Permits within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Landlord shall not be responsible for any delay or denial of a Permit that is beyond its reasonable control.

3.5 Changes to Construction Documents . After agreed upon by the parties in accordance with the foregoing, the Construction Documents, established in accordance with this Article III, may be modified only by a written “Change Order” executed by Landlord and Tenant, which clearly describes (a) the change, (b) the party required to perform the change, and (c) any modification of the Construction Documents necessitated by the Change Order. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any change (whether requested by a party or required by an Applicable Law or Restriction), provided however that Landlord may withhold its approval of any change pursuant to Section 3.3.a.

ARTICLE IV

PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK

4.1 Selection of Contractors . When the parties have approved the Construction Documents and Landlord has obtained the Permits required for construction of the Leasehold Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and circulate an appropriate bid package for bidding by three (3) or more prospective General Contractor(s). When the bids are received and approved by Landlord, Landlord shall enter into a fixed price construction contract with the General Contractor that submitted the lowest responsive bid.

4.2 Commencement and Completion of Leasehold Improvements . When all Permits for construction of the Leasehold Improvements have been obtained and Landlord and the General Contractor have entered into a construction contract in accordance with Section 4.1, Landlord shall cause the General Contractor to commence and to diligently prosecute the construction of the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the Permits and the Construction Documents, so that the Leasehold Improvements will be Substantially Completed on or before the Scheduled Completion Date.

4.3 Standards for Performance of the Work . Landlord shall cause the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner, free from design, material, and workmanship defects in accordance with the material Construction Documents and Applicable Laws and Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Amendment or this Agreement, Tenant’s acceptance of possession of the Leasehold Improvements shall not waive this warranty and Landlord shall promptly remedy all violations of the warranty at its sole cost and expense.

4.4 No Implied Responsibility . Landlord’s and Landlord’s Representative’s review and approval of the Construction Documents and the performance of the Work shall not create or imply any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord or Landlord’s Representative with regard to the completeness and design sufficiency of both the Construction Documents and the Work.

 

B-7


ARTICLE V

COMPLETION OF THE WORK

5.1 Substantial Completion . The Leasehold Improvements shall be deemed “Substantially Complete” when (a) Landlord determines construction of the Leasehold Improvements has been substantially completed in accordance with the Construction Documents, and (b) the Architect has certified that the Leasehold Improvements have been constructed substantially in accordance with Construction Documents.

5.2 Inspection and Punchlist . Tenant’s Representative and the Designers shall have the right to enter the Second Expansion Premises only with Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall notify Tenant’s Representative when the Leasehold Improvements are Substantially Completed. On receipt of such notice, Tenant’s Representative, Landlord’s Representative, and the Architect shall promptly inspect the Leasehold Improvements and prepare a final written list of any items that are defective, incomplete, or do not conform to the Construction Documents or the Permits and Applicable Laws and Restrictions (“Punchlist”).

ARTICLE VI

PAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS

6.1 Duty to Pay Construction Costs . The cost of completing the Leasehold Improvements shall be funded as follows: (a) Landlord shall pay that portion of the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements equal to, but not exceeding, the Improvement Allowance; (b) Tenant shall pay the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall pay its share of the Construction Costs within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord. Landlord will have no obligation to disburse the Allowance or any portion thereof so long as any Default (as defined in the Lease) exists and is continuing.

6.2 Unapplied Portion of the Improvement Allowance . Except as set forth in Section 1.13 hereof, Landlord shall be exclusively entitled to the benefit of any unapplied portion of the Improvement Allowance in the construction of the Leasehold Improvements. If all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance is not used by December 31, 2016, Landlord will be entitled to the savings and Tenant will receive no credit therefor.

ARTICLE VII

RISK OF LOSS

7.1 Builder’s Risk Insurance . At all times prior to the Substantial Completion Date, Landlord shall maintain so-called contingent liability and broad form “builder’s risk” insurance with coverage in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the Second Expansion Premises and the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed pursuant to this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

EARLY OCCUPANCY

8.1 Early Occupancy . Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord will permit Tenant and Tenant’s agents to enter the Second Expansion Premises up to five (5) business days prior to the date the Second Expansion Premises are Substantially Completed so that Tenant may install Tenant’s telecommunications cabling and equipment, and otherwise make the Second Expansion

 

B-8


Premises ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy (but not for the conduct of Tenant’s business). Such permission will constitute a license only and not a lease and such license will be conditioned upon: (a) Tenant working in harmony and not interfering with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers in doing the Leasehold Improvements, or work in the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building; (b) Tenant obtaining in advance Landlord’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant; and (c) Tenant furnishing Landlord with such insurance as Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord will have the right to withdraw such license upon notice to Tenant if Tenant violates any of the foregoing conditions or Tenant is otherwise in violation of the terms of the Lease. Tenant agrees that Landlord will not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed or installations made in the Second Expansion Premises prior to the Second Expansion Effective Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from all liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses arising out of or connected with the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in or about the Second Expansion Premises or the Building. Tenant further agrees that any entry and occupation permitted under this paragraph will be governed by all terms of the Lease, other than payment of Rent thereunder.

 

B-9


Exhibit C

Commencement Certificate

It is hereby agreed among the parties to that certain First Amendment to Lease dated                 , 20            , for Suite             in the building located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “Lease”) between             (“Tenant”), and 555 SW Oak, LLC (“Landlord”) that :

 

  1. The Second Expansion Effective Date is                     .

 

  2. The Expiration Date of the Extension Term is                     .

Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Second Expansion Premises, subject only to minor punch-list items, has been delivered in accordance with Landlord’s obligations for the delivery of the Second Expansion Premises under the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Statement as of the date hereof.

 

TENANT:
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

LANDLORD: 555 SW Oak, LLC.
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Date:  

 

 

C-1


FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “ Amendment ”) is dated solely for reference purposes as of June 26, 2014, between 555 SW OAK, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Office Lease, dated as of June 15, 2012 (the “ Original Lease ”) as amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of October 23, 2012 (“ First Amendment ”), a Second Amendment to Lease dated as of November 5, 2013 (the “ Second Amendment ”), a Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 10, 2014 (the “ Third Amendment ), a Temporary Space Extension Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2014, and a Fourth Amendment to Lease (the “ Fourth Amendment ”), dated as of May 21, 2014 (the Original Lease as so amended, is referred to herein as the “ Lease ”). Under the terms of the Lease, Landlord leases to Tenant approximately 38,702 rentable square feet situated in Suites 2800 and 2900 (collectively, the “ Existing Premises ”) and Landlord has agreed to Lease to Tenant and Tenant has agreed to lease from Landlord (subject to the conditions set forth in the Fourth Amendment) approximately 19,850 rentable square feet situated in Suite 2700 (the “ Second Expansion Premises ”), all located in the building commonly known as U.S. Bancorp Tower and located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “ Building ”). Pursuant to the Second Amendment and Third Amendment, Landlord also leases to Tenant approximately 3,707 of temporary space on the 21 st floor of the Building which lease of temporary space is scheduled to expire prior to the Third Expansion Effective Date (as defined below).

B. The parties desire to amend the Lease to provide for the expansion of the Premises to include certain additional space on the 5 th floor of the Building stipulated to contain 23,677 rentable square feet and currently known as Suite 500 as outlined on the diagram attached as Exhibit A (the “ Third Expansion Premises ”) and certain other agreements, all as set forth in and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Amendment and which are defined in the Lease will have the same meaning for purposes of this Amendment as they have in the Lease.

2. Expansion Premises .

(a) Effective as of the Third Expansion Effective Date, Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Third Expansion Premises. The “ Third Expansion Effective Date ” means the date Landlord delivers the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements (as defined in the Work Letter attached to this Amendment as Exhibit B (the “ Work Letter ”)) Substantially Completed (as defined in the Work Letter), subject to the provisions of this Amendment. However, to the extent that Landlord fails to Substantially Complete the Leasehold Improvements to the Premises and deliver possession of the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant due to a Tenant Delay (as defined in the Work Letter), the Third Expansion Effective Date

 

1


shall be the date on which Landlord would have Substantially Completed the Leasehold Improvements but for the Tenant Delay, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. The Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises shall be coterminous with the Lease Term for the Existing Premises (which is contemplated to be the Extended Expiration Date (as defined in Section 2 of the Fourth Amendment) unless the Fourth Amendment is terminated pursuant to its terms, in which case it will be the initial Expiration Date set forth in the Original Lease). Landlord and Tenant agree, upon demand by the other, to execute and deliver a Commencement Certificate in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto. If Landlord makes such demand upon Tenant but Tenant fails to respond within 15 days, then Tenant will irrevocably be deemed to have agreed with Landlord as to the information set forth in the Commencement Certificate so delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

(b) The Third Expansion Effective Date is projected to occur on January 1, 2015 and Landlord will proceed diligently and use reasonable efforts to deliver to Tenant possession of the Third Expansion Premises with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed on such date. If Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed on or before Required Completion Date (as defined below), Landlord will grant to Tenant a credit (the “ Third Expansion Rent Credit ”) equal to $1,102.76 multiplied by the number of days in the period beginning on the day immediately following the Required Completion Date and ending on the day on which Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of the Third Expansion Premises with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed, inclusive. Landlord will apply such Third Expansion Rent Credit (if any) against Base Rent coming due under this Lease in the order in which such Base Rent becomes due. Except for such Third Expansion Rent Credit, as herein provided, there will be no other liability against Landlord for failure to complete the Leasehold Improvements or deliver possession of the Third Expansion Premises. As used herein, the “ Required Completion Date ” shall be March 1, 2015 (as extended one additional day for each day (i) that Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements is delayed due to a Tenant Delay, (ii) that Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements is delayed due to a Force Majeure Delay (as defined in the Work Letter), (iii) after August 1, 2014 that Tenant’s Space Plan (as defined in the Work Letter) is approved by Landlord, provided that Landlord does not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such approval), and (iv) after September 1, 2014 that the construction documents necessary for obtaining Permits (as defined in the Work Letter) are approved by Landlord, provided that Landlord does not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such approval). In addition, if Landlord fails to deliver possession of the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed on or before Required Completion Date, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant with the Leasehold Improvements Substantially Completed as soon as practicable thereafter.

(c) Effective as of the Third Expansion Effective Date, (i) except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, all references in the Lease and this Amendment to the term “ Premises ” will include the Third Expansion Premises; and (ii) Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses with respect to the Third Expansion Premises will be deemed to be 3.1504% (23,677 rentable square feet in the Premises divided by 751,556 rentable square feet in the Building).

 

2


3. Rental .

(a) The Base Rent applicable to the Existing Premises and the Second Expansion Premises is set forth in Section 1.G of the Original Lease, Section 4 of the First Amendment and Section 4 of the Fourth Amendment, respectively.

(b) Subject to Paragraph 3(d) below, effective as of the Third Expansion Effective Date, Base Rent for the Third Expansion Premises shall initially be $402,509.04 per year (based on $17.00 per year per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Premises), payable in equal monthly installments of $33,542.42 (plus applicable sales tax). Effective as of the first day of the second 5 th Floor Lease Year (as defined below), and on the first day of each 5 th Floor Lease Year thereafter (the “ Adjustment Dates ”), rate of Base Rent per rentable square foot per year shall be increased during the term of the Lease by $0.95 over the rate payable for the 5 th Floor Lease Year immediately preceding each such Adjustment Date. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to prepay any portion of the Rent for the Third Expansion Premises.

A 5 th Floor Lease Year shall be each twelve (12) month period beginning on the Third Expansion Effective Date; provided, however, if the Third Expansion Effective Date is not the first day of a calendar month, the first 5 th Floor Lease Year shall commence on the Third Expansion Effective Date and end on the last day of the 12 th calendar month thereafter and the second and each succeeding 5 th Floor Lease Year shall commence on anniversaries of the first day of the calendar month immediately following the calendar month in which the Third Expansion Effective Date occurs. The final 5 th Floor Lease Year shall end on the Extended Expiration Date.

(c) Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes for the Existing Premises shall be as set forth in Article 4 of the Original Lease (as modified by the First Amendment and the Fourth Amendment). Commencing on the Third Expansion Effective Date, Tenant will pay Tenant’s Share (as set forth in Paragraph 2(c)(ii) above) of Expenses and Taxes with respect to the Third Expansion Premises as set forth in Article 4 of the Original Lease.

(d) Notwithstanding the provisions contained above in Paragraph 3(b) above, Tenant will have the right to occupy the Third Expansion Premises for the first 180 consecutive calendar days of the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises (or, if the actual Third Expansion Effective Date is the first day of a calendar month, then for the first six calendar months of the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises) beginning on the Third Expansion Effective Date (the “ Third Expansion Abatement Period ”) without the payment or accrual of liability for the monthly installments of Base Rent provided for in this Amendment for the Third Expansion Premises falling due during the Third Expansion Abatement Period, but with the accrual of and full liability for one hundred percent (100%) of all other obligations and payments required during the Third Expansion Abatement Period (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Share of Taxes and Expenses for the Third Expansion Premises). Tenant’s obligation to make payments of Base Rent with respect to the Third Expansion Premises after the end of the Third

 

3


Expansion Abatement Period will commence immediately after the termination of the Third Expansion Abatement Period, and such appropriate amounts will be due and payable on the first day after the end of the Third Expansion Abatement Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the maximum amount of the Base Rent abated under this Paragraph 3(d) shall be $201,254.52 (the “ Full Abatement Amount ”), and that the Full Abatement Amount is subject to reduction by Tenant pursuant to Section 1.13 of the Work Letter. If the Full Abatement Amount is so reduced, the Third Expansion Abatement Period shall be shortened by the appropriate period to reflect such reduction in the Full Abatement Amount. In addition to the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that in the event the Fourth Amendment is terminated pursuant to its terms and the expiration date of the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises is the Expiration Date set forth in the Original Lease rather than the Extended Expiration Date as contemplated herein, then the Full Abatement Amount shall be reduced proportionately and the Third Expansion Abatement Period would also be shortened by the appropriate period to reflect such reduction (as an example only of the foregoing, if the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises expiring on the Extended Expiration Date would consist of 103 months but if the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises, as shortened due to a termination of the Fourth Amendment, would consist of 64 months, then the Full Abatement Amount would be $125,059.55 ($201,254.52 x 64/103 (or 62.14%)).

4. Preparation and Condition of the Premises . Commencing on the Third Expansion Effective Date, Landlord is leasing the Third Expansion Premises to Tenant “AS IS” and “With All Faults”, without any representations or warranties of any kind (including, without limitation, any express or implied warranties of merchantability, fitness or habitability) except for Landlord’s express obligations under the Lease. However, to the extent indicated in the Work Letter, Landlord will cause the Third Expansion Premises to be improved in accordance with the Construction Documents (as defined in the Work Letter) and on the terms, conditions and provisions as provided in the Work Letter. Landlord will have no responsibility for the cost of the Leasehold Improvements except as expressly provided in the Work Letter. Taking possession of the Third Expansion Premises by Tenant will be conclusive evidence as against Tenant that the Third Expansion Premises were in good and satisfactory condition when possession was so taken, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Work Letter.

5. Parking . Commencing on the Third Expansion Effective Date, in addition to the parking rights contained in Section 1.K of the Original Lease (as amended by Section 6 of the First Amendment and Section 6 of the Fourth Amendment) and subject to the conditions set forth therein, Tenant shall have the right to rent, subject to the Rules, up to (i) five (5) unassigned parking spaces as designated by Landlord in the Plaza Garage, (ii) eighteen (18) unassigned parking spaces as designated by Landlord in the Tower Garage, and (iii) one (1) assigned parking space as designated by Landlord in the Plaza Garage. Rent for each parking space referred to in this Paragraph is currently $220.00 per month in the Plaza Garage for unassigned spaces, $270.00 per month in the Plaza Garage for assigned spaces, and $205.00 per month in the Tower Garage for unassigned spaces, and is subject to change, without notice, from time to time by Landlord, provided such new rates are generally applicable to similarly situated office tenants in the Building. Landlord will be entitled to reasonably relocate the assigned parking space at any time after reasonable written notice.

 

4


6. Short Term Extension .

(a) Subject to the provisions set forth below and provided that Tenant has not exercised the option set forth in Section 32 of the Original Lease, the Lease Term, for the entire Premises leased by Tenant on such date, may be renewed at the option of Tenant, for one (1) additional period of three (3) calendar months (the “ Short Renewal Term ”) beyond the Extended Expiration Date. Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Premises in “as-is” condition as of the commencement of the Short Renewal Term. Tenant will have no renewal option beyond the aforesaid 3 calendar month period. The monthly Base Rent during the Short Renewal Term will be at a rate equal to 125% of the monthly Base Rent in effect immediately before the first day of the Short Renewal Term and Tenant shall pay 125% of Tenant’s Share of Expenses and Taxes during the Short Renewal Term.

(b) Such option to renew will be exercised by Tenant by delivering a written notice to Landlord no later than 365 days before the last day of the current Lease Term, in which Tenant notifies Landlord that Tenant elects to exercise the option set forth in this Paragraph 6. If Tenant fails to give its notice of exercise of the renewal option set forth in this Paragraph 6, when due, time being of the essence, Tenant will irrevocably be deemed to have waived such option to renew.

(c) Tenant’s right to exercise its option to renew the Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 6 is subject to the following conditions: (i) that on the date that Tenant delivers notice of its election to exercise its option to renew, and at the commencement of the Short Renewal Term, no Default exists; and (ii) that Tenant has not assigned the Lease or sublet more than ten percent (10%) of the Premises, other than to a Permitted Affiliated Transferee, at any time during the period commencing with the date that Tenant delivers its notice to Landlord of Tenant’s exercise of such option to renew and ending on the commencement date of the Short Renewal Term, or at any time prior to such period, if such assignment or sublease extends into such period.

7. Right of First Offer .

(a) Subject to the provisions set forth hereinafter, through the Extended Expiration Date, Tenant will have a right of first offer to lease from Landlord premises located on the 3 rd through 9 th floors of the Building consisting of 10,000 or more contiguous rentable square feet (“ Additional Space ”), on the same terms as contained in the Lease for the Premises, excluding the Work Letter, and except for the amount of Base Rent payable for the Additional Space. Tenant will be deemed to have accepted the Additional Space in “as-is” condition as of the commencement of Tenant’s lease of the Additional Space, it being understood that Landlord will have no obligation to improve, renovate or remodel the Additional Space or any portion of the Building as a result of Tenant’s lease of the Additional Space. The Lease Term for the Additional Space will be coterminous with the Lease Term for the Premises, subject to any extension as provided below. The provisions of this Section 7 will apply to all or any of the Additional Space as all or any of the Additional Space may become available for lease, subject and subordinate to any expansion and renewal options and other rights of any current tenant or tenants, their successors or assigns in the Building, and to any extensions or renewals of existing leases for the Additional Space. In addition, the Additional Space shall not be deemed “available” if the space is vacant or not leased to

 

5


a tenant as of the date of this Amendment (however it shall be “available” after an initial lease is entered into by Landlord and a tenant for such space and such space then again becomes vacant or not leased to such tenant after the expiration or termination of that initial lease). Tenant may not exercise its rights under this Section 7 as to less than all of the Additional Space offered by Landlord. Except as otherwise provided below, the Base Rent for the Additional Space will be at a rate equal to the Fair Market Rent (as defined in Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment) for expansion space for a term equal or comparable to the then remaining Lease Term. If Tenant exercises the option for the Additional Space, Landlord will grant Tenant a Fair Market Allowance (as defined in Section 8 of the Fourth Amendment) for construction of tenant improvements to the Additional Space.

(b) Tenant must exercise its right of first offer by written notice to Landlord within 10 days following receipt of written notice from Landlord (the “ Offer Notice ”) that all or some of the Additional Space is available for lease and the Fair Market Rent and Fair Market Allowance for the Additional Space. If Tenant exercises its right of first offer for the Additional Space and less than 60 months remain in the Lease Term, the Lease Term will be extended so that the Lease Term for the Premises will expire on the last day of the calendar month in which occurs the day immediately preceding the 5 th anniversary of the commencement date of the Lease Term for the Additional Space, which extension will be at the same Base Rent per rentable square foot as set out in the Offer Notice for the relevant period, provided that no Fair Market Allowance will be granted. If Tenant exercises the right granted herein, Landlord and Tenant will enter into an amendment to the Lease to incorporate the respective portion of the Additional Space and to make necessary adjustments to the Base Rent and similar provisions of the Lease. If Tenant declines to exercise its right as above provided for, or fails to deliver notice thereof within the time period stipulated above, this right of first offer will lapse and be of no further force and effect with respect to the subject portion of the Additional Space. If Tenant fails to execute and deliver to Landlord the requisite amendment to the Lease within 30 days after Landlord’s delivery of such amendment to Tenant, such failure (1) will, if Landlord so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, render Tenant’s exercise of such right of first offer null and void; and (2) will, if Landlord’s so elects in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, constitute a Default.

(c) The foregoing right of first offer may not be severed from the Lease or separately sold, assigned or transferred and is subject to the following additional conditions: (i) that on the date that Tenant exercises this right of first offer for any Additional Space, and at the commencement of the term for the Additional Space, no Default exists under the Lease, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Default under the Lease; (ii) that Tenant’s then-current financial condition, as revealed by its current financial statement, must demonstrate that Tenant meets the financial criteria Landlord generally uses to lease space to tenants, and (iii) that, at the time Tenant exercises this right of first offer, Tenant occupies and is in possession of the Premises and has not assigned the Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof.

8. Other Provisions .

(a) Article 32 of the Original Lease (Option to Renew), as amended by Section 9(a) of the Fourth Amendment, shall be applicable to the entire Premises.

 

6


(b) Article 37 of the Original Lease (Moving Allowance) shall not apply to the Third Expansion Premises.

(c) Article 38 of the Original Lease (Cancellation Option), as amended by Section 9(d) of the Fourth Amendment, shall apply to the entire Premises.

9. Security Deposit . Section 1.J of the Original Lease, as amended by Section 10 of the Fourth Amendment, shall not be further revised in connection with Tenant’s lease of the Third Expansion Premises.

10. Non-Disturbance Agreement . Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant, as of the date hereof, has not provided Landlord with a copy of Exhibit G attached to the Original Lease, executed by Tenant, to provide to Landlord’s existing Lender. Upon Tenant’s request and provided that Tenant executes and delivers a copy of Exhibit G attached to the Original Lease (as modified to reflect the existence of this Amendment and all previous amendments to the Lease) to Landlord within six (6) months after this Amendment is fully executed and delivered, Landlord will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from its existing Lender, pursuant to the terms and conditions of Article 18 of the Original Lease, its agreement not to disturb Tenant’s occupancy in accordance with the Lease, as hereby amended, so long as Tenant fulfills all of its obligations under the Lease, as hereby amended.

11. Authority; Not Restricted . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that this Amendment has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by and on behalf of each party hereto and constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms hereof. Tenant warrants and represents to Landlord that Tenant is not, and shall not become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“ OFAC ”) of the Department of the Treasury (including, but not limited to, those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons list) or under any statute, executive order (including, but not limited to, the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and shall not engage in any dealings or transaction or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

12. Real Estate Brokers . Each party hereto hereby represents and warrants to the other that in connection with this Amendment, the party so representing and warranting has not dealt with any real estate broker, agent or finder, except for Jones Lang LaSalle Americas, Inc. (the “ Broker ”), and, to its knowledge no other broker initiated or participated in the negotiation of this Amendment, submitted or showed the applicable premises to Tenant or is entitled to any commission in connection with this Amendment. Each party hereto will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other against any and all claims, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) in connection with any inaccuracy in such party’s representation. Landlord hereby agrees that it will pay a commission to the Broker according to a separate agreement.

13. Stipulation . The Premises are stipulated for all purposes to contain the number of rentable square feet as set forth in this Amendment. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Amendment, or that may have been used in calculating rental, is an approximation which Landlord and Tenant agree is reasonable and the rental based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

 

7


14. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the undersigned on separate counterparts and by facsimile or other electronic delivery (such as, without limitation, scanned signatures in .pdf format), and each such counterpart will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same Amendment.

15. Time of Essence . Time is of the essence of this Amendment.

16. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination or negotiation will not bind Landlord, and no obligation on the part of Landlord will arise until this Amendment is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant. However, the execution of this Amendment by Tenant and delivery thereof to Landlord or Landlord’s agent will constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be revoked for 30 days after such delivery.

17. Entire Agreement . This Amendment and the Lease contain all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant relating to the matters provided for in this instrument. No prior or other agreement or understanding pertaining to such matters other than the Lease will be valid or of any force or effect. This Amendment may only be modified by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

18. Joint and Several Liability . If this Amendment is signed, or if the obligations of Tenant are otherwise guaranteed, by more than one party, their obligations shall be joint and several, and the release or limitation of liability of any one or more of the parties shall not release or limit the liability of any other party.

19. Certification . As an essential inducement to Landlord to execute this Amendment, Tenant hereby certifies and warrants to and agrees with Landlord that (a) no event of default by Landlord under the Lease exists as of the date hereof, nor has any event occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default, (b) Landlord is not in any manner in default in the performance or observance of any obligation or duty owed to Tenant, under the Lease or otherwise, and (c) Tenant has no defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims to the observance and performance by Tenant of any provision of the Lease or this Amendment, or, if any such defenses, offsets, claims or counterclaims exist, they are hereby forever waived, released and settled in consideration of this Amendment.

20. Limitation on Liability . The liability of Landlord to Tenant under this Amendment will be limited as provided in Section 35.K of the Original Lease, which Section is incorporated herein by reference as though fully set forth herein.

21. Lease in Full Force and Effect . As modified hereby, the Lease and all of the terms and provision thereof remain in full force and effect and are incorporated herein as if herein fully recited.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment in multiple original counterparts as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

555 SW Oak, LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company

   

TENANT:

 

New Relic, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/Harlan F. Stanley

    By:  

/s/Angel Zhao

Name:   Harlan F. Stanley     Name:   Angel Zhao
Its:   COO     Its:   Controller

 

9


Exhibit A

Third Expansion Premises Floor Plan

 

LOGO

 

A-1


Exhibit B

Work Letter

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions . Wherever used in this Agreement, the following terms are defined as follows:

1.2 Architect means SRM — Michael Stueve, AIA.

1.3 Applicable Laws and Restrictions mean all laws (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act), building codes, ordinances, regulations, title covenants, conditions, and restrictions, and casualty underwriters requirements applicable to the Premises and the Leasehold Improvements.

1.4 Contractors mean the General Contractor and all other general contractors, design-build contractors, subcontractors, and material suppliers who provide labor and materials for construction of the Leasehold Improvements. To the extent required by Applicable Laws and Restrictions, each Contractor shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.5 Construction Costs mean all costs and charges incurred to complete the Leasehold Improvements, including without limitation the following:

a. Payments to Contractors for labor, material, equipment, and fixtures supplied in accordance with this Agreement;

b. Fees paid to Designers for services required by this Agreement;

c. Taxes, fees, charges, and levies by governmental and quasi-governmental agencies for Permits or for inspections of the work;

d. Utilities incurred in the course of the construction;

e. Premiums for builder’s risk insurance and other insurance required by this Agreement; and

f. A fee payable to Landlord (“ Landlord’s Fee ”) equal to three percent (3%) of the Construction Costs, excluding Landlord’s Fee, for Landlord’s management and administration of the construction, including without limitation, wages, labor burden, and expediting, procurement, and administrative expenses.

All capitalized terms which are not specifically defined in this Agreement and which are defined in the Fifth Amendment to Lease (“ Fifth Amendment ”) to which this Agreement is attached, will have the same meaning for purposes of this Agreement as they have in the Fifth Amendment.

 

B-1


1.6 Construction Documents mean:

a. Tenant’s Space Plan;

b. Bid packages;

c. Construction contract;

d. Material supply agreements;

e. Architect’s agreement.

1.7 Construction and Design Schedule means the schedule for preparation, approval, disapproval, modification, and completion of the Construction Documents (other than Tenant’s Space Plan) and for obtaining Permits required for the Leasehold Improvements and for commencement, prosecution, and Substantial Completion of all Leasehold Improvements, which is reasonably determined by Landlord and delivered to Tenant within 30 days after Tenant’s Space plan is approved by Landlord.

1.8 Cost Estimate means the estimated total for Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements, prepared by Landlord based on the Contractors’ and Designers’ bid(s) for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and approved by Tenant in accordance with Article III of this Agreement.

1.9 Intentionally Omitted .

1.10 Designers mean the Architect and all other architects, structural engineers, mechanical engineers, and the other design professionals needed to design the Leasehold Improvements, each of whom shall be duly licensed by the State of Oregon and in good professional standing.

1.11 Force Majeure Delay means a delay caused by a force majeure event beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform, including without limitation general strikes, inclement weather, utility curtailments, acts of God, unforeseeable governmental regulations, material shortages (excluding those described in Section 1.22(c)), and terrorist acts.

1.12 General Contractor means the Contractor selected by Landlord pursuant to Section 4.1.

1.13 Improvement Allowance is the maximum amount Landlord is required to pay toward Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements (including the Space Plan Allowance), which amount is $1,065,465.00 ($45.00 per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Premises); provided however, that in the event the Fourth Amendment is terminated pursuant to its terms and the expiration date of the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises is the initial Expiration Date set forth in the Original Lease rather than the Extended Expiration Date as contemplated in the Amendment, then the Improvement Allowance shall be reduced proportionately; provided however that if the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements exceed the Improvement Allowance as so reduced, then Tenant will have the option, to be exercised by written notice to Landlord prior to the Third Expansion Effective Date, to increase the Improvement Allowance (the “Additional Allowance”) by the lesser of (i) the

 

B-2


amount the Improvement Allowance is reduced due to the termination of the Fourth Amendment, and (ii) the excess of the Construction Costs over the Improvement Allowance as so reduced. In such case, the Additional Allowance will be added to the Base Rent payable under the Lease on the basis of an amortization over the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises at a rate of 8% per annum. The Additional Allowance will be deemed to have been disbursed on the date of substantial completion of the Leasehold Improvements. ( As an example only of the foregoing , if the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises expiring on the Extended Expiration Date would consist of 103 months but if the Lease Term for the Third Expansion Premises, as shortened due to a termination of the Fourth Amendment, would consist of 64 months, then the Improvement Allowance would be $662,079.95 ($45.00 per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Premises) ($1,065,465.00 (or $27.96 per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Premises) x 64/103 (or 62.14%), and, if Tenant so elects, the Additional Allowance would be the lesser of (i) $17.04 per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Premises, and (ii) the excess of the Construction Costs over the Improvement Allowance). The Improvement Allowance may not be used for any other purpose, except that, if the Construction Costs are less than the full amount of the Improvement Allowance, (i) a portion of the Improvement Allowance may be used toward the cost of Tenant’s suite entry signage, and (ii) Landlord shall apply up to $47,354.00 ($2.00 per rentable square foot of the Third Expansion Premises) of such excess amount toward the payment of Tenant’s actual, out-of-pocket costs paid to unrelated third parties for project management of the Leasehold Improvements (such costs will be paid to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, directly to the project manager, upon Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of invoices showing the amount of such expenses paid). In addition, Tenant will have the option, to be exercised by written notice to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date, to add all or any portion of the Full Abatement Amount to the Improvement Allowance and the Improvement Allowance, as defined herein, shall be revised to include such amount. In such case, the Full Abatement Amount shall be reduced by the amount added to the Improvement Allowance.

1.14 Intentionally Omitted.

1.15 Landlord’s Representative means Ty Barker or such other person as Landlord may designate in writing, from time to time, to Tenant as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering this Agreement.

1.16 Intentionally Omitted .

1.17 Leasehold Improvements mean the improvements, modifications, and alterations to be constructed in or about the Third Expansion Premises in accordance with this Agreement.

1.18 Permits mean the permits, approvals, and consents of governmental authorities and third parties having jurisdiction over the Leasehold Improvements and that are required for commencement and completion of the Leasehold Improvements.

1.19 Punchlist is defined in Section 5.2.

1.20 Substantial Completion or Substantially Completed is defined in Section 5.1. The Substantial Completion Date is the date the Leasehold Improvements are Substantially Completed.

 

B-3


1.21 Scheduled Completion Date means the scheduled date for Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements as specified in the Construction and Design Schedule, as the same may be modified by the parties.

1.22 Tenant Delay means any actual delay in the Substantial Completion of the Leasehold Improvements as a consequence of:

a. Tenant’s failure to fulfill its obligation as set forth in the Construction and Design Schedule or this Agreement;

b. Change Orders requested by Tenant;

c. Unavailability of materials, components, or finishes for the Leasehold Improvements that differ from Landlord’s standard work or that have an unusually long lead-time for delivery; or

d. A willful or negligent act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees that interferes with the progress of the Leasehold Improvements.

e. Any other act or omission by Tenant or Tenant’s Representative, Tenant’s Contractors or Designers, and/or Tenant’s agents, or employees, which directly or indirectly delays completion of the Leasehold Improvements or Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of possession of the Third Expansion Premises.

1.23 Tenant’s Representative means Mary Cameron or such other person as Tenant may designate in writing to Landlord as its authorized representative for the purposes of administering this Agreement.

1.24 Tenant’s Space Plan means a specific description of Tenant’s desired final Leasehold Improvements prepared by the Architect, which may include:

a. Design requirements;

b. Floor plan;

c. Any other information needed by the Designers for preparation of plans and specification for the Leasehold Improvements, including an initial construction budget; and

d. Those working drawings, plans, specifications, elevations, lighting design, and interior finish design, prepared by the Designers and approved by the parties in accordance with this Agreement.

Landlord will pay up to $3,551.55 ($.15 x 23,677 rsf) in the cumulative aggregate (the “ Space Plan Allowance ”) for the cost of the Tenant’s Space Plan and any drafts thereof and all revisions thereto. The Space Plan Allowance is part of and not in addition to the Improvement Allowance. Landlord shall pay the Space Plan Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) days following receipt of an invoice showing amounts paid by Tenant on account of the Tenant’s Space Plan. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s Space Plan (as approved by Tenant) on or before August 1, 2014.

 

B-4


ARTICLE II

DESIGNATION OF REPRESENTATIVES

2.1 Designation of Representatives . Landlord and Tenant respectively appoint Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative as their sole representatives for the purposes of administering this Agreement. Until replaced upon written notice, Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative will have the full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of Landlord and Tenant, respectively, as required in this Agreement. Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative shall have authority to amend any of the Construction Documents so long as any such modification is in writing and signed by both Landlord’s Representative and Tenant’s Representative.

ARTICLE III

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND PERMITS

3.1 Retention of Architect and Approval of Tenant’s Space Plan . Landlord shall retain the Architect to prepare the plans and specifications for the Leasehold Improvements. Tenant will deliver Tenant’s Space Plan to Landlord within the time permitted in Section 1.24 above. Landlord shall approve or disapprove Tenant’s Space Plan within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Tenant s delivery of Tenant’s Space Plan to Landlord shall be deemed an acknowledgement and agreement by Tenant, (a) that Tenant’s Space Plan accurately represents Tenant’s plans for the Third Expansion Premises and the Initial Premises, if applicable, (b) that budget estimates will be based on Tenant’s Space Plan, (c) that upon Landlord’s approval, Landlord will prepare Construction Documents based upon Tenant’s Space Plan, and (d) THAT ANY MODIFICATION OF TENANT’S SPACE PLAN AFTER THE DATE OF LANDLORD’S APPROVAL AND PREPARATION OF BUDGET ESTIMATES MAY INCREASE THE COST OF THE LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS.

3.2 Preparation and Approval of Construction Documents . Promptly following approval of Tenant’s Space Plan by Landlord, Landlord shall cause the Architect to prepare Construction Documents, which generally conform to Tenant’s Space Plan, on or before the last date specified in the Construction and Design Schedule for completion of such items. Landlord and Tenant shall review the Construction Documents, and deliver to the other party and to the Architect, said party’s written approval or disapproval of the Construction Documents within the time limits stated in the Construction and Design Schedule. If the Construction Documents are disapproved in any respect by either party, the parties shall confer and negotiate in good faith to reach written agreement, using all reasonable efforts to achieve final agreement on such item by the last date for agreement specified in the Construction and Design Schedule. Tenant’s failure to timely agree to the Construction Documents shall be deemed a Tenant Delay.

3.3 Standards for Consent.

a. By Landlord. Landlord will not unreasonably withhold its approval of Tenant’s Space Plan or revisions thereto, or its approval of the Construction Documents.

b. By Tenant. Tenant may not withhold its approval of any change to Tenant’s Space Plan or to any element of the Construction Documents required to obtain any required Permit for construction of the Leasehold Improvements. Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold its approval to any other element of the Construction Documents.

 

B-5


c. Method for Disapproval. Any disapproval by Landlord or Tenant shall be accompanied by a written statement of the disapproved item, the reasons for disapproval, and the specific changes required to make the item acceptable. If a party’s written notice of disapproval is not delivered in accordance with the time limits and standards set forth in this section, approval shall be deemed given.

3.4 Application for Approvals . When Landlord and Tenant approve the Construction Documents, Landlord shall submit them to all appropriate governmental agencies and third parties for issuance of the Permits required for the construction of the Leasehold Improvements and occupancy by Tenant of the Leasehold Improvements for its intended use. Landlord shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain the Permits within the time permitted by the Construction and Design Schedule. Landlord shall not be responsible for any delay or denial of a Permit that is beyond its reasonable control.

3.5 Changes to Construction Documents . After agreed upon by the parties in accordance with the foregoing, the Construction Documents, established in accordance with this Article III, may be modified only by a written “Change Order” executed by Landlord and Tenant, which clearly describes (a) the change, (b) the party required to perform the change, and (c) any modification of the Construction Documents necessitated by the Change Order. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall unreasonably withhold or delay its approval of any change (whether requested by a party or required by an Applicable Law or Restriction), provided however that Landlord may withhold its approval of any change pursuant to Section 3.3.a.

ARTICLE IV

PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK

4.1 Selection of Contractors . When the parties have approved the Construction Documents and Landlord has obtained the Permits required for construction of the Leasehold Improvements, Landlord shall prepare and circulate an appropriate bid package for bidding by three (3) or more prospective General Contractor(s). When the bids are received and approved by Landlord, Landlord shall enter into a fixed price construction contract with the General Contractor that submitted the lowest responsive bid.

4.2 Commencement and Completion of Leasehold Improvements . When all Permits for construction of the Leasehold Improvements have been obtained and Landlord and the General Contractor have entered into a construction contract in accordance with Section 4.1, Landlord shall cause the General Contractor to commence and to diligently prosecute the construction of the Leasehold Improvements in accordance with the Permits and the Construction Documents, so that the Leasehold Improvements will be Substantially Completed on or before the Scheduled Completion Date.

4.3 Standards for Performance of the Work . Landlord shall cause the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner, free from design, material, and workmanship defects in accordance with the material Construction Documents and Applicable Laws and Restrictions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Amendment or this Agreement, Tenant’s acceptance of possession of the Leasehold Improvements shall not waive this warranty and Landlord shall promptly remedy all violations of the warranty at its sole cost and expense.

 

B-6


4.4 No Implied Responsibility . Landlord’s and Landlord’s Representative’s review and approval of the Construction Documents and the performance of the Work shall not create or imply any responsibility or liability on the part of Landlord or Landlord’s Representative with regard to the completeness and design sufficiency of both the Construction Documents and the Work.

ARTICLE V

COMPLETION OF THE WORK

5.1 Substantial Completion . The Leasehold Improvements shall be deemed “Substantially Complete” when (a) Landlord determines construction of the Leasehold Improvements has been substantially completed in accordance with the Construction Documents, and (b) the Architect has certified that the Leasehold Improvements have been constructed substantially in accordance with Construction Documents.

5.2 Inspection and Punchlist . Tenant’s Representative and the Designers shall have the right to enter the Third Expansion Premises only with Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall notify Tenant’s Representative when the Leasehold Improvements are Substantially Completed. On receipt of such notice, Tenant’s Representative, Landlord’s Representative, and the Architect shall promptly inspect the Leasehold Improvements and prepare a final written list of any items that are defective, incomplete, or do not conform to the Construction Documents or the Permits and Applicable Laws and Restrictions (“Punchlist”).

ARTICLE VI

PAYMENT OF CONSTRUCTION COSTS

6.1 Duty to Pay Construction Costs . The cost of completing the Leasehold Improvements shall be funded as follows: (a) Landlord shall pay that portion of the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements equal to, but not exceeding, the Improvement Allowance; (b) Tenant shall pay the Construction Costs of the Leasehold Improvements in excess of the Improvement Allowance. Tenant shall pay its share of the Construction Costs within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor from Landlord. Landlord will have no obligation to disburse the Improvement Allowance or any portion thereof so long as any Default (as defined in the Lease) exists and is continuing.

6.2 Unapplied Portion of the Improvement Allowance . Landlord shall be exclusively entitled to the benefit of any unapplied portion of the Improvement’ Allowance in the construction of the Leasehold Improvements. If all or any portion of the Improvement Allowance is not used by December 31, 2015, Landlord will be entitled to the savings and Tenant will receive no credit therefor.

ARTICLE VII

RISK OF LOSS

7.1 Builder’s Risk Insurance . At all times prior to the Substantial Completion Date, Landlord shall maintain so-called contingent liability and broad form “builder’s risk” insurance with coverage in an amount equal to the replacement cost of the Third Expansion Premises and the Leasehold Improvements to be constructed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

B-7


ARTICLE VIII

EARLY OCCUPANCY

8.1 Early Occupancy . Subject to the terms hereof, Landlord will permit Tenant and Tenant’s agents to enter the Third Expansion Premises up to ten (10) business days prior to the date the Third Expansion Premises are Substantially Completed so that Tenant may install Tenant’s telecommunications cabling and equipment, and otherwise make the Third Expansion Premises ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy (but not for the conduct of Tenant’s business). Such permission will constitute a license only and not a lease and such license will be conditioned upon: (a) Tenant working in harmony and not interfering with Landlord and Landlord’s agents, contractors, workmen, mechanics and suppliers in doing the Leasehold Improvements, or work in the Building or with other tenants and occupants of the Building; (b) Tenant obtaining in advance Landlord’s approval (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the contractors proposed to be used by Tenant; and (c) Tenant furnishing Landlord with such insurance as Landlord may reasonably require. Landlord will have the right to withdraw such license upon notice to Tenant if Tenant violates any of the foregoing conditions or Tenant is otherwise in violation of the terms of the Lease. Tenant agrees that Landlord will not be liable in any way for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to any of Tenant’s property placed or installations made in the Third Expansion Premises prior to the Third Expansion Effective Date, the same being at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant agrees to protect, defend, indemnify and save harmless Landlord from all liabilities, costs, damages, fees and expenses arising out of or connected with the activities of Tenant or its agents, contractors, suppliers or workmen in or about the Third Expansion Premises or the Building. Tenant further agrees that any entry and occupation permitted under this paragraph will be governed by all terms of the Lease, other than payment of Rent thereunder.

 

B-8


Exhibit C

Commencement Certificate

It is hereby agreed among the parties to that certain Fifth Amendment to Lease, dated             , 2014, for Suite 500, in the building located at 111 SW Fifth Avenue, Portland, Oregon (the “Lease”) between New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and 555 SW Oak, LLC (“Landlord”) that the Third Expansion Effective Date is             .

Tenant hereby acknowledges that the Third Expansion Premises, subject only to minor punch-list items, has been delivered in accordance with Landlord’s obligations for the delivery of the Third Expansion Premises under the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Certificate as of the date hereof.

 

TENANT: New Relic, Inc.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Date:

   

LANDLORD: 555 SW Oak, LLC.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

Date:

   

 

C-1

Exhibit 10.11

188 SPEAR STREET

SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA

OFFICE LEASE

188 SPEAR STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company,

Landlord

and

NEW RELIC, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

Tenant

DATED AS OF: July 13, 2012

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Paragraph

   Page  
1.   Premises      1   
2.   Certain Basic Lease Terms      1   
3.   Term; Delivery of Possession of Premises      2   
4.   Premises “As Is”      3   
5.   Monthly Rent      6   
6.   Security Deposit      7   
7.   Additional Rent: increases in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses      8   
8.   Use of Premises; Compliance with Law      12   
9.   Alterations and Restoration      14   
10,   Repair      15   
11.   Abandonment      16   
12.   Liens      16   
13.   Assignment and Subletting      17   
14.   Indemnification of Landlord      20   
15.   Insurance      21   
16.   Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights      22   
17.   Utilities      23   
18.   Personal Property and Other Taxes      25   
19.   Rules and Regulations      25   
20.   Surrender; Holding Over      25   
21.   Subordination and Attornment      26   
22,   Financing Condition      27   
23.   Entry by Landlord      27   
24.   Insolvency or Bankruptcy      28   
25.   Default and Remedies      28   
26.   Damage or Destruction      30   
27.   Eminent Domain      32   
28.   Landlord’s Liability; Sale of Building      32   
29.   Estoppel Certificates      33   
30.   Right of Landlord to Perform      33   
31.   Late Charge; Late Payments      33   
32.   Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial      33   
33.   Waiver      34   
34.   Notices      34   
35.   Deleted      34   
36.   Defined Terms and Marginal Headings      34   
37.   Time and Applicable Law      35   
38.   Successors      35   
39.   Entire Agreement; Modifications      35   
40.   Light and Air      35   
41.   Name of Building      35   
42.   Severability      35   
43.   Authority      35   

 

i


44.    No Offer      35   
45.    Real Estate Brokers      36   
46.    Consents and Approvals      36   
47.    Reserved Rights      36   
48.    Financial Statements      36   
49.    Deleted      37   
50.    Nondisclosure of Lease Terms      37   
51.    Hazardous Substance Disclosure      37   
52.    Signage Rights; Directories      37   
53.    Parking      38   
54,    Transportation Management      39   
55.    Renovation of the Real Property and Other Improvements      39   
56.    Quiet Enjoyment      39   
57.    No Discrimination      39   
58.    Right of First Offer      39   
59.    Renewal Option      41   
60.    Roof-Deck Access      43   
61.    Condition Precedent      43   

EXHIBITS:

A - Outline of Premises

B - Rules and Regulations

C - Form of Commencement Date Letter

D - Form of Letter of Credit

E — Roof Access Corridor

F — Form of Stock Warrant

 

ii


LEASE

THIS LEASE is made as of the 13th day of July, 2012, between 188 SPEAR STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

1. Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, on the terms and conditions set forth herein, the space outlined on the attached Exhibit A (the “ Premises ”). The Premises are located on the floor(s) specified in Paragraph 2 below of the building (the “Building”) located at 188 Spear Street, San Francisco, California. The Building, its garage, the parcel(s) of land (the “ Land ) on which the Building and garage are located and the other improvements on the Land (including the walkways and landscaping) are referred to herein as the “ Real Property .”

Tenant’s lease of the Premises shall include the right to use, in common with others and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, the public lobbies, entrances, stairs, elevators and other public portions of the Building, as well as the common areas of the other portions of the Real Property that are pertinent to Tenant’s occupancy and use of the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all recorded covenants, conditions and restrictions currently or hereinafter affecting the Real Property and agrees that this Lease shall be subject and subordinate thereto. All of the windows and outside walls of the Premises and any space in the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits. ducts, electrical equipment or other utilities or Building facilities are reserved solely to Landlord and Landlord shall have rights of access through the Premises for the purpose of operating, maintaining and repairing the same.

2. Certain Basic Lease Terms. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meaning specified below:

 

  a. Floor(s) on which the Premises are located: All of the rentable area on the 10 th , 11 th and 12 th floors of the Building. The Premises are designated as Suites 1000, 1100 and 1200, respectively. For all purposes of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant agree that the Premises shall be deemed to contain the rentable square footage set forth below:

 

Floor

   Suite Number           Rentable Square Footage  

10 th

   1000         18,363   

11 th

   1100         18,363   

12 th

   1200         18,174   
        

 

 

 
        Total RSF:         54,900   

 

  b. Lease term: Approximately seven (7) years and six (6) months, commencing on the date Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Paragraph 4.a. below)(the “ Commencement Date ”), and ending on the last day of the eighty-fourth (84th) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date (as defined below) (the “ Expiration Date ”).

 

  c. Monthly Rent: The respective sums set forth below:

 

Period

   Monthly Rent      

First Rent Year

   $ 173.550.75 ***    (36,537 RSF only)

Second Rent Year

   $ 268,598.25      (54,900 RSF)

Third Rent Year

   $ 276,650.25      “ “

Fourth Rent Year

   $ 284,976.75      “ “

Fifth Rent Year

   $ 293,486.25      “ “

Sixth Rent Year

   $ 302,316.00      “ “

Seventh Rent Year

   $ 311,374.50      “ “

The “ First Rent Year ” is the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the last day of the twelfth (12 th ) full calendar month thereafter. Each period of twelve (12) calendar months thereafter shall constitute a “ Rent Year .” The “ Rent Commencement Date ” is the earlier of (i) the date six (6) months following the Commencement Date and (ii) the date on which Tenant commences business in any portion of the Premises.

 

*** Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Tenant’s Monthly Rent is fully abated during the first two (2) months of the First Rent Year.

 

 

1


Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the Initial Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 4.c.i. below) are not Substantially Completed (as defined in Paragraph 4.c.iii. below) on or before the Rent Commencement Date solely due to Force Majeure (as defined in Paragraph 3.b. below) and/or Landlord Delay(s) (as defined in Paragraph 4.e. below), then the Rent Commencement Date shall be extended by the length in the delay in Substantial Completion that resulted from such Force Majeure and/or Landlord Delay(s); provided, however, that the extension of the Rent Commencement Date on account of Force Majeure shall not exceed a total of four (4) months.

 

  d. Security: Letter of Credit in the initial amount of Three Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,800,000.00), subject to increases and decreases in accordance with Paragraph 6 below.

 

  e. Tenant’s Share: 26.69%, which percentage is calculated by dividing the 54,900 rentable square feet of the Premises by the 205.688 rentable square feet of the Building.

 

  f. Base Year: The calendar year 2013. Base Tax Year: The fiscal tax year ending June 30. 2013.

 

  g. Initially contemplated use of Premises: Computer software. The permitted uses of the Premises are set forth in Paragraph 8.a. below.

 

  h. Real estate broker(s): Shorenstein Management, Inc. and Cresa.

3. Term; Delivery of Possession of Premises .

a. Term . The term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b.) and, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or at law, shall expire on the Expiration Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.b.). Upon either party’s request, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto confirming the Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date and the Expiration Date.

b. Delivery of Possession . Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Paragraph 4.a. below). The date that Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition is, as provided in Paragraph 2.b. above, the Commencement Date and such date is also sometimes referred to in this Lease as the “ Delivery Date .” The parties presently estimate that the Delivery Date will be on or about August 1, 2012. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise expressly provided below, in the event of any delay in the delivery of the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition due to Force Majeure (as defined below) or other causes, this Lease shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, but Landlord shall continue to use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition as soon as reasonably possible after August 1, 2012. Further. notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord has not delivered the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition on or before October 1, 2012 (the “ Termination Trigger Date )(which Termination Trigger Date shall be extended by the length of any delay in the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition that results from a delay caused by Tenant or Force Majeure; provided that extensions of the Termination Trigger Date on account of Force Majeure shall not exceed a. total of three (3) months), Tenant, as Tenant’s sole remedy, may notify Landlord in writing that Tenant elects to terminate this Lease effective as of the date thirty (30) days following the date of such written notice, and, if Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition on or before the end of’ such thirty (30) day period, this Lease shall terminate.

The term “ Force Majeure ” as used hereinafter in this Lease as a single term shall mean strikes, lockout, labor disputes, shortages of material or labor, fire or other casualty, acts of God or any other cause beyond the commercially reasonable control of the party whose performance under this Lease is hindered by the Force Majeure event, but shall in no event include inability to perform due to economic reasons.

 

2


4. Premises “As Is” .

a. Premises As-Is. Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant in broom-clean condition, with Landlord’s Work (as described in Paragraph 4.b. below) Substantially Completed (as hereinafter defined) and otherwise in its “as is” state and condition (such condition being referred to in this Lease as “ Delivery Condition ”).

Landlord’s Work shall be deemed “ Substantially Completed ” when Landlord’s Work has been completed, subject only to the correction or completion of “ Landlord Punch List ” items, which items shall be limited to minor items of incomplete or defective work or materials or mechanical maladjustments that are of such a nature that the tack of completion does not materially interfere with or impair Tenant’s ability to commence and complete the Initial Alterations and, upon Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations, to obtain a certificate of occupancy or equivalent. Promptly following Landlord’s written notice to Tenant that Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, Landlord and Tenant (and/or their representatives) shall conduct a walk-through of the entire Premises to determine whether Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed and shall agree upon the list of Landlord Punch List items (if any). If Substantial Completion has not occurred, Landlord shall cause the remaining work to be completed as soon as commercially reasonably possible. Landlord shall cause the Landlord Punch List items to be completed or corrected within thirty (30) days following completion of the Punch List, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

b. Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and without application of the Alterations Allowance or Additional Allowance (as defined in Paragraphs 4.d.i. and ii. below, respectively), cause the following work to be completed or in place (“ Landlord’s Work ):

 

  1. The main HVAC loop shall be installed on each floor and ready for distribution. (HVAC distribution within the Premises shall be performed by Tenant as a part of the Initial Alterations, at Tenant’s expense, although the Alterations Allowance and Additional Allowance may be applied to such costs.)

 

  2. The fire sprinkler main loop shall be installed on each floor in compliance with core and shell code requirements.

 

  3. Provide a California Title 24 compliant path of travel to and from each floor of the Premises at the time of delivery.

 

  4. Electrical panels installed on each floor shall have a minimum supply of (i) 4 watts per square foot for connected load and (i) I watt per square foot for Building standard lighting, per California Title 24.

 

  5. All floors of the Premises will have new Building standard restrooms that meet the California Title 24 requirements at the time of delivery.

 

  6. Condenser water loop stubbed to each floor for supplemental HVAC.

In addition to the above, following Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and without application of the Alterations Allowance or Additional Allowance, install Building standard window coverings throughout the Premises. Paragraph 10.b. below sets forth Landlord’s maintenance obligations during the Lease term (as the same may be extended) with regard to the Base Building and Building Systems (as those terms are defined in such Paragraph 10.b.).

c. Initial Alterations; Plans .

i. Initial Alterations. Promptly following the Delivery Date (as defined in Paragraph 3.b. above), Tenant shall commence construction of the alterations and improvements Tenant desires to make in the Premises prior to Tenant’s initial occupancy (the “ Initial Alterations ”). The construction of the Initial Alterations shall be governed by Paragraph 9 below, except that, with regard to the Initial Alterations only, the Alteration Operations Fee provided for in Paragraph 9.a. below shall be a fixed amount of Fifty Four Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ($54,900.00), which amount shall also constitute payment for access, elevator usage during Business Hours, use of loading docks during Business Hours and utilities for the construction of the Initial Alterations. The general contractor selected by Tenant to construct the Initial Alterations, and reasonably approved by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 9.a. below, is referred to hereinafter as “ Tenant’s Contractor .”

In no event shall Tenant or Tenant’s Contractor be given access to the Premises for commencement of construction of the Initial Alterations until the plans therefor have been approved by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, and Tenant has delivered to Landlord the

 

3


insurance certificates required by Landlord in connection with the work and required under Paragraph 15 below. If Landlord is prepared to deliver the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition, but Tenant is not given access to the Premises for the purposes of constructing the Initial Alterations because the conditions of the immediately preceding sentence have not been satisfied, then for purposes of Paragraphs 2.b. and 3.b. above, Landlord shall be deemed to have delivered the Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition on the date that Landlord was prepared to so deliver the Premises to Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor are not permitted to commence construction until the aforementioned conditions are satisfied.

ii. Plans; Change Orders . The provisions of Paragraph 9.a. below shall apply to the plans and specifications for the Initial Alterations and Landlord’s review and approval thereof. As a supplement to, but without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of space plans or construction drawings for the Initial Alterations (or revisions to such plans or drawings previously reviewed by Landlord) if the submitted documents are approved or are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect (Landlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld or conditioned). If applicable, Tenant shall submit revised drawings to Landlord for approval, and Landlord shall respond thereto, in accordance with the foregoing. This process will continue until the subject plans are fully approved in writing by Landlord. Failure by Landlord to provide its written approval or comments on submitted plans or drawings within the required ten (10) Business Day period shall constitute a Landlord Delay (as defined more fully in Paragraph 4.e. below). The final coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings, in form sufficient for Tenant’s Contractor to obtain subcontractors’ bids on the work and to obtain all applicable permits for the work, as approved in writing by Landlord and Tenant, are referred to hereinafter as the “ Construction Drawings .”

lf, after approval of the Construction Documents, Tenant desires to make modifications to the Construction Drawings, Tenant shall submit the applicable plan revisions to Landlord and Landlord will approve or disapprove of the proposed revisions in writing (Landlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld or conditioned) within ten (10) Business Days following delivery of the same to Landlord.

iii. Substantial Completion. The Initial Alterations shall be deemed “ Substantially Completed ” when the initial Alterations have been completed in accordance with the Construction Drawings, subject only to the correction or completion of “ punch list ” items, which items shall be limited to minor items of incomplete or defective work or materials or mechanical maladjustments that are of such a nature that the lack of completion does not materially interfere with or impair Tenant’s use of the Premises for Tenant’s business.

d. Alterations Allowance; Additional Allowance .

i. Alterations Allowance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 9 below, Landlord shall contribute toward the cost of the design, construction and installation of the Initial Alterations (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Contractor’s fee and the Alteration Operations Fee) an amount not to exceed Two Million Eight Hundred Eighty Two Thousand Two Hundred Fifty Dollars ($2,882,250.00) (the “ Alterations Allowance - ); provided, however that not more than Three Hundred Eighty Four Thousand Three Hundred Dollars ($384,300.00) of the Alterations Allowance may be applied to Tenant’s reasonable space planning, consultant, architectural and engineering costs for the design of the Initial Alterations. No portion of the Alterations Allowance may be applied to the cost of equipment, trade fixtures, moving expenses. furniture, signage or free rent, but the Alterations Allowance may be applied to the cost of network cabling. Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive all or any portion of the Alterations if Tenant is in default under the Lease at the time Tenant requests such disbursement; provided, however, that if Landlord did not make a disbursement because Tenant was then in default under this Lease, Landlord shall make the disbursement at such time as the default is cured, provided that all other conditions for the disbursement hereunder have been met and the default is cured within the Allowance Availability Period (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 4.d.i., the Alterations Allowance shall be available for disbursement pursuant to the terms hereof only for the first twelve (12) months following the Commencement Date (the “ Allowance Availability Period ”). If any portion of the Alterations Allowance has not been utilized (and Tenant has not submitted to Landlord invoices evidencing such costs) prior to the end of the Allowance Availability Period, such unused portion shall be forfeited by Tenant.

Tenant acknowledges that the Alterations Allowance is to be applied to Initial Alterations covering the entire Premises outlined in Exhibit A . The foregoing shall not be deemed to require Tenant to improve all portions of the Premises in the same manner or to the same level of finish, but all portions of the Premises shall be improved in a reasonable manner appropriate for office space, including electrical, FIVAC, lighting floor covering and wall covering consistent with

 

4


the balance of the Premises (such improvements are sometimes referred to hereinafter as the “Minimum Improvement Standards”). If Tenant does not elect to improve the entire Premises with the Minimum Improvement Standards, then the Alterations Allowance shall be adjusted on a pro-rata per rentable square foot basis to reflect the number of square feet actually being improved with such Minimum Improvement Standards.

ii. Additional Allowance . If the cost of the design and construction of the Initial Alterations exceeds the Alterations Allowance provided for above, then Landlord will, at Tenant’s request, contribute toward such excess sum an amount not to exceed Two Hundred Seventy Four Thousand Five Hundred Dollars ($274,500.00) (the “ Additional Allowance ); provided, however, that the Additional Allowance will not be available for disbursement during any period that Tenant is in default under the Lease (provided, however, that if Landlord did not make a disbursement because Tenant was then in default under this Lease, Landlord shall make the disbursement at such time as the default is cured, provided that all other conditions for the disbursement hereunder have been met) or after the expiration of the Allowance Availability Period (as defined above). Upon the completion of the initial Alterations and the determination of the actual amount of the Additional Allowance that was disbursed by Landlord (the “ Amortization Amount ”), Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease which increases the Monthly Rent set forth in this Lease by a sum sufficient to fully amortize the Amortization Amount over the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, which amortization shall be on a straight line basis at an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. Such amendment shall also provide that, if the Lease terminates prior to the date that the Amortization Amount plus accrued interest is fully repaid to Landlord, then concurrently with such termination of the Lease the then unpaid portion of the Amortization Amount, plus all accrued but unpaid interest, shall be immediately payable in full.

iii. Disbursement of Alterations Allowance and Additional Allowance. Landlord shall disburse the Alterations Allowance (and the Additional Allowance, if applicable) directly to Tenant’s Contractor and/or to the applicable subcontractors, as Tenant shalt request. Landlord’s disbursements shall be on a monthly basis and shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of (A) invoices of Tenant’s Contractor to be furnished to Landlord by Tenant covering work actually performed, construction in place and materials delivered to the site (as may be applicable) describing in reasonable detail such work, construction and/or materials, (B) conditional lien waivers executed by Tenant’s Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers, as applicable, for their portion of the work covered by the requested disbursement, and (C) unconditional lien waivers executed by Tenant’s Contractor and the persons and entities performing the work or supplying the materials covered by Landlord’s previous disbursements for the work or materials covered by such previous disbursements (all such waivers to be in the forms prescribed by the applicable provisions of the California Civil Code). No payment will be made for materials or supplies not located in the Premises. Landlord may withhold the amount of any and all retentions provided for in original contracts or subcontracts until expiration of the applicable lien periods or Landlord’s receipt of unconditional lien waivers and full releases upon final payment (in the form prescribed by the applicable provisions of the California Civil Code) from Tenant’s Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers involved in the Initial Alterations.

Tenant shall pay for all costs of the construction of the Initial Alterations in excess of the Alterations Allowance and, if applicable, the Additional Allowance (the “ Excess Cost ”). Based on the estimated cost of the construction of the Initial Alterations, as shown on the budget for the construction of the Initial Alterations (as reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant) (the -Estimated Costs”), the prorata share of the Estimated Costs payable by Landlord and Tenant shall be determined and an appropriate percentage share established for each (a “ Share of Costs ”). Tenant and Landlord shall fund the cost of the construction (including the applicable portion of the applicable fees) as the same is performed, in accordance with their respective Share of Costs for the construction, with such payments being made directly to Tenant’s Contractor and/or the applicable subcontractors. At such time as the Alterations Allowance and, if applicable, the Additional Allowance, has been entirely disbursed, Tenant shall pay the remaining Excess Cost, if any, directly to Tenant’s Contractor and/or the applicable subcontractors. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of receipted invoices for all payments made directly by Tenant for the costs of the Initial Alterations and such waivers of lien rights as Landlord may reasonably require.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Landlord shall retain the Alteration Operations Fee from the Alterations Allowance.

c. Landlord Delay . A delay in the Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations caused solely by any of the following shall constitute a “ Landlord Delay: ” (i) Landlord’s failure to comply with any time requirements expressly set forth in Paragraph 4.c.i. above, or (ii) Landlord’s unreasonable interference with the completion of Initial Alterations; provided, however, that no Landlord Delay as described in clause (ii) above will be deemed to have occurred unless and until Tenant has notified Landlord of the event which Tenant claims constitutes a Landlord Delay and Landlord has failed to cure such event within five (5) Business Days thereafter.

 

5


f. Resolution of Construction Related Disputes. In the event of a disagreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding if or when the Premises were delivered in Delivery Condition, the date of Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations, or the occurrence of an instance of Force Majeure, Landlord Delay, or any other issues regarding the commencement, completion or delays in the performance of Landlord’s Work or the Initial Alterations or regarding disbursements of the Alterations Allowance or Additional Allowance, then if such disagreement is not resolved within thirty (30) days, either party may require that such disagreement be submitted by the parties to a dispute resolution procedure mutually and reasonably agreed to by the parties, which may be JAMS or another reputable dispute resolution group or may be a mutually agreed upon expert acting independently, provided that any expert retained in connection with the resolution of a dispute regarding completion of Landlord’s Work shall be an independent general contractor with not less than fifteen (15) years’ experience in construction projects such as the construction of Landlord’s Work and any expert retained in connection with the Substantial Completion of the Initial Alterations, shall be an independent architect with not less than fifteen (15) years’ experience as an architect for projects such as, or similar to, the Initial Alterations. The parties shall agree upon the dispute resolution procedure and expert(s) within fifteen (15) days following the date that the parties have agreed to resolve such disagreement pursuant to this Paragraph 4.f. The decision reached through the dispute resolution procedure shall be binding on the parties. Each party shall bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of the dispute resolution procedure.

5. Monthly Rent .

a. Commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter on or before the first day of each calendar month during the term hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as monthly rent for the Premises, the Monthly Rent specified in Paragraph 2 above. if Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent hereunder commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, or if the term of this Lease terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar month, then the Monthly Rent payable for such partial month shall be appropriately prorated on the basis of a thirty (30)-day month. Monthly Rent and the Additional Rent.specified in Paragraph 7 shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, in advance, without deduction, offset, prior notice or demand, in immediately available funds of lawful money of the United States of America, or by good check as described below, to the lockbox location designated by Landlord, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments made by check must be drawn either on a California financial institution or on a financial institution that is a member of the federal reserve system. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall pay to Landlord together with Tenant’s execution of this Lease an amount equal to the Monthly Rent payable for the first full calendar month of the Lease term after Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent shall have commenced hereunder, which amount shall be applied to the Monthly Rent first due and payable hereunder.

b. All amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease, or otherwise payable in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, in addition to the Monthly Rent hereunder and Additional Rent under Paragraph 7, shall constitute rent owed by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

c. Any rent not paid by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) Business Days following written notice to Tenant that such sum is past due shall bear interest from the date due to the date of payment by Tenant at an annual rate of interest (the “Interest Rate”) equal to the lesser of (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum or (ii) the maximum annual interest rate allowed by law on such due date for business loans (not primarily for personal, family or household purposes) not exempt from the usury law; except that Landlord shall only be required to give two (2) such notices in any calendar year, and after two (2) such notices are given, any failure by Tenant in such calendar year to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount due hereunder on the date due will subject Tenant to the default interest at the Interest Rate, without the requirement of notice from Landlord of such failure. Failure by Tenant to pay rent when due (subject to the notice and cure period, if applicable), including any interest accrued under this subparagraph, shall constitute an Event of Default (as defined in Paragraph 25 below) giving rise to all the remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease and at law for nonpayment of rent.

d. No security or guaranty which may now or hereafter be furnished to Landlord for the payment of rent due hereunder or for the performance by Tenant of the other terms of this Lease shall in any way be a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s remedies under this Lease or at law.

 

6


6. Security Deposit .

a. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, as security for the performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, an original irrevocable standby letter of credit (the “ Letter of Credit ) in the amount of Three Million Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars ($3,800,000.00), naming Landlord as beneficiary, which Landlord may draw upon to cure any Event of Default (or any breach under this Lease where there exist circumstances under which Landlord is enjoined or otherwise prevented by operation of law from giving to Tenant a written notice which would be necessary for such failure of performance to constitute an Event of Default), or to compensate Landlord for any damage Landlord incurs as a result of Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations hereunder. Any such draw on the Letter of Credit shall not constitute a waiver of any other rights of Landlord with respect to such default or failure to perform. The Letter of Credit shall be issued by Silicon Valley Bank or another major commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord, with a San Francisco, California, service and claim point for the Letter of Credit, have an expiration date not earlier than the sixtieth (60 th ) day after the Expiration Date (or, in the alternative, have a term of not less than one (1) year and be automatically renewable for an additional one (1) year period unless notice of non-renewal is given by the issuer to Landlord not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration thereof) and shall provide that Landlord may make partial and multiple draws thereunder, up to the face amount thereof. If, at any period while the Letter of Credit is required to be in effect hereunder, the financial condition of the issuing bank materially deteriorates from the financial condition as of the date of Landlord’s initial approval of the bank (as evidenced by a material drop in Standard & Poor’s financial services rating for such bank), then Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, require that Tenant replace the Letter of Credit with a Letter of Credit issued by a major commercial bank then reasonably acceptable to Landlord. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall provide that, in the event of Landlord’s assignment or other transfer of its interest in this Lease, the Letter of Credit shall be freely transferable by Landlord, without charge to Landlord (transfer fees shall be the responsibility of Tenant) and without recourse. to the assignee or transferee of such interest and the bank shall confirm the same to Landlord and such assignee or transferee. The Letter of Credit shall provide for payment to Landlord upon the issuer’s receipt of a sight draft from Landlord together with a statement by Landlord that the requested sum is due and payable from Tenant to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, and otherwise be in form and content satisfactory to Landlord. If the Letter of Credit has an expiration date earlier than sixty (60) days after the Expiration Date, then throughout the term hereof (including any renewal or extension of the term) Tenant shall provide evidence of renewal of the Letter of Credit to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the date the Letter of Credit expires. If Landlord draws on the Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms hereof, Tenant shall immediately replenish the Letter of Credit or provide Landlord with an additional letter of credit conforming to the requirements of this paragraph so that the amount available to Landlord from the Letter of Credit(s) provided hereunder is the amount specified in Paragraph 2.d. above (as the same may have been increased pursuant to the final grammatical paragraph of this Paragraph 6.a. or reduced pursuant to Paragraph 6.b. below). Tenant’s failure to deliver any replacement, additional or extension of the Letter of Credit, or evidence of renewal of the Letter of Credit, within the time specified under this Lease shall entitle Landlord to draw upon the entire balance of the Letter of Credit then in effect. If Landlord liquidates the Letter of Credit as provided in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall hold the funds received from the Letter of Credit as security for Tenant’s performance under this Lease, this Paragraph 6 shall be deemed a security agreement for such purposes and for purposes of Division 9 of the California Commercial Code, Landlord shall be deemed to hold a perfected, first priority security interest in such funds, and Tenant does hereby authorize Landlord to file such financing statements or other instruments as Landlord shall deem advisable to further evidence and/or perfect such security interest. Landlord shall not be required to segregate such security deposit from its other funds and no interest shall accrue or be payable to Tenant with respect thereto. No holder of a Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), nor any purchaser at any judicial or private foreclosure sale of the Real Property or any portion thereof, shall be responsible to Tenant for such security deposit unless and only to the extent such holder or purchaser shall have actually received the same. If Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this Lease, within sixty (60) days thereafter Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit or the balance of the security deposit then held by Landlord, as applicable; provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Tenant hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of California Civil Code Section 1950.7 (except that subsection (b) of Section 1950.7 shall remain applicable), and, without limitation of the scope of such waiver, acknowledges that Landlord may use all or any part of the funds from the Letter of Credit to. compensate Landlord for damages resulting from termination of this Lease and the tenancy created hereunder (including, without limitation, damages recoverable under California Civil Code Section 1951.2).

 

7


Notwithstanding the above, if the First Offer Space is added to the Premises pursuant to Paragraph 58 below, the amount of the Letter of Credit required hereunder shall, effective as of the Lease commencement date as to the First Offer Space, be increased so that, based on the new total rentable square footage of the Premises with the subject First Offer Space added thereto, the amount of the Letter of Credit is the same amount per rentable square foot of the Premises that was in effect on the date immediately prior to the date the subject First Offer Space was added to the Premises.

b. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 6.a. above, if at any time during the term hereof (including the renewal term provided for in Paragraph 59 below, if exercised), any of the following conditions apply (as reasonably determined by Landlord), the amount of the Letter of Credit then in effect hereunder may be reduced by One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00):

 

  i. Tenant has a positive net cash flow for a twelve (12) month period, combined with a minimum of One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00) of net revenue during such twelve (12) month period, or

 

  ii, Tenant has an initial public offering that raises not less than Seventy-Five Million Dollars ($75,000,000.00) in cash, net of offering costs and debt repayment, if any; or

 

  iii. Tenant is wholly acquired by a reputable, creditworthy company with at least One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000.00) in cash on hand that assumes or guaranties in writing in full Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

Tenant shall provide Landlord with the information (in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord) reasonably required for Landlord to determine whether any of the conditions set forth in items i. through iii. above have been satisfied.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above in this Paragraph 6.b., if, as of the date Tenant otherwise qualified for the reduction in the Letter of Credit, a breach by Tenant of any provision of this Lease has occurred and is continuing, the required amount of the Letter of Credit shall not be reduced and shall not thereafter reduce until the breach is cured and a period of six (6) months thereafter follows during which Tenant is not in breach of this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period.

c. if the amount of the Letter of Credit is required to be increased under the final paragraph of Paragraph 6.a. above, or Tenant is entitled to reduce the amount of the Letter of Credit under Paragraph 6.b. above, Tenant shall contact the issuing bank to arrange for the required modification in the amount of the Letter of Credit and, upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall cooperate with Tenant to complete the paperwork required to replace or amend the then existing Letter of Credit to reflect such modified amount of the Letter of Credit.

7. Additional Rent: Increases in Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses.

a. Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at the times hereinafter set forth, Tenant’s Share, as specified in Paragraph 2.e. above, of any increase in the Operating Expenses (as defined below) incurred by Landlord in each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year specified in Paragraph 2.f. above, over the Operating Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base Year. The amounts payable under this Paragraph 7.a. and Paragraph 7.b. below are termed “ Additional Rent ” herein.

The term “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean the total costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the management, operation, maintenance, repair and ownership of the Real Property, including, without limitation, the following costs: (1) salaries, wages, bonuses and other compensation (including hospitalization, medical, surgical, retirement plan. pension plan, union dues, life insurance, including group life insurance, welfare and other fringe benefits, and vacation, holidays and other paid absence benefits) relating to employees of Landlord or its agents engaged in the operation, repair, or maintenance of the Real Property; (2) payroll, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment and similar taxes with respect to such employees of Landlord or its agents, and the cost of providing disability or other benefits imposed by law or otherwise, with respect to such employees; (3) the cost of uniforms (including the cleaning, replacement and pressing thereof) provided to such employees; (4) premiums and other charges incurred by Landlord with respect to fire, other casualty, rent and liability insurance, any other insurance as is deemed necessary or advisable in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, or any insurance required by the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), and, after the Base Year, costs of repairing an insured casualty to the extent of the deductible amount under the applicable insurance policy; provided, however, that (A) any earthquake -insurance deductible paid by Landlord shall not, for purposes of this Paragraph 7.a., exceed five percent (5%) of the insurable value of the Real Property,

 

8


and, if Landlord’s payment for an earthquake or terrorism insurance deductible exceeds Three Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($350,000.00), the entire amount of the deductible shall be amortized over the following periods and only the annual amortized portion will be included in Operating Expenses for a given year during such periods: (i) a deductible payment from $350,001.00 up to $1,500,000.00 shall be amortized over five (5) years, (ii) a deductible payment between $1.500,001.00 and $2,000,000.00 shall be amortized over six (6) years and (iii) a deductible payment of $2,000,001.00 and above shall be amortized over a period of eight (8) years. and (B) for purposes of this item (4), no deductible for insurance other than earthquake or terrorism insurance shall exceed $250,000.00; (5) water charges and sewer rents or fees; (6) license, permit and inspection fees; (7) sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Real Property and Building systems and equipment; (8) telephone, telegraph. postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance, or repair of the Real Property; (9) management fees; provided, however, such management fees shall not exceed three percent (3%) of gross revenues from the Real Property; (10) costs of repairs to and maintenance of the Real Property. including building systems and appurtenances thereto and normal repair and replacement of worn-out equipment, facilities and installations, but excluding the replacement of major building systems (except to the extent provided in (16) and (17) below); (11) fees and expenses for janitorial services (but excluding janitorial services to the premises of any tenant of the Building), window cleaning, guard, extermination, water treatment, rubbish removal, plumbing and other services and inspection or service contracts for elevator. electrical, mechanical, HVAC and other building equipment and systems or as may otherwise be necessary or proper for the operation, repair or maintenance of the ReaI Property; (12) costs of supplies, tools, materials, and equipment used in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Real Property; (13) accounting. legal and other professional fees and expenses; (14) fees and expenses for painting the exterior or the public or common areas of the Building and the cost of maintaining the sidewalks, landscaping and other common areas of the Real Property; (15) costs and expenses for electricity, chilled water, air conditioning, water for heating, gas, fuel, steam, heat, lights, power and other energy related utilities required in connection with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Real Property, but excluding electricity provided to the premises of tenants of the Building and any other of the foregoing utilities to the extent provided to premises of tenants of the Building if Tenant pays directly for such utilities that are consumed in the Premises; (16) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Real Property or capital assets acquired by Landlord after the Base Year in order to comply with any local, state or federal law, ordinance, rule, regulation, code or order of any governmental entity or insurance requirement (collectively, “Legal Requirement”) with which the Real Property was not required to comply during the Base Year, or to comply with any amendment or other change to the enactment or interpretation of any Legal Requirement from its enactment or interpretation during the Base Year; (17) the cost of any capital improvements made by Landlord to the Building or capital assets acquired by Landlord after the Base Year for (x) the protection of the health and safety of the occupants of the Real Property or (y) that are designed to reduce other Operating Expenses (“ Cost-Saving Capital Expenditures-) (provided, however, that, with regard to Cost-Saving Capital Expenditures, the costs thereof may only be included in Operating Expenses if, at the time such costs were incurred, Landlord reasonably anticipated (and upon Tenant’s written request. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement and explanation of Landlord’s calculation of the anticipated savings) that the annual saving in Operating Expenses that would result from such expenditure would be equal to or exceed the annual amortized amount of the cost to be included in Operating Expenses pursuant to this Paragraph 7.a.); (18) the cost of furniture. draperies, carpeting, landscaping and other customary and ordinary items of personal property (excluding paintings, sculptures and other works of art) provided by Landlord For use in common areas of the Building or the Real Property or in the Building office (to the extent that such Building office is dedicated to the operation and management of the Real Property); provided, however, that leasing or rental costs of a rotating or other art program for the common areas of the Building or the Real Property shall be included in Operating Expenses; (19) any expenses and costs resulting from substitution of work, labor, material or services in lieu of any of the above itemizations; and (20) the fair market rent or rental value of the Building management office, but excluding any portions of the office that are dedicated to teasing activities. If the Real Property is or becomes subject to any covenants, conditions or restrictions, reciprocal easement agreement, common area declaration or similar agreement, then Operating Expenses shall include all fees, costs or other expenses allocated to the Real Property under such agreement. With respect to the costs of items included in Operating Expenses under (16) and (17), such costs shall be amortized over a reasonable period, as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted property management practices, together with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate per annum equal to three (3) percentage points over the six-month United States Treasury bill rate in effect at the time such item is constructed or acquired, or at such higher rate as may have been paid by Landlord on funds borrowed for the purpose of constructing or acquiring such item, but in either case not more than the maximum rate permitted by law at the time such item is constructed or acquired.

 

9


Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include the following: (i) depreciation on the Building or equipment or systems therein; (ii) financing or refinancing costs, including all interest, principal, points and other fees or expenses incurred in the application for or obtaining any loan; (iii) rental under any ground or underlying lease; (iv) interest (except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 7.a.); (v) Tax Expenses (as defined in Paragraph 7.b. below); (vi) attorneys’ and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with lease negotiations with current or prospective Building tenants, lease disputes with past, current or prospective Building tenants, the enforcement of leases affecting the Real Property, the sale or refinancing of all or any part of the Real Property, the defense of Landlord’s title to or interest in the Real Property, or disputes with past, current or prospective employees of Landlord or Landlord’s agents; (vii) the cost (including any amortization thereof) of any equipment, improvements or alterations which would be properly classified as capital expenditures according to generally accepted property management practices (except to the extent expressly included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Paragraphs 7.a.(16) and (17) above); (viii) the cost (including architectural. engineering and permit costs) of decorating, improving for tenant occupancy, painting or redecorating portions of the Building to be demised to tenants; (ix) wages, salaries, benefits or other similar compensation paid to executive employees of Landlord or Landlord’s agents above the rank of Property Manager or the cost of labor and employees with respect to personnel not located at the Building on a full-time basis unless such costs are appropriately allocated between the Building and the other responsibilities of such personnel; (x) advertising and promotional expenditures; (xi) real estate broker’s or other leasing or sales commissions; (xii) penalties or other costs incurred and actually paid by Landlord due to a violation by Landlord of any or all of the terms and conditions of this Lease or any other lease relating to the Building, except to the extent such costs reflect costs that would have been incurred by Landlord absent such violation; (xiii) subject to the provisions of item (4) above, repairs and other work occasioned by fire, windstorm or other casualty, to the extent Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds (or would have been reimbursed had Landlord maintained the insurance coverage required hereunder), and other work paid from insurance or condemnation proceeds or covered by applicable warranties; (xiv) overhead and profit increments paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for management or other services on or to the Building or for supplies or other materials to the extent that the cost of the services, supplies or materials materially exceed the amounts normally payable for similar goods and services under similar circumstances (taking into account the market factors in effect on the date any relevant contracts were negotiated) in comparable buildings in San Francisco with comparable improvements; (xv) charitable and political contributions; (xvi) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment ordinarily considered to be of a capital nature (except equipment that is not affixed to the Building and is used in providing janitorial services, and except to the extent such costs would otherwise be includable pursuant to items (16) and (17) as set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph); (xvii) costs directly and solely attributable to the garage for the Building, including, without limitation, payroll for clerks, attendants, book keeping, parking, insurance premiums, parking taxes, parking management fees, parking tickets, janitorial services, striping and painting of surfaces; (xviii) any expense for which Landlord is contractually entitled to be reimbursed, including, without limitation, payments for Excess Services; (xix) the cost of services made available at no additional charge to any tenant in the Building but not to Tenant; (xx) the cost of any hazardous substance abatement, removal, or other remedial activities, provided, however, Operating Expenses may include the costs attributable to those abatement, removal, or other remedial activities taken by Landlord in connection with the ordinary operation and maintenance of the Building, including costs of cleaning up any minor chemical spills, when such removal or spill is directly related to such ordinary maintenance and operation; (xxi) Landlord’s general corporate overhead and administrative expense; (xxii) any bad debt loss or rent loss or reserves for same; (xxiii) costs, penalties or fines arising from Landlord’s violation of any Legal Requirement, except to the extent such costs reflect costs that would have been reasonably incurred by Landlord absent such violation; (xxiv) any costs incurred in installing, operating, maintaining or owning any specialty facility or concession not normally installed, operated and maintained in buildings comparable to the Building and not necessary for Landlord’s operation, repair, maintenance and providing of required services for the Building, including, but not limited to any observatory, broadcasting facility (other than the Building’s music system and life support systems), luncheon club, cafeteria, athletic or recreational club or facility, including, without limitation, compensation paid to clerks in retail concessions; or (xxv) reserves for Operating Expenses.

b. Tax Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent under this Lease, at the times hereinafter set forth, Tenant’s Share, as specified in Paragraph 2.e. above, of any increase in Tax Expenses (as defined below) incurred by Landlord in each calendar year subsequent to the Base Tax Year specified in Paragraph 2.f. above, over Tax Expenses incurred by Landlord during the Base Tax Year. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 7.b., no payments of Additional Rent shall be due or accrue under this Paragraph 7.b. prior to January 1, 2014.

The term “Tax Expenses” shall mean all taxes, assessments (whether general or special), excises, transit charges, housing fund assessments or other housing charges, improvement districts, levies or fees, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind, which

 

10


are assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on the Real Property, on Landlord with respect to the Real Property, on the act of entering into leases of space in the Real Property, on the use or occupancy of the Real Property or any part thereof, with respect to services or utilities consumed in the use, occupancy or operation of the Real Property, on any improvements, fixtures and equipment and other personal property of Landlord located in the Real Property and used in connection with the operation of the Real Property, or on or measured by the rent payable under this Lease or in connection with the business of renting space in the Real Property, including, without limitation, any gross income tax or excise tax levied with respect to the receipt of such rent, by the United States of America. the State of California, the City and County of San Francisco, any political subdivision, public corporation, district or other political or public entity or public authority, and shall also include any other tax, fee or other excise, however described, which may be levied or assessed in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other Tax Expense. Tax Expenses shall include reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Tax Expenses. If it shall not be lawful for Tenant to reimburse Landlord for any increase in Tax Expenses as defined herein, the Monthly Rent payable to Landlord prior to the imposition of such increases in Tax Expenses shall be increased to net Landlord the same net Monthly Rent after imposition of such increases in Tax Expenses as would have been received by Landlord prior to the imposition of such increases in Tax Expenses.

Tax Expenses shall not include income, franchise, transfer, inheritance or capital stock taxes, unless, due to a change in the method of taxation, any of such taxes is levied or assessed against Landlord in lieu of, as a substitute (in whole or in part) for, or as an addition to, any other charge which would otherwise constitute a Tax Expense.

c. Adjustment for Occupancy Factor; Allocation of Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, in the event the Building is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during the Base Year or any calendar year during the term, an adjustment shall be made by Landlord in computing Operating Expenses for such year so that the Operating Expenses shall be computed for such year as though the Building had been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during such year. in addition, if any particular work or service includable in Operating Expenses is not furnished to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service itself; Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would have been incurred if Landlord had furnished such work or service to such tenant. The parties agree that statements in this Lease to the effect that Landlord is to perform certain of its obligations hereunder at its own or sole cost and expense shall not be interpreted as excluding any cost from Operating Expenses or Tax Expenses if such cost is an Operating Expense or Tax Expense pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

Landlord shall have the right to equitably allocate some or all of Operating Expenses among particular classes or groups of tenants in the Building (for example, retail tenants) to reflect Landlord’s good faith determination that measurably different amounts or types of services, work or benefits associated with Operating Expenses are being provided to or conferred upon such classes or groups.

d. Intention Regarding Expense Pass-Through . It is the intention of Landlord and Tenant that the Monthly Rent paid to Landlord throughout the term of this Lease shall be absolutely net of all increases, respectively, in Tax Expenses and Operating Expenses over, respectively, Tax Expenses for the Base Tax Year and Operating Expenses for the Base Year, and the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph 7 are intended to so provide.

e. Notice and Payment . On or before the first day of each calendar year during the term hereof subsequent to the Base Year, or as soon as practicable thereafter, Landlord shall give to Tenant notice of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the Additional Rent, if any, payable by Tenant pursuant to Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. for such calendar year subsequent to the Base Year. On or before the first day of each month during each such subsequent calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord one-twelfth (1/12th) of the estimated Additional Rent; provided, however, that if Landlord’s reasonable notice is not given prior to the first day of any calendar year Tenant shall continue to pay Additional Rent on the basis of the prior year’s estimate until the month after Landlord’s notice is given. If at any time it appears to Landlord that the Additional Rent payable under Paragraphs 7.a. and/or 7.b. will vary from Landlord’s estimate by more than five percent (5%). Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon the revised estimate. On the first monthly payment date after any new estimate is delivered to Tenant, Tenant shall also pay any accrued cost increases, based on such new estimate.

f. Annual Accounting. Landlord shall maintain adequate records of the Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses in accordance with standard accounting principles. Within one hundred fifty (150) days after the close of each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year, or as soon

 

11


after such one hundred fifty (150) day period as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement stating the actual Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses incurred during the preceding calendar year, the portion thereof that is in excess of the Operating Expenses and Tax Expenses for the Base Year and the Additional Rent payable under Paragraphs 7.a. and 7.b. for such year, if the annual statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent for such calendar year pursuant to Paragraph 7.e. above exceeded Tenant’s obligations for the calendar year, Landlord shall credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or, following the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall refund such excess to Tenant promptly upon determining the amount thereof If the annual statement shows that Tenant’s payments of Additional Rent for such calendar year pursuant to Paragraph 7.e. above were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such statement.

Landlord’s annual statement shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant unless either party, within four (4) months after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest or correct, as applicable, any item therein by giving written notice to the other, specifying each item contested or corrected, as applicable, and the reason therefor. Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor in good faith to resolve any issues raised by Tenant with regard to Operating Expenses and Taxes Expenses covered by the annual statement and, in connection therewith, Landlord shall provide Tenant with pertinent information reasonably required for Tenant to review the contested items covered by the annual statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s right to contest any portion of the annual statement shall be conditioned upon (i) Tenant having paid the total amounts billed by Landlord under this Paragraph 7 within the time stipulated in Paragraph 7.e. above and this Paragraph 7.f. for payment (including, without limitation, the contested amounts) and (ii) Tenant’s obligation to keep confidential, and not disclose to any other party, the results of any such contest or any action taken by Landlord in response thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Tax Expenses included in any such annual statement may be modified by any subsequent adjustment or retroactive application of Tax Expenses by the taxing authority affecting the calculation of such Tax Expenses.

g. Proration for Partial Lease Year . If this Lease commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar year or terminates on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the Additional Rent payable by Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 7 applicable to the such partial calendar year shall be prorated on the basis that the number of days of such partial calendar year bears to three hundred sixty (360).

8. Use of Premises; Compliance with Law .

a. Use of Premises . The Premises may be used solely for the initially contemplated use described in Paragraph 2.g. above or for any other office use consistent with the operation of the Building as a first-class office building, provided in no event may the use of the Premises be changed to (1) a use which would materially increase the operating costs for the Building, the burden on the Building services, or the foot traffic, elevator usage or security concerns in the Building over and above the level of foot traffic or elevator usage which would exist if the subject portion of the Premises were used for customary general office and administrative purposes, or would reasonably be anticipated to create an increased probability of the comfort and/or safety of the Landlord or other tenants of the Building being compromised or reduced in any material way, or (2) use as a school or training facility, an entertainment, sports or recreation facility, retail sales to the public, a personnel or employment agency, an office or facility of any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or authority, a place of public assembly (including without limitation a meeting center, theater or public forum), any use by or affiliation with a foreign government (including without limitation an embassy or consulate or similar office), or a facility for the provision of social, welfare or clinical health services or sleeping accommodations (whether temporary, daytime or overnight), or (3) a use which may conflict with any exclusive uses granted to other tenants of the Real Property, or with the terms of any easement, covenant, condition or restriction, or other agreement affecting the Real Property.

Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Real Property, nor bring or keep anything therein, which would in any way subject Landlord, Landlord’s agents or the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21) to any liability, increase the premium rate of or affect any fire, casualty, liability, rent or other insurance relating to the Real Property or any of the contents of the Building, or cause a cancellation of, or give rise to any defense by the insurer to any claim under, or conflict with, any policies for such insurance. If any act or omission of Tenant results in any such increase in premium rates, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount of such increase. Tenant shall not do or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Real Property which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Real Property or injure or annoy them, or use or suffer or permit the Premises to be used for any immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain, suffer or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or the Real Property.

 

12


Without limiting the foregoing, no loudspeakers or other similar device which can be heard outside the Premises shall, without the prior written approval of Landlord, be used in or about the Premises. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in, to or about the Premises. Landlord may from time to time conduct fire and life safety training for tenants of the Building, including evacuation drills and similar procedures. Tenant agrees to participate in such activities as reasonably requested by Landlord.

Tenant agrees not to employ any person, entity or contractor for any work in the Premises (including moving Tenant’s equipment and furnishings in, out or around the Premises) whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building and, if necessary to prevent such a disturbance in a particular situation, Landlord may require Tenant to employ union labor for the work.

b. Compliance with Law . Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way conflict with any Legal Requirement (as defined in Paragraph 7.a.(16) above) now in force or which may hereafter be enacted. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all such present and future Legal Requirements relating to the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises, and shall perform all work to the Premises or other portions of the Real Property required to effect such compliance (or, at Landlord’s election, Landlord may perform such work at Tenant’s cost). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant shall not be required to perform any structural changes to the Premises or any changes to other portions of the Real Property unless such changes are related to or affected or triggered by (i) Tenant’s Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 9 below and including, without limitation, the Initial Alterations), (ii) Tenant’s particular use of the Premises (as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Premises for general office purposes in a normal and customary manner), or (iii) Tenant’s particular employees or employment practices. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in an action against Tenant, whether or not Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any Legal Requirement shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Tenant shall immediately furnish Landlord with any notices received from any insurance company or governmental agency or inspection bureau regarding any unsafe or unlawful conditions within the Premises or the violation of any Legal Requirement.

Notwithstanding the above, if the Premises were delivered to Tenant in violation of then applicable Legal Requirements, then Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for correcting such violations of Legal Requirements that existed as of Delivery. The foregoing obligation applies only to the condition of the Premises at Delivery and prior to the installation of the Initial Alterations, subsequent Alterations, furniture, equipment and other personal property of Tenant.

c. Hazardous Materials . Tenant shall not cause or permit the storage, use, generation, release, handling or disposal (collectively, “ Handling ) of any Hazardous Materials (as defined below), in, on, or about the Premises or the Real Property by Tenant or any agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants, customers, guests or invitees of Tenant (collectively with Tenant, “ Tenant Parties ”), except that Tenant shall be permitted to use normal quantities of office supplies or products (such as copier fluids or cleaning supplies) customarily used in the conduct of general business office activities and cleaning supplies or products customarily used in the conduct of janitorial activities (collectively, “ Common Office and Cleaning Chemicals ”), provided that the Handling of such Common Office and Cleaning Chemicals shall comply at all times with all Legal Requirements, including Hazardous Materials Laws (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, however, in no event shall Tenant permit any usage of Common Office and Cleaning Chemicals in a manner that may cause the Premises or the Real Property to be contaminated by any Hazardous Materials or in violation of any Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant shall immediately advise Landlord in writing of (a) any and all enforcement, cleanup, remedial, removal, or other governmental or regulatory actions instituted, completed, or threatened pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws relating to any Hazardous Materials affecting the Premises; and (b) all claims made or threatened by any third party against Tenant, Landlord, the Premises or the Real Property relating to damage, contribution, cost recovery, compensation, loss, or injury resulting from any Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises. Without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not take any remedial action or enter into any agreements or settlements in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for and shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), harmless from and against all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), arising out of or in connection with, or otherwise relating to (i) any Handling of Hazardous Materials by any Tenant Party or Tenant’s breach of its obligations hereunder, or (ii) any removal, cleanup, or restoration work and materials necessary to return the Real Property or any other property of whatever nature located on the Real Property to their condition existing prior to the Handling of Hazardous Materials in, on or about the Premises by any Tenant Party. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. For

 

13


purposes of this Lease, “Hazardous Materials” means any explosive, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes, or hazardous substances, including without limitation asbestos containing materials, PCB’s, CFC’s, or substances defined as “hazardous substances” in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601-9657; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act of 1975, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801-1812; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901-6987; or any other Legal Requirement regulating, relating to. or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any such materials or substances now or at any time hereafter in effect (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials Laws ”).

Throughout the Lease term, Landlord shall operate the Building in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Materials Laws. The costs of such compliance shall be included in Operating Expenses only to the extent expressly permitted under Paragraph 7.a. above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the violation of Hazardous Materials Laws is located outside of the Premises and is the responsibility of another tenant of the Building to correct, then Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such tenant to promptly correct the violation (any such cost involved in requiring a third party tenant to comply with its obligations with respect to Hazardous Materials Laws shall not be included within Operating Expenses).

Tenant’s obligations and responsibilities with regard to Hazardous Materials at the Real Property shall be limited to the obligations and responsibilities expressly set forth above in this Paragraph 8.c. (subject to item (xx) of Paragraph 7.a. above regarding Operating Expenses).

d. Applicability of Paragraph . The provisions of this Paragraph 8 are for the benefit of Landlord, the holder of any Superior Interest (as defined in Paragraph 21 below), and the other Indemnitees only and are not nor shall they be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building.

9. Alterations and Restoration .

a. Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any alterations, modifications, additions, decorations or improvements to the Premises, or any other work whatsoever that would directly or indirectly involve the penetration or removal (whether permanent or temporary) of, or require access through, in, under, or above any floor, wall or ceiling, or surface or covering thereof in the Premises (collectively, “ Alterations ”), except as expressly provided in this Paragraph 9. If Tenant desires any Alteration (other than a Cosmetic Alteration, as defined below), Tenant must obtain Landlord’s prior written approval of such Alteration, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Paragraph 9, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent, to make any Alteration to the Premises that meets all of the following criteria (a “ Cosmetic Alteration ”): (a) the Alteration is decorative in nature (such as paint, carpet or other wall or floor finishes, movable partitions or other such work) or otherwise consists of de minimus work such as the installation of light fixtures, (b) Tenant provides Landlord with ten (10) days’ advance written notice of the commencement of such Alteration, (c) such Alteration does not involve opening the ceiling or affect the Building’s electrical, mechanical, life safety, plumbing, security, or HVAC systems or any structural portion of the Building or any part of the Building other than the Premises, (d) the work will not decrease the value of the Premises, does not require a building permit or other governmental permit, uses only new materials comparable in quality to those being replaced and is performed in a workman like manner and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, and (e) the total cost of the work does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) over a twelve (12) month period. At the time Tenant notifies Landlord of any Cosmetic Alteration, Tenant shall give Landlord a copy of Tenant’s plans for the work. If the Cosmetic Alteration is of such a nature that formal plans will not be prepared for the work, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a reasonably specific description of the work.

All Alterations shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (including the expense of complying with all present and future Legal Requirements, including those regarding asbestos, if applicable, and any other work required to be performed in other areas within or outside the Premises by reason of the Alterations). Tenant shall either (i) arrange for Landlord to perform the work on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord and Tenant, each in its sole discretion or (ii) bid the project out to contractors approved by Landlord in writing in advance (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Regardless of the contractors who perform the work pursuant to the above, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand prior to or during the course of such construction an amount (the “ Alteration Operations Fee ) equal to five percent (5%) of the total cost of the Alteration (and for purposes of calculating the Alteration Operations Fee, such cost shall include architectural and engineering fees, but shall not include permit fees) as compensation to Landlord for Landlord’s internal review of Tenant’s Plans and general oversight of the construction

 

14


(which oversight shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord and shall in no event be a substitute for Tenant’s obligation to retain such project management or other services as shall be necessary to ensure that the work is performed properly and in accordance with the requirements of this Lease). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Alteration Operations Fee shall be inapplicable to Cosmetic Alterations. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses such as electrical energy consumed in connection with the work, after-hour freight elevator operation, additional cleaning expenses (if required due to Tenant’s contractor’s failure to timely perform the required cleaning work), additional security services, fees and charges paid to third party architects, engineers and other consultants for review of any elements of the proposed work that Landlord’s in-house staff is not qualified to review and for other miscellaneous costs incurred by Landlord as result of the work (other than Landlord’s supervision costs, which the parties agree are covered by the Alteration Operations Fee above).

All such work shall be performed diligently and in a first-class workmanlike manner and in accordance with plans and specifications approved by Landlord, and shall comply with all Legal Requirements and Landlord’s Conditions for Construction & Tenant Construction Standards in effect from time to time, which standards include, without limitation, Landlord’s requirements relating to insurance and contractor qualifications and LEED compliance. A copy of the Conditions for Construction & Tenant Construction Standards are available in the Building office. To the extent applicable, and without limitation of the foregoing, Tenant shall cause a timely Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of San Francisco County in accordance with Section 3093 of the California Civil Code or any successor statute. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within thirty (30) days following the completion of the Alterations, a copy of as-built drawings of the Alterations in a form acceptable to Landlord. In no event shall Tenant employ any person, entity or contractor to perform work in the Premises whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Building. Default by Tenant in the payment of any sums agreed to be paid by Tenant for or in connection with an Alteration (regardless of whether such agreement is pursuant to this Paragraph 9 or separate instrument) shall entitle Landlord to all the same remedies as for non-payment of rent hereunder. Any Alterations, including, without limitation, moveable partitions that are affixed to the Premises (but excluding moveable, free standing partitions) and all carpeting, shall at once become part of the Building and the property of Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord not less than five (5) days prior written notice of the date the construction of the Alteration is to commence. Landlord may post and record an appropriate notice of non-responsibility with respect to any Alteration and Tenant shall maintain any such notices posted by Landlord in or on the Premises.

b. At Landlord’s sole election any or all Alterations made for or by Tenant and that constitute Specialty Alterations (as defined below) shall be removed by Tenant from the Premises at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and the Premises shall be restored by Tenant to their condition prior to the making of such Alterations, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty not required to be repaired by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease excepted; provided, however, that, if so requested by Tenant in writing (which writing shall expressly refer to this Paragraph 9.b.) at the time Tenant requests approval for an Alteration, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing at the time of Landlord’s approval of such Alteration as to whether the Alteration is a Specialty Alteration and, if so, whether Landlord will require Tenant to remove the Specialty Alteration at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In no event may Landlord require Tenant to remove any Alterations (including the Initial Alterations, as defined in Paragraph 4.c.i. above) that do not constitute Specialty Alterations. The removal of the Specialty Alterations required by Landlord to be removed pursuant to the foregoing and the restoration of the Premises shall be performed by a general contractor selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, in which event Tenant shall pay the general contractor’s fees and costs in connection with such work. Any separate work letter or other agreement which is hereafter entered into between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to Alterations shall be deemed to automatically incorporate the terms of this Paragraph 9 without the necessity for further reference thereto. “Specialty Alterations” are improvements that are of a type or quantity that would not be installed by or for a typical tenant using space for general office purposes, or are otherwise nonstandard, including, without limitation, customized elevator call buttons, raised flooring, internal stairways, supplemental HVAC systems, fire suppression systems that are customarily installed for computer rooms but not for ordinary office space, racking systems, rolling or high density filing systems, private eating and cooking facilities (other than customary break-room/kitchen areas) and all specialty systems and installations relating thereto, restrooms or shower areas facilities (other than the restrooms that are part of the Base Building).

10. Repair .

a. Subject to Landlord’s obligation to repair Landlord Punch List items under Paragraph 4.a. above, and subject to Paragraph 10.b. below, Tenant accepts the Premises in the conditioned delivered. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall keep the Premises and every part thereof (including the interior walls and drop ceilings of the Premises, those portions of the Building Systems (as defined below) located within and exclusively serving the Premises, and

 

15


improvements and Alterations) in good condition and repair; provided that Tenant shall not be responsible for repairs to the extent such repairs are (i) necessitated by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, employees or contractors, or (ii) Landlord’s obligation pursuant to Paragraph 10.b. below. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord as provided by any Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect. It is specifically understood and agreed that, except as specifically set forth in this Lease, Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises or any part thereof, and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(1), 1941 and 1942 and of any similar Legal Requirement now or hereafter in effect.

b. Repairs to the Premises due to fire, earthquake, acts of God or the elements shall be governed by Paragraph 26 below, and repairs to the Premises due to a governmental taking shall be governed by Paragraph 27 below. Landlord shall repair the Premises if they are damaged due to item (i) described in Paragraph 10.a. above (subject to Paragraph 16 below). Further, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to Paragraph 7.a. above), repair and maintain in good condition and repair (x) the common areas of the Real Property that are in Tenant’s anticipated path of travel during the Lease term, (y) the structural portions of the Building (which are comprised of the exterior walls and windows, columns, shafts, common stairwells, roof, foundation, floor/ceiling slabs and core of the Building and are referred to herein as the “ Base Building ) and (z) all of the Building systems, including, without limitation, elevator, plumbing, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power (the “ Building Systems ”), provided that, as to portions of the Building Systems that are located within and exclusively serving the Premises, Landlord shall only be required to maintain and repair the same if they were provided as part of Landlord’s Work and, provided further, Landlord shall only be required to maintain and repair the same during the twelve (12) months immediately following the Commencement Date and only if Tenant gives notice of disrepair to Landlord promptly upon discovery by Tenant (with disrepair of such portions of the Building Systems after the end of such twelve (12) month period being the responsibility of Tenant under Paragraph 10.a. above); provided further that, to the extent repairs which Landlord is required to make pursuant to the foregoing are necessitated by the negligence or deliberate misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, customers or licensees, then. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such repair to the extent Landlord is not reimbursed therefor by insurance. Landlord shall in no event be obligated to repair any wear and tear to the Premises.

11. Abandonment . Tenant shall not abandon the Premises or any part thereof at any time during the term hereof. Tenant’s mere vacating of the Premises during the term hereof shall not constitute an abandonment under this Lease nor an Event of Default so long as Tenant continues to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and all other sums due Landlord under this Lease and maintains the insurance coverage required pursuant to Paragraph 15 of this Lease. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, or if Tenant abandons or surrenders all or any part of the Premises or is dispossessed of the Premises by process of law, or otherwise, any movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures, or other personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall at the option of Landlord be deemed to be abandoned and, whether or not the property is deemed abandoned, Landlord shall have the right to remove such property from the Premises and charge Tenant for the removal and any restoration of the Premises as provided in Paragraph 9. Landlord may charge Tenant for the storage of Tenant’s property left on the Premises at such rates as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine, or, Landlord may, at its option. store Tenant’s property in a public warehouse at Tenant’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the provisions of this Paragraph 11 nor any other provision of this Lease shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to care for or preserve any of Tenant’s property left upon the Premises, and Tenant hereby waives and releases Landlord from any claim or liability in connection with the removal of such property from the Premises and the storage thereof and specifically waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1542 with respect to such release. Landlord’s action or inaction with regard to the provisions of this Paragraph 11 shall not be construed as a waiver of Landlord’s right to require Tenant to remove its property, restore any damage to the Premises and the Building caused by such removal, and make any restoration required pursuant to Paragraph 9 above.

12. Liens . If any mechanic’s, materialman’s or other liens arising out of work performed at the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant are filed against the fee of the Real Property or against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and Tenant does not remove the same (by payment, bonding or otherwise) within ten (10) days following the earlier of Tenant’s actual knowledge thereof or Landlord’s written notice to Tenant thereof, Landlord may, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, upon five (5) further Business Days’ written notice to Tenant, without waiving its rights based on such breach by Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder, pay and satisfy the same and in such event the sums so paid by Landlord shall be due and payable by Tenant immediately without notice or demand, with interest from the date paid by Landlord through the date Tenant pays Landlord, at the Interest Rate. Landlord shall have the right to post and keep posted on the Premises any notices which it deems necessary for protection from such

 

16


liens. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the other lndemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below) harmless from and against any Claims (as defined in Paragraph l4.b. below) for mechanics’, materialmen’s or other liens in connection with any Alterations, repairs or any work performed. materials fiirnished or obligations incurred by or for Tenant.

13. Assignment and Subletting.

a. Landlord’s Consent . Landlord’s and Tenant’s agreement with regard to Tenant’s right to transfer all or part of its interest in the Premises is as expressly set forth in this Paragraph 13. Tenant agrees that, except upon Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not (subject to Landlord’s rights under Paragraph 13.d. below) be unreasonably withheld, neither this Lease nor all or any part of the leasehold interest created hereby shall, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred by Tenant or Tenant’s legal representatives or successors in interest (collectively, an “assignment”) and neither the Premises nor any part thereof shall be sublet or be used or occupied for any purpose by anyone other than Tenant (collectively, a “sublease”). Any assignment or subletting without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be void and shall constitute an Event of Default entitling Landlord to terminate this Lease and to exercise all other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at law.

The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that. among other circumstances for which Landlord may reasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent where: (i) the assignment or subletting would involve a change in use from that expressly permitted under this Lease or otherwise violate any of the restrictions on use set forth in Paragraph 8.a. above, (ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a prospective tenant of the Building that has negotiated with Landlord within the preceding three (3) months (or is currently negotiating with Landlord) to lease space in the Building or is a current tenant of the Building, and in each instance Landlord has adequate available space in the Building to meet such tenant’s space requirements; (iii) Landlord reasonably disapproves of the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s reputation or creditworthiness; (iv) Landlord reasonably determines that the character of the business that would be conducted by the proposed assignee or subtenant at the Premises, or the mariner of conducting such business, would be inconsistent with that of a first-class office building; (v) the proposed assignee or subtenant is an entity or related to an entity with whom Landlord or any affiliate with whom Landlord has engaged in litigation regarding lease default matters or who has asserted a legal claim against Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord, or against whom Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord has asserted a legal claim; (vi) Landlord reasonably determines that there is a reasonable likelihood that the proposed assignee will be unable to perform all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease or the proposed subtenant will be unable to perform all of its obligations under the proposed sublease or (vii) as of the date Tenant requests Landlord’s consent or as of the date Landlord responds thereto, a breach by Tenant under this Lease shall have occurred and be continuing (although, upon Tenant’s cure of such breach, Tenant may resubmit the request for Landlord’s consent to the subject proposed assignment or subletting). Landlord’s foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease.

For purposes of this Paragraph 13, the following events shall be deemed an assignment or sublease, as appropriate: (i) the issuance of equity interests (whether stock, partnership interests or otherwise) in Tenant or any subtenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, to any person or group of related persons, in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions, such that, following such issuance, such person or group shall have Control (as defined below) of Tenant or any subtenant or assignee; (ii) a transfer of Control of Tenant or any subtenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them. in a single transaction or a series of related or unrelated transactions (including, without limitation. by consolidation, merger. acquisition or reorganization), except that the transfer of outstanding capital stock or other listed equity interests by persons or parties other than “insiders” within the meaning of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through the “over-the-counter” market or any recognized national or international securities exchange, shall not be included in determining whether Control has been transferred; (iii) a reduction of Tenant’s assets to the point that this Lease is substantially Tenant’s only asset; (iv) a change or conversion in the form of entity of Tenant, any subtenant or assignee, or any entity controlling any of them, which has the effect of limiting the liability of any of the partners, members or other owners of such entity; provided, however that this item (iv) shall be inapplicable to any entity that was a corporation or limited liability company as of the date such entity became the Tenant, subtenant or assignee hereunder or became a controlling entity of any such entity; or (v) the agreement by a third party to assume, take over, or reimburse Tenant for, any or all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, in order to induce Tenant to lease space with such third party. “Control” shall mean direct or indirect ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of all of the voting stock of a corporation or fifty percent (50%) or more of the legal or equitable interest in any other business entity, or the power to direct the operations of any entity (by equity ownership, contract or otherwise).

 

17


If this Lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the terms of this Lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet, Landlord may, upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder, collect rent from the subtenant. In either event, Landlord may apply the amount collected from the assignee or subtenant to Tenant’s monetary obligations hereunder.

The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting hereunder shall not relieve Tenant or any assignee or subtenant from the requirement of obtaining Landlord’s express prior written consent to any other or further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any subtenant be permitted to assign its sublease or to further sublet all or any portion of its subleased premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s rights under Paragraph 13.d. below in the event of any such further assignment or sublease. Neither an assignment or subletting nor the collection of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant, nor the application of any such rent as provided in this Paragraph 13.a. shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Paragraph 13.a. or release Tenant from its obligation to comply with the provisions of this Lease and Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Landlord approves of an assignment or subletting hereunder and this Lease contains any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building, such rights and/or options shall not run to the subtenant or assignee, it being agreed by the parties hereto that any such rights and options are personal to the Tenant originally named herein and may not be transferred.

b. Processing Expenses . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Landlord’s cost of processing each proposed assignment or subletting, an amount equal to the sum of (i) Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ and other professional fees, plus (ii) the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000.00) for the cost of Landlord’s administrative, accounting and clerical time (collectively, - Processing Costs ”), and the amount of all direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by Landlord arising from the assignee or sublessee taking occupancy of the subject space (including, without limitation, costs of freight elevator operation for moving of furnishings and trade fixtures, security service, janitorial and cleaning service, and rubbish removal service). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Landlord shall not be required to process any request for Landlord’s consent to an assignment or subletting until Tenant has paid to Landlord the amount of Landlord’s estimate of the Processing Costs and all other direct and indirect costs and expenses of Landlord and its agents arising from the assignee or subtenant taking occupancy.

c. Consideration to Landlord . In the event of any assignment or sublease, whether or not requiring Landlord’s consent, Landlord shall be entitled to receive, as additional rent hereunder, fifty percent (50%) of any consideration (including, without limitation, payment for leasehold improvements) paid by the assignee or subtenant for the assignment or sublease and, in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of the excess of the amount of rent paid for the sublet space by the subtenant over the amount of Monthly Rent under Paragraph 5 above and Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above attributable to the sublet space for the corresponding month; except that Tenant may recapture, on a straight line amortized basis over the term of the sublease or assignment, (i) brokerage commissions paid by Tenant in connection with the subletting or assignment (not to exceed commissions typically paid in the market at the time of such subletting or assignment), and (ii) reasonable legal fees incurred by Tenant in connection with such assignment or subletting. not to exceed Two Thousand Dollars ($2,000.00)(provided that Tenant shall submit to Landlord evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord of such legal fees actually paid by Tenant, which evidence shall include copies of the applicable attorney bills) (collectively the - Assignment or Subletting Costs ”), provided that, as a condition to Tenant recapturing the Assignment or Subletting Costs, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, within ninety (90) days of Landlord’s execution of Landlord’s consent to the assignment or subletting, a detailed accounting of the Assignment or Subletting Costs and supporting documents, such as receipts and construction invoices. To effect the foregoing, Tenant shall deduct from the monthly amounts received by Tenant from the subtenant or assignee as rent or consideration (i) the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord for the subject space and (ii) the incremental amount, on an amortized basis, of the Assignment or Subletting Costs, and fifty percent (50%) of the then remaining sum shall be paid promptly to Landlord. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall assign to Landlord all amounts to be paid to Tenant by any such subtenant or assignee and that belong to Landlord and shall direct such subtenant or assignee to pay the same directly to Landlord. If there is more than one sublease under this Lease, the amounts (if any) to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 13.c. shall be separately calculated for each sublease and amounts due Landlord with regard to any one sublease may not be offset against rental and other consideration pertaining to or due under any other sublease. Upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a detailed written statement of all sums payable by the assignee or subtenant to Tenant so that Landlord can determine the total sums, if any, due from Tenant to Landlord under this Paragraph 13.c.

 

18


d. Procedures . If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest therein or sublet all or part of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice thereof and the terms proposed (the “ Transfer Notice ”), which Transfer Notice, in the case of a proposed sublease, shall designate the space proposed to be sublet. Landlord shall have the prior right and option, to be exercised by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Transfer Notice (“ Landlord’s Election Notice ”) : (i)  in the event of an assignment of the Lease (other than a transaction meeting the requirements of Paragraph 13.h below), to terminate this Lease in its entirety, (ii) in the event of a sublease (other than a transaction meeting the requirements of Paragraph 13.h below) of all or part of the Premises that will result in more than one-half of the Premises being covered by one or more subleases, or that has a term (including all renewal terms) that will expire during the final year of the Lease term, to terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises covered by the proposed sublease, or (iii) to approve or reasonably disapprove the proposed assignment or sublease, conditional upon Landlord’s subsequent written approval of the specific sublease or assignment obtained by Tenant. If Landlord exercises an option to terminate described under (ii) above, any costs of demising the portion of the Premises affected by such termination shall be borne one-half by Landlord and one-half by Tenant. If Landlord exercises its option described in (iii) above, then Tenant shall have four (4) months thereafter (provided, however, if, as of the end of such four (4) month period Tenant is then actively negotiating with a particular proposed assignee or subtenant, then the four (4) month period shall be extended, for that particular assignee or subtenant only, until such time as those negotiations are concluded) to submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s written approval, Tenant’s proposed sublease agreement (in which the proposed subtenant shall be named, and which agreement shall otherwise meet the requirements of Paragraph 13.e. below), together with a current financial statement of such proposed assignee or subtenant and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall provide such approval or disapproval within fifteen (15) days of receipt of the required information with regard to the sublease or assignment. If Tenant fails to submit the specific assignment or sublease and other required information within such time, or if the terms of the specific assignment or sublease submitted by Tenant vary from the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice approved by Landlord pursuant to (iii) above, then Tenant shall be required to submit a new Transfer Notice for Landlord’s evaluation pursuant to the procedures set forth in this paragraph.

Landlord shall have no liability for any real estate brokerage commission(s) or with respect to any of the costs and expenses that Tenant may have incurred in connection with its proposed assignment or subletting, and Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and all other Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. below), including, without limitation, claims for commissions, arising from such proposed assignment or subletting. Landlord’s foregoing rights and options shall continue throughout the entire term of this Lease.

e. Documentation . No permitted assignment or subletting by Tenant shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of the assignment or sublease which expressly provides that (i) the assignee or subtenant may not further assign this Lease or the sublease, as applicable, or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which written consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, subject to Landlord’s rights under the provisions of this Paragraph 13), (ii) the assignee or subtenant will comply with all of the provisions of this Lease, and Landlord may enforce the Lease provisions directly against such assignee or subtenant, (iii) in the case of an assignment, the assignee assumes all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease arising on or after the date of the assignment, and (iv) in the case of a sublease, the subtenant agrees to be and remain jointly and severally liable with Tenant for the payment of rent pertaining to the sublet space in the amount set forth in the sublease, and for the performance of all of the terms and provisions of this Lease applicable to the sublet space. In addition to the foregoing, no assignment or sublease by Tenant shall be effective until there has been delivered to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of Landlord’s consent to assignment or consent to sublease form. The failure or refusal of a subtenant or assignee to execute any such instrument shall not release or discharge the subtenant or assignee from its liability as set forth above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no subtenant or assignee shall be permitted to occupy the Premises or any portion thereof unless and until such subtenant or assignee provides Landlord with certificates evidencing that such subtenant or assignee is carrying all insurance coverage required of such subtenant or assignee under this Lease.

f. No Merger . Without limiting any of the provisions of this Paragraph 13, if Tenant has entered into any subleases of any portion of the Premises, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation by Landlord and Tenant, shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all such subleases or subtenancies. If Landlord does elect that such surrender or cancellation operate as an assignment of such subleases or subtenancies, Landlord shall in no way be liable for any previous act or omission by Tenant under the subleases or for the return of any deposit(s) under the subleases that have not been actually delivered to Landlord, nor shall Landlord be bound by any sublease modification(s) executed without Landlord’s consent or for any advance rental payment by the subtenant in excess of one month’s rent.

 

19


g. Special Transfer Prohibitions . Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, Tenant may not (a) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease to any person or entity in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”); or (b) sublet the Premises or assign this Lease in any other manner which could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Code, or which could cause any other income received by Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Code.

h. Affiliates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraphs 13.a., 13.c., and 13.d., but subject to Paragraphs 13.b., 13.e. and 13.f., Tenant may assign this Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord’s consent, to any partnership, corporation or other entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant or Tenant’s parent (control being defined for such purposes as ownership of at least 50% of the equity interests in, and the power to direct the management of, the relevant entity), or to any partnership, corporation or other entity resulting from a merger or consolidation with Tenant or Tenant’s parent, or to any person or entity which acquires all or substantially all the assets of Tenant as a going concern (including by means of a purchase of all or substantially all of Tenant’s stock) (collectively, an “ Affiliate ”), provided that (i) Landlord receives at least tell (10) days’ prior written notice of the assignment or subletting, together with evidence that the requirements of this Paragraph 13.h. have been met, (ii) the Affiliate’s net worth is not less than Tenant’s net worth as of the date of this Lease or as of the date immediately prior to the assignment or subletting (or series of transactions of which the same is a part), whichever is greater; provided , however, if the original Tenant is not dissolved as a result of the transaction that resulted in the sublease or assignment and does not thereafter dissolve during the term of this Lease in the event of an assignment, or during the term of the sublease, in the event of a sublease, then the net worth of the original Tenant may be combined with the net worth of the Affiliate for purposes of satisfying the net worth requirement of this item (ii), provided further that, if the original Tenant thereafter dissolves while this Lease (or the sublease, in the event of a sublease) is still in effect and the Affiliate did not satisfy the net worth requirement individually at the time of the assignment or sublease to the Affiliate, then, if the Affiliate does not satisfy Landlord’s net worth requirement as of the date the original Tenant dissolves, then, at such time as Landlord becomes aware of such dissolution, Landlord shall have the rights under Paragraph 13.d. above as if the assignment or sublease is to a party that is not an Affiliate, (iii) except in the case of an assignment where the assignor is dissolved as a matter of law following the series of transactions of which the assignment is a part (e.g. a merger), the Affiliate remains an Affiliate for the duration of the subletting or the balance of the term in the event of an assignment, (iv) the Affiliate assumes (in the event of an assignment) in writing all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease (except that, if the assignment is the result of a merger or similar transaction where the obligations of the Tenant are, as a matter of law, assumed by the assignee, then Tenant need only provide Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that the transaction was consummated, such as a copy of the secretary of state’s certification of the amended articles effecting the merger), and agrees (in the event of a sublease) that such subtenant will, at Landlord’s election, attorn directly to Landlord in the event that this Lease is terminated for any reason, (v) Landlord receives a fully executed copy of an assignment (if applicable) or sublease agreement between Tenant and the Affiliate, (vi) in the case of an assignment, the transaction is for legitimate business purposes unrelated to this Lease and the transaction is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid it obligations under this Lease or the restrictions on assignment and subletting contained herein, and (vii) in the case of a sublease, the Affiliate executes and Tenant delivers to Landlord a fully executed counterpart of Landlord’s waiver and acknowledgement form for an Affiliate sublease. Without limitation of any provision of this Paragraph 13.h, the parties acknowledge that (x) the provisions of Paragraph 13.c. above and (y) Landlord’s sublease and termination rights under items (i) and (ii) of Paragraph 13.d. above, are inapplicable to any assignment or sublease that qualifies as an assignment or sublease to an Affiliate in accordance with this Paragraph 13.h.

14. Indemnification of Landlord .

a. Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interests (as defined in Paragraph 21 below) shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for any loss, injury or other damage to person or property in or about the Premises or the Real Property from any cause whatsoever, including without limitation, water leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement, fire sprinklers, appliances, air conditioning, plumbing or other portion of the Premises or the Real Property, or gas, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, electricity, or any malfunction within the Premises or the Real Property, or acts of other tenants of the Building; provided , however , that, subject to Paragraph 16 below and to the provisions of Paragraph 28 below

 

20


regarding exculpation of Landlord from Special Claims, the foregoing waiver shall be inapplicable to any loss, injury or damage resulting directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any other Indemnitee (as defined below); except that, with regard to injury to a person (as opposed to damage to property) the foregoing waiver will also be inapplicable in the event of the ordinary negligence of Landlord or any other Indemnitee.

b. Tenant shall hold Landlord and the holders of any Superior Interest, and the constituent shareholders, partners or other owners thereof, and all of their agents, contractors, servants, officers, directors, employees and licensees (collectively with Landlord, the “Indemnitees”) harmless from and indemnify the Indemnitees against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in defending against the same (collectively, “Claims”), to the extent arising from (a) the acts or omissions of Tenant or any other Tenant Parties (as defined in Paragraph 8.c. above) in, on or about the Real Property. or (b) any construction or other work undertaken by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or about the Premises, whether prior to or during the term of this Lease, or (c) any breach or Event of Default under this Lease by Tenant, or (d) any accident, injury or damage, howsoever and by whomsoever caused, to any person or property, occurring in, on or about the Premises during the term hereof (or during any period prior to, or after the end of, the Lease term that Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises); except to the extent such Claims are caused directly by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its authorized representatives. In case any action or proceeding be brought against any of the Indemnitees by reason of any such Claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, covenants to resist and defend at Tenant’s sole expense such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph 14.b. shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with respect to any injury, illness, death or damage occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

15. Insurance .

a. Tenant’s Insurance; Coverage Amounts . Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, maintain during the term of this Lease (and, if Tenant occupies or conducts activities in or about the Premises prior to or after the term hereof, then also during such pre-term or post-term period): (i) commercial general liability insurance including contractual liability coverage, with minimum coverages of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for products-completed operations coverage, One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) fire legal liability, Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) for personal and advertising injury, with a Six Million Dollars ($6,000,000.00) general aggregate limit, for injuries to, or illness or death of, persons and damage to property occurring in or about the Premises or otherwise resulting from Tenant’s operations in the Building, provided that the foregoing coverage amounts may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies; (ii) property insurance protecting Tenant against loss or damage by fire and such other risks as are insurable under then-available standard forms of “special form” (previously known as -all risk”) insurance policies (excluding earthquake and flood but including water damage and earthquake sprinkler leakage), covering Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures in or about the Premises or the Real Property, and any above Building standard Alterations installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term), for the full replacement value thereof without deduction for depreciation; (iii) workers’ compensation insurance in statutory limits; (iv) at least three months’ coverage for loss of business income and continuing expenses, providing protection against any peril included within the classification “special form” insurance, excluding earthquake and flood but including water damage and sprinkler leakage (although earthquake sprinkler leakage coverage shall be optional for Tenant); and (v) if Tenant operates owned, leased or non-owned vehicles on the Real Property, comprehensive automobile liability insurance with a minimum coverage of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per occurrence. combined single limit; provided that the foregoing coverage amount may be provided through any combination of primary and umbrella/excess coverage policies. In no event shall any insurance maintained by Tenant hereunder or required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder be deemed to limit or satisfy Tenant’s indemnification or other obligations or liability under this Lease. Landlord reserves the right to increase the foregoing amount of liability coverage from time to time (but not more than once in any twelve (12) month period), as Landlord reasonably determines is required to adequately protect Landlord and the other parties designated by Landlord from the matters insured thereby; provided, however, such increased amounts shall not materially exceed the greater of (a) those amounts normally required for comparable buildings in the San Francisco Financial District or (b) those amounts required to provide Landlord with the same relative protection as the amounts set forth above as of the date of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord makes no representation that the limits of liability required hereunder from time to time shall be adequate to protect Tenant. Landlord reserves the right to require that Tenant cause any of its contractors, vendors, movers or other parties conducting activities in or about or occupying the Premises to obtain and maintain insurance as reasonably determined by Landlord and as to which Landlord and such other parties reasonably designated by Landlord shall be additional insureds.

 

21


b. Policy Form . Each insurance policy required pursuant to Paragraph 15.a. above shall be issued by an insurance company authorized to do business in the State of California and with a general policyholders’ rating of “A-” or better and a financial size ranking of “Class VIII” or higher in the most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Guide. Each insurer must agree to endeavor to provide thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord of cancellation or non-renewal of any such policy (ten (10) days for non-payment of premium). If any of the above policies are subject to deductibles, the deductible amounts shall not exceed amounts reasonably approved in advance in writing by Landlord. The liability policies (including any umbrella/ excess coverage policies) carried by Tenant pursuant to clauses (i) and (v) of Paragraph shall 15.a. above shall (i) name Landlord and all the other Indemnitees and any other parties designated by Landlord as additional insureds, (ii) provide that no act or omission of Tenant shall affect or limit the obligations of the insurer with respect to any other insured, and (iii) provide that the policy and the coverage provided shall be primary, that Landlord, although an additional insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to recovery under such policy for any damage to Landlord or the other Indemnitees by reason of acts or omissions of Tenant, and that any coverage carried by Landlord shall be noncontributory with respect to policies carried by Tenant. The property insurance policy carried by Tenant pursuant to clause (ii) of Paragraph 15.a. above shall include all waiver of subrogation rights endorsements necessary to effect the provisions of Paragraph 16 below. Each insurance policy required of Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 15, or a certificate thereof, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant on or before the effective date of such policy and thereafter Tenant shall deliver to Landlord renewal policies or certificates at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration dates of expiring policies. If Tenant fails to procure such insurance or to deliver such policies or certificates, Landlord may, at its option, procure the same for Tenant’s account, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord by Tenant upon demand. Landlord may at any time, and from time to time, inspect and/or copy any and all insurance policies required by this Lease.

c. No Implication . Nothing in this Paragraph 15 shall be construed as creating or implying the existence of (i) any ownership by Tenant of any fixtures, additions, Alterations, or improvements in or to the Premises or (ii) any right on Tenant’s part to make any addition, Alteration or improvement in or to the Premises.

d. Landlord’s Insurance . During the term hereof, Landlord shall keep the Building (excluding any above Building standard Alterations installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term)) insured through reputable insurance underwriters against perils covered by then available standard forms of ‘‘special form” (previously known as “all risk”) insurance policies (excluding, at Landlord’s option, perils such as earthquake. flood and other standard exclusions), with a deductible provision deemed commercially reasonable by Landlord, in an amount or amounts equal to not less than eighty percent (80%) of the replacement value of the Building (excluding the land and the footings, foundations and installations below the basement level), or such greater percentage as shall be required to preclude Landlord from being deemed a coinsurer, without deduction for depreciation, including the costs of demolition and debris removal, or such other fire and property damage insurance as Landlord shall reasonably determine to give substantially equal or greater protection. Throughout the term hereof, Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with commercially reasonable amounts and coverage and shall carry worker’s compensation insurance in amounts required by applicable Legal Requirements.

16. Mutual Waiver of Subrogation Rights . Each party hereto hereby releases the other respective party and, in the case of Tenant as the releasing party, the other Indemnitees, and the respective partners, shareholders, agents, employees, officers, directors and authorized representatives of such released party, from any claims such releasing party may have for damage to the Building, the Premises or any of such releasing party’s fixtures, personal property, improvements and alterations in or about the Premises, the Building or the Real Property that is caused by or results from risks insured against under any - special form” insurance policies actually carried by such releasing party or deemed to be carried by such releasing party; provided, however, that such waiver shall be limited to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable by the relevant insurance company with respect to such loss or damage (or in the case of deemed coverage, the net proceeds that would have been payable). For purposes of this Paragraph 16, Tenant and Landlord shall each be deemed to be carrying any of the insurance policies required to be carried by them pursuant to Paragraph 15 but not actually carried by them. Each party hereto shall cause each such fire and extended coverage insurance policy obtained by it to provide that the insurance company waives all rights of recovery by way of subrogation against the other respective party and the other released parties in connection with any matter covered by such policy.

 

22


17. Utilities .

a. Basic Services . Landlord shall furnish the following utilities and services (“Basic Services”) for the Premises: (i) during the hours of 8 A.M. to 6 P.M. (“Business Hours”) Monday through Friday (except public holidays) (“Business Days”) heat and air conditioning required in Landlord’s judgment for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises for ordinary general office purposes, (ii) 24 hours a day, each day of the Lease term, water for the restroom(s) in the public areas serving the Premises and for use (in customary amounts) in any plumbing fixtures located in the Premises, and (iii) 24 hours a day each day of the Lease term, elevator service to the floor(s) of the Premises by non-attended automatic elevators for general office pedestrian usage. Landlord shall also furnish electricity to the Premises in accordance with Paragraph 17.c. below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease (subject to any temporary shutdown for repairs, for security purposes, for compliance with any legal restrictions, or due to strikes, lockouts. labor disputes, fire or other casualty, acts of God, acts of terror, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord), Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a day each day of the year.

Tenant may use the above services in excess of that provided in Basic Services, including during additional hours (“Excess Services”), which shall include without limitation. Building chilled, heated or condenser water, provided that the Excess Services desired by Tenant are reasonably available to Landlord and to the Premises (it being understood that in no event shall Landlord be obligated to make available to the Premises more than the pro rata share of the capacity of any Excess Service available to the Building or the applicable floor of the Building, as the case may be), and provided further that Tenant complies with the procedures reasonably established by Landlord from time to time for requesting and paying for such Excess Services and with all other provisions of this Paragraph 17. Landlord reserves the right to install in the Premises or the Real Property water meters (including, without limitation, any additional wiring, conduit or panel required therefor) to measure the water consumed by Tenant or to cause the usage to be measured by other reasonable methods (e.g., by temporary “check” meters or by survey).

b. Payment for Utilities and Services . The cost of Basic Services shall be included in Operating Expenses. In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand (i) the cost, at Landlord’s prevailing rate, of any Excess Services used by Tenant, (ii) the cost of installing, operating, maintaining or repairing any meter or other device used to measure Tenant’s consumption of utilities. (iii) the cost of installing, operating, maintaining or repairing any Temperature Balance Equipment (as defined in Paragraph 17.d. below) for the Premises and/or any equipment required in connection with any Excess Services requested by Tenant, and (iv) any cost otherwise incurred by Landlord in keeping account of or determining any Excess Services used by Tenant. Landlord’s failure to bill Tenant for any of the foregoing shall not waive Landlord’s right to bill Tenant for the same at a later time.

c. Electricity: Utility Connections . Electricity is not a part of Basic Services. However, subject to Paragraph 17.e. below, Landlord shall provide to the Premises, 24 hours a day each day of the Lease term, electricity for overhead lighting and convenience outlets. Electricity consumed at the Premises shall be measured by sub-meter (which sub-meters shall be installed by Landlord as a part of Landlord’s Work) and Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of all electric current consumed by Tenant at the Premises, as shown on such sub-meter, on a monthly basis, within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s invoice therefor. Tenant shall not connect or use any apparatus or device in the Premises which would (i) cause Tenant’s electrical demand load to exceed 1.0 watt per rentable square foot for overhead lighting or 4.0 watts per rentable square foot for convenience outlets and miscellaneous equipment loads or (ii) exceed the capacity of the existing panel or transformer serving the Premises. Tenant shall not connect with electric current (except through existing outlets in the Premises or such additional outlets as may be installed in the Premises as part of initial improvements or subsequent Alterations approved by Landlord), or water pipes, any apparatus or device for the purpose of using electrical current or water.

Landlord will not permit additional coring or channeling of the floor of the Premises in order to install new electric outlets in the Premises unless Landlord is satisfied, on the basis of such information to be supplied by Tenant at Tenant’s expense, that coring and/or channeling of the floor in order to install such additional outlets will not weaken the structure of the floor.

d. Temperature Balance . If the temperature otherwise maintained in any portion of the Premises by the heating, air conditioning or ventilation system is affected as a result of (i) the type or quantity of any lights, machines or equipment (including without limitation typical office equipment) used by Tenant in the Premises, (ii) the occupancy of such portion of the Premises by more than one person per one hundred fifty (150) square feet of rentable area therein, (iii) an electrical load for lighting or power in excess of the limits specified in Paragraph 17.c. above, or (iv) any rearrangement of partitioning or other improvements, then at Tenant’s sole cost, Landlord may install any equipment, or modify any existing equipment (including the standard air conditioning

 

23


equipment) Landlord deems necessary to restore the temperature balance (such new equipment or modifications to existing equipment termed herein -Temperature Balance Equipment ”). Tenant agrees to keep closed, when necessary, draperies and/or window treatments which, because of the sun’s position, must be closed to provide for the efficient operation of the air conditioning system, and Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord and to abide by the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the adequacy or fitness of the heating, air conditioning or ventilation equipment in the Building to maintain temperatures that may be required for, or because of, any computer or communications rooms, machine rooms, conference rooms or other areas of high concentration of personnel or electrical usage, or any other uses other than or in excess of the fractional horsepower normally required for office equipment, and Landlord shall have no liability for loss or damage suffered by Tenant or others in connection therewith.

e. Interruption of Services . Landlord’s obligation to provide utilities and services for the Premises are subject to the Rules and Regulations of the Building, applicable Legal Requirements (including the rules or actions of the public utility company furnishing the utility or service), and shutdowns for maintenance and repairs, for security purposes, or due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, fire or other casualty, acts of God, or other causes beyond the control of Landlord. In the event of an interruption in, or failure or inability to provide any service or utility for the Premises for any reason, such interruption, failure or inability shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant, or entitle Tenant to any abatement or offset of Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other amounts due from Tenant under this Lease. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Section 1932(1) or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement permitting the termination of this Lease due to such interruption, failure or inability. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any interruption in or failure or inability to provide any of the services or utilities described in Paragraph 17.a. (each a “ Service Interruption ”) is (i) within the reasonable control of Landlord or its agents or employees to correct and continues for seven (7) or more Business Days after Landlord becomes aware thereof, whether by Tenant’s written notice to Landlord or otherwise, or (ii) outside of Landlord’s reasonable control to correct and continues for sixty (60) or more consecutive days after Landlord becomes aware thereof, whether by Tenant’s written notice or otherwise, and Tenant is unable to conduct, and does not conduct, any business in a material portion of the Premises as a result thereof, then Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of Monthly Rent under Paragraph 5 above and Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above, which abatement shall commence as of the first (1st) day after the expiration of such seven (7) Business Days or sixty (60) day period (as applicable) and to terminate upon the cessation of the Service Interruption and which abatement shall be based on the portion of the Premises rendered unusable for Tenant’s business by the Service Interruption. The abatement and termination rights set forth above shall be inapplicable to any Service Interruption that is caused by (x) damage from fire or casualty (it being acknowledged that such situation shall be governed by Paragraph 27 below) or (y) to any other Service Interruption described in this Paragraph 17.e. to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors.

f. Governmental Controls . In the event any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Real Property or the Building promulgates or revises any Legal Requirement or building, fire or other code or imposes mandatory or voluntary controls or guidelines on Landlord or the Real Property or the Building relating to the use or conservation of energy or utilities or the reduction of automobile or other emissions (collectively, “ Controls ) or in the event Landlord is required or elects to make alterations to the Real Property or the Building in order to comply with such mandatory or voluntary Controls, Landlord may, in its sole discretion, comply with such Controls or make such alterations to the Real Property or the Building related thereto. Such compliance and the making of such alterations shall not constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including, but not limited to, liability for consequential damages or loss of business by Tenant.

g. Janitorial Services; Refuse Removal; Extermination Services.

i. Subject to Paragraph 17.g.ii. below, Tenant shall maintain the Premises in a clean and sanitary condition appropriate for a first class building and shall be responsible for providing janitorial services to the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall ensure that the janitors used by Tenant shall not cause any labor disturbance in or at the Real Property. Tenant and Tenant’s janitorial service shall comply with Landlord’s Green Cleaning Standards for LEED compliance in effect from time to time, a copy of which standards are available in the Building office. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s rules and procedures concerning temporary storage of refuse and the time and manner of disposal thereof in the designated areas of the Real Property. If Landlord determines that the Premises are not being maintained in accordance with

 

24


the foregoing standards, Landlord shall have the right to provide janitorial services to the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. In addition, Tenant shall procure and maintain during the term of this Lease, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a contract providing for extermination services to the Premises as frequently as Landlord reasonably deems necessary. Tenant shall submit such contract to Landlord for Landlord’s prior reasonable approval.

ii. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 17.g.i. above, Tenant has requested that Landlord contract directly with the janitorial service that will provide janitorial services to the Premises. Landlord has agreed to the foregoing, subject to the terms of this Paragraph 17.g.ii. Landlord shall enter into and administer a contract for the provision of janitorial services to the Premises (the “ Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract ”). During the period that the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract is in place pursuant to this Paragraph 17.g.ii., Tenant shall assign one or more Tenant representatives who, until further written notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant for purposes of this paragraph. Prior to entering into a Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract, Landlord shall consult with Tenant’s representative(s) to determine the janitorial company to be employed, scope of work requested, products to be purchased, hours of service and all other elements of the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract. During the term of the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract, Landlord and Tenant’s representative shall consult with each other regarding any issues arising thereunder so that Landlord can address the same. Tenant shall pay for the janitorial services directly to Landlord on a monthly basis not later than thirty (30) days following receipt of Landlord’ written invoice therefor. If Tenant fails to pay such sums when due and thereafter does not pay such sums within thirty (30) days following written notice from Landlord that such sums are past due, Landlord may terminate the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract and Tenant shall thereafter be responsible for providing the janitorial services to the Premises. In no event shall such termination relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay sums that accrued under the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract prior to such termination of the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract. In no event shall Landlord be responsible for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord on account of any loss, injury or other damage to person or property (including theft) in or about the Premises resulting from or claimed to result from the acts of the janitorial company (including its employees or agents) retained under the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract. Sums due from Tenant to Landlord under this Paragraph 17 shall constitute rent under this Lease.

If, at any time during the Lease term, Tenant desires that the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract be terminated so that Tenant can contract directly for janitorial services for the Premises, Landlord shall, upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice form Tenant, terminate the Landlord Administered Janitorial Contract (or, at Tenant’s request, arrange for such contract to be assigned to Tenant), provided that, in no event shall such termination relieve Tenant from its obligation to pay sums that accrued under the Landlord Administered Contract prior to such termination.

18. Personal Property and Other Taxes . Tenant shall pay, at least ten (10) days before delinquency, any and all taxes, fees, charges or other governmental impositions levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant (a) upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, improvements and other personal property (including carpeting installed by Tenant) located in the Premises, (b) by virtue of any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and (c) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. If any such fee, charge or other governmental imposition is paid by Landlord, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s payment upon demand.

19. Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall comply with the rules and regulations set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto, as such rules and regulations may be reasonably modified or amended by Landlord from time to time (the “ Rules and Regulations ”); provided, however, that modifications or amendments shall not be binding upon Tenant until Tenant has received a copy of the same. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enforce the Rules and Regulations in a consistent, fair and reasonable manner, but Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance or noncompliance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of or with any of the Rules and Regulations. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the balance of this Lease, the balance of this Lease shall control.

20. Surrender: Holding Over .

a. Surrender . Upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord vacant and broom-clean, with all improvements and Alterations (except as provided below) in their original condition, except for reasonable wear and tear, damage from casualty or condemnation and any changes resulting from approved Alterations; provided, however, that prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease Tenant shall remove from the Premises any Specialty Alterations that Tenant is required by Landlord to remove pursuant to

 

25


Paragraph 9.b. above and all of Tenant’s personal property (including, without limitation, all voice and data cabling, including any electrical, voice or data conduit, trays and/or cabling installed by or for Tenant in the ceiling of a floor of the Building that is directly below the space being served by such cabling). If such removal is not completed at the expiration or other termination of this Lease, Landlord may remove the same at Tenant’s expense. Any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal shall be repaired promptly by Tenant (including the patching or repairing of ceilings, floors and walls) or, if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The removal of Alterations from the Premises shall be governed by Paragraph 9 above. Tenant’s obligations under this paragraph shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease. Upon expiration or termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s possession, Tenant shall surrender all keys to the Premises or any other part of the Building and shall make known to Landlord the combination of locks on all safes, cabinets and vaults that may be located in the Premises.

b. Holding Over . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with the express written consent of Landlord, Tenant’s occupancy shall be a month-to-month tenancy at a rent agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, but in no event less than the greater of (i) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rent and one hundred percent (100%) of the Additional Rent payable under this Lease during the last full month prior to the date of the expiration of this Lease or (ii) the then fair market rental (as reasonably determined by Landlord) for the Premises. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the month-to-month tenancy shall be on the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that any renewal options, expansion options, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or any other rights or options pertaining to additional space in the Building contained in this Lease shall be deemed to have terminated and shall be inapplicable thereto. Landlord’s acceptance of rent after such holding over with Landlord’s written consent shall not result in any other tenancy or in a renewal of the original term of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s consent, Tenant’s continued possession shall be on the basis of a tenancy at sufferance and Tenant shall pay as Monthly Rent during the holdover period an amount equal to the greater of (i) for the first thirty (30) days of such holdover, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Monthly Rent and one hundred percent (100%) of the Additional Rent payable under this Lease for the last full month prior to the date of such expiration or termination and (ii) for the holdover period from and after the end of such thirty (30) day period, such percentage applied to Monthly Rent shall increase to two hundred percent (200%).

c. Indemnification . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all Claims incurred by or asserted against Landlord and arising directly or indirectly from Tenant’s failure to timely surrender the Premises, including but not limited to (i) any rent payable by or any loss, cost, or damages, including lost profits, claimed by any prospective tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof, and (ii) Landlord’s damages as a result of such prospective tenant rescinding or refusing to enter into the prospective lease of the Premises or any portion thereof by reason of such failure to timely surrender the Premises; provided, however, as a condition to Tenant’s obligations under this Paragraph 20.c., Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of the existence of a prospective successor tenant for the Premises or any portion thereof, or the existence of any other matter which might give rise to a claim by Landlord under the foregoing indemnity, at least thirty (30) days prior to the date Landlord shall require Tenant’s surrender of the Premises, and Tenant shall not be responsible to Landlord under the foregoing indemnity if Tenant shall surrender the Premises on or prior to the expiration of such thirty (30) day period (it being agreed, however, that Landlord need not identify the prospective tenant by name in its notice, and it being further agreed that such notice may be given prior to the scheduled expiration date of this Lease).

21. Subordination and Attornment .

a. This Lease is expressly made subject and subordinate to any mortgage, deed of trust, ground lease, underlying lease or like encumbrance affecting any part of the Real Property or any interest of Landlord therein which is now existing or hereafter executed or recorded, any present or future modification, amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing, and to any advances made thereunder (any of the foregoing being a “ Superior Interest ) without the necessity of any further documentation evidencing such subordination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord a document evidencing the subordination of this Lease to a particular Superior Interest. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such instrument in the name of Tenant if Tenant fails to do so within such time. If the interest of Landlord in the Real Property or the Building is transferred to any person (“ Purchaser ) pursuant to or in lieu of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of any Superior Interest, Tenant shall immediately attorn to the Purchaser, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Purchaser and Tenant on the terms and conditions set forth herein, provided that Purchaser acquires and accepts the Real Property or the Building subject to this Lease. Upon Purchaser’s

 

26


request, including any such request made by reason of the termination of this Lease as a result of such foreclosure or other proceedings, Tenant shall enter in to a new lease with Purchaser on the terms and conditions of this Lease applicable to the remainder of the term hereof. Notwithstanding the subordination of this Lease to Superior Interests as set forth above, the holder of any Superior Interest may at any time (including as part of foreclosure or other proceedings for enforcement of such Superior Interest), upon written notice to Tenant, elect to have this Lease be prior and superior to such Superior Interest.

Landlord represents to Tenant that, as of the date hereof, Bank of America, N.A. (“ Current Lender ) is the only holder of a Superior Interest. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain from Current Lender for Tenant a non-disturbance agreement (in the form set forth in Paragraph 21.b. below), but in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant in the event Current Lender does not provide such non-disturbance agreement to Tenant. Further, Tenant shall pay any fees imposed by Current Lender for the issuance of the non-disturbance agreement. if Tenant receives a non-disturbance agreement from Current Lender, the terms of the non-disturbance agreement shall control in the event of any inconsistency between the terms thereof and this Paragraph 21.a.

b. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, if a Superior Interest will be created following the date of this Lease, then this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to such Superior Interest only upon delivery to Tenant of a non-disturbance agreement executed by the holder of the Superior Interest providing that if Tenant is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable grace period, such party will recognize this Lease and Tenant’s rights hereunder and will not disturb Tenant’s possession hereunder, and if this Lease is by operation of law terminated in a foreclosure, that a new lease will be entered into on the same terms as this Lease for the remaining term hereof, and including such further matters and conditions to the foregoing as may be customarily and commercially reasonably required by the holder of the Superior Interest. Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request, execute and deliver to Landlord a document evidencing such subordination, provided that the non-disturbance provisions provided for in this Paragraph 21.b. are included in such document. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver any such instrument in the name of Tenant if Tenant fails to do so within such time.

22. Financing Condition . If any lender or ground lessor that intends to acquire an interest in, or holds a mortgage, ground lease or deed of trust encumbering any portion of the Real Property should require either the execution by Tenant of an agreement requiring Tenant to send such lender written notice of any default by Landlord under this Lease, giving such lender the right to cure such default until such lender has completed foreclosure, and preventing Tenant from terminating this Lease (to the extent such termination right would otherwise be available) unless such default remains uncured after foreclosure has been completed, and/or any modification of the agreements, covenants. conditions or provisions of this Lease, then Tenant agrees that it shall, within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s request, execute and deliver such agreement and modify this Lease as required by such lender or ground lessor; provided, however, that no such modification shall affect the length of the Lease term, increase the rent payable by Tenant hereunder, increase Tenant’s non-monetary obligations hereunder (other than in a non-substantial manner, such as requiring that Tenant send additional copies of notices to one or more additional parties) or materially diminish Tenant’s rights hereunder. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its failure to timely execute any such agreement or modification required by such lender or ground lessor within such ten (10) Business Day period, and subsequent failure to deliver the agreement or modification within five (5) Business Days following Landlord’s second written request for the agreement or modification, may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a financing transaction and giving Landlord all of its rights and remedies under Paragraph 25 below, including its right to damages caused by the loss of such financing.

23. Entry by Landlord . Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times, and upon reasonable advance notice (provided that no advance notice need be given if an emergency necessitates an immediate entry or prior to entry to provide routine janitorial services under Paragraph I 7.g.ii. above, if applicable), enter the Premises to (a) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (b) supply janitorial and any other service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (c) show the Premises to prospective lenders, purchasers or (during the final twelve (12) months of the Lease Term) tenants, (d) post notices of non-responsibility, and (e) alter, improve or repair the Premises (to the extent such work is required or permitted hereunder to be performed by Landlord) or any other portion of the Real Property. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair, Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Real Property scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the work to be performed. In no event shall such entry or work entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent, constitute an eviction of Tenant, constructive or otherwise, or impose upon Landlord any liability whatsoever, including but not limited to liability for consequential damages or loss of business or profits by

 

27


Tenant. Landlord shall use good faith efforts to cause all such work to be done in such a manner as to cause as little interference to Tenant as reasonably possible without incurring additional expense. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, except Tenant’s vaults and safes. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises and any such entry to the Premises shall not constitute a forcible or unlawful entry into the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises, or any portion thereof.

24. Insolvency or Bankruptcy . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under Paragraph 25 below:

a. Tenant ceases doing business as a going concern, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, is adjudicated an insolvent, files a petition (or files an answer admitting the material allegations of such petition) seeking for Tenant any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar arrangement under any state or federal bankruptcy or other law, or Tenant consents to or acquiesces in the appointment, pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy or other law, of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Premises, for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets; or

b. Tenant fails within sixty (60) days after the commencement of any proceedings against Tenant seeking reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution or similar relief under any state or federal bankruptcy or other Legal Requirement, to have such proceedings dismissed, or Tenant fails, within sixty (60) days after an appointment pursuant to any state or federal bankruptcy or other Legal Requirement without Tenant’s consent or acquiescence, of any trustee, receiver or liquidator for the Premises, for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenant’s assets, to have such appointment vacated; or

c. Tenant is unable, or admits in writing its inability, to pay its debts as they mature; or

d. Tenant gives notice to any governmental body of its insolvency or pending insolvency, or of its suspension or pending suspension of operations.

In no event shall this Lease be assigned or assignable by reason of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings, nor shall any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant, the trustee, debtor-in-possession, or the debtor’s estate in any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings.

25. Default and Remedies .

a. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” by Tenant:

1. Tenant fails to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other rent due hereunder within five (5) Business Days following written notice from Landlord that such sum is past due; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be required to give two (2) such notices in any calendar year, and after two (2) such notices are given any failure by Tenant in such calendar year to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other rent due hereunder on or before the date due will constitute an Event of Default without the requirement of notice from Landlord of such failure; or

2. Deleted; or

3. Tenant fails to deliver any estoppel certificate pursuant to Paragraph 29 below, subordination agreement pursuant to Paragraph 21 above, or document required pursuant to Paragraph 22 above, within the applicable period set forth therein and thereafter does not deliver the same within five (5) Business Days following a written notice from Landlord advising Tenant that the document was not delivered when due; or

4. Tenant violates the bankruptcy and insolvency provisions of Paragraph 24 above; or

5. Tenant makes or has made or furnishes or has furnished any warranty, representation or statement to Landlord in connection with this Lease, or any other agreement made by Tenant for the benefit of Landlord, which is or was false or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; or

6. Tenant assigns this Lease or subleases any portion of the Premises in violation of Paragraph 13 above; or

 

28


7. The default by any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease of any provision of such guarantor’s guaranty, or the attempted repudiation or revocation of any such guaranty or any provision thereof by such guarantor, or the application of items 4 of 5 or (v) above of this Paragraph 25.a. with the reference to - Tenant” therein being deemed to refer instead to such guarantor; or

8. Deleted; or

9. Tenant fails to comply with any other provision of this Lease in the manner required pursuant to this Lease within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord of such failure (or if the noncompliance cannot by its nature be cured within the 30 day period, if Tenant fails to commence to cure such noncompliance within the 30 day period or thereafter fails to diligently prosecute such cure to completion); except that such thirty (30) day period for the commencement of the cure shall be shortened to the shorter time period set forth in Landlord’s written notice to Tenant if such shorter time period is reasonably necessary to protect the health, safety or quiet enjoyment of the Building by its tenants and occupants or to prevent further damage or loss to Landlord or the Real Property or to avoid a violation (or continuance of any violation) of any Legal Requirement.

b. Remedies . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default Landlord shall have the following remedies, which shall not be exclusive but shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedies now or hereafter allowed by law:

1. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by written notice to Tenant. Tenant expressly acknowledges that in the absence of such written notice from Landlord, no other act of Landlord, including, but not limited to, its re-entry into the Premises, its efforts to relet the Premises, its reletting of the Premises for Tenant’s account, its storage of Tenant’s personal property and trade fixtures, its acceptance of keys to the Premises from Tenant, its appointment of a receiver, or its exercise of any other rights and remedies under this Paragraph 25 or otherwise at law, shall constitute an acceptance of Tenant’s surrender of the Premises or constitute a termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises.

Upon such termination in writing of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, this Lease shall terminate and Landlord shall be entitled to recover damages from Tenant as provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.2 or any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for recovery of damages for such breach, including but not limited to the following:

(i) The reasonable cost of recovering the Premises; plus

(ii) The reasonable cost of removing Tenant’s Alterations, trade fixtures and improvements; plus

(iii) All unpaid rent due or earned hereunder prior to the date of termination, less the proceeds of any reletting or any rental received from subtenants prior to the date of termination applied as provided in Paragraph 25.b.2. below, together with interest at the Interest Rate, on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages; plus

(iv) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, from the date of termination until the date of the award of damages, exceeds the amount of such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, together with interest at the interest Rate on such sums from the date such rent is due and payable until the date of the award of damages: plus

(v) The amount by which the rent which would be payable by Tenant hereunder, including Additional Rent under Paragraph 7 above, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, for the remainder of the then term, after the date of the award of damages exceeds the amount such rental loss as Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided, discounted at the discount rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for member banks at the time of the award plus one percent (1%); plus

(vi) Such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law, including without limitation any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom.

 

29


2. Landlord has the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (a landlord may continue the lease in effect after the tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if the tenant has the right to sublet and assign subject only to reasonable limitations), and may continue this Lease in full force and effect and may enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including, but not limited to, the right to recover rent as it becomes due. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and sublet all or any part of the Premises for Tenant’s account to any person, for such term (which may be a period beyond the remaining term of this Lease), at such rents and on such other terms and conditions as Landlord deems advisable. In the event of any such subletting, rents received by Landlord from such subletting shall be applied (i) first, to the payment of the costs of maintaining, preserving, altering and preparing the Premises for subletting, the other costs of subletting, including but not limited to brokers’ commissions, attorneys’ fees and expenses of removal of Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures and Alterations; (ii) second, to the payment of rent then due and payable hereunder; (iii) third, to the payment of future rent as the same may become due and payable hereunder; (iv) fourth, the balance, if any, shall be paid to Tenant upon (but not before) expiration of the term of this Lease. If the rents received by Landlord from such subletting, after application as provided above, are insufficient in any month to pay the rent due and payable hereunder for such month, Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord monthly upon demand. Notwithstanding any such subletting for Tenant’s account without termination, Landlord may at any time thereafter, by written notice to Tenant, elect to terminate this Lease by virtue of a previous Event of Default.

During the continuance of an Event of Default, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises and subject to Paragraph 13, entitled Assignment and Subletting, and the options granted to Landlord thereunder, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or sublease of Tenant’s interest in the Premises or in this Lease.

3. Following the termination of this Lease due to an Event of Default, Landlord may enter the Premises without terminating this Lease and remove all Tenant’s personal property, Alterations and trade fixtures from the Premises and store them at Tenant’s risk and expense. If Landlord removes such property from the Premises and stores it at Tenant’s risk and expense, and if Tenant fails to pay the cost of such removal and storage after written demand therefor and/or to pay any rent then due, then after the property has been stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more Landlord may sell such property at public or private sale, in the manner and at such times and places as Landlord deems commercially reasonable following reasonable notice to Tenant of the time and place of such sale. The proceeds of any such sale shall be applied first to the payment of the expenses for removal and storage of the property, the preparation for and the conducting of such sale, and for attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses incurred by Landlord in connection therewith, and the balance shall be applied as provided in Paragraph 25.b.2. above.

Tenant hereby waives all claims for damages that may be caused by Landlord’s reentering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing Tenant’s personal property pursuant to this Paragraph 25, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims resulting from any such act. No reentry by Landlord shall constitute or be construed as a forcible entry by Landlord.

4. Landlord may require Tenant to remove any and all Specialty Alterations from the Premises that Landlord is entitled to require Tenant to remove under Paragraph 9.b. above or, if Tenant fails to do so within ten (10) days after Landlord’s request, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense.

5. Landlord may cure the Event of Default at Tenant’s expense, it being understood that such performance shall not waive or cure the subject Event of Default. If Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense in curing the Event of Default, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for the amount of such payment or expense with interest at the Interest Rate from the date the sum is paid or the expense is incurred until Landlord is reimbursed by Tenant. Any amount due Landlord under this subsection shall constitute additional rent hereunder.

c. Waiver of Redemption . Tenant hereby waives, for itself and all persons claiming by and under Tenant, all rights and privileges which it might have under any present or future Legal Requirement to redeem the Premises or to continue this Lease after being dispossessed or ejected from the Premises.

26. Damage or Destruction . If all or any part of the Premises or any material portion of the balance of the Real Property is damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall, within sixty (60) days following the date of the damage, give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s reasonable estimate of the time required from the date of the damage to repair the damage (the “Damage

 

30


Estimate ”). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to diligently proceed to repair the damage and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect if (i) the damage is caused by a peril covered by Landlord’s insurance (or required under this Lease to be covered by Landlord’s insurance), the proceeds from such insurance are sufficient (without considering any deductible amounts) to repair the damage (an “ Insured Casualty ”), and the Damage Estimate is three hundred sixty five (365) days from the date of the casualty or less, or (ii) the damage is caused by a peril not covered (and not required to be covered) by Landlord’s insurance or the proceeds from Landlord’s insurance are not sufficient (without considering any deductible amounts) to repair the damage (an “ Uninsured Casualty ”), and the Damage Estimate is one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of casualty or less. If the Damage Estimate is more than three hundred sixty five (365) days, in the case of an Insured Casualty, or more than one hundred twenty (120) days, in the case of an Uninsured Casualty, Landlord, at its option exercised by written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days of the date of the damage, shall either (a) diligently proceed to repair the damage, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (b) terminate this Lease as of the date specified by Landlord in the notice, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given, and this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of Tenant’s movable furniture, equipment, trade fixtures. and other personal property, nor any Specialty Alterations or above Building standard Alterations installed in the Premises by or at the request of Tenant (including those installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request, whether prior or subsequent to the commencement of the Lease term), and no damage to any of the foregoing shall entitle Tenant to any rent abatement, and Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, repair and replace such items. All such repair and replacement of Specialty Alterations and above Building standard Alterations by Tenant shall be performed in accordance with Paragraph 9 above regarding Alterations.

If the damage is to the Premises or if’ the Building is so damaged that access to or use and occupancy of the Premises is materially impaired, the Damage Estimate is more than three hundred sixty-five (365) days, and Landlord does not give notice terminating this Lease within the sixty (60) day period provided above, then Tenant may give notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) calendar days after the expiration of the aforesaid sixty (60) day period, terminating this Lease as of the date specified in Tenant’s termination notice, which date shall not be before the date of such notice or more than thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s termination notice. If this Lease was not terminated pursuant to the above and Landlord is required by the terms hereof to repair the subject damages, then, if Landlord does not complete the repairs by the date that is three hundred sixty-five days (365) days following the date of the damage (such period to be extended by any delays caused by Tenant or its agents), then Tenant may send Landlord a written notice electing to terminate this Lease and, if Landlord does not complete the repairs by the date that is thirty (30) days following Landlord’s receipt of such termination notice, this Lease shall terminate at the end of such 30-day period. However, if Landlord completes the repairs within such 30-day period, then Tenant’s termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall remain in effect.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 26, if the initial Damage Estimate is more than ninety (90) days, and the date on which Landlord reasonably anticipates the repairs of such damage will be completed is during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease term (as the same may have been previously extended), Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to the other, in the case of Landlord together with the Damage Estimate. or, in the case of Tenant, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of the Damage Estimate, and this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified by the party in its termination notice, which date shall not be before the date of such notice or more than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 26, if damage which would otherwise lead to a right to terminate this Lease results from the willful misconduct of Landlord or Tenant, the party from whose misconduct such damage results shall have no right to terminate this Lease.

If the fire or other casualty damages the Premises or the common areas of the Real Property necessary for Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, Tenant ceases to use any portion of the Premises as a result of such damage, then during the period the Premises or portion thereof are rendered unusable by such damage and repair, Tenant’s Monthly Rent and Additional Rent under Paragraphs 5 and 7 above shall be proportionately reduced based upon the extent to which the damage and repair prevents Tenant from conducting, and Tenant does not conduct, its business at the Premises; provided, however, if the damage results from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors or licensees, then Tenant’s Monthly Rent and Additional Rent will not abate unless Tenant reimburses Landlord for the deductible required under Landlord’s property damage/rental loss insurance.

 

31


A total destruction of the Building shall automatically terminate this Lease. In no event shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of use of the whole or any part of the Premises or for any inconvenience occasioned by any such destruction, rebuilding or restoration of the Premises, the Building or access thereto, except for the rent abatement expressly provided above. Tenant hereby waives California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4), providing for termination of hiring upon destruction of the thing hired and Sections 1941 and 1942, providing for repairs to and of premises.

27. Eminent Domain .

a. If all or any part of the Premises is taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or any agreement in lieu thereof (a “ taking ”), this Lease shall terminate as to the portion of the Premises taken effective as of the date of taking. If only a portion of the Premises is taken, Landlord or Tenant may terminate this Lease as to the remainder of the Premises upon written notice to the other party within ninety (90) days after the taking; provided, however, that Tenant’s right to terminate this Lease is conditioned upon the remaining portion of the Premises being of such size or configuration that such remaining portion of the Premises is unusable or uneconomical for Tenant’s business. Landlord shall be entitled to all compensation, damages, income, rent awards and interest thereon whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with any taking and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or any governmental authority for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease or of any of the improvements or Alterations in the Premises; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit Tenant from prosecuting a separate claim against the taking authority for an amount separately designated for Tenant’s relocation expenses or the interruption of or damage to Tenant’s business or as compensation for Tenant’s personal property, trade fixtures, Alterations or other improvements paid for by Tenant so long as any award to Tenant will not reduce the award to Landlord.

In the event of a partial taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent under Paragraphs 5 and 7 hereunder shall be equitably reduced. If all or any material part of the Real Property other than the Premises is taken, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant given within ninety (90) days after the date of taking.

b. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all or any portion of the Premises is taken for a period of time of one (1) year or less ending prior to the end of the term of this Lease, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Tenant shall continue to pay all rent and to perform all of its obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to all compensation, damages, income, rent awards and interest thereon that is paid or made in connection with such temporary taking of the Premises (or portion thereof), except that any such compensation in excess of the rent or other amounts payable to Landlord hereunder shall be promptly paid over to Landlord as received. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive the provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1265.130 and any other applicable existing or future Legal Requirement providing for, or allowing either party to petition the courts of the state in which the Real Property is located for, a termination of this Lease upon a partial taking of the Premises and/or the Building.

28. Landlord’s Liability; Sale of Building . The term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall mean only the owner or owners of the Real Property at the time in question. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, the liability of Landlord for its obligations under this Lease is limited solely to Landlord’s interest in the Real Property as the same may from time to time be encumbered, and no personal liability shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against any other assets of Landlord or against the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, or the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord or such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other owner, on account of any of Landlord’s obligations or actions under this Lease. In addition, in the event of any conveyance of title to the Real Property, then the grantor or transferor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease after the date of such conveyance. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be in default under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease, ‘Tenant delivers to Landlord written notice specifying the nature of Landlord’s alleged default, and Landlord fails to cure such default within thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice (or, if the default cannot reasonably be cured within such period, to commence action within such thirty (30)-day period and proceed diligently thereafter to cure such default). Upon any conveyance of title to the Real Property, the grantee or transferee shall be deemed to have assumed Landlord’s obligations to be performed under this Lease from and after the date of such conveyance, subject to the limitations on liability set forth above in this Paragraph 28. If Tenant provides Landlord with any security for Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, Landlord shall transfer such security to the grantee or transferee of Landlord’s interest in the Real Property, and upon such transfer Landlord shall be released from any further responsibility or liability for such security. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, but not in limitation of the provisions of Paragraph

 

32


14.a. above, Landlord shall not be liable for any consequential damages or interruption or loss of business, income or profits, or claims of constructive eviction, nor shall Landlord be liable for loss of or damage to artwork, currency, jewelry, bullion, unique or valuable documents, securities or other valuables, or for other property not in the nature of ordinary fixtures, furnishings and equipment used in general administrative and executive office activities and functions (all of the foregoing, collectively, “Special Claims”). Wherever in this Lease Tenant (a) releases Landlord from any claim or liability, (b) waives or limits any right of Tenant to assert any claim against Landlord or to seek recourse against any property of Landlord or (c) agrees to indemnify Landlord against any matters, the relevant release, waiver, limitation or indemnity shall run in favor of and apply to Landlord, the constituent shareholders, partners, members, or other owners of Landlord, and the directors, officers, employees and agents of Landlord and each such constituent shareholder, partner, member or other owner.

29. Estoppel Certificates . At any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days’ prior notice from Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement certifying the commencement date of this Lease, stating that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that this Lease is in full force and effect as modified and the date and nature of each such modification), that Landlord is not in default under this Lease (or, if Landlord is in default, specifying the nature of such default), that Tenant is not in default under this Lease (or, if Tenant is in default, specifying the nature of such default), the current amounts of and the dates to which the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent has been paid, and setting forth such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by a prospective purchaser of the Real Property or by a lender obtaining a lien on the Real Property as security. If Tenant fails to deliver such statement within the time required hereunder. such failure shall be conclusive upon Tenant that (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance of its obligations hereunder, (iii) not more than one month’s installment of Monthly Rent has been paid in advance, and (iv) any other statements of fact included by Landlord in such statement are correct. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that its failure to execute such certificate may cause Landlord serious financial damage by causing the failure of a sale or financing transaction and giving Landlord all of its rights and remedies under Paragraph 25 above, including its right to damages caused by the loss of such sale or financing.

30. Right of Landlord to Perform . If Tenant fails to make any payment required hereunder (other than Monthly Rent and Additional Rent) or fails to perform any other of its obligations hereunder, Landlord may, but shall not be obliged to, and without waiving any default of Tenant or releasing Tenant from any obligations to Landlord hereunder, make any such payment or perform any other such obligation on Tenant’s behalf. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days of Landlord’s written demand therefor, one hundred ten percent (110%) of all sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance by Landlord of an obligation of Tenant. If such sum is not paid by Tenant within the required ten (10) day period, interest shall accrue on such sum at the Interest Rate from the end of such ten (10) day period until paid by Tenant. Further. Tenant’s failure to make such payment within such ten (10) day period shall entitle Landlord to the same rights and remedies provided Landlord in the event of non-payment of rent.

31. Late Charge; Late Payments . Tenant acknowledges that late payment of any installment of Monthly Rent or Additional Rent or any other amount required under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease and that the exact amount of such costs would be extremely difficult and impracticable to fix. Such costs include, without limitation, processing and accounting charges, late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any encumbrance or note secured by the Real Property and the loss of the use of the delinquent funds. Therefore, if any installment of Monthly Rent or Additional Rent or any other amount due from Tenant is not received within five (5) Business Days following Landlord’s written notice to Tenant that the sum is past due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand, on account of the delinquent payment, an additional sum equal to the greater of (i) five percent (5%) of the overdue amount, or (ii) One Hundred Dollars ($100.00), which additional sum represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant; provided, however, that Landlord shall only be required to give two (2) such notices in any calendar year, and after two (2) such notices are given any failure by Tenant in such calendar year to pay Monthly Rent, Additional Rent or any other amount due hereunder on the date due will subject Tenant to the late charge without the requirement of notice from Landlord. Acceptance of any late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to the overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising its right to collect interest as provided above, rent, or any other damages, or from exercising any of the other rights and remedies available to Landlord.

32. Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial . In the event of any action or proceeding between Landlord and Tenant (including an action or proceeding between Landlord and the trustee or

 

33


debtor in possession while Tenant is a debtor in a proceeding under any bankruptcy law) to enforce any provision of this Lease, the losing party shall pay to the prevailing party all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred in such action and in any appeal in connection therewith by such prevailing party. The “prevailing party” will be determined by the court before whom the action was brought based upon an assessment of which party’s major arguments or positions taken in the suit or proceeding could fairly be said to have prevailed over the other party’s major arguments or positions on major disputed issues in the court’s decision. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Landlord shall be deemed the prevailing party in any unlawful detainer or other action or proceeding instituted by Landlord based upon any default or alleged default of Tenant hereunder if (i) judgment is entered in favor of Landlord, or (ii) prior to trial or judgment Tenant pays all or any portion of the rent claimed by Landlord, vacates the Premises, or otherwise cures the default claimed by Landlord.

If Landlord becomes involved in any litigation or dispute, threatened or actual, by or against anyone not a party to this Lease, but arising by reason of or related to any act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in connection with the litigation or dispute, regardless of whether a lawsuit is actually filed.

IF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LEASE (INCLUDING AN ACTION OR PROCEEDING BETWEEN LANDLORD AND THE TRUSTEE OR DEBTOR IN POSSESSION WHILE TENANT IS A DEBTOR IN A PROCEEDING UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY LAW) PROCEEDS TO TRIAL, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY IN SUCH TRIAL. Landlord and Tenant agree that this paragraph constitutes a written consent to waiver of trial by jury within the meaning of California Code of Civil Procedure Section 631(d)(2), and each party does hereby authorize and empower the other party to file this paragraph and/or this Lease, as required, with the clerk or judge of any court of competent jurisdiction as a written consent to waiver of jury trial.

33. Waiver . No provisions of this Lease shall be deemed waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in a writing signed by the party giving such waiver. The waiver by either party of any breach of any provision of this Lease by the other party shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this Lease. No delay or omission in the exercise of any right or remedy of Landlord upon any default by Tenant, or of Tenant upon any default of Landlord, shall impair such right or remedy or be construed as a waiver. Landlord’s acceptance of any payments of rent due under this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of any default by Tenant under this Lease (including Tenant’s recurrent failure to timely pay rent) other than Tenant’s nonpayment of the accepted sums, and no endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Tenant’s payment of rent due and Tenant’s continuance in possession shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of any default of Landlord. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act by Tenant.

34. Notices . All notices and demands which may or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices and demands by Landlord to Tenant shall be delivered personally or sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, or by any reputable overnight or same-day courier, addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate by notice to Landlord hereunder; provided, however, that prior to the Commencement Date, notices to Tenant shall be addressed to Tenant at 101 Second Street, 15 th Floor, San Francisco, California 94105. All notices and demands by Tenant to Landlord shall be sent by United States mail, postage prepaid, or by any reputable overnight or same-day courier, addressed to Landlord in care of Shorenstein Properties LLC, 235 Montgomery Street, 16th floor, San Francisco, California 94104, Attn: Corporate Secretary, with a copy to the management office of the Building, or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate by notice to Tenant hereunder. Notices delivered personally or sent same-day courier will be effective immediately upon delivery to the addressee at the designated address; notices sent by overnight courier will be effective one (1) Business Day after acceptance by the service for delivery; notices sent by mail will be effective two (2) Business Days after mailing. In the event Tenant requests multiple notices hereunder, Tenant will be bound by such notice from the earlier of the effective times of the multiple notices.

35. Deleted .

36. Defined Terms and Marginal Headings . When required by the context of this Lease, the singular includes the plural. If more than one person or entity signs this Lease as Tenant, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several, and the act of, written

 

34


notice to or from, refund to, or signature of, any Tenant signatory to this Lease (including, without limitation, modifications of this Lease made by fewer than all such Tenant signatories) shall bind every other Tenant signatory as though every other Tenant signatory had so acted, or received or given the written notice or refund, or signed. The headings and titles to the paragraphs of this Lease are for convenience only and are not to be used to interpret or construe this Lease. Wherever the term -including- or -includes” is used in this Lease it shall be construed as if followed by the phrase -without limitation.” Whenever in this Lease a right, option or privilege of Tenant is conditioned upon Tenant (or any affiliate thereof or successor thereto) being in “occupancy” of a specified portion or percentage of the Premises, for such purposes “occupancy” shall mean Tenant’s (or such affiliate’s or successor’s) physical occupancy of the space for the conduct of such party’s business, and shall not include any space that is subject to a sublease or that has been vacated by such party, other than a vacation of the space as reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of approved Alterations or by reason of a fire or other casualty or a taking. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases be construed as a whole and in accordance with its fair meaning and not construed for or against any party simply because one party was the drafter thereof.

37. Time and Applicable Law . Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its provisions, except as to the conditions relating to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant. This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and the venue of any action or proceeding under this Lease shall be the City and County of San Francisco, California.

38. Successors . Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 13 and 28 above, the covenants and conditions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors, executors, administrators and assigns.

39. Entire Agreement; Modifications . This Lease (including any exhibit, rider or attachment hereto) constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Premises. No provision of this Lease may be amended or otherwise modified except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents have made any representations or warranties with respect to the Premises, the Building, the Real Property or this Lease except as expressly set forth herein, including without limitation any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, nor has Landlord or its agents agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any improvements to the Premises except those, if any, expressly provided in this Lease, and no rights, easements or licenses shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein. Neither this Lease nor any memorandum hereof shall be recorded by Tenant.

40. Light and Air . Tenant agrees that no diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease.

41. Name of Building . Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than as the address of the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises without the written consent of Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building at any time in its sole discretion by written notice to Tenant and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss, cost or expense on account of any such change of name.

42. Severability . If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provisions to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

43. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant and each person executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant, hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Real Property is located, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

44. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to lease or a reservation of or option for lease, and is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

35


45. Real Estate Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants to the other that such party has negotiated this Lease directly with the Real Estate Broker(s) identified in Paragraph 2 ( - Brokers”) and has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesperson to act for such party in connection with this Lease. Each party shall hold the other harmless from and indemnify and defend the other against any and all Claims by any real estate broker or salesperson other than the Broker for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of the inaccuracy of such party’s representation above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to separate written agreements, Landlord shall pay any commission or fee due to the Brokers in connection with the execution of this Lease and Tenant shall have no liability therefor.

46. Consents and Approvals . Wherever the consent, approval, judgment or determination of Landlord is required or permitted under this Lease, Landlord may exercise its sole discretion in granting or withholding such consent or approval or in making such judgment or determination without reference to any extrinsic standard of reasonableness, unless the provision providing for such consent, approval, judgment or determination specifies that Landlord’s consent or approval is not to be unreasonably withheld, or that the standard for such consent, approval, judgment or determination is to be reasonable, or otherwise specifies the standards under which Landlord may withhold its consent. Whenever Tenant requests Landlord to take any action or give any consent or approval, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s costs incurred in reviewing the proposed action or consent (whether or not Landlord consents to any such proposed action), including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ or consultants’ fees and expenses, within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a statement of such costs. If it is determined that Landlord failed to give its consent or approval where it was required to do so under this Lease, Tenant’s sole remedy will be an order of specific performance or mandatory injunction of the Landlord’s agreement to give its consent or approval; provided, however, that Tenant shall be entitled to seek damages as a remedy if the remedy of specific performance or injunction is by its nature impossible to render or does not otherwise provide a reasonably adequate remedy for the damage caused. The review and/or approval by Landlord of any item shall not impose upon Landlord any liability for accuracy or sufficiency of any such item or the quality or suitability of such item for its intended use. Any such review or approval is for the sole purpose of protecting Landlord’s interest in the Real Property, and neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party nor any person or entity claiming by, through or under Tenant, nor any other third party shall have any rights hereunder by virtue of such review and/or approval by Landlord.

47. Reserved Rights . Landlord retains and shall have the rights set forth below, exercisable without notice and without liability to Tenant for damage or injury to property, person or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Tenant’s use or possession of the Premises or giving rise to any claim for rent abatement:

a. To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building and its tenants, provided that such exclusive right shall not operate to require Tenant to use or patronize such business or service or to exclude Tenant from its use of the Premises expressly permitted herein.

b. To reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the common areas and facilities and other tenancies and premises in the Real Property and to create additional rentable areas through use or enclosure of common areas.

c. If portions of the Real Property or property adjacent to the Real Property (collectively, the “ Other Improvements ”) are owned by an entity other than Landlord, Landlord, at its option, in its sole and absolute discretion. may enter into an agreement with the owner or owners of any or all of the Other Improvements to provide (i) for reciprocal rights of access and/or use of the Real Property and the Other improvements, (ii) for the common management, operation, maintenance, improvement and/or repair of all or any portion of the Real Property and the Other Improvements, (iii) for the allocation of a portion of the Operating Expenses to the Other Improvements and the operating expenses and taxes for the Other Improvements to the Real Property, and (iv) for the use or improvement of the Other Improvements and/or the Real Property in connection with the improvement, construction, and/or excavation of the Other Improvements and/or the Real Property; provided, however, that such arrangement shall not have a materially adverse effect on Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises or access thereto. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or construed to limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s right to convey all or any portion of the Real Property or any other of Landlord’s rights described in this Lease.

48. Financial Statements . Upon submission of this Lease to Landlord and at any time thereafter within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request therefor, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of true and accurate financial statements reflecting Tenant’s then current financial

 

36


situation (including without limitation balance sheets, statements of profit and loss, and changes in financial condition), Tenant’s most recent certified annual financial statements, and in addition shall cause to be furnished to Landlord similar financial statements for any guarantor(s) of this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall not request such financial information from Tenant unless the Building is then for sale or subject to refinancing, or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Tenant agrees to deliver to any lender, prospective lender, purchaser or prospective purchaser designated by Landlord such financial statements of Tenant as may be reasonably requested by such lender or purchaser. Landlord shall use good faith efforts to keep such information received from Tenant confidential, except that Landlord may disclose such financial information received from Tenant to any lender or prospective lender for, or purchaser or prospective purchaser of, the Real Property or any direct or indirect interest in Landlord, as reasonably necessary in the course of any litigation arising out of or concerning this Lease, or as required by applicable law, and provided however that the foregoing confidentiality requirement shall be inapplicable in the event the subject financial information is publicly available. If Landlord discloses such financial statements as permitted above, Landlord shall instruct the person or entity to whom the disclosure is made to keep the financial statements confidential.

49. Deleted .

50. Nondisclosure of Lease Terms . Tenant agrees that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord, and that disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate with other tenants. Tenant hereby agrees that Tenant and its partners, officers, directors, employees, agents, real estate brokers and sales persons and attorneys shall not disclose the terms of this Lease to any other person without Landlord’s prior written consent, except to any accountants of Tenant in connection with the preparation of Tenant’s financial statements or tax returns, to an assignee of this Lease or sublessee of the Premises, or to an entity or person to whom disclosure is required by applicable law or in connection with any action brought to enforce this Lease.

51. Hazardous Substance Disclosure . California law requires landlords to disclose to tenants the existence of certain hazardous substances. Accordingly, the existence of gasoline and other automotive fluids, maintenance fluids, copying fluids and other office supplies and equipment, certain construction and finish materials, tobacco smoke, cosmetics and other personal items, and asbestos-containing materials (“ACM”) must be disclosed. Gasoline and other automotive fluids are found in the garage area of the Building. Cleaning, lubricating and hydraulic fluids used in the operation and maintenance of the Real Property are found in the utility areas of the Real Property not generally accessible to Real Property occupants or the public. Many Building occupants use copy machines and printers with associated fluids and toners, and pens, markers, inks, and office equipment that may contain hazardous substances. Certain adhesives, paints and other construction materials and finishes used in portions of the Real Property may contain hazardous substances. Although smoking is prohibited in the public areas of the Real Property, these areas may, from time to time, be exposed to tobacco smoke. Real Property occupants and other persons entering the Real Property from time-to-time may use or carry prescription and non-prescription drugs, perfumes, cosmetics and other toiletries, and foods and beverages, some of which may contain hazardous substances. During original construction of the Building, asbestos-containing mastic was used to bond floor tile in the areas adjacent to the core, but this material is generally inaccessible to Building occupants and visitors, as it is located below the floor tile. Asbestos-containing drywall-taping mud was used in Building stairwells, restroom walls and elevator lobbies, but this material is generally inaccessible to Building occupants and visitors. Tenant agrees not to expose or disturb any ACM referenced in the immediately preceding sentence unless Landlord has given Tenant prior written consent thereto and Tenant complies with all applicable Legal Requirements and Landlord’s written procedures for handling ACM. Tenant may obtain a copy of Landlord’s written procedures for handling ACM from the Building office.

52. Signage Rights; Directories .

a. Prohibitions . Except to the extent expressly provided in this Paragraph 52, Tenant shall not (i) place or install (or permit to be placed or installed by any Tenant Party) any signs, advertisements, logos, identifying materials, pictures or names of any type on the roof, exterior areas or common areas of the Building or the Real Property or in any area of the Building, Premises or Real Property which is visible from the exterior of the Building or outside of the Premises or (ii) place or install (or permit to be placed or installed by any Tenant Party) in or about any portion of the Premises any window covering (even if behind Building standard window coverings) or any other material visible from outside of the Premises or from the exterior of the Building.

 

37


b. Interior Signage and Directories .

i. Subject to compliance with applicable Legal Requirements (x) in the case where Tenant occupies an entire floor in the Building, Tenant may place in any portion of such floor which is not visible from the exterior of the Building such identification signage as Tenant shall reasonably desire and (y) in the case where Tenant occupies less than an entire floor in the Building, Landlord shall provide directional signage for Tenant in the elevator lobby of the floor on which the Premises is located (the initial cost of which directional signage to be borne by Landlord, but Tenant shall pay for the cost of replacing such directional signage in the event of a change in Tenant’s name on the signage) and Tenant may install, at Tenant’s cost, a sign at the entrance to the Premises, which signage shall be subject to the Building’s signage criteria and Landlord’s prior written approval as to design and location. All signage described in this Paragraph 52 (other than directional lobby signage provided by Landlord) shall be treated as Tenant’s personal property under the provisions of Paragraph 20.a. above with respect to Tenant’s obligations at the expiration or early termination of this Lease.

ii. Tenant shall, at no cost to Tenant, be entitled to have Tenant’s name listed in the electronic tenant directory in the main lobby of the Building.

53. Parking .

a. Commencing upon the Commencement Date and continuing throughout the term of this Lease, Landlord shall provide Tenant, on an unassigned, non-exclusive and unlabeled basis, up to fifteen (15) parking spaces in the parking garage of the Building (the “ Parking Garage ) which parking, as of the date hereof, is on a valet basis. Tenant shall pay Landlord or the operator of the Parking Garage, as directed by Landlord, for the parking spaces leased by Tenant hereunder at the rate or charge in effect from time to time for parking in the Parking Garage. As of the date hereof, the currently monthly charge for a parking space is Four Hundred Twenty Five Dollars ($425.00) per month. Tenant acknowledges that the monthly and hourly rates or charges in effect may vary from time to time based on, among other things, the time of day, type of parking (e.g., valet, self-park, or tandem) and general rate increases. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Tenant shall not be required to lease all of the fifteen (15) parking spaces provided for above and may accept only a portion thereof (subject, however, to the last sentence of Paragraph 53 below regarding Tenant’s forfeiture of parking spaces not leased by Tenant).

b. Tenant shall provide Landlord with advance written notice of the names of each individual to whom Tenant from time to time distributes Tenant’s parking rights hereunder, and shall cause each such individual to execute the standard waiver form for garage users used in the Parking Garage. If the parking charge for a particular parking space is not paid when due, and such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice to Tenant of such failure, then in addition to any other remedies afforded Landlord under this Lease by reason of nonpayment of rent, Landlord may terminate Tenant’s rights under this Paragraph 53 as to such parking space. Further, if at any time Tenant releases to Landlord (or fails to initially lease) any parking space provided for in this Paragraph 53, then Tenant’s right under this Paragraph 53 to use such released parking space shall automatically forever terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant previously released one or more of the fifteen (15) parking spaces provided to Tenant under Paragraph 53.a. above and Tenant subsequently desires to lease any one or more of such previously released parking spaces, then, if the requested parking spaces are available in the Parking Garage (as reasonably determined by Landlord based upon Building occupancy, the number of parking spaces then committed to Building tenants and the number of parking spaces required for future tenants of currently vacant space in the Building), then such previously released parking space(s) may be leased by Tenant under Paragraph 53.a. above.

c. If parking is not on a valet basis, the parking spaces to be made available to Tenant hereunder may contain a reasonable mix of spaces for compact cars. Landlord shall take reasonable actions to ensure the availability of the parking spaces leased by Tenant, but Landlord does not guarantee the availability of those spaces at all times against the actions of other tenants of the Real Property and users of the Parking Garage. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall this Lease be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage, nor shall there be any abatement of rent hereunder (other than the parking charge paid hereunder for any parking space no longer made available), by reason of any reduction in Tenant’s parking rights hereunder by reason of strikes, lock-outs, labor disputes, shortages of material or labor, fire, flood or other casualty, acts of God or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Access to the parking spaces to be made available to Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be by card, pass, bumper sticker, decal or other appropriate identification issued by Landlord, and Tenant’s right to use the Parking facilities is conditioned on Tenant’s abiding by and shall otherwise be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated by Landlord or Landlord’s designee from time to time for the Parking Garage. Landlord shall have the right to modify, change, add to or

 

38


delete the design, configuration, layout, size, ingress, egress, areas, method of operation, and other characteristics of or relating to the Parking Garage at any time, and/or to provide for nonuse, partial use or restricted use of portions thereof.

d. The parking rights provided to Tenant pursuant to this Paragraph 53 are provided to Tenant solely for use by officers, directors, and employees of Tenant, and such rights may not otherwise be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant to any other type of transferee without Landlord’s prior written approval, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion; provided, however, that such rights may be assigned on a pro-rata basis to any assignee or subtenant that is leasing or subleasing space as permitted, and in accordance with, Paragraph 13 above.

e. Tenant may participate in the Building’s parking validation program for Tenant’s visitors. Booklets of parking validation stickers may be purchased in the office of the Parking Garage.

54. Transportation Management . Tenant shall fully comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Real Property, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities.

55. Renovation of the Real Property and Other Improvements . Tenant acknowledges that portions of the Building and Real Property may be under construction following Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, and that such construction may result in levels of noise, dust, obstruction of access, etc. which are in excess of that present in a fully constructed project. It is agreed and acknowledged that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Real Property have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may alter, remodel, improve and/or renovate (collectively, the “ Renovation Work ) the Building, Premises, and/or the Real Property (including the common areas), and in connection with any Renovation Work, Landlord may, among other things, erect scaffolding or other necessary structures in or around the Building or the Real Property, restrict access to portions of the Real Property, including portions of the common areas, or perform work in the Building and/or the Real Property. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovation Work and Landlord’s actions in connection with such Renovation Work shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from any such Renovation Work, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages from Landlord for loss of use of the Premises, in whole or in part, or for loss of Tenant’s personal property or improvements, resulting from the Renovation Work or Landlord’s actions in connection therewith or for any inconvenience occasioned by such Renovation Work or Landlord’s actions in connection therewith.

56. Quiet Enjoyment . lf, and so long as, Tenant pays the Monthly Rent, Additional Rent and other rent hereunder and keeps, observes and performs each and every term, covenant and condition of this Lease on the part or on behalf of Tenant to be kept. observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises throughout the term without hindrance by Landlord or any person lawfully claiming through or under Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease.

57. No Discrimination . Tenant covenants by and for itself and its successors, heirs, personal representatives and assigns and all persons claiming under or through Tenant that there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or of a group of persons on account of race, color, religion, creed, sex or national origin in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises nor shall Tenant or any person claiming under or through Tenant establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, lessees. sublessees, subtenants or assignees of the Premises.

58. Right of First Offer .

a. Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms of this Paragraph 58 and any expansion or first offer rights in favor of other tenants that are in place as of the date hereof (“ Existing Rights ”), Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer to lease all of the rentable area on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building (the “First Offer Space”). As of the date of this Lease, the First Offer Space is vacant. Upon Landlord receiving from a third party a bonafide expression of interest in leasing the First Offer Space, and subject to the Existing Rights, Landlord shall send Tenant a written notice (the “ First Offer Notice ) advising Tenant that Landlord has received from a third

 

39


party such a bonafide expression of interest in leasing the First Offer Space. If Tenant does not receive a First Offer Notice because, after the date hereof, the First Offer Space is initially leased to a tenant having a superior right to lease the First Offer Space then, if the First Offer Space thereafter becomes available for lease (as hereinafter defined) during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver a First Offer Notice to Tenant advising Tenant that the First Offer Space is available for lease and the anticipated date of delivery of the First Offer Space. The First Offer Space will be “available for lease” under the immediately preceding sentence if the lease for the initial tenant of the First Offer Space is expiring or terminating and such tenant has not elected to extend its lease whether pursuant to an existing option or new terms negotiated between the tenant and Landlord.

b. Exercise of First Offer Right . If Tenant elects to lease the First Offer Space, Tenant shall so notify Landlord in writing (the “ ROFO Exercise Notice”) within seven (7) Business Days after Landlord’s delivery of the First Offer Notice. (Tenant’s ROFO Exercise Notice must be for the entire First Offer Space and Tenant may not lease only a portion thereof.) If the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered during the final three (3) years of the initial Lease term, then the renewal option set forth in Paragraph 59 below shall automatically be exercised concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of the ROFO Exercise Notice. If Tenant does not deliver a ROFO Exercise Notice within the required seven (7) Business Day period, then Landlord shall be released of its obligation to lease the First Offer Space to Tenant and the provisions of this Paragraph 58 shall no longer have any force or effect regardless of whether Landlord leases the First Offer Space to the interested third party, a different party or the First Offer Space remains un-leased.

c. Terms and Conditions .

(i) Upon Tenant’s election to lease a First Offer Space, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly enter into an amendment of this Lease, adding the First Offer Space to the Premises on all the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as to the Premises originally demised hereunder, except that:

(1) Term . The term of the Lease to Tenant of the First Offer Space shall commence on the date delivers the First Offer Space to Tenant (in the condition required by Paragraph 58.c.(5) below) and shall expire coextensively with the remaining term of this Lease and any extension thereof; provided, however, if the ROFO Notice is delivered during the first nine (9) months of the initial Lease term, then the term of the Lease for the First Offer Space shall expire on the date that is eighty-four (84) full calendar months following the First Offer Space Rent Commencement Date (as defined below) and the initial term of the Lease for the original Premises shall automatically be extended to expire coextensively therewith. In such case, there shall be an Eighth Rent Year added to Paragraph 2.c.above, with the Monthly Rent for such Eighth Rent Year calculated at the rate of $70.10 per RSF per annum. The Eighth Rent Year shall end on the Expiration Date of the initial Lease term (as extended pursuant to the provisions above).

(2) Monthly Rent . If the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered during the first nine (9) months of the initial Lease term, then the rent commencement date for Monthly Rent for the First Offer Space under Paragraphs 2.c. and 5 of the Lease (the “First Offer Space Rent Commencement Date”) shall be the earlier of (i) the date four (4) months after the First Offer Space is delivered to Tenant in the required condition and (ii) the date Tenant commences business in any portion of the First Offer Space, provided that such Monthly Rent shall be fully abated for the first two (2) months following the First Offer Space Rent Commencement Date. The Monthly Rent shall be at the rate per rentable square foot that Tenant pays for the original Premises under Paragraph 2.c. above, as the same adjusts from time to time (which such rate applying to the entire rentable square footage of the First Offer Space, without any phase-in of rentable square footage).

If the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered after such 9-month period, then the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant under Paragraphs 2.c. and 5 of this Lease for the First Offer Space shall be the fair market rent for the First Offer Space (as provided below) and Tenant shall only receive a free rent period for purposes of constructing improvements in the First Offer Space if then fair market leasing terms include such a free rent period. For purposes of this paragraph, the term “fair market rent” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 59.b. below, with references therein to the “Premises” being deemed to refer to the First Offer Space and disregarding any provisions which by their nature pertain only to the renewal term. The fair market rent for the First Offer Space (and the fair market free rent period and/or an improvement allowance, if any) shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in writing within the thirty (30) day period commencing on the date of Tenant’s delivery of the ROFO Exercise Notice, but no sooner than three (3) months prior to the date the First Offer Space is to be added to this Lease. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market rent (and other market terms expressly referenced above) within such thirty (30)-day

 

40


period, the fair market rent and such other market terms shall be established by appraisal in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph 59.c. below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, in no event shall the Monthly Rent per rentable square foot of the First Offer Space be less, at any time, than the aggregate of the amounts of Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant per rentable square foot of the original Premises under Paragraphs 2, 5 and 7 of this Lease for the subject period. If the fair market rent is not established prior to the commencement of the Lease as to the First Offer Space, then Tenant shall pay as Monthly Rent the minimum Monthly Rent for the First Offer Increment (as provided for above in this Paragraph 58.d.) and, as soon as the fair market rent is determined, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any deficiency in the amount paid by Tenant during such period.

(3) Tenant’s Share . Tenant’s Share for purposes of Paragraph 7 hereof with respect to the First Offer Space shall be determined by dividing the rentable square footage of such First Offer Space by the rentable square footage of the Building,

(4) Base Year; Base Tax Year . For purposes of Paragraph 7 hereof, if the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered during the first nine (9) months of the initial Lease term, then the Base Year and the Base Tax Year for the First Offer Space shall be the same as the Base Year and Base Tax Year for the original Premises. If the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered after such 9-month period, then the Base Year shall be the calendar year in which the First Offer Space is added to this Lease (except that if the First Offer Space is added to this Lease after July 31st of a calendar year, then the Base Year shall be the calendar year following the date the First Offer Space is added to the Lease) and the Base Tax Year shall be the fiscal tax year during which the First Offer Space is added to this Lease (except that if the First Offer Space is added to the Lease after November 30 th then the Base Tax Year shall be the fiscal tax year following the date the First Offer Space is added to the Lease).

(5) Condition of First Offer Space . Tenant shall receive the First Offer Space in Delivery Condition (as defined in Paragraph 4.a above); provided, however, if Tenant leases the First Offer Space after the First Offer Space has been initially leased to a tenant with a superior first offer right, then Tenant shall receive the First Offer Space in its as-is condition following the vacancy of the First Offer Space by such tenant. If the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered during the first nine (9) months of the initial Lease term, Tenant shall receive an improvement allowance equal to $52.50 per RSF of the First Offer Space, with up to $7.00 per RSF of such amount permitted to be applied to architectural and design costs. If the ROFO Exercise Notice is delivered after such 9-month period, then Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in the condition required above, but shall not receive an improvement allowance unless fair market terms include an improvement allowance, in which event Tenant shall receive such allowance and the fair market rent for the First Offer Space shall take such allowance into account.

(ii) In the event of any delay in the delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant’s lease of the First Offer Space shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant as a result thereof, but Landlord shall use commercially reasonably efforts to deliver the First Offer Space to Tenant in the required condition as soon as commercially reasonably possible after Tenant’s exercise of the right of first offer.

d. Limitation on Tenant’s Right of First Offer . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) on the date of exercise of the right of first offer, or the date immediately preceding the date the Lease term for the First Offer Space is to commence, there exists an uncured Event of Default or a breach of this Lease that subsequently matures into an Event of Default due to Tenant’s failure to cure the breach within the applicable notice and cure period, or (ii) on the date immediately preceding the date the Lease term for the First Offer Space is to commence Tenant originally named herein (and/or an Affiliate of Tenant to which this Lease has been assigned or space has been sublet pursuant to Paragraph 13.h. above) (a) is not in occupancy of one hundred percent (100%) of the entire Premises then leased hereunder or (b) does not intend to occupy one hundred percent (100%) of the entire Premises then leased hereunder, together with the entire First Offer Space, then, at Landlord’s option, the right of first offer shall be null and void.

59. Renewal Option .

a. Option to Renew . Tenant shall have the option to renew this Lease for one (1) additional term of five (5) years, commencing upon the expiration of the initial term of the Lease. The renewal option must be exercised, if at all, by written notice given by Tenant to Landlord not later than twelve (12) months prior to expiration of the initial term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s election, this renewal option shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no right to renew this Lease if (i) as of the date immediately preceding the commencement of the

 

41


renewal period Tenant originally named herein (and/or an Affiliate of Tenant to which this Lease has been assigned or space has been sublet pursuant to Paragraph 13.h. above) is not in occupancy of at least seventy percent (70%) of the Premises then demised hereunder or Tenant (and/or such Affiliates) does not intend to continue to occupy at least seventy percent (70%) the Premises (but intends to assign this Lease or sublet a total of more than thirty-percent 30% of the Premises), or (ii) on the date Tenant exercises the option or on the date immediately preceding the commencement date of the renewal period there exists an uncured Event of Default or a breach of this Lease that subsequently matures into an Event of Default due to Tenant’s failure to cure the breach within the applicable notice and cure period.

b. Terms and Conditions . If Tenant exercises the renewal option, then during the renewal period all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as applicable to the Premises during the initial term shall apply during the renewal term, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to renew this Lease, (ii) Tenant shall take the Premises in their then “as-is” state and condition, (iii) the Monthly Rent payable by Tenant for the Premises shall be the then fair market rent for the Premises based upon the terms of this Lease, as renewed and (iv) the Base Year for the Premises shall be the calendar year in which the renewal term commences and the Base Tax Year for the Premises shall be the fiscal tax year in which the renewal term commences. Fair market rent shall include the periodic rental increases, if any, that would be included for space leased for the period of the renewal term. For purposes of this Paragraph 59, the term - fair market rent” shall mean the rental rate that would be applicable for a lease term commencing on the commencement date of the renewal term and that would be payable in any arm’s length negotiations for the Premises in their then as-is condition, for the renewal term, which rental rate shall . be established by reference to rental terms in leases actually executed for comparable space under primary lease (and not sublease), taking into consideration the location of the Building and such amenities as existing improvements, view, floor on which the Premises are situated and the like, situated in first class high-rise office buildings in San Francisco Financial District, in similar physical and economic condition as the Building, engaged in then-prevailing ordinary rental market practices with respect to tenant concessions (if any) (e.g. not offering extraordinary rental, promotional deals and other concessions to tenants in an effort to alleviate cash flow problems, difficulties in meeting loan obligations or other financial distress, or in response to a greater than average vacancy rate in a particular building). The fair market rent shall be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant in writing within the thirty (30) calendar day period commencing six (6) months prior to commencement of the renewal period. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon the fair market monthly rent within such thirty (30) day period, then the fair market rent shall be established by appraisal in accordance with the procedures set forth in Paragraph 59.c. below.

c. Appraisal . Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period for the mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant as to the fair market rent, each party hereto, at its cost, shall engage a real estate broker to act on its behalf in determining the fair market rent. The brokers each shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience with leases in first class high rise office buildings in the San Francisco Financial District and shall submit to Landlord and Tenant in advance for Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable approval the appraisal methods to be used. If a party does not appoint a broker within said fifteen (15) day period but a broker is appointed by the other respective party, the single broker appointed shall be the sole broker and shall set the fair market rent. If the two brokers are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph, such brokers shall meet promptly and attempt to set the fair market rent. If such brokers are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after appointment of the second broker, the brokers shall elect a third broker meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last date the two brokers are given to set the fair market rent. Each of the parties hereto shall bear one half (1/2) the cost of appointing the third broker and of the third broker’s fee. The third broker shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party. Once a party has selected a broker and negotiations have commenced, the broker may not be replaced with another broker.

The third broker shall conduct his own investigation of the fair market rent, and shall be instructed not to advise either party of his determination of the fair market rent except as follows: When the third broker has made his determination, he shall so advise Landlord and Tenant and shall establish a date, at least five (5) days after the giving of notice by the third broker to Landlord and Tenant, on which he shall disclose his determination of the fair market rent. Such meeting shall take place in the third broker’s office unless otherwise agreed by the parties. After having initialed a paper on which his determination of fair market rent is set forth, the third broker shall place his determination of the fair market rent in a sealed envelope. Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall each set forth their determination of fair market rent on a paper, initial the same and place them in sealed envelopes. Each of the three envelopes shall be marked with the name of the party whose determination is inside the envelope.

In the presence of the third broker, the determination of the fair market rent by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker shall be opened and examined. If the higher of the two

 

42


determinations is 105% or less of the amount set forth in the lower determination, the average of the two determinations shall be the fair market rent, the envelope containing the determination of the fair market rent by the third broker shall be destroyed and the third broker shall be instructed not to disclose his determination. If either party’s envelope is blank, or does not set forth a determination of fair market rent, the determination of the other party shall prevail and be treated as the fair market rent. If the higher of the two determinations is more than 105% of the amount of the lower determination, the envelope containing the third broker’s determination shall be opened. If the value determined by the third broker is the average of the values proposed by Landlord’s broker and Tenant’s broker, the third broker’s determination of fair market rent shall be the fair market rent. If such is not the case, fair market rent shall be the rent proposed by either Landlord’s broker or Tenant’s broker which is closest to the determination of fair market rent by the third broker.

d. Minimum Rental . Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, in no event shall the Monthly Rent during the renewal period be less than the aggregate of the amounts of Monthly Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant (for all of the Premises leased hereunder) under Paragraphs 2.b., 5 and 7 hereof for the calendar month immediately preceding the commencement of the renewal period. If the fair market rent is not established prior to the commencement of the renewal period, then Tenant shall continue to pay as Monthly Rent and Additional Rent the sums in effect as of the last day of the initial term of’ the Lease and, as soon as the fair market rent is determined, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord any deficiency in the amount paid by Tenant during such period.

60. Roof-Deck Access . The parties acknowledge that the deck on the roof of the Building can only be accessed through the corridor on the twelfth (12 th ) floor of the Building that is shown on attached Exhibit E and labeled “ Roof Access Corridor .” The Roof Access Corridor is not a part of the Premises, but can only be accessed through the elevator lobby on the twelfth floor of the Building (the “ 12 th Floor Elevator Lobby ”), which 12 th Floor Elevator Lobby is a part of the Premises. In addition to any other rights of entry permitted to Landlord under Paragraph 23 above, throughout the term of this Lease, and any extension thereof, Landlord’s authorized licensees (including, without limitation, designated tenants and Landlord’s designated employees, contractors and maintenance personnel) shall have the right to enter the 12 th Floor Elevator Lobby for the limited purpose of accessing the Roof Access Corridor. Landlord shall be responsible for ensuring that any and all such access shall be conducted in a manner that does not create unreasonable noise or damage the Premises in any manner. If, in connection with any maintenance, construction or installation being performed on the roof, particular access through the 12 th Floor Elevator Lobby by Landlord’s contractors would be unreasonably disruptive to Tenant’s operations on the 12 th floor, Landlord shall cause such access to occur after Business Hours.

61. Condition Precedent . Reference is hereby made to that certain New Relic, Inc. Warrant To Purchase 20,889 Shares of Series D Preferred Stock, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F (the “ Warrant ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the effectiveness of this Lease is conditioned upon (i) the Board of Directors of Tenant approving the Warrant (in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F ) on or before August 20, 2012, and (ii) Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of the duly executed Warrant on or before August 20, 2012. In the event the conditions set forth in the immediately preceding sentence (collectively, the “ Conditions ”) are not fully satisfied on or before August 20, 2012, unless otherwise agreed by Landlord in writing in its sole discretion, (a) this Lease shall be automatically be void and of no force or effect, (b) not later than five (5) Business Days following Landlord’s written request for such fee, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a cancellation fee equal to Three Hundred Forty Seven Thousand One Hundred One and 50/100 Dollars ($347,101.50) (the “ Cancellation Fee ”) and (c) upon receipt of the Cancellation Fee, Landlord shall promptly return any and all deposits and the Letter of Credit to Tenant. If the aforementioned Conditions are fully satisfied by the required date, this Lease shall be effective on all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, during the period commencing on the date of this Lease and ending on the date the Conditions are fully satisfied, (i) Landlord shall not be required to commence performance of any portion of Landlord’s Work and (ii) Tenant shall not be entitled to receive disbursements of the Alterations Allowance or the Additional Allowance. Delays in the Commencement Date (which is also the Delivery Date) due to Landlord’s delaying Landlord’s Work until the Conditions are fully satisfied shall, for purposes of Paragraph 3.b. above, constitute a Tenant caused delay. Further, for purposes of establishing the Rent Commencement Date under Paragraph 2.c. above, the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be the date that Delivery would have occurred (as reasonably determined by Landlord) if not for the aforementioned Tenant caused delay.

 

43


THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED by Landlord and Tenant as of the date set forth at the top of page 1 hereof.

 

Landlord:   Tenant:
188 SPEAR STREET LLC,   NEW RELIC, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company   a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Gregg Meyer

  By:  

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Name:  

Gregg Meyer

  Name:  

Mark J. Sachleben

Title:  

Vice President

  Title:  

CFO

 

44


EXHIBIT A

Outline of Premises

(See attached 3 pages)

 

1


LOGO


LOGO


LOGO

 


EXHIBIT B

RULES AND REGULATIONS

188 Spear Street

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed or printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside or inside of the Building or any part of the Premises visible from the exterior of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice to Tenant, any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice that has not been approved by Landlord.

All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved of by Landlord.

If Landlord notifies Tenant in writing that Landlord objects to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, such use of such curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be removed immediately by Tenant. No awning shall be permitted on any part Of the Premises.

2. No ice, drinking water, towel, barbering or bootblacking. shoeshining or repair services, or other similar services shall be provided to the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord.

3. The bulletin board or directory of the Building will be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names therefrom.

4. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by any of the Tenant Parties or used by Tenant for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from its Premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access thereto by all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants. No tenant and no employees or invitees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

5. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or any bolts on any interior or exterior door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

6. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

7. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork or plaster or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof.

8. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without the consent of Landlord and all moving of the same into or out of the Building shall be done at such time and in such manner as Landlord shall designate. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy equipment brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes or other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on a platform of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant. The elevator designated for freight by Landlord shall be available for use by all tenants in the Building during the hours and pursuant to such procedures as Landlord may determine from time to time. The persons employed to move Tenant’s equipment, material, furniture or other property in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. The moving company must be a locally recognized professional mover, whose primary business is the performing of relocation services, and must be bonded and fully insured. In no event shall Tenant employ any person or company whose presence may give rise to a labor or other disturbance in the Real Property. A certificate or other verification of such insurance must be received and approved by Landlord prior to the start of any moving operations. Insurance must be sufficient in Landlord’s sole opinion, to cover all personal liability, theft or damage to the Real Property, including, but not limited to, floor coverings, doors, walls, elevators, stairs, foliage and landscaping. Special care must be taken to prevent damage to foliage and landscaping during adverse weather. All moving operations shall be conducted at such times and in such a manner as Landlord shall direct, and all moving shall take place during non-business hours unless Landlord agrees in writing otherwise.

 

1


9. Tenant shall not employ any person or persons other than persons employed by a janitorial service reasonably acceptable to Landlord for the purpose of cleaning the Premises. Except with the written consent of Landlord, no person or persons other than those approved by Landlord shall be permitted to enter the Building for the purpose of cleaning the Building or the Premises. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness.

10. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals or birds be brought in or kept in or about the Premises or the Building. In no event shall Tenant keep, use, or permit to be used in the Premises or the Building any guns, firearm, explosive devices or ammunition.

11. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant in the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for washing clothes, for lodging, or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, Tenant may maintain and use microwave ovens and equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages, provided that Tenant shall (i) prevent the emission of any food or cooking odor from leaving the Premises, (ii) remove all food-related waste from the Premises and the Building, (iii) maintain and use such areas solely for Tenant’s employees and business invitees, not as public facilities, and (iv) keep the Premises free of vermin and other pest infestation and shall exterminate, as needed, in a manner and through contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, preventing any emission of odors, due to extermination, from leaving the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or the Building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are to be introduced into the Premises and the Building. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord.

14. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the keys of offices, rooms and toilet rooms which have been furnished by Landlord to Tenant and any copies of such keys which Tenant has made. In the event Tenant has lost any keys furnished by Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such keys.

15. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises, except to the extent and in the manner approved in advance by Landlord. The expense of repairing any damage resulting from a violation of this rule or removal of any floor covering shall be borne by the tenant by whom, or by whose contractors, employees or invitees, the damage shall have been caused.

16. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours and in such elevators as shall be designated by Landlord, which elevator usage shall be subject to the Building’s customary charge therefor as established from time to time by Landlord.

17. On Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of 7:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., access to the Building, or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the Building, or to the Premises may be refused unless the person seeking access is known to the person or employee of the Building in charge and has a pass or is properly identified. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion. Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and protection of property in the Building.

18. Tenant shall be responsible for insuring that the doors of the Premises are closed and securely locked before leaving the Building and must observe strict care and caution that all water faucets or water apparatus are entirely shut off before Tenant or Tenant’s employees leave the Building, and that all electricity, gas or air shall likewise be carefully shut off, so as to prevent waste or damage,

 

2


and for any default or carelessness Tenant shall make good all injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to the property of Tenant caused by the employees or independent contractors of Landlord or by any other person.

19. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

20. The requirements of any tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord, and no employee will admit any person (tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

21. No vending machine or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

22. Subject to Tenant’s right of access to the Premises in accordance with Building security procedures, Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building on Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays and on other days between the hours of 6:00 P.M. and 8:00 A.M., and during such further hours as Landlord may deem advisable for the adequate protection of the Building and the property of its tenants.

 

3


EXHIBIT C

Form of Commencement Date Letter

                    , 20  

 

New Relic, Inc,

 

 

 

  Re: Lease, dated as of July 13, 2012 (the “Lease”), between 188 Spear Street LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for premises on the 10th, 11th and 12th floors of the building located at 188 Spear Street. San Francisco, California.

Gentlemen or Ladies:

Pursuant to Paragraph 3.a. of your above-referenced Lease, this letter shall confirm the following dates:

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease (as defined in Paragraph 2.b. of the Lease) is                     , which is the date the Premises were delivered to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Paragraph 4.a. of the Lease),

2. The Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 2.c. of the Lease) is and

3. The Expiration Date of the Lease (as defined in Paragraph 2.b. of the Lease) is                     , which is the last day of the eighty-fourth (84 th ) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date.

Please acknowledge Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing by executing both duplicate originals of this letter and returning one fully executed duplicate original to Landlord at the address on this letterhead. If Landlord does not receive a fully executed duplicate original of this letter from Tenant evidencing Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing (or a written response setting forth Tenant’s disagreement with the foregoing) within fifteen (15) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of this letter, Tenant will be deemed to have consented to the terms set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,
188 SPEAR STREET LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
By  

 

  Its designated signatory

 

The undersigned agrees to the dates set forth above:
NEW RELIC, INC. a Delaware corporation

By

 

 

Name

 

 

Title

 

 

 

1


EXHIBIT D

Form of Letter of Credit

188 Spear Street, LLC

Shorenstein Properties LLC

235 Montgomery Street, 16 th floor

San Francisco, CA 94104

Attn: Corporate Secretary

IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO.                     

We hereby establish our Irrevocable Letter of Credit in your favor available by your drafts drawn on [NAME OF BANK], at sight, for any sum or sums not exceeding Dollars ($            ), for account of                             at [TENANT’S ADDRESS] . Draft(s) must be accompanied by supporting documents as described below:

A written statement to [INSERT NAME OF BANK] stating that “The principal amount [or the portion requested] of this Letter of Credit is due and payable to Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of that certain Office Lease dated as of July 13, 2012 originally entered into between 188 Spear Street LLC, and New Relic, Inc.”

The written statement shall be accompanied by this Letter of Credit for surrender; provided, however, that if less than the balance of the Letter of Credit is drawn, this Letter of Credit need not be surrendered and shall continue in full force and effect with respect to the unused balance of this Letter of Credit unless and until we issue to you a replacement Letter of Credit for such unused balance, the terms of which replacement Letter of Credit shall be identical to those set forth in this Letter of Credit. We are not required to inquire as to the accuracy of the matters recited in the written statement or as to the authority of the person signing the written statement and may take the act of signing as conclusive evidence of such accuracy and his or her authority to do so. The obligation of [BANK] under this Letter of Credit is the individual obligation of [BANK], and is in no way contingent upon reimbursement with respect thereto.

Each draft must bear upon its face the clause “Drawn under Letter of Credit No.                             , dated                     , of [BANK] .”

This Letter of Credit shall be automatically extended for an additional period of one year from the present or each future expiration date unless we have notified you in writing delivered via U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to your address stated above, or to such other address as you shall have furnished to us for such purpose, not less than sixty (60) days before such expiration date, that we elect not to renew this Letter of Credit. Upon your receipt of such notification, you may draw your sight draft on us prior to the then applicable expiration date for the unused balance of the Letter of Credit, which shall be accompanied by your signed written statement that you received notification of our election not to extend.

Except so far as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the “Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (2007 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce -Publication No. 600.” If this Letter of Credit expires during an interruption of business as described in Article 36 of Publication 600, we hereby specifically agree to effect payment if this Letter of Credit is drawn against within 30 days after the resumption of business.

We hereby agree with you that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms of this Letter of Credit will be duly honored if presented to the above-mentioned drawee at our offices at [ADDRESS] on or before PM [TIME ZONE] Time on [INITIAL EXPIRATION DATE], or such later expiration date to which this Letter of Credit is extended pursuant to the terms hereof.

If at any time Beneficiary or its authorized transferee is not in possession of the original of this letter of credit (together with all amendments, if any) because such original has been delivered to us as required hereunder for a draw thereon or, transfer thereof, our obligations as set forth in this letter of credit shall continue in full force and effect as if Beneficiary or such authorized transferee still held such original, and any previous delivery to us, without return by us, of such original shall be deemed to have satisfied any requirement that such original be delivered to us for a subsequent draw hereunder or transfer hereof.

This Letter of Credit may be, without charge and without recourse, assigned to, and shall inure to the benefit of any successor in interest to [LANDLORD], under the Office Lease. Transfer charges, if any. are for the account of the applicant.

 

Sincerely,

  [BANK]

 

1


EXHIBIT E

Roof Access Corridor

 

LOGO

 

1


EXHIBIT F

Form of Stock Warrant

( See attached 11 pages)

 

1


THIS WARRANT AND THE UNDERLYING SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

NEW RELIC, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE 20,889 SHARES OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

 

No. PDW-1   July    , 2012

Void After July     , 2022

T HIS C ERTIFIES T HAT , for value received, 188 Spear Street LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or its assigns (the “ Holder ”), is entitled to subscribe for and purchase from N EW R ELIC , I NC . , a Delaware corporation, with its principal office at 101 Second Street, San Francisco, California 94105 (the “ Company ”) the Exercise Shares at the Exercise Price (each subject to adjustment as provided herein).

D EFINITIONS . As used herein, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) Exercise Period ” shall mean the period commencing with the date hereof and ending ten (10) years later, unless sooner terminated as provided below.

(b) Exercise Price ” shall mean $9.5743 per Exercise Share subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6 below.

(c) Exercise Shares ” shall mean 20,889 shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

2. E XERCISE OF W ARRANT . The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the Exercise Period, by delivery of the following to the Company at its address set forth above (or at such other address as it may designate by notice in writing to the Holder):

(a) An executed Notice of Exercise in the form attached hereto;

(b) Payment of the Exercise Price either (i) in cash or by check, or (ii) by cancellation of indebtedness; and

(c) This Warrant.

Upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, a certificate or certificates for the Exercise Shares so purchased, registered in the name of the Holder or persons affiliated with the Holder, if the Holder so designates, shall be issued and delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time after the rights represented by this Warrant shall have been so exercised. In the

 

1.


event that this Warrant is being exercised for less than all of the then-current number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder, the Company shall, concurrently with the issuance by the Company of the number of Exercise Shares for which this Warrant is then being exercised, issue a new Warrant exercisable for the remaining number of Exercise Shares purchasable hereunder. In addition, upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, Holder shall be obligated to become a party to each of the investor agreements that the other holders of Series D Preferred Stock originally entered into in connection with their purchase of Series D Preferred Stock (e.g., investor rights agreement, right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and voting agreement), in each case as such agreements may have been amended, superseded or replaced prior to Holder’s exercise of this Warrant.

The person in whose name any certificate or certificates for Exercise Shares are to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of such shares on the date on which this Warrant was surrendered and payment of the Exercise Price was made, irrespective of the date of delivery of such certificate or certificates, except that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date when the stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the holder of such shares at the close of business on the next succeeding date on which the stock transfer books are open.

2.1 Net Exercise . Notwithstanding any provisions herein to the contrary, if the fair market value of one Exercise Share is greater than the Exercise Price (at the date of calculation as set forth below), in lieu of exercising this Warrant by payment of cash, the Holder may elect to receive shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with the properly endorsed Notice of Exercise in which event the Company shall issue to the Holder a number of Exercise Shares computed using the following formula:

 

X = Y (A-B)      
          A      

 

Where    X =    the number of Exercise Shares to be issued to the Holder   
   Y =    the number of Exercise Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the Warrant is being exercised, that portion of the Warrant being canceled (at the date of such calculation)   
   A =    the fair market value of one Exercise Share (at the date of such calculation)   
   B =    Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation)   

For purposes of the above calculation, the fair market value of one Exercise Share shall be determined by the Company’s Board of Directors in good faith; provided, however, that in the event that this Warrant is exercised pursuant to this Section 2.1 in connection with the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock, the fair market value per share shall be the product of (i) the per share offering price to the public of the Company’s initial public offering, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which each Exercise Share is convertible at the time of such exercise.

 

2.


3. C OVENANTS AS TO E XERCISE S HARES . The Company covenants and agrees that all Exercise Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance, be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issuance thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that the Company will at all times during the Exercise Period, have authorized and reserved, free from preemptive rights, a sufficient number of shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares (and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and any subsequent conversion of the Exercise Shares into common stock. If at any time during the Exercise Period the number of authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities (or the Company’s common stock) shall not be sufficient to permit exercise of this Warrant (or conversion or the Exercise Shares into the Company’s common stock), the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of such series of the Company’s equity securities (or common stock) to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

4. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE C OMPANY . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder that as of the date of this Warrant:

4.1 Organization and Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to issue this Warrant.

4.2 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Warrant, the performance of all obligations of the Company hereunder and the authorization, reservation for issuance of the Exercise Shares and the common stock issuable on conversion of the Exercise Shares, and delivery of this Warrant has been taken prior to the date of this Warrant, and this Warrant constitutes a valid and legal binding obligation of the Company.

4.3 Series D Financing. On November 4, 2011, the Company issued and sold shares of its Series D Preferred Stock to investors at a price per share equal to the Exercise Price. The Company has not issued any shares of its Series D Preferred Stock at a price less than the Exercise Price, and following November 4, 2011 and prior to the date hereof, the Company has not issued or sold any shares of its preferred stock or other securities that are convertible by their terms into shares of its preferred stock.

5. R EPRESENTATIONS OF H OLDER .

5.1 Acquisition of Warrant for Personal Account. The Holder represents and warrants that it is acquiring the Warrant and the Exercise Shares solely for its account for investment and not with a view to or for sale or distribution of said Warrant or Exercise Shares or any part thereof. The Holder also represents that the entire legal and beneficial interests of the Warrant and Exercise Shares that the Holder is acquiring is being acquired for, and will be held for, its account only.

 

3.


5.2 Securities Are Not Registered.

(a) The Holder understands that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) on the basis that no distribution or public offering of the stock of the Company is to be effected. The Holder realizes that the basis for the exemption may not be present if, notwithstanding its representations, the Holder has a present intention of acquiring the securities for a fixed or determinable period in the future, selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the securities. The Holder has no such present intention.

(b) The Holder recognizes that the Warrant and the Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available. The Holder recognizes that the Company has no obligation to register the Warrant or the Exercise Shares of the Company, or to comply with any exemption from such registration.

(c) The Holder is aware that neither the Warrant nor the Exercise Shares may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Act unless certain conditions are met, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale following the required holding period under Rule 144 and the number of shares being sold during any three month period not exceeding specified limitations. The Holder is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company presently has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

5.3 Disposition of Warrant and Exercise Shares.

(a) The Holder further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the Warrant or Exercise Shares in any event unless and until:

(i) The Company shall have received a letter secured by the Holder from the Securities and Exchange Commission stating that no action will be recommended to the Commission with respect to the proposed disposition;

(ii) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement; or

(iii) The Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, the Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, for the Holder to the effect that such disposition will not require registration of such Warrant or Exercise Shares under the Act or any applicable state securities laws. The Company agrees that it will not require an opinion of counsel with respect to transactions under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except in unusual circumstances.

 

4.


(b) The Holder understands and agrees that all certificates evidencing the shares to be issued to the Holder may bear the following legend:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”). THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AS TO THE SECURITIES UNDER THE ACT OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

5.4 Accredited Investor Status. The Holder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

6. A DJUSTMENT OF E XERCISE P RICE AND N UMBER OF E XERCISE S HARES .

6.1 Changes in Securities. In the event of changes in the series of equity securities of the Company comprising the Exercise Shares by reason of stock dividends, splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, combinations or exchanges of shares, separations, reorganizations, liquidations, or the like, the number and class of Exercise Shares available under the Warrant in the aggregate and the Exercise Price shall be correspondingly adjusted to give the Holder of the Warrant, on exercise for the same aggregate Exercise Price, the total number, class, and kind of shares as the Holder would have owned had the Warrant been exercised prior to the event and had the Holder continued to hold such shares until after the event requiring adjustment. For purposes of this Section 6, the “ Aggregate Exercise Price ” shall mean the aggregate Exercise Price payable in connection with the exercise in full of this Warrant. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment pursuant to this Section 6.1, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to Holder a certificate setting forth such adjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment is based.

6.2 Automatic Conversion. Upon the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of the series of equity securities comprising the Exercise Shares, this Warrant shall become exercisable for that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which the Exercise Shares would then be convertible, so long as such shares, if this Warrant had been exercised prior to such offering, would have been converted into shares of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. In such case, all references to “Exercise Shares” shall mean shares of the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, as appropriate.

7. F RACTIONAL S HARES . No fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant as a consequence of any adjustment pursuant hereto. All Exercise Shares (including fractions) to be issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the exercise would result in the issuance of any fractional share. If, after aggregation, the exercise would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the Company shall, in lieu of issuance of any fractional share, pay the Holder otherwise entitled to such fraction a sum in cash equal to the product resulting from multiplying the then current fair market value of one Exercise Share by such fraction.

 

5.


8. A UTOMATIC E XERCISE . In the event of (a) an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock during the Exercise Period, (b) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, stock purchase, merger, consolidation, conversion or other transaction in which control of the Company is transferred, but, excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company) unless the Company’s capital stock of record as constituted immediately prior to such acquisition will, immediately after such acquisition represent at least 50% of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity or (c) a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions of all or substantially all of the assets and/or the intellectual property of the Company (each such event, a “ Termination Event ”), this Warrant shall be deemed to be net exercised by the Holder in accordance with Section 2.1 effective immediately prior to such Termination Event. The Company shall provide to the Holder ten (10) days’ advance written notice of such Termination Event.

9. M ARKET S TAND -O FF A GREEMENT . Holder shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Holder, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with FINRA rules, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act. Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 9 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

10. N O S TOCKHOLDER R IGHTS . This Warrant in and of itself shall not entitle the Holder to any voting rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company.

11. T RANSFER OF W ARRANT . Subject to applicable laws and the restriction on transfer set forth on the first page of this Warrant, this Warrant and all rights hereunder are transferable, by the Holder in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon delivery of this Warrant and the form of assignment attached hereto to any transferee designated by the Holder. The transferee shall sign an investment letter in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

12. L OST , S TOLEN , M UTILATED OR D ESTROYED W ARRANT . If this Warrant is lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed, the Company may, on such terms as to indemnity or otherwise as it may reasonably impose (which shall, in the case of a mutilated Warrant, include the surrender thereof), issue a new Warrant of like denomination and tenor as the Warrant so lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed. Any such new Warrant shall constitute an original contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the allegedly lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed Warrant shall be at any time enforceable by anyone.

 

6.


13. A MENDMENT . Any term of this Warrant may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

14. N OTICES , ETC . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address listed on the signature page and to the Holder at 101 Second Street, 15 th Floor, San Francisco, CA 94105, or at such other address as the Company or Holder may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

15. A CCEPTANCE . Receipt of this Warrant by the Holder shall constitute acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions contained herein.

16. G OVERNING L AW . This Warrant and all rights, obligations and liabilities hereunder shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents, made and to be performed entirely within the State of California without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles.

 

7.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of July     , 2012.

 

N EW R ELIC , I NC .
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

Address:  

 

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE ]


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

TO: N EW R ELIC , I NC .

(1) ¨ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase             shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

¨ The undersigned hereby elects to purchase             shares of Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Exercise Shares ”) of New Relic, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the terms of the net exercise provisions set forth in Section 2.1 of the attached Warrant, and shall tender payment of all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said Exercise Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

(Address)

(3) The undersigned represents that (i) the aforesaid Exercise Shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares; (ii) the undersigned is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision regarding its investment in the Company; (iii) the undersigned is experienced in making investments of this type and has such knowledge and background in financial and business matters that the undersigned is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment and protecting the undersigned’s own interests; (iv) the undersigned understands that Exercise Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein, and, because such securities have not been registered under the Securities Act, they must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (v) the undersigned is aware that the aforesaid Exercise Shares may not be sold pursuant to Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act unless certain conditions are met and until the undersigned has held the shares for the number of years prescribed by Rule 144, that among the conditions for use of the Rule is the availability of current information to the public about the Company and the Company has not made such information available and has no present plans to do so; and (vi) the undersigned agrees not to make any disposition of all or any part of the aforesaid shares of Exercise Shares unless and until there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with said registration statement, or, if reasonably requested by the Company, the undersigned has provided the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, stating that such registration is not required.

(4) The undersigned agrees not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect


as a sale, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by the undersigned, for a period of time specified by the managing underwriter(s) (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), or such longer period, not to exceed 34 days after the expiration of the 180-day period, as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with applicable FINRA rules, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Act. The undersigned agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the managing underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to such Common Stock (or other securities) until the end of such period. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this provision and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

 

(Date)

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

(Print name)


ASSIGNMENT FORM

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

F OR V ALUE R ECEIVED , the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

Name:   

 

   (Please Print)
Address:   

 

   (Please Print)
Dated:                        , 201    
Holder’s   
Signature:   

 

Holder’s

Address:

  

 

NOTE : The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatever. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Modifying Square Footage and Amending Lease)

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“Amendment”) is executed as of the 28th day of August, 2012, between 188 SPEAR STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease, dated as of July 13, 2012 (the “ Lease ”) pursuant to which Tenant is leasing from Landlord certain premises (the “ Premises ”) in the building located at 188 Spear Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”). The Premises, as defined in Paragraph 2.a. of the Lease, consist of 18,363 rentable square feet on the 10th floor of the Building, 18,363 rentable square feet on the 11th floor of the Building and 18,174 rentable square feet on the 12th floor of the Building, for a total of 54,900 rentable square feet. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Lease.

B. Paragraph 60 of the Lease provides for the construction by Landlord of a Roof Access Corridor on the 12 th floor of the Building, which Roof Access Corridor is to be utilized by Landlord’s authorized licensees for access to the maintenance deck on the roof of the Building. The Roof Access Corridor is not a part of the Premises. The parties have agreed that Tenant shall have exclusive access to the maintenance deck (subject to specified exceptions) and, as a result thereof, the Roof Access Corridor is no longer needed.

C. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to (i) add to the Premises the approximately 128 rentable square feet of space on the 12 th floor of the Building that was originally intended to be utilized for the Roof Access Corridor, (ii) delete the provisions of the Lease regarding the Roof Access Corridor, and (iii) confirm Tenant’s right to exclusive access to the maintenance deck, all on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Modifications to Certain Basic Lease Terms . Effective as of the date hereof, the Lease is modified as follows:

a. Premises . In Paragraph 2.a. of the Lease, the table setting forth the floors, suite numbers and rentable square footage of the Premises is deleted and replaced with the following table:

 

Floor

 

Suite Number

 

Rentable Square Footage

10 th

  1000   18,363

11 th

  1100   18,363

12 th

  1200   18,302
   

 

    55,028

b. Monthly Rent . The rent schedule presently set forth in Paragraph 2.c. of the Lease is deleted and the following rent schedule (which is based on 55,028 rsf) is substituted therefor:

 

Period

   Monthly Rent      

First Rent Year

   $ 174,158.75 ***    (36,665 rsf)

Second Rent Year

   $ 269,224.49      (55,028 rsf)

Third Rent Year

   $ 277,301.22      “ “

Fourth Rent Year

   $ 285,620.26      “ “

Fifth Rent Year

   $ 294,188.87      “ “

Sixth Rent Year

   $ 303,014.54      “ “

Seventh Rent Year

   $ 312,104.97      “ “

As required by the final sentence of Paragraph 5.a. of the Lease, concurrently with the execution of the Lease by Landlord and Tenant, Tenant deposited with Landlord the sum of One Hundred Seventy Three Thousand Five Hundred Fifty and 75/100 Dollars ($173,550.75) as advance payment of the Monthly Rent payable for the first full calendar month of the Lease term after Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent commences. Concurrently with the execution of this Amendment, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the additional sum of Six Hundred Eight Dollars ($608.00) in order to cause Tenant’s advance payment of Monthly Rent to total One Hundred Seventy Four Thousand One Hundred Fifty Eight and 75/100 Dollars ($174,158.75).

 

1.


c. Tenant’s Share . Tenant’s Share provided for in Paragraph 2.e. of the Lease is increased to 26.75%, which percentage is calculated by dividing the 55,028 rentable square feet of the Premises by the 205,688 rentable square feet of the Building.

d. Alterations Operation Fee . The Alteration Operations Fee provided for in Paragraph 2.c.i. of the Lease is increased to Fifty Five Thousand Twenty Eight Dollars ($55,028.00).

e. Alterations Allowance . In Paragraph 4.d.i. of the Lease, (i) the Alterations Allowance is increased to Two Million Eight Hundred Eighty Eight Thousand Nine Hundred Seventy Dollars ($2,888,97.00)(which is $52.50 per rsf based on 55,028 rsf) and (ii) the portion of the Alterations Allowance that may be applied to reasonable space planning, architectural and engineering costs for the design of the Tenant Improvements is increased to Three Hundred Eighty Five Thousand Five Hundred Seventy Four Dollars ($385,574.00) (which is $7.00 per rsf based on 55,028 rsf).

f. Additional Allowance . In Paragraph 4.d.ii. of the Lease, the Additional Allowance is increased to Two Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Four Hundred Ten Dollars ($275,410.00) (which is $5.00 per rsf based on 55,028 rst).

g. Exhibit A . The third page of the Exhibit A that is presently attached to the Lease (which is an outline of the Premised located on the 12 th floor) is deleted and replaced with Exhibit A attached to this Amendment.

2. Maintenance Deck . Effective as of the date hereof, (i)  Exhibit E presently attached to the Lease (which is an outline of the Roof Access Corridor) is deleted from the Lease and Exhibit E attached hereto (which is an outline of the Maintenance Deck) is substituted therefor, and (ii) Paragraph 60 of the Lease (entitled “Roof Deck Access”) is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language:

“60. Maintenance Deck.

a. Exclusive Access to Maintenance Deck. Throughout the term of this Lease (as the same may be extended from time to time) Tenant shalt have exclusive access (subject to Paragraph 60.c. below) to the maintenance deck located on the roof at the east elevation of the Building and outlined on attached Exhibit E (the “ Maintenance Deck ”). The Maintenance Deck consists of a raised concrete paver system. Tenant shall not perform any Alterations to the Maintenance Deck. Throughout the term of this Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for maintaining the Maintenance Deck in good condition and repair, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; provided, however, if repairs to the Maintenance Deck are required as a result of damage caused by Landlord’s employees, contractors or maintenance personnel in the course of performing maintenance work at the Building, then Landlord shall be solely responsible for such repairs to the Maintenance Deck. Prior to performing any repairs to the Maintenance Deck, Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent to the manner of performing the repairs. The provisions of Paragraph 14 and 15 of the Lease shall apply to Tenant’s access to the Maintenance Deck.

b. Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent . Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date. Tenant shall pay as monthly rent for the Maintenance Deck (the “ Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent ”) the following amounts for the respective periods:

 

Period

   Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent  

First Rent Year

   $ 3,439.25   

Second Rent Year

   $ 3,668.53   

Third Rent Year

   $ 3,897.82   

Fourth Rent Year

   $ 4,127.10   

Fifth Rent Year

   $ 4,356.38   

Sixth Rent Year

   $ 4,585.67   

Seventh Rent Year

   $ 4,814.95   

The Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent shall constitute rent under this Lease and shall be paid in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the Lease term, concurrently with Tenant’s payment of Monthly Rent under Paragraph 5 above. All of the provisions of Paragraph 5 that are applicable to the payment of Monthly Rent shall apply to the Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent.

c. Landlord Access . The parties acknowledge that the Maintenance Deck can only be accessed via the elevator bank to the 12 th floor and then through Tenant’s

 

2.


Premises on the 12 th floor. In addition to any other rights of entry permitted to Landlord under Paragraph 23 above, throughout the term of this Lease, and any extension thereof, Landlord’s employees, contractors and maintenance personnel shall have the right to enter through the 12 th floor Premises for the limited purpose of accessing the stairs leading to the Maintenance Deck. Landlord shall be responsible for ensuring that any and all such access shall be conducted in a manner that does not create unreasonable noise or damage the Premises in any manner. If, in connection with any maintenance, construction or installation being performed on the roof, particular access through the 12 th floor Premises would be unreasonably disruptive to Tenant’s operations on the 12 th floor, Landlord shall cause such access to occur after Business Hours.”

3. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Management, Inc., and Cresa (“Brokers”), and such party has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker other than Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of any inaccuracy in the indemnifying party’s foregoing representation and warranty. Pursuant to separate agreement(s), Landlord shall pay the Brokers any commissions, fees or other compensation to which they are entitled in connection with this Amendment. The parties acknowledge that no commission is due to either of the Brokers on account of the Roof Deck or Monthly Deck Rent.

4. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in California, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

5. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to lease or to amend the Lease, or a reservation of or option for lease or to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

6. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

Landlord:     Tenant:
188 SPEAR STREET LLC,     New Relic, Inc.
a Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Gregg Meyer

    By:  

/s/ Mark Sachleben

Name:  

Gregg Meyer

    Name:  

Mark Sachleben

Title:  

Vice President

    Title:  

CFO

 

3.


EXHIBIT A

Outline of Premises (12 th floor only)

 

LOGO

 

4.


EXHIBIT E

Outline of Maintenance Deck

 

LOGO

 

5.


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Adding 9th Floor Additional Premises, extending Term and amending Lease)

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”), is executed as of the 12th day of March, 2013, between 188 SPEAR STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease, dated as of July 13, 2012, pursuant to which Tenant leased from Landlord certain premises in the building located at 188 Spear Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”). The lease was subsequently amended by a First Amendment to Lease, dated as of August 28, 2012 (the “ First Amendment ”), pursuant to which the premises covered by the lease was increased by 128 rentable square feet of space and Tenant was given exclusive access (subject to specified exceptions) to the maintenance deck on the roof of the Building (the “ Maintenance Deck ”). The aforementioned lease, as so amended, is referred to hereinafter as the “ Lease .” The premises covered by the Lease, excluding the Maintenance Deck (the “ Existing Premises ”) consists of 18,363 rentable square feet of space on the 10 th floor, 18,363 rentable square feet of space on the 11 th floor, and 18,302 rentable square feet of space on the 12th floor, for a total of 55,028 rentable square feet of space. The initial term of the Lease expires on January 31, 2020. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Lease.

B. Tenant has exercised Tenant’s right of first offer under Paragraph 58 of the Lease to lease all of the rentable area on the ninth (9th) floor of the Building (the “9th Floor Additional Premises”), which 9th Floor Additional Premises is outlined on attached Exhibit A .

C. Landlord and Tenant have confirmed the total amount of the Additional Allowance that was disbursed by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 4.d.ii. of the Lease in connection with Tenant’s construction of the Initial Alterations for the Existing Premises pursuant to Paragraph 4.c. of the Lease. Rather than repay the Additional Allowance through amortization payments (as provided in Paragraph 4.d.ii. of the Lease), Tenant has elected to repay the Additional Allowance to Landlord in one (1) lump-sum payment, and Landlord has agreed thereto.

D. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to (i) add the 9 th Floor Additional Premises to the Lease in accordance with Paragraph 58 of the Lease, (ii) extend the initial Lease term (as to all space covered by the Lease) through and including the date that is eighty-four (84) full calendar months following the date Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent for the 9th Floor Additional Premises commences, (iii) confirm the Monthly Rent for the Existing Premises and the Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent for the Eighth Rent Year of the initial Lease term and (iv) confirm Tenant’s repayment of the Additional Allowance in one (1) lump-sum payment rather than through amortization payments, all as more fully provided below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Lease of 9th Floor Additional Premises; Term . Effective as of the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined below) the 9th Floor Additional Premises shall be added to the Lease. The term of the Lease as to 9th Floor Additional Premises shall expire on the Expiration Date of the Lease (as extended by Paragraph 3 below) as such Expiration Date may be further extended from time to time. The “ 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date ” is the date Landlord delivers the 9th Floor Additional Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Paragraph 2.a. below). For all purposes of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that the 9th Floor Additional Premises shall be deemed to consist of 18,363 rentable square feet of space.

 

1.


Upon either party’s request after the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date has occurred, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a letter in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto confirming (1) 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date, (ii) the Expiration Date (as extended by Paragraph 3 below) and (iii) the 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 4 below).

At such time as the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date has occurred, the Premises covered by the Lease will consist of all of the rentable area of the 9th, 10 th , 11th and 12 th floors of the Building and the Premises will consist of a total of approximately 73,591 rentable square feet of space.

2. Delivery of the 9th Floor Additional Premises; 9th Floor Landlord’s Work; 9th Floor Initial Alterations; 9th Floor Alterations Allowance; 9th Floor Additional Allowance .

a. 9th Floor Additional Premises As-Is. Landlord shall deliver the 9th Floor Additional Premises to Tenant in broom-clean condition, with the 9th Floor Landlord’s Work (as described in Paragraph 2.b. below) Substantially Completed (as hereinafter defined) and otherwise in its “as is” state and condition (such condition being referred to in this Lease as “ Delivery Condition ”).

The 9th Floor Landlord’s Work shall be deemed “ Substantially Completed ” when the 9th Floor Landlord’s Work has been completed, subject only to the correction or completion of “ Landlord Punch List ” items, which items shall be limited to minor items of incomplete or defective work or materials or mechanical maladjustments that are of such a nature that the lack of completion does not materially interfere with or impair Tenant’s ability to commence and complete the 9th Floor Initial Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 2.c.i. below) and, upon Substantial Completion of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations (as defined in Paragraph 2.c.ii. below), to obtain a certificate of occupancy or equivalent. Promptly following Landlord’s written notice to Tenant that the 9th Floor Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed, Landlord and Tenant (and/or their representatives) shall conduct a walk-through of the 9th Floor Additional Premises to determine whether the 9th Floor Landlord’s Work has been Substantially Completed and shall agree upon the list of Landlord Punch List items (if any). If Substantial Completion has not occurred, Landlord shall cause the remaining work to be completed as soon as commercially reasonably possible. Landlord shall cause the Landlord Punch List items to be completed or corrected within thirty (30) days following completion of the Punch List, or as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

b. 9th Floor Landlord’s Work . Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and without application of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance or the 9 th Floor Additional Allowance (as defined in Paragraphs 4.d.i. and ii. below), cause the following work to be completed or in place (the “ 9th Floor Landlord’s Work ”):

 

  1. The main HVAC loop shall be installed in the 9th Floor Additional Premises and ready for distribution. (HVAC distribution within the 9th Floor Additional Premises shall be performed by Tenant as a part of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations, at Tenant’s expense, although the 9 th Floor Alterations Allowance and 9th Floor Additional Allowance may be applied to such costs.)

 

  2. The fire sprinkler main loop shall be installed in the 9th Floor Additional Premises in compliance with core and shell code requirements.

 

  3. Provide a California Title 24 compliant path of travel to and from the 9th Floor Additional Premises at the time of delivery.

 

  4. Electrical panels installed on the 9th floor shall have a minimum supply of (i) 4 watts per square foot for connected load and (i) 1 waft per square foot for Building standard lighting, per California Title 24.

 

2.


  5. The 9th Floor Additional Premises will have new Building standard restrooms that meet the California Title 24 requirements at the time of delivery.

 

  6. Condenser water loop stubbed to the 9th Floor Additional Premises for supplemental HVAC.

In addition to the above, following Substantial Completion of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s cost and without application of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance or 9 th Floor Additional Allowance, install Building standard window coverings throughout the 9th Floor Additional Premises. Paragraph 10.b. of the Lease sets forth Landlord’s maintenance obligations during the Lease term (as the same may be extended) with regard to the Base Building and Building Systems serving the 9th Floor Additional Premises (as those terms are defined in Paragraph 10.b. of the Lease).

c. 9th Floor Initial Alterations; Plans .

i. 9th Floor Initial Alterations . Promptly following the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 1 above), Tenant shall commence construction of the alterations and improvements Tenant desires to make in the 9th Floor Additional Premises prior to Tenant’s initial occupancy (the “ 9th Floor Initial Alterations ”). The construction of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations shall be governed by Paragraph 9 of the Lease, except that, with regard to the 9th Floor Initial Alterations only, the Alteration Operations Fee provided for in Paragraph 9.a. of the Lease shall be a fixed amount of Eighteen Thousand Three Hundred Sixty Three Dollars ($18,363.00), which amount shall also constitute payment for access, elevator usage during Business Hours, use of loading docks during Business Hours and utilities for the construction of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations. The general contractor selected by Tenant to construct the 9th Floor Initial Alterations, and reasonably approved by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 9.a. of the Lease, is referred to hereinafter as “ Tenant’s Contractor .”

In no event shall Tenant or Tenant’s Contractor be given access to the 9th Floor Additional. Premises for commencement of construction of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations until the plans therefor have been approved by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, and Tenant has delivered to Landlord the insurance certificates required by Landlord in connection with the work. If Landlord is prepared to deliver the 9th Floor Additional Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition, but Tenant is not given access to the 9th Floor Additional Premises for the purposes of constructing the 9th Floor Initial Alterations because the conditions of the immediately preceding sentence have not been satisfied, then for purposes of Paragraph 1 above, Landlord shall be deemed to have delivered the 9th Floor Additional Premises to Tenant in Delivery Condition on the date that Landlord was prepared to so deliver the 9th Floor Additional Premises to Tenant, notwithstanding the fact that Tenant and Tenant’s Contractor are not permitted to commence construction until the aforementioned condition is satisfied.

ii. Plans; Change Orders . The provisions of Paragraph 9.a. of the Lease apply to the plans and specifications for the 9th Floor Initial Alterations and Landlord’s review and approval thereof. As a supplement to, but without limitation of the foregoing, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing within ten (10) Business Days after Landlord’s receipt from Tenant of space plans or construction drawings for the 9th Floor Initial Alterations (or revisions to such plans or drawings previously reviewed by Landlord) if the submitted documents are approved or are unsatisfactory or incomplete in any respect (Landlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld or conditioned). If applicable, Tenant shall submit revised drawings to Landlord for approval, and Landlord shall respond thereto, in accordance with the foregoing. This process will continue until the subject plans are fully approved in writing by Landlord. Failure by Landlord to provide its written approval or comments on submitted plans or drawings within the required ten (10) Business Day period shall constitute a Landlord Delay (as defined more fully in Paragraph 2.e. below). The final coordinated set of architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical and plumbing working drawings, in form sufficient for Tenant’s Contractor to obtain subcontractors’ bids on the work and to obtain all applicable permits for the work, as approved in writing by Landlord and Tenant, are referred to hereinafter as the “9th Floor Construction Drawings.”

 

3.


If, after approval of the Construction Documents, Tenant desires to make modifications to the 9th Floor Construction Drawings, Tenant shall submit the applicable plan revisions to Landlord and Landlord will approve or disapprove of the proposed revisions in writing (Landlord’s approval not to be unreasonably withheld or conditioned) within ten (10) Business Days following delivery of the same to Landlord.

iii. Substantial Completion . The 9th Floor Initial Alterations shall be deemed “ Substantially Completed ” when the 9th Floor Initial Alterations have been completed in accordance with the 9th Floor Construction Drawings, subject only to the correction or completion of “ punch list ” items, which items shall be limited to minor items of incomplete or defective work or materials or mechanical maladjustments that are of such a nature that the lack of completion does not materially interfere with or impair Tenant’s use of the 9th Floor Additional Premises for Tenant’s business.

d. 9th Floor Alterations Allowance; 9th Floor Additional Allowance .

i. 9th Floor Alterations Allowance . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 9 below, Landlord shall contribute toward the cost of the design, construction and installation of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Contractor’s fee and the Alteration Operations Fee) an amount not to exceed Nine Hundred Sixty Four Thousand Fifty Seven and 50/100 Dollars ($964,057.50)(the “ 9th Floor Alterations Allowance ”); provided, however that not more than One Hundred Thirty Seven Thousand Seven Hundred Twenty Two and 50/100 Dollars ($137,722.50) of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance may be applied to Tenant’s reasonable space planning, consultant, architectural and engineering costs for the design of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations. No portion of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance may be applied to the cost of equipment, trade fixtures, moving expenses, furniture, signage or free rent, but the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance may be applied to the cost of network cabling. Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to receive all or any portion of the Alterations if Tenant is in default under the Lease at the time Tenant requests such disbursement; provided, however, that if Landlord did not make a disbursement because Tenant was then in default under this Lease, Landlord shall make the disbursement at such time as the default is cured, provided that all other conditions for the disbursement hereunder have been met and the default is cured within the 9th Floor Allowance Availability Period (as defined below). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Paragraph 2.d.i., the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance shall be available for disbursement pursuant to the terms hereof only for the first twelve (12) months following the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date (the “ 9th Floor Allowance Availability Period ”). If any portion of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance has not been utilized (and Tenant has not submitted to Landlord invoices evidencing such costs) prior to the end of the 9th Floor Allowance Availability Period, such unused portion shall be forfeited by Tenant.

Tenant acknowledges that the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance is to be applied to 9th Floor Initial Alterations covering the entire 9th Floor Additional Premises outlined in Exhibit A . The foregoing shall not be deemed to require Tenant to improve all portions of the 9th Floor Additional Premises in the same manner or to the same level of finish, but all portions of the 9th Floor Additional Premises shall be improved in a reasonable manner appropriate for office space, including electrical, HVAC, lighting floor covering and wall covering consistent with the balance of the 9th Floor Additional Premises (such improvements are sometimes referred to hereinafter as the “ Minimum Improvement Standards ”). If Tenant does not elect to improve the entire 9th Floor Additional Premises with the Minimum Improvement Standards, then the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance shall be adjusted on a pro-rata per rentable square foot basis to reflect the number of square feet actually being improved with such Minimum Improvement Standards.

 

4.


ii. 9th Floor Additional Allowance . If the cost of the design and construction of the 9 th Floor Initial Alterations exceeds the 9 th Floor Alterations Allowance provided for above, then Landlord will, at Tenant’s request, contribute toward such excess sum an amount not to exceed Ninety One Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen Dollars ($91,815.00) (the “ 9th Floor Additional Allowance ”); provided, however, that the 9 th Floor Additional Allowance will not be available for disbursement during any period that Tenant is in default under the Lease (provided, however, that if Landlord did not make a disbursement because Tenant was then in default under this Lease, Landlord shall make the disbursement at such time as the default is cured, provided that all other conditions for the disbursement hereunder have been met) or after the expiration of the 9 th Floor Allowance Availability Period (as defined above). Upon the completion of the 9 th Floor Initial Alterations and the determination of the actual amount of the 9 th Floor Additional Allowance that was disbursed by Landlord (the “ 9 th Floor Amortization Amount ”), Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an amendment to the Lease which increases the Monthly Rent set forth in this Lease by a sum sufficient to fully amortize the 9 th Floor Amortization Amount over the period commencing on the 9 th Floor Rent Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, which amortization shall be on a straight line basis at an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum. Such amendment shall also provide that, if the Lease terminates prior to the date that the 9 th Floor Amortization Amount plus accrued interest is fully repaid to Landlord, then concurrently with such termination of the Lease the then unpaid portion of the 9 th Floor Amortization Amount, plus all accrued but unpaid interest, shall be immediately payable in full.

iii. Disbursement of 9th Floor Alterations Allowance and 9th Floor Additional Allowance . Landlord shall disburse the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance (and the 9 th Floor Additional Allowance, if applicable) directly to Tenant’s Contractor and/or to the applicable subcontractors, as Tenant shall request. Landlord’s disbursements shall be on a monthly basis and shall be made within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of (A) invoices of Tenant’s Contractor to be furnished to Landlord by Tenant covering work actually performed, construction in place and materials delivered to the site (as may be applicable) describing in reasonable detail such work, construction and/or materials, (B) conditional lien waivers executed by Tenant’s Contractor, subcontractors or suppliers, as applicable, for their portion of the work covered by the requested disbursement, and (C) unconditional lien waivers executed by Tenant’s Contractor and the persons and entities performing the work or supplying the materials covered by Landlord’s previous disbursements for the work or materials covered by such previous disbursements (all such waivers to be in the forms prescribed by the applicable provisions of the California Civil Code). No payment will be made for materials or supplies not located in the 9th Floor Additional Premises. Landlord may withhold the amount of any and all retentions provided for in original contracts or subcontracts until expiration of the applicable lien periods or Landlord’s receipt of unconditional lien waivers and full releases upon final payment (in the form prescribed by the applicable provisions of the California Civil Code) from Tenant’s Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers involved in the 9th Floor initial Alterations.

Tenant shall pay for all costs of the construction of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations in excess of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance and, if applicable, the 9 th Floor Additional Allowance (the “ Excess Cost ”). Based on the estimated cost of the construction of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations, as shown on the budget for the construction of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations (as reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant) (the “ Estimated Costs ”), the pro-rata share of the Estimated Costs payable by Landlord and Tenant shall be determined and an appropriate percentage share established for each (a “ Share of Costs ”). Tenant and Landlord shall fund the cost of the construction (including the applicable portion of the applicable fees) as the same is performed, in accordance with their respective Share of Costs for the construction, with such payments being made directly to Tenant’s Contractor and/or the applicable subcontractors. At such time as the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance and, if applicable, the 9 th Floor Additional Allowance, has been entirely disbursed, Tenant shall pay the remaining Excess Cost, if any, directly to Tenant’s Contractor and/or the applicable subcontractors. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord copies of receipted invoices for all payments made directly by Tenant for the costs of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations and such waivers of lien rights as Landlord may reasonably require.

 

5.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Landlord shall retain the Alteration Operations Fee from the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance.

e. Landlord Delay . A delay in the Substantial Completion of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations caused solely by any of the following shall constitute a “Landlord Delay:” (i) Landlord’s failure to comply with any time requirements expressly set forth in Paragraph 2.c.i. above, or (ii) Landlord’s unreasonable interference with the completion of 9th Floor Initial Alterations; provided, however, that no Landlord Delay as described in clause (ii) above will be deemed to have occurred unless and until Tenant has notified Landlord of the event which Tenant claims constitutes a Landlord Delay and Landlord has failed to cure such event within five (5) Business Days thereafter.

f. Resolution of Construction Related Disputes . In the event of a disagreement between Landlord and Tenant regarding if or when the 9th Floor Additional Premises were delivered in Delivery Condition, the date of Substantial Completion of the 9th Floor Initial Alterations, or the occurrence of an instance of Force Majeure, Landlord Delay, or any other issues regarding the commencement, completion or delays in the performance of the 9th Floor Landlord’s Work or the 9th Floor Initial Alterations or regarding disbursements of the 9th Floor Alterations Allowance or the 9th Floor Additional Allowance, then if such disagreement is not resolved within thirty (30) days, the provisions of Paragraph 4.f. of the Lease shall apply to such dispute.

3. Extension of Term . Effective as of the date hereof, the initial Lease term (as defined in Paragraph 2.b. of the Lease) is extended, as to all space covered by the Lease (i.e., the Existing Premises, the 9th Floor Additional Premises and the Maintenance Deck), through and including the date (the “ Expiration Date ”) that is the last day of the eighty-fourth (84 th ) full calendar month following the 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 4 below).

4. Monthly Rent for 9th Floor Additional Premises: Monthly Rent for Existing Premises for Eighth Rent Year .

a. 9th Floor Additional Premises . Effective as of the 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date (as defined below) Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the 9th Floor Additional Premises pursuant to Paragraph 5 of the Lease in the following amounts for the following periods:

 

Period

   Monthly Rent     Annual Rate
per RSF
 

RCD through 1/31/14

   $ 87,224.25 **    $ 57.00   

2/1/14 through 1/31/15

   $ 89,840.98      $ 58.71   

2/1/15 through 1/31/16

   $ 92,534.22      $ 60.47   

2/1/16 through 1/31/17

   $ 95,319.27      $ 62.29   

2/1/17 through 1/31/18

   $ 98165.54      $ 64.15   

2/1/18 through 1/31/19

   $ 101,118.92      $ 66.08   

2/1/19 through 1/31/20

   $ 104,148.82      $ 68.06   

2/1/20 through Expiration Date

   $ 107,270.53      $ 70.10   

The “ 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date ” (abbreviated above as “ RCD ”) is the date that is the earlier of (i) the date four (4) months following the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date and (ii) date Tenant commences business in any portion of the 9th Floor Additional Premises. No Monthly Rent shall be due prior to the 9 th Floor Rent Commencement Date.

**Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, Monthly Rent for the 9th Floor Additional Premises shall be fully abated for the two (2) month period immediately following the 9 th Floor Rent Commencement Date.

 

6.


Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, if the 9 th Floor Initial Alterations are not Substantially Completed (as defined in Paragraph 2.c.iii. above) on or before the 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date solely due to Force Majeure (as defined in Paragraph 3.b. of the Lease) and/or Landlord Delays) (as defined in Paragraph 2.e. above), then the 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date shall be extended by the length in the delay in Substantial Completion that resulted from such Force Majeure and/or Landlord Delay(s); provided, however, that the extension of the 9th Floor Rent Commencement Date on account of Force Majeure shall not exceed a total of four (4) months.

b. Existing Premises . Tenant’s obligation to pay Monthly Rent for the Existing Premises shall remain as set forth in Paragraph 2.c. of the Lease (as amended by Paragraph 1.b. of the First Amendment), provided, however that, due to the extension of the initial Lease term pursuant to Paragraph 3 above, Tenant shall also pay as Monthly Rent for the Existing Premises under Paragraph 5 of the Lease throughout the Eighth Rent Year (as defined below) the sum of Three Hundred Twenty One Thousand Four Hundred Fifty Five and 23/100 Dollars ($321,455.23) per month. The “ Eighth Rent Year ” is the period commencing on February 1, 2020 (which is the date immediately following the end of the Seventh Rent Year, as defined in Paragraph 2.c. of the Lease) and ending on the Expiration Date (as extended by Paragraph 3 above).

5. Additional Rent for 9th Floor Additional Premises . The provisions of Paragraph 7 of the Lease shall apply in full to the 9th Floor Additional Premises with the Base Year and Base Tax Year for the 9 th Floor Additional Premises during the initial Lease term being the same as presently set forth in Paragraph 2.f. of the Lease for the Existing Premises. As to the 9th Floor Additional Premises only, Tenant’s Share (as defined in Paragraph 2.e. of the Lease) shall be 8.93%, which percentage is calculated by dividing the 18,363 rentable square feet of the 9th Floor Additional Premises by the 205,688 rentable square feet of the Building.

6. Letter of Credit . The parties acknowledge that, as of the date hereof and in accordance with Paragraph 6 of the Lease, Landlord currently holds Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. SVBSF007697 issued by Silicon Valley Bank (the “ Bank ”) and dated July 17, 2012 (the “ Letter of Credit ”), as security for Tenant’s obligations under the Lease. As provided in Paragraph 6 of the Lease, effective as of the 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date, the amount of the Letter of Credit is to be increased by One Million Two Hundred Sixty Eight Thousand Fifty Seven Dollars ($1,268,057.00) from Three Million Eight ‘kindred Thousand Dollars ($3,800,000.00) to Five Million Sixty Eight Thousand Fifty Seven Dollars ($5,068,057.00). Upon the execution of this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate with each other to cause the Bank to issue, as soon as reasonably possible, an amendment to the Letter of Credit increasing the amount of the Letter of Credit to the required amount, the costs of which amendment shall be borne by Tenant. In order to minimize costs, Landlord may consolidate the processing of the aforementioned amendment to the Letter of Credit with the transfer of the Letter of Credit to Landlord’s lender in accordance with Landlord’s loan agreement with such lender and, in such event, Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord with regard thereto.

7. Parking . Effective as of the Additional Premises Commencement Date, the fifteen (15) unassigned parking spaces provided to Tenant under Paragraph 53.a. of the Lease shall be increased to twenty (20) unassigned parking spaces and, in each instance in Paragraphs 53.a. and 53.b. of the Lease where the words “fifteen (15) parking spaces” appear, the words “twenty (20) parking spaces” are substituted therefor.

8. Renewal Option . The renewal option presently set forth in Paragraph 59 of the Lease remains in full force, with references therein to the “initial term of this Lease” being deemed to refer to the initial Lease term as extended by Paragraph 3 above. The renewal option may only be exercised as to the entire Premises (i.e., the Existing Premises plus the Additional Premises) together with the Maintenance Deck, and may not be exercised for only a portion of such space.

 

7.


9. Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent . During the Eighth Rent Year (as defined in Paragraph 4.b. above) the Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent shall be Five Thousand Forty-Four and 23/100 Dollars ($5,044.23) per month.

10. Repayment of Additional Allowance . The parties acknowledge that the total amount disbursed by Landlord under Paragraph 4.d.ii. of the Lease for the Additional Allowance (as defined in Paragraph 4.d.ii. of the Lease) equals Two Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Four Hundred Ten Dollars ($275,410.00). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 4.d.ii. of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, prior to or concurrently with Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Amendment, the entire Two Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Four Hundred Ten Dollars ($275,410.00), as repayment in full of the Additional Allowance disbursed by Landlord. Provided that the aforementioned payment is timely received by Landlord in accordance with the foregoing, no interest shall be due on the Additional Allowance.

11. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Management, Inc., and Cresa (“Brokers”), and such party has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker other than Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of any inaccuracy in the indemnifying party’s foregoing representation and warranty. Pursuant to separate agreement(s), Landlord shall pay Brokers any commissions, fees or other compensation to which such Brokers are entitled in connection with this Amendment.

12. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in California, (c) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

13. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to lease or to amend the Lease, or a reservation of or option for lease or to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

8.


14. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

Landlord:     Tenant:

188 SPEAR STREET LLC,

a Delaware limited ability company

    NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Gregg Meyer

    By:  

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Name:  

Gregg Meyer

    Name:  

Mark J. Sachleben

Title:  

Vice President

    Title:  

CFO

EXHIBITS

Exhibit A — Outline of 9th Floor Additional Premises

Exhibit B — Form of letter confirming relevant dates

 

9.


EXHIBIT A

Outline of Additiona1 Premises

 

LOGO

 

10.


EXHIBIT B

Form of Commencement Date Letter

                    , 2013

 

New Relic, Inc.

 

 

 

  Re: Lease, dated as of July 13, 2012, as amended (the “Lease”), between 188 Spear Street LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”) and New Relic, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”) for premises in the building located at 188 Spear Street, San Francisco, California.

Gentlemen or Ladies:

Reference is hereby made to the Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of March     , 2013 (the “Second Amendment”), between Landlord and Tenant, pursuant to which approximately 18,363 rentable square feet of space on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building is being added to your above-referenced Lease. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning given them in the Second Amendment.

In accordance with the second grammatical paragraph of Paragraph 1 of the Second Amendment, this letter shall confirm the following dates

1. The 9th Floor Additional Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 1 of the Second Amendment) is                     , which is the date the 9 th Floor Additional Premises were delivered to Tenant in Delivery Condition (as defined in Paragraph 2.a. of the Second Amendment),

2. The 9 th Floor Rent Commencement Date (as defined in Paragraph 4.a. of the Second Amendment) is                     , and

3. The Expiration Date of the Lease (as extended by Paragraph 3 of the Second Amendment) is                     , which is the last day of the eighty-fourth (84 th ) full calendar month following the 9 th Floor Rent Commencement Date.

 

11.


Please acknowledge Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing by executing both duplicate originals of this letter and returning one fully executed duplicate original to Landlord at the address on this letterhead. If Landlord does not receive a fully executed duplicate original of this letter from Tenant evidencing Tenant’s agreement to the foregoing (or a written response setting forth Tenant’s disagreement with the foregoing) within fifteen (15) days of the date of Tenant’s receipt of this letter. Tenant will be deemed to have consented to the terms set forth herein.

 

Very truly yours,
188 SPEAR STREET LLC,a Delaware limited liability company
By  

 

  Its designated signatory

 

The undersigned agrees to the dates set forth above:

NEW RELIC, INC., a

Delaware corporation

By  

 

Name  

 

Title  

 

 

12.


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

(Installations for Roof Maintenance Deck)

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (“ Amendment ”) is executed as of the             day of December, 2013, between 188 SPEAR STREET LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”) and NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain lease, dated as of July 13, 2012, pursuant to which Tenant initially leased from Landlord certain premises located on the tenth (10 th ), eleventh (11 th ) ans twelfth (12 th ) floors of the building located at 188 Spear Street, San Francisco, California (the “ Building ”). The lease was subsequently amended by (i) a First Amendment to Lease, dared as of August 28, 2012, pursuant to which the premises covered by the lease was increased by 128 rentable square feet of space and Tenant was given exclusive access (subject to specified exceptions) to the maintenance deck on the roof of the Building (the “ Maintenance Deck ”) and (ii) a Second Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 12, 2013, pursuant to which (x) all of the rentable area on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building was added to the lease, (y) the initial lease term was extended and (y) Landlord and Tenant confirmed certain rent amounts under the lease and Tenant’s repayment of the Additional Allowance under the lease. The aforementioned lease, as so amended, is referred to hereinafter as the “ Lease .”

B. Landlord and Tenant presently desire to amend the Lease to permit Tenant to perform certain installations on the Maintenance Deck, as more fully provided below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Installations on Maintenance Deck . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Paragraph 60 of the Lease, subject to the terms of this Paragraph l, Tenant may install on the Maintenance Deck wood benches (which shall be tethered to the roof structure) as well as potted plants and shrubs, and Tenant may relocate the existing raised cement pavers on the Maintenance Deck (or install additional raised cement pavers thereon) that arc required to accommodate Tenant’s permitted installations (the “ Deck Installations ”), which Deck Installations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval in Landlord’s s sole but good faith discretion. Prior to performing any Deck Installations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord plans for the Deck Installations (in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and any and all engineering or other reports reasonably required by Landlord to verify that (i) the Deck Installations are within the weight and load parameters for the roof (ii) the Deck Installations will not invalidate or otherwise compromise any warranty on the roof or on any other elements of the Building, and (ail the Roof Installations will not interfere with the operation of the window washing rig or other maintenance equipment located on the roof of the Building. The Deck Installations shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, in a first class manner using first Class materials, by contractors reasonably approved in writing by Landlord. If Landlord is reasonably required to retain any engineers to review Tenant’s plans for the Deck Installations, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the reasonable cost incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease, access to the Maintenance Deck shall be limited to employees of Tenant. Further, Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that, throughout the term of the Lease, Tenant’s employees shall have equal physical access to the Maintenance Deck. (In no event shall the foregoing prohibit access to the Maintenance Deck by Landlord’s employees, contractors and maintenance personnel pursuant to Paragraph 60.c. of the Lease).

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord may require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove from the Maintenance Deck any and all portions of the Deck Installations designated by Landlord for removal and restore the Maintenance Deck to the condition prior to the installation of the subject Deck Installations, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Lease, if the performance or use of any Deck Installations by Tenant causes damage to the Maintenance Deck or other areas of the roof of the Building or any other areas of the Building, Tenant shall be responsible for the repair of the same at Tenant’s sole cost (provided, however, that, for any repairs to the roof of the Building, Tenant shall be required to utilize Landlord’s designated roofing contractor). Further, Tenant shall hold Landlord and the other Indemnitees (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. of the Lease) harmless from and indemnify the Indemnitees against any and all Claims (as defined in Paragraph 14.b. of the Lease) incurred by them, to the extent arising from the installation, use or removal by Tenant of the Deck Installations and/or the use of the maintenance Deck by any of Tenant’s employees or any other persons Tenant allows onto the

 

1.


Maintenance Deck and the conduct of such persons during such use, including, without limitation, arising from such persons dropping items off of the roof of the Building. If, as a result of and/or at any time following Tenant’s installation of the Deck Installations, the Maintenance Deck cannot be used for Tenant’s intended purposes (including, without limitation, due to building code issues). Tenant’s obligation to pay the Monthly Maintenance Deck Rent pursuant to Paragraph 60.b. of the Lease shall not be affected thereby. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the permitted legal uses of the Maintenance Deck.

2. Brokers . Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has negotiated this Amendment directly with Shorenstein Management, Inc., (“ Broker ”), and such party has not authorized or employed, or acted by implication to authorize or to employ, any other real estate broker or salesman to act for it in connection with this Amendment. Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold the other party harmless from and against any and all claims by any real estate broker other than Brokers for a commission, finder’s fee or other compensation as a result of any inaccuracy in the indemnifying party’s foregoing representation and warranty.

3. Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership, trust, association or other entity, Tenant hereby covenants and warrants that (a) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (b) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in California, (c) Tenant has Inn corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Amendment and to perform all Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, as amended by this Amendment, and (d) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant is duly and validly authorized to do so.

4. No Offer . Submission of this instrument for examination and signature by Tenant does not constitute an offer to lease or to amend the Lease, or a reservation of or option for lease or to amend the Lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease amendment or otherwise until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

5. Lease in Full Force and Effect . Except as provided above, the Lease is unmodified hereby and remains in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this document as of the date and year first above written.

 

Landlord:     Tenant:
188 SPEAR STREET LLC,     NEW RELIC, INC., a Delaware corporation
a Delaware limited liability company    
By:  

/s/ Gregg Meyer

    By:  

/s/ Mark J. Sachleben

Name:  

Gregg Meyer

    Name:  

Mark J. Sachleben

Title:  

Vice President

    Title:  

CFO

 

2.

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF NEW RELIC, INC.

The names of the Company’s subsidiaries are omitted. Such subsidiaries do not, considered in the aggregate as a single subsidiary, constitute a significant subsidiary within the meaning of Item 601(b)(21)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 3, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements of New Relic, Inc. and its subsidiary appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

San Jose, California

November 7, 2014